Catalog Interface Technology And Switching Devices 2013 24280

2014-05-16

: Pdf 24280-Catalog 24280-Catalog 012596 Batch3 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 583

DownloadCatalog Interface Technology And Switching Devices 2013  24280-Catalog
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
Interface Technology
and Switching Devices
2013 / 2014

7

PCB connection technology and electronics housing
• PCB terminal blocks and plug-in connectors
• Electronics housing

Connection technology for field devices
• Plug-in connectors
• Cables and connectors

Modular terminal blocks
• Modular terminal blocks

Sensor/actuator cabling and industrial plug-in connectors
• Sensor/actuator cabling
• Cables and connectors
• Plug-in connectors

Marking systems, tools, and mounting material
• Marking and labeling
• Tools
• Installation and mounting material

Surge protection and power supply units
• Lightning monitoring system
• Surge protection and interference filters
• Power supply units and UPS
• Protective devices

Interface technology
and switching devices

Control technology, I/O systems and automation infrastructure
• Ethernet networks • Functional safety • HMIs and industrial PCs • I/O systems
• Industrial lighting and signaling • Industrial communication technology
• Fieldbus components and systems • Wireless data communication
• Process infrastructure • Software • Controllers

Table of contents

Complete overview

2

Electronic switching devices and motor control

7

Measurement and control technology

53

Monitoring

193

Relay modules

265

System cabling for controllers

417

Technical information/index

566

Complete overview
Product range overview
Electronic switchgear and motor control

Motor management

Hybrid motor starters
Page 12

Solid-state contactors
Page 18

IP67 motor starters
Page 38

Page 48

Measurement and control technology

Digital displays
Page 150

Ex i isolating amplifiers with functional safety
Page 152

Multiplexers for HART signals

Current transformers

Test disconnect terminal blocks
See Catalog 3

Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Page 186

Page 187

Monitoring

Compressed air meters
Page 208

Compact monitoring relays

Multifunctional monitoring relays
Page 250

2

PHOENIX CONTACT

Page 212

Current transducers, current protectors
Page 229

Ultra-narrow timer relays
Page 252

Multifunctional timer relays
Page 258

Page 260

Complete overview
Product range overview
Measurement and control technology

Frequency inverters

Highly compact isolating amplifiers
Page 50

Page 64

Isolating amplifiers with functional safety
Page 100

Isolating amplifiers, special designs
Page 130

Monitoring

Shield fast connection and test plugs
Page 191

Controllers
See Catalog 8

Voltage transducers, AC and DC

PV system monitoring
Page 236

Special function modules
Page 262

Energy meters
Page 200

Residual current monitoring
Page 134

Lightning current measuring system
See Catalog 6

Complete packages for data logging
Page 206

Components for E-Mobility
Page 244

HMIs
See Catalog 8

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Page 247

Signal towers
See Catalog 8

PHOENIX CONTACT

3

Complete overview
Product range overview
Relay modules

RIFLINE complete

PLC series
Page 276

PR series
Page 322

DEK series
Page 372

Page 397

System cabling for controllers

Front adapters

Termination boards
Page 424

4

PHOENIX CONTACT

V8 adapters
Page 470

System cables
Page 369

Page 500

Complete overview
Product range overview

Multi-channel relay modules
Page 550

Universal interface modules

Safety devices
See Catalog 8

Monitoring relays

Timer relays
Page 250

Page 258

Potential distributors
Page 524

Page 548

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

5

6

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Switching devices for starting, reversing,
and protecting electric motors are some of
the most frequently used components in automation technology. These are often designed redundantly for safety-sensitive applications. When it comes to reducing
installation time and space requirements,
CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters are
the state-of-the-art alternative.
This is because CONTACTRON hybrid
motor starters combine up to 4 functions in
a single device. Integration in popular fieldbus systems is implemented using the
SmartWire-DTTM wiring system.
For protection of the entire system, the
product range now includes the electronic
motor manager (EMM). In addition to typical measured values such as voltage and current, the behavior of the system is monitored and protected by means of real power
measurement. The process data in all popular fieldbus systems can be supplied via gateways and evaluated by a controller.

Product range overview
Product overview

8

Electronic motor management
3-phase hybrid motor starters
Hybrid motor starters with short-circuit protection
Hybrid motor starters with SmartWire-DT™ support

10
16
29
31

3-phase solid-state reversing contactors
3-phase solid-state contactors
Solid-state reversing contactor for DC motors
Single-phase solid-state contactors
IP67 motor starters
IP20 frequency inverters

38
40
44
46
48
50

PHOENIX CONTACT

7

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Product overview
Motor management

Electronic motor management

Gateways
Page 12

Page 14

Software
Page 15

Reversing load relays with soft starter
Page 42

Page 40

Solid-state reversing contactor for
DC motors
Page 44

Single-phase solid-state contactors
Page 46

Solid-state contactors

3-phase solid-state reversing contactors
Page 38

Frequency inverters

Inline frequency inverters for the
control cabinet

8

PHOENIX CONTACT

Page 50

3-phase solid-state contactors

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Product overview
Hybrid motor starters

3-phase hybrid motor starters
Page 18

3-phase hybrid motor starters with
short-circuit protection
Page 29

Hybrid motor starters with
SmartWire-DT™ support

Accessories
Page 31

Page 36

IP67 motor starters

PROFINET motor starters
Page 48

Stainless steel base, IP67 protection
Page 49

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

9

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management

Electronic motor management
(EMM)
The electronic motor management modules offer all the advantages of modern real
power monitoring.
ELR-MM modules combine fast, wear-free
electronic reversing load relays with modern measurement and evaluation electronics. EMM offers the same functionality for all
performance classes, only without a power
section.
Power within limits
Monitoring is based on freely parameterizable switching and signaling thresholds for
overload and underload detection. Identical
or separate settings can be made for the
thresholds relating to the two directions of
rotation. Parameterization relies on the real
power consumed (calculated from three
currents, voltages, and the phase angle),
thereby offering a much more precise basis
than if only the current is taken into consideration, as it is independent of voltage fluctuations and drive load. If a switching
threshold is exceeded or not reached, the
ELR-MM or EMM initiates an emergency
shutdown of the motor immediately (or after an adjustable “delay time”). In addition, a
message can be sent via an output.

10

PHOENIX CONTACT

This state can only be deactivated via a
defined reset. If the effective power consumed is determined as being above or below the message thresholds, all that occurs
is that a check-back is returned for the duration for which the module was addressed.
In addition, signals are generated by the
module for the recognition of the direction
of rotation. Asymmetry and phase failures
are detected and signalized.
Permanent status monitoring with high
scanning rates and the fast semiconductor
switch enable complete system protection,
including motor protection.
Without any extra wiring - and with just a
single device - pumps, actuating drives, fans,
and tools are monitored for proper functioning, contamination (filter or similar), and
wear. The adjustable “inrush suppression”
time can be used to mask out the switching
operation from the monitoring process.

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management

Protection against dry running, blocking,
and cavitation, warning thresholds to indicate filter contamination.

Protection against blocking, warning
thresholds for bearing wear and other cases
that trigger overload.

Protection against blocking and broken
tools, warning thresholds for tool and bearing wear.

Delay time

Switch-on delay

Real power (P)

Real power (P)

Switch-on delay

Continuous dry running
with forced shutdown

Real power (P)

Switch-on delay

Delay time

Delay time

Excess performance
due to possible
broken tool

Performance threshol
Broken tool

Upper
performance threshold
Temporary
dry running

Increased performance
Tool wear

Signaling threshold,
contamination of screen
or filter

Performance

Performance

Lower
performance threshold

Lower
performance threshold

Time (t)

Time (t)

Signaling threshold
Tool wear

Performance
when idling

Time (t)

Motor startup
Tool positioning
Milling process
Drive shutdown

In the case of motor-driven pumps, the
lower performance threshold provides reliable protection against hazardous dry running.

Forced shutdown of the drive can be delayed by the “delay time”.
This prevents forced shutdown in the
event of air bubbles.

Tooling machines are monitored and protected in a similar way when drilling, milling
or grinding. If the feed value on a milling machine is set too high, a tool may break in the
“worst-case” scenario. The power threshold - parameterized accordingly - can be
used to resolve this issue.
Additionally, a message threshold signals
tool wear in advance.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

11

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
Electronic motor management
H

H

Allows the use of external current transformers


Ex: 

With integrated current transformers


Ex: 
US
R

IFSPort

US

L

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

W

D

DAT

Notes:

W

ERR

The EMM motor management module
(with/without current transformer) for all
performance classes monitors and protects
3-phase loads, such as electrical drives.
– Freely parameterizable signaling or
switching thresholds
– Digital outputs control external switching
elements
– Optional connection to INTERFACE
system and PROFIBUS-GATEWAY-IFS via
TBUS

D

24 VDC

Reset
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
O1
O2
O3
O4

Digital
IN
Logic
μP

P

Digital
OUT

USO
O

T-BUS

Thermistor

V1
V2
V3
I11
I21
I31
I12
I22
I32
Th1
Th2

IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4

Digital
IN

O1
O2
O3
O4

Digital
OUT

USO
O

Rated control supply current IS at US
Input data of digital inputs
Number of inputs
Rated actuating voltage UC
Rated actuating current IC
Power measurement
Voltage measuring input
Nominal current, voltage measuring input
Current measuring input
Output power of the converter
Internal resistance EMM
Output data for confirmation contacts
O1 - O4 in the case of 1 signal
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
EMC regulations
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529
Mounting position
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
W/H/D

ERR

R
Logic
μP

T-BUS
24 VDC

P

1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3

Thermistor

Th1
Th2

Technical data

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

25 mA
EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS1)
4 (IN1 - IN4)
24 V DC
3.3 mA

10 mA
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS1)
4 (IN1 - IN4)
230 V AC
3.5 mA

25 mA
EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS1)
4 (IN1 - IN4)
24 V DC
3.3 mA

10 mA
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS1)
4 (IN1 - IN4)
230 V AC
3.5 mA

42 V AC ... 575 V AC
< 0.5 mA
5 A Secondary external converter
> 1.25 VA
0.02 Ω

42 V AC ... 575 V AC
< 0.5 mA
5 A Secondary external converter
> 1.25 VA
0.02 Ω

max. 16 A
-

max. 16 A
-

24 V DC (semiconductor output)
/ 500 mA

230 V AC (relay output/500 mA)
/ 500 mA

24 V DC (semiconductor output)
/ 500 mA

230 V AC (relay output/500 mA)
/ 500 mA

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2
EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 / EN 61000-6-4
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2
EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 / EN 61000-6-4
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data
Description

DAT
Reset

L

Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

IFSPort

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS1)
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS1)

2297497
2297507

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1

EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS1)
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS1)

2297523
2297536

2811271

1

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

2811271

1

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN
UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690/SET

2707437
2901667

50
1

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

2707437

50

IFS-CONFSTICK1)
IFS-CONFSTICK-L

2986122
2901103

1
1

IFS-CONFSTICK1)
IFS-CONFSTICK-L

2986122
2901103

1
1

MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81
IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

1803604
1857919

50
50

MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81
IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

1803604
1857919

50
50

Electronic motor management

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT
interface
DIN rail connector
Voltage transducer for 690 V, for EMM 3-.../500AC-IFS,
comprising 3 modular terminal blocks and cover

1
1

Accessories

Multi-functional memory block for the INTERFACE system
- Flat design
- Tall design
Mini COMBICON connectors
- Socket contact
- Pin contact

12

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
Electronic motor management

L1

EMM 3-.../500AC-16-IFS

S1/k

P1

S2/l

P2
S1/k

I31

I11

UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690

V3

Voltage
measurement

Current measurement

I21

UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690

UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690

IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4

V1

US

Digital
inputs

Module
supply
5/L3

1/L1

IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4

3/L2

US

Digital
inputs

Module
supply

L3

V2

L2

Current
measurement

S2/l

Reverse running

S2/l

P2

I32

I12

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Separate switching module
Forward running 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
GND

M

M

The electronic motor management modules offer all the advantages of modern effective power monitoring. Every 6.6 ms, the
effective power of a drive system or of any
other 3-phase consumer is calculated from
three currents, voltages and the phase angle. Currents of up to 16 A can be directly
acquired and currents >16 A are supplied via
external converters. Digital outputs can be
used to control separate mechanical or
electronic switching elements that adopt
the actual switching of the load. In this configuration, the EMM reliably protects connected loads – irrespective of their power
consumption – against overload and underload, and provides permanent status monitoring.
Up to 8 freely parameterizable switching,
message thresholds and up to four freely
configurable inputs and outputs enable the
protection of electrical drives and the system.

P1

Thermistor
input

Reverse running

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Separate switching module
Forward running
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
GND

I22

Th2

Th1

O1 O2 O3 O4

Digital
outputs

6/T3

2/T1

4/T2

Th1

O USO

Thermistor
input

P2
S1/k

Current measurement

Supply
digital
outputs

Digital
outputs

Supply
digital
outputs

O1 O2 O3 O4

Th2

Current measurement
O USO

P1

EMM 3-.../500AC-IFS

The EMM modules can record the following data:
– Apparent effective and reactive power
– Currents and voltages
– Phase angle
– Switching-cycle and operating-hours
– Power meter.
Additional Functions:
– Adjustable bimetal function class 5-30
– Thermistor monitor
– Recording measured values
– PROFIBUS connection via TBUS
– Pre-configured motor exits such as reversing starters, star delta starters, etc.
The EMM modules can be used to record
complete "curves that can be used for system documentation.
The operating modes forward and reversing running, reverse and limit switch operation (with integrated restart inhibit) switch
actuating and regulating drives, pumps etc.
and also check for wear.

Current transformer
The external converters should be selected with a secondary nominal current of 5 A.
The primary current is determined by the
current consumption of the consumer (refer to connection diagram). For suitable current transformers, see catalog INTERFACE.
DIN rail connector TBUS
The TBUS (Order No. 2707437 ) can be
used to supply several EMMs with 24 V DC
or to couple up to 31 EMMs (for example)
to the PROFIBUS-GATEWAY-IFS.
Switching element
Depending on the particular requirement
of the application, either an electro-mechanical contactor or reversing contactor
combination, or a semiconductor contactor
or a solid-state reversing contactor is to be
used for the actual task of switching the
load. These switching elements are controlled via the digital outputs of the EMM
modules.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

13

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
IFS gateways for electronic motor
management modules

Notes:

H

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

D

EM...GATEWAY-IFS for connecting
EMM...IFS modules to popular bus systems:
PROFIBUS DP, Modbus, Modbus TCP,
DeviceNet™, and CANopen®.
– Communication via T-BUS with up to
31 EMMIFS modules
– Equipped with freely parameterizable
digital inputs and outputs
– Digital switching outputs for direct
control of EMMIFS (forward/reverse
running)

W


US GND
24V
DC

Reset

Fieldbus
connection

IN

IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
IN5
IN6
IN7
IN8

OUT

O1
O2
O3
O4

IFS

TBUS

EPROM
IFSPort

µController
USO

TO

Status

Technical data
Input data
Operating voltage UB
Nominal input current at UIN
Input circuit
Digital inputs
Input voltage
Nominal input current at UIN
Input circuit
Digital outputs
Maximum switching voltage
Max. switching current
Residual voltage
Output protection
IFS interface
Connection method
General data
Test voltage data interface/power supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Standards/regulations
Degree of protection
Mounting position/mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

24 V DC -20 % ... +25 %
85 mA
Polarity protection, surge protection
24 V DC ±20%
3 mA
Polarity protection, surge protection
23 V DC (UB - Uresid. of the output)
500 mA
1V
Parallel protection against polarity reversal, pay attention to the fuse
TBUS

W/H/D

1.5 kV
-35°C ... 50°C
100% operating factor
EN 50178
IP20
Any / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PROFIBUS DP
RS-232
RS-485
Modbus TCP
DeviceNet™
CANopen®

EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS1)
EM-RS232-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-RS485-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-MODBUS-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-DNET-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-CAN-GATEWAY-IFS

2297620
2901526
2901527
2901528
2901529
2901504

1
1
1
1
1
1

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
DIN rail connector
Mini COMBICON connectors
- Socket contact
- Pin contact

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

2811271

1

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

2707437

50

MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81
IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

1803604
1857919

50
50

IFS gateways for electronic motor management modules

Accessories

14

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
Device Type Manager (DTM) for
motor management modules
EMM...IFS
– CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, programming adapter, and user manual on CD
available as configuration package
– Also available as USB programming
adapter even individually
– CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS also available
free of charge as a separate download
from www.phoenixcontact.com
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Configuration package for the EMM...IFS, comprising
CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, USB programming adapter, and user
manual on CD
MM-CONF-SET

2297992

1

2811271

1

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

15

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters

Hybrid motor starters for controlling
3-phase asynchronous motors combine up
to four functions in one device as required.
These include forward running, reverse running with optional reversing function including load wiring. The locking circuit for the
reversing function is also integrated and certified as a single electronic reversing starter
according to UL 508a and the new
UL 60947-1. Furthermore, the devices protect the motor by means of an integrated
motor protection relay with automatic and
remote reset function. The implemented
safety function according to Performance
Level e (PL e) of EN ISO 13849-1 provides
the emergency stop requirement. A PDT
confirmation contact provides information
regarding the availability of the device, and
the motor state. This means that in the
event of motor control without an error
message the integrated current measurement and symmetry scanning ensures that
the motor is turning. Even with these numerous functions, the hybrid motor starter
is just 22.5 mm wide.

16

PHOENIX CONTACT

Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters
with integrated protective devices, for
mounting on 35 mm DIN rails and 60 mm
busbar systems and connection to popular
bus systems via SmartWire-DT™ complete
the product portfolio.

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters

Hybrid motor starters with up to four
functions in one device: forward running,
reverse running, motor protection, and
emergency stop.

Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters
with integrated fuses for mounting on 35 mm
DIN rails and 60 mm busbar systems.

Connection of hybrid motor starters in a
bus system via SmartWire-DT™. Gateways
are provided for the main bus systems:
PROFIBUS, Modbus TCB, EtherNet/IP™,
and CANopen®.

The uniform design of the control side
enables the combination of short-circuitproof hybrid motor starters with
SmartWire-DT™ adapters for integration
in a bus system.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

17

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
“4 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
reversing function, motor protection,
and emergency stop
These 3-phase “4 in 1” hybrid motor
starters combine four functions in one device: right contactor, left contactor, motor
protection relay, and emergency stop up to
category 3.
Offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging
Safety level according to:
– IEC 61508-1: SIL3
– ISO 13849: PL e

H

H
W

D

W

D

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A


Ex: 
MAN
RES
AUTO



Ex: 

RES

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Logic
µP

MAN
RES
AUTO

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

RES

Logic
µP

Notes:

Us
T

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

T

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

E

Us
T
T
& Error

R
L

E

& Error

R
97 96 95

L

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Technical data

97 96 95

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Technical data

Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current

Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Safety data
EC-type examination certificate according to ATEX

100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V

W/H/D

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V
Surge protection

100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V

100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

 II (2) G,  II (2) D

 II (2) G,  II (2) D

PTB 07 ATEX 3145

PTB 07 ATEX 3145

 II (2) G,  II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145

Ordering data
Description

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)

 II (2) G,  II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6

2900582
2903902
2900692

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900414
2903904
2900420

1
1
1

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2I
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2I

2297031
2297044

1
1

“4 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, left contactor,
motor protection relay, and emergency stop
Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection
“4 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, left contactor,
motor protection relay, and emergency stop, terminals L1, L2, L3
and T1, T2, T3 rotated

18

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1
1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Conventional structure
Main current path reversing contactor according to category 3

H

Structure with CONTACTRON
Main and control current path for “4 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
reversing function according to category 3

W

D

L1 F1
F2
L2 F3
L3

F1
F2
F3

L1
L2
L3

+24V DC
K1

K5
L1 L2 L3

K2

T3

K1
T1 T2 T3

T1 T2

K5

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A

K3


Ex: 

K4

M
3~
M1

K5

K1 +US R L

K5

K5

K5

K5

S2

E

PE

F4
K5

MAN
RES
AUTO

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

RES

Logic
µP

Us
T
T

M
3~
M1

E

GND

PE

K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor
K3 = Left contactor
K4 = Right contactor
F4 = Motor protection relay

& Error

K1 = “4 in 1” hybrid motor starter with reversing function
K5 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay
T1 = Left, T2 = Right, T3 = Reset
S2 = Emergency stop

R
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Conventional structure
Control current path reversing contactor according to category 3

Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
+24V DC F5

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

K5

100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V

PTB 07 ATEX 3145

10

20

30

60

50

40

70

K5

Derating curve ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time

K5

K5
T2

T3

K1
K4

K3

K5

K5

K2

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

 II (2) G,  II (2) D

1
2

0

T1

100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection

PTB 07 ATEX 3145

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1

Ambient temperature [°C]

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

 II (2) G,  II (2) D

K5

S2

F4

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

Output current [A]

97 96 95

K3

K4

K5

K5

K1

K2

Output current [A]

L

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

GND

2

1
2

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]

K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor
K3 = Left contactor
K4 = Right contactor
K5 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay
T1 = Left, T2 = Right, T3 = Reset
S2 = Emergency stop
F4 = Motor protection relay

Derating curve ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2 and
ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
100% operating time

ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9

Order No.

2900421
2903906
2900422

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1

1

2

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Output current [A]

Type

Output current [A]

Ordering data
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9I
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9I

2297057
2297060

1
1

2
0

70

1

2
10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 and
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time

1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

19

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
“3 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
motor protection and emergency stop
These 3-phase “3 in 1” hybrid motor
starters combine three functions in one device: right contactor, motor protection relay, and emergency stop up to category 3.
Offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging
Safety level according to:
– IEC 61508-1: SIL3
– ISO 13849: PL e

H

H
W

D

For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A

For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A


Ex: 
MAN
RES
AUTO

Notes:

W

D

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.



Ex: 

RES

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Logic
µP

MAN
RES
AUTO

Us
T

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

T

E

RES

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Logic
µP

Us
T
T
& Error

ON

E

& Error

ON
97 96 95

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

97 96 95

Technical data

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Technical data

Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuation voltage UC ON
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current

Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Safety data
EC-type examination certificate according to ATEX

100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V

W/H/D

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V
Surge protection

100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

 II (2) G,  II (2) D

 II (2) G,  II (2) D

PTB 07 ATEX 3145

PTB 07 ATEX 3145

 II (2) G,  II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145

 II (2) G,  II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

“3 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, motor
protection relay, and emergency stop
Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection

ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6

2900566
2903914
2900689

PHOENIX CONTACT

100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

20

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1

Type

Order No.

ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900567
2903916
2900568

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Conventional structure
Main current path contactor according to category 3

H

Structure with CONTACTRON
Main and control current path for “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter
according to category 3

W

D

F1

F1
F2
F3

L1
L2
L3

L1 F2
L2 F3
L3
+24V DC
K1

K4
L1 L2 L3

K2

T3

K1
T1 T2 T3

T1

K4

For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A

K3


Ex: 

M
3~
M1

K4

K1 +US ON

K4

K4

K4

K4

S2

E

PE

F4
K4

MAN
RES
AUTO

RES

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Logic
µP

Us
T
T

E

M
3~
M1

GND

PE

K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor
K3 = Right contactor
F4 = Motor protection relay

K1 = “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter
K4 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay
T1 = Right, T3 = Reset
S2 = Emergency stop

& Error

ON
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Conventional structure
Control current path contactor according to category 3

Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

Output current [A]

97 96 95

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
+24V DC F5

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

K4

K4

S2

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
0

F4
K4

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

T1

 II (2) G,  II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145

60

50

40

70

Derating curve ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time

K4

K1
K4

K4

K2

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

PTB 07 ATEX 3145

30

T2

100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection

 II (2) G,  II (2) D

20

K4

K4

K4

K3

K1

K2

Output current [A]

100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V

10

Ambient temperature [°C]

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

1
2

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

GND

2

1
2

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]

K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor
K3 = Right contactor
K4 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay
T1 = Right, T3 = Reset
S2 = Emergency stop
F4 = Motor protection relay

Derating curve ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2 and
ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
100% operating time

Order No.

ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900569
2903918
2900570

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1

1

2

0

10

20

40

30

50

60

Output current [A]

Type

Output current [A]

Ordering data
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time

2
0

70

1

2
10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 and
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time

1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

21

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
“3 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
reversing function and motor protection
These 3-phase “3 in 1” hybrid motor
starters combine three functions in one
device: right contactor, left contactor, and
motor protection relay.
Offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging

H

H
W

D

W

D

For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A

For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A

Notes:



Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

MAN
RES
AUTO


1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

RES

Logic
μP

MAN
RES
AUTO

Us
T

R
L

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

RES

Logic
μP

Us
T
& Error

97 96 95

& Error

R
L

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Technical data

97 96 95

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Technical data

Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuation voltage UC ON
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current

Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V

W/H/D

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V
Surge protection

100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data
Description

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6

2900573
2900691

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900574
2900575

Pcs. /
Pkt.

“3 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, left contactor,
and motor protection relay

22

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

1
1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Conventional structure
Main current path contactor according to category 3

H

Structure with CONTACTRON
Main and control current path for “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter
according to category 3

W

D

F1

F1
F2
F3

L1
L2
L3

L1 F2
L2 F3
L3
+24V DC

L1 L2 L3

K1
T1 T2 T3

For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A

K1



K1 +US R L

PE

F4

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

RES

M
3~
M1

Logic
μP

Us
T

GND

PE

K1 = Left contactor
K2 = Right contactor
F4 = Motor protection relay

K1 = “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter
T1 = Right, T2 = Left, T3 = Reset

& Error

L

97 96 95

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Conventional structure
Control current path contactor according to category 3

Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

Output current [A]

R

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
+24V DC

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

F5

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1

F4

1
2

0

10

20

30

60

50

40

70

Ambient temperature [°C]

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V

M
3~
M1

Derating curve ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time

T1

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

T2

100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection

K2

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

K1

Output current [A]

MAN
RES
AUTO

K2

T1 T2

K1

K2

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

GND

2

1
2

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]

K1 = Left contactor
K2 = Right contactor
T1 = Right, T2 = Left, T3 = Reset
F4 = Motor protection relay

Derating curve ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2 and
ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-99
100% operating time

Ordering data

2900576
2900578

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1

1

2

0

10

20

40

30

50

60

Output current [A]

ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9

Order No.

Output current [A]

Type

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time

2
0

70

1

2
10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 and
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time

1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

23

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
“2 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
motor protection
These 3-phase “2 in 1” hybrid motor
starters combine two functions in one device: right contactor and motor protection.
The devices offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
– Low-wear switching
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging

H

H
W

D

W

D

For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A

For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A





Notes:

MAN
RES
AUTO

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

RES

Logic
μP

MAN
RES
AUTO

Us
T

ON

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

RES

Logic
μP

Us
T
& Error

97 96 95

& Error

ON

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

97 96 95

Technical data

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Technical data

Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuation voltage UC ON
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current

Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V

W/H/D

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V
Surge protection

100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data
Description

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6

2900542
2900685

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900543
2900544

Pcs. /
Pkt.

“2 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor and
motor protection relay

24

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

1
1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Conventional structure
Main current path reversing contactor according to category 3

H

Structure with CONTACTRON
Main and control current path for “2 in 1” hybrid motor starter
according to category 3

W

D

F1

F1
F2
F3

L1
L2
L3

L1 F2
L2 F3
L3
+24V DC

L1 L2 L3

K1

T1
T1 T2 T3

For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A

K1


RES

M
3~
M1

Logic
μP

Us
T

ON

PE

GND

PE

K1 = Right contactor
F4 = Motor protection relay

K1 = “2 in 1” hybrid motor starter
T1 = Right, T3 = Reset

& Error

ON

97 96 95

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Conventional structure
Control current path contactor according to category 3

Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
+24V DC

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

F5

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1

F4

1
2

0

10

20

30

60

50

40

70

Ambient temperature [°C]

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity rever- Surge protection
sal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Derating curve ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

T1

100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Output current [A]

100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V

K1 +US

F4

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Output current [A]

MAN
RES
AUTO

M
3~
M1

K1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

GND

2

1
2

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]

K1 = Right contactor
T1 = Right, T3 = Reset
F4 = Motor protection relay

Derating curve ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2 and
ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9
100% operating time

Ordering data

2900545
2900546

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1

1

2

0

10

20

40

30

50

60

Output current [A]

ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9

Order No.

Output current [A]

Type

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time

2
0

70

1

2
10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 and
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time

1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

25

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
“2 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
reversing function
3-phase hybrid motor starter for reversing three-phase induction motors
The devices offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Up to 9 A
– Low-wear switching
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging

Notes:

H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

W

D

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A


1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Us
T
Logic
µP
R
L
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Output current [A]

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

1
2

70
60
50
40
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve for ELR H3-SC-24DC/500AC-9
100% operating time
Output current [A]

10

20

30

1 = Aligned with 20 mm spacing
2 = Aligned without spacing
70
60
50
40
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve for ELR H3-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time
0

26

100 A (t = 10 ms)
0A
< 0.5 V

W/H/D

10

20

PHOENIX CONTACT

30

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms)
0A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

1 = Aligned with 20 mm spacing
2 = Aligned without spacing
0

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900538
2900539

Pcs. /
Pkt.

“2 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor and
left contactor
1
1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
“1 in 1” hybrid motor starter

Notes:

H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

3-phase hybrid motor starter for starting
three-phase induction motors
The devices offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– Low-wear switching
– Up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging

W

D

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A


1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Us
T
Logic
µP
ON

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuation voltage UC ON
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Output current [A]

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

1
2

70
60
50
40
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve for ELR H5-SC-24DC/500AC-9
100% operating time
Output current [A]

100 A (t = 10 ms)
0A
< 0.5 V

W/H/D

10

20

30

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms)
0A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

1 = Aligned with 20 mm spacing
2 = Aligned without spacing
0

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

Description

Type

Order No.

ELR H3-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900530
2900531

Pcs. /
Pkt.

“1 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor
1
1

1 = Aligned with 20 mm spacing
2 = Aligned without spacing
70
60
50
40
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve for ELR H5-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time
0

10

20

30

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

27

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters
with short-circuit protection

Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

These short-circuit-proof 3-phase “4 in
1” hybrid motor starters for mounting on
30 mm DIN rails or 60 mm busbars combine four functions in one device: right contactor, left contactor, motor protection relay, and emergency stop up to category 3.

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Offer the following advantages:
22.5 mm wide
Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
Long service life
Space-saving
They save wiring
3-phase loop bridging
Plug-in motor output terminal block
Coordination type 2 according to
IEC/EN 60947-4-2

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

Description
Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters
Hybrid motor starters
DIN rail adapter
Power rail adapter, 160 mm
Power rail adapter, 200 mm
Set consisting of short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starter and
DIN rail adapter

Fuse
Coordination type 2 to 10 kA/500 V
Coordination type 2 to 5 kA/400 V
Coordination type 1 to 30 kA/500 V

28

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
H

H
W

D

H
W

D

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 2.4 A

Ex: 

MAN
RES
AUT

Us
T
T

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A

Ex: 

Reset
Autoreset

Reset2

R

L1 L2 L3

Logic
μP

Ex: 

Reset
Autoreset

MAN
RES
AUT

Us
T

24
VDC
& Error

E

T

Reset

2/T1 6/T3
4/T2

97 96 95

Reset2

L1 L2 L3

Logic
μP

Reset
Autoreset

& Error

T

Reset

L

2/T1 6/T3
4/T2

97 96 95

Reset2

L1 L2 L3

Logic
μP

24
VDC
& Error

E
R

24VDC

Technical data

MAN
RES
AUT

Us
T

24
VDC

E
R

24VDC

L

W

D

Reset

24VDC

L

Technical data

2/T1 6/T3
4/T2

97 96 95

Technical data

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A

75 mA
< 0.3 V
Surge protection, short-circuit protection

180 mA
< 0.4 V
Surge protection, short-circuit protection

1.5 A
< 0.6 V
Surge protection, short-circuit protection

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06
EM RD-ADAPTER
EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT
EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC

2902746
2902747
2902748
2902831

ELR H51-0.6-DIN-RAIL-SET

2902952

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1
1
1

ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2
EM RD-ADAPTER
EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT
EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC

2902744
2902747
2902748
2902831

1

ELR H51-2.4-DIN-RAIL-SET

2902953

Accessories
FUSE-10X38-16A-GR
FUSE-10X38-20A-GR
FUSE-10X38-30A-MR

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Order No.

1
1
1
1

ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9
EM RD-ADAPTER
EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT
EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC

2902745
2902747
2902748
2902831

1
1
1
1

1

ELR H51-9-DIN-RAIL-SET

2902954

1

2903126
2903384
2903119

10
10
10

Accessories
2903126
2903384
2903119

10
10
10

FUSE-10X38-16A-GR
FUSE-10X38-20A-GR
FUSE-10X38-30A-MR

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Accessories
2903126
2903384
2903119

10
10
10

FUSE-10X38-16A-GR
FUSE-10X38-20A-GR
FUSE-10X38-30A-MR

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

29

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters
with SmartWire-DT™ support

Notes:
Switching device technical data
You can download the SmartWire-DT™ Assist software for easy
creation of SmartWire-DT™ networks free of charge at
www.phoenixcontact.com

Controller

SmartWire-DT™ is a registered trademark of Eaton Corporation.
MRESET
STOP
RUN/PROG

RESET

PRG

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

LINK

TM

SmartWireDT line
Start

Ethernet connection

Stop

Reset
0511
01

SWD
EN

EN

EN

SWD
EN

EN

EN

SWD
EN

EN

EN

SWD
EN

EN

EN

EN

EN

SWD
EN

+15V

A1 S34 S33 S11

24V
0V
POW

S12 S21 S22 A2

M2
US
R L
MAN RES AUT E
97 96 95

M5

M4

M3

M1
US
R L
MAN RES AUT E
97 96 95

SWD
DP Config.

Power

Config.

PSR-ESA4

AUX

Gateway

2,4

Reset

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

0,87

2,4

2,4A
PWR
Err
L
R
Reset

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

max.

4,0

9,0

4,0

2,4A
PWR
Err
L
R
Reset

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

max.

Emergency stop

Network termination
plug

9,0
1,5

1,5

0,18

0,18

9A
PWR
Err
L
R
Reset

max.

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

9A
PWR
Err
L
R
Reset

ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9

0,87

max.

PWR
Err
L
R

K2

6,5

ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9

0,6

0,6A

0,075

US
R L
MAN RES AUT E
97 96 95

6,5

ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2

0,25

max.

US
R L
MAN RES AUT E
97 96 95

1,63

ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2

24V
0V

US
R L
MAN RES AUT E
97 96 95

1,63

ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6

ETH1

FOR LAN ONLY

ETH2
POW

EU5C-SED-EIP-MODTCP PXC

RS232

K1

0,39

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

31

13

14

32

33

24

PSR safety relays

Hybrid motor starters
with SmartWireDTTM connection

Switch and reverse motors safely and reliably with CONTACTRON compact hybrid
motor starters. The CONTACTRON “4 in
1” combines all the functions of a conventional reversing contactor circuit in a single
device – for motors up to 4 kW, with a
design width of just 22.5 mm.
The SmartWire-DT™ communication
system makes the complex cabling of the
control and signal levels easier and clearer.
You can also combine the hybrid motor
starters with standard fieldbus systems.

The hybrid motor starters, as well as the
command and signaling devices, are directly
connected to the controller with
SmartWire-DT™ via a gateway. Safe
shutdown is implemented with a PSR safety
relay. Thanks to SmartWire-DT™, the
amount of wiring is significantly reduced.
You benefit from clearly arranged and compact control cabinets.

Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current
Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions (including adapter)
Safety data
EC-type examination certificate according to ATEX

W/H/D

Description
Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor protection +
SmartWire-DT™ adapter as a set

30

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
H
W

H
W

D

Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor
protection + SmartWire-DT™ adapter, as a set
550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A

EM-SWD

CONTACTRON n in 1"
"

Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor
protection + SmartWire-DT™ adapter, as a set
550 V AC/3 x 2.4 A

EM-SWD

+

CONTACTRON n in 1"
"

SmartWire-DT TM

1/L1

I

Us

RESET

RESET
MAN.
AUTO

-

2/T1

R
L

3/L2

EN+
EN-

5/L3

Logic
& μP

4/T2
6/T3

& Error

CONTACTRON n in 1"
"

+

SmartWire-DT TM

RESET
MAN.
AUTO

-

Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor
protection + SmartWire-DT™ adapter, as a set
550 V AC/3 x 9 A

EM-SWD

+

EN+
EN-

W

D

Technical data

Us

1/L1

I

RESET

RESET
MAN.
AUTO

-

5/L3

Logic
& μP

2/T1

R
L

3/L2

EN+
EN-

SmartWire-DT TM

H
D

4/T2
6/T3

& Error

Technical data

Us

1/L1

I

RESET

2/T1

R
L

4/T2
6/T3

& Error

Technical data

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA (see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A (see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A (see derating curve)

100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V
Surge protection

100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
Surge protection

100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm

 II (2) G,  II (2) D

 II (2) G,  II (2) D

PTB 07 ATEX 3145

PTB 07 ATEX 3145

 II (2) G,  II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-0,6

2903116

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

3/L2
5/L3

Logic
& μP

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-2

2903117

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-9

2903118

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

31

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
SmartWire-DT™ accessories

With the “EM SWD-ADAPTER”
SmartWire-DT™ adapter for the
CONTACTRON 24 V DC “n in 1” devices,
the device concerned can be seamlessly integrated into the fieldbus environment using
SmartWire-DT™. Corresponding gateways
are available for the following bus systems:
– PROFIBUS-DP
– CANopen
– Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP

SmartWire DT adapter

Technical data
Input data
Supply voltage UAUX
Rated current IAUX
Supply voltage UPOW
Rated current IPOW
Input data
Description
Input voltage
Input current
Output data
Description
Output supply
Output current
SmartWire-DT interface
Connection method
Data rate
Current consumption IAUX
Current consumption IPOW
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529
Mounting position
Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
W/H/D

Enable input
24 V DC
5 mA
Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd
120 mA
25 mA
-25°C ... 55°C
IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1
IP20
Any
On CONTACTRON hybrid motor starter
0.14 - 1 mm² / 0.14 - 1 mm² / 26 - 18
22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

EM SWD-ADAPTER

2902776

Pcs. /
Pkt.

SmartWire-DT™ adapter
Gateways
CANopen®
PROFIBUS
Ethernet
I/O modules
Digital, 4 inputs, 4 outputs
Digital, 4 inputs
Digital, 8 outputs
Analog, 2 inputs, 2 outputs
Power feed module for supplying further SmartWire-DT™
devices

32

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
H
D

H
W

D

Gateways

H
W

D

W

Input/output modules



Power feed


Technical data


Technical data

Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd
-

Digital inputs
24 V DC
Typ. 4 mA
Digital outputs
24 V DC -15% ... +20%
Typ. 500 mA
Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd
-

-25°C ... 55°C
EN 50178
IP20
Any
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
35 mm / 90 mm / 127 mm

EN 50178
IP20
Any
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
35 mm / 90 mm / 101 mm

24 V DC -15% ... +20%
3A
24 V DC -15% ... +20%
700 mA
-

Ordering data

Technical data

Analog inputs
Analog outputs
Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd
-

24 V DC -15% ... +20%
3A
24 V DC -15% ... +20%
700 mA
Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd
EN 50178
IP20
Any
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
35 mm / 90 mm / 124 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EU5C-SWD-CAN PXC
EU5C-SWD-DP PXC
EU5C-SWD-EIP-MODTCP PXC

2903098
2903100
2903244

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EU5E-SWD-4D4D PXC
EU5E-SWD-4DX PXC
EU5E-SWD-X8D PXC
EU5E-SWD-2A2A PXC

2903101
2903102
2903103
2903104

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EU5C-SWD-PF2-1 PXC

2903113

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

33

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
SmartWire-DT™ accessories

Description

Color

Plug tools

Flat-ribbon cable, 8-pos.

Ordering data

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

SWD4-CRP-1 PXC

2903110

1

SWD4-CRP-2 PXC

2903114

1

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

SWD4-100LF-8-24 PXC

2903111

1

SWD4-3LF8-24-2S PXC

2903112

1

Pliers for device plugs
Pliers for flat plugs
Flat-ribbon cable, 8-pos., 100 m
Flat-ribbon cable, assembled with 2 flat plugs, 8-pos., 3 m

SmartWire-DT™ accessories

Accessories for SmartWire-DT™ and
SmartWire-DT™ devices for connecting
digital and analog input and output signals.

Description
Plug and coupling
Network dummy plug
Device plug, 8-pos.
Flat plug, 8-pos.
Coupling for 8-pos. flat plug
Programming adapter

34

PHOENIX CONTACT

Color

Plug and coupler

Programming adapter

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

SWD4-RC8-10 PXC
SWD4-8SF2-5 PXC
SWD4-8MF2 PXC
SWD4-8SFF2-5 PXC

2903106
2903107
2903108
2903109

1
10
10
1

Type

Order No.

EU4A-RJ45-USB-CAB1 PXC

2903465

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
F1

L1 F2
L2 F3
L3

Intended use
The SmartWire-DT™ adapter is approved exclusively for use in
conjunction with the following CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters. If other switching devices are used, correct operation, in particular of the safety function, cannot be ensured.

+24V DC
GND

S1
S21

S22

S11

S12

Motor protection and safe shutdown

PSR-SCP-24UC/ESA4/2x1/1x2
A1

A2

13

23

14

24

S33 S34

SWD

SWD

SWD

+

EN+ EN– –
SWD EN

2900573
2900574
2900576
2900542
2900543
2900545

AUX

EM SWD-ADAPTER
EU5C SWD-DP PXC

L GND_E

MAN RES AUT
PROFIBUS-DP

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

Config.

US GND R

CONTACTRON N in1

2/T1

4/T2

POW

6/T3

2900582
ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
2900414
ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2
2900421
ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
2900566
ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
2900567
ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2
2900569
ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
2297031
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-2I
2297057
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-9I
2902952
ELR H51-0,6-DINRAIL-SET
2902953
ELR H51-2,4-DINRAIL-SET
2902954
ELR H51-9-DINRAIL-SET
2902746
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06
2902744
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2
2902745
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9
Motor protection only

96 95 97

ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9

M
3~

PE
Emergency stop wiring example (two-channel)

SWD

Output current [A]

F1

L1 F2
L2 F3
L3

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1

2

0

SWD

SWD

1

10

20

40

30

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]
+

EN+ EN– –
SWD EN

Derating curve for ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-0,6
100% operating time

AUX

EM SWD-ADAPTER

CONTACTRON N in1

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

POW

96 95 97

Output current [A]

MAN RES AUT

EU5C SWD-DP PXC

L GND_E

PROFIBUS-DP

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

Config.

US GND R

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

2

1
2

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve for ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-2 and
ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-9
100% operating time

M
3~

PE
Wiring example without emergency stop

1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

35

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
CONTACTRON bridge

The flexible CONTACTRON loop bridge
(BRIDGE-) simplifies the supply and looping through of phases L1, L2, and L3.
It is available in 2- to 10-way versions for
modules in the CONTACTRON family with
22.5 mm housing width.
Features of the 3-phase loop bridge:
– Saves considerable wiring
– Suitable for CONTACTRON series
- ELR H3
- ELR H5
- ELR (W)3
- EMMIFS
– Bridging of 2 to 10 devices with maximum
module spacing of 22.5 mm
– Up to 575 V AC/3 x 25 A
– Additional bridge versions available on
request

0.3 m connecting cable
with ferrules

Technical data
General data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
Cross section

575 V AC
25 A
2.5 mm²

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

3-phase loop bridge
2-way
3-way
4-way
5-way
6-way
7-way
8-way
9-way
10-way

BRIDGE- 2
BRIDGE- 3
BRIDGE- 4
BRIDGE- 5
BRIDGE- 6
BRIDGE- 7
BRIDGE- 8
BRIDGE- 9
BRIDGE-10

2900746
2900747
2900748
2900749
2900750
2900751
2900752
2900753
2900754

≤22,5 mm
2

3

4

...

10

≤55 mm

1

36

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters

3 m connecting cable
without ferrules

Technical data
575 V AC
25 A
2.5 mm²

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

BRIDGE- 2-3M
BRIDGE- 3-3M
BRIDGE- 4-3M
BRIDGE- 5-3M
BRIDGE- 6-3M
BRIDGE- 7-3M
BRIDGE- 8-3M
BRIDGE- 9-3M
BRIDGE-10-3M

2901543
2901656
2901659
2901545
2901697
2901698
2901700
2901701
2901702

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

37

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Three-phase solid-state reversing
contactors
The three-phase solid-state reversing
contactor with an integrated locking circuit
and load wiring are intended for applications
such as control valves, slides, separating filters, ship steering gears, etc. The scope of
performance ranges from 575 V AC/3 x 2 A
to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A.
Advantages of three-phase solid-state reversing contactors:
– Noise-free and wear-free switching
– Integrated protective circuit
– Stable and short switching times
– Long service life
– High switching frequency
– Integrated locking and load wiring
– Thermal fuse optional

Notes:
Type of insulation housing:
ELR W 3...2, ELR W 3...9
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green
ELR W 3...16, ELR W 3...37
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green

H
D

W

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 2 A


1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

R
L
T

Technical data
Input data
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit

Output current [A]

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Load current

10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

ELR ...-9

ELR ...-2

60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
Output current [A]

10

20

40

ELR ...-37

60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor

PHOENIX CONTACT

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 2 A
(see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 2 A
(see derating curve)

200 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
250 A2s

200 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
250 A2s
RCV circuit

500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 2 Hz
max. 5 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2

2297293
2297303

1
1

2900796

1

Accessories
Thermal fuse

20

12.7 mA
11.2 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

3-phase solid-state reversing contactor

ELR ...-16

10

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

Ordering data
Description

45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5

38

Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Maximum load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms)
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Reversing frequency
Switching frequency
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Power station requirements
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
- Control side
- Load side
Dimensions
W/H/D

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40

THERMAL FUSE TF104

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
H
D

H
W

H
W

D

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 9 A

D

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 16 A



For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A


1/L1

3/L2

W



5/L3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

R
R

L

L

L
T

R

T

T
2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

2/T1

Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4/T2

6/T3

Technical data

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

Technical data

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

12.7 mA
11.2 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

12.7 mA
11.2 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

12.7 mA
11.2 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 16 A
(see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 37 A
(see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
RCV circuit

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 16 A
(see derating curve)

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
RCV circuit

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 37 A
(see derating curve)

1300 A (t = 10 ms)
200 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
9000 A2s

1300 A (t = 10 ms)
200 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
9000 A2s
RCV circuit

500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 2 Hz
max. 5 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm

500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 2 Hz
max. 5 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm

500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 2 Hz
max. 5 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6
147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6
147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9

2297316
2297329

2900796

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-16
ELR W3-230AC/500AC-16

2297332
2297345

1

THERMAL FUSE TF104

2900796

Accessories
THERMAL FUSE TF104

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1

ELR W2+1- 24DC/500AC-37
ELR W2+1-230AC/500AC-37

2297374
2297387

1
1

1

THERMAL FUSE TF104

2900796

1

Accessories

Accessories

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

39

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Three-phase semiconductor contactor

Motors of mixers, machine tools, conveying systems, pumps, and fans up to
575 V AC/3 x 37 A (equivalent to 1 kW to
18.5 kW) can be controlled using the
CONTACTRON three-phase semiconductor contactors.
Advantages of three-phase semiconductor contactors:
– Noise-free and wear-free switching
– Integrated protective circuit
– Stable and short switching times
– Long service life
– High switching frequency
– Thermal fuse optional

Notes:
Type of insulation housing:
ELR 3...2, ELR 3...9
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green
ELR 3...16, ELR 3...37
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green

H
W

D

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

For switching 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 2 A


1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

ON

T

Technical data
Input data
Rated actuation voltage UC ON
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit

Output current [A]

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Load current

10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

ELR ...-9

ELR ...-2

60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
10

20

40

Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Maximum load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms)
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Switching frequency
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Power station requirements
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
- Control side
- Load side
Dimensions
W/H/D

Output current [A]

8.3 mA
12.5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 2 A
(see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 2 A
(see derating curve)

200 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
250 A2s

200 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
250 A2s
RCV circuit

500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 2
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 2

2297196
2297206

1
1

2900796

1

Three-phase semiconductor contactor

ELR ...-37

Accessories
ELR ...-16
Thermal fuse

60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
10

40

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

Ordering data
Description

45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

20

PHOENIX CONTACT

40

THERMAL FUSE TF104

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
H

H
W

H
W

D

For switching 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 9 A

For switching 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 16 A



For switching 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A


1/L1

3/L2

W

D



5/L3

1/L1

ON

3/L2

5/L3

ON

T

T
2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

2/T1

Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4/T2

6/T3

Technical data

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

ON

T

D

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

Technical data

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

8.3 mA
12.5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

8.3 mA
12.5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

8.3 mA
12.5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 16 A
(see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 37 A
(see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
RCV circuit

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 16 A
(see derating curve)

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
RCV circuit

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 37 A
(see derating curve)

1300 A (t = 10 ms)
200 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
9000 A2s

1300 A (t = 10 ms)
200 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
9000 A2s
RCV circuit

500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm

500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm

500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6
147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6
147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 9
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 9

2297219
2297222

2900796

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1

ELR 3- 24DC/500AC-16
ELR 3-230AC/500AC-16

2297235
2297248

1

THERMAL FUSE TF104

2900796

Accessories
THERMAL FUSE TF104

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1

ELR 2+1- 24DC/500AC-37
ELR 2+1-230AC/500AC-37

2297277
2297280

1
1

1

THERMAL FUSE TF104

2900796

1

Accessories

Accessories

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

41

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Electronic reversing load relay,
with integrated soft switch

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polycarbonate PC, color: green.

The ELR W 3/9-400 S soft switch can be
used to increase the service life of a 3-phase
induction motor.
– Parameterization is performed directly on
the device via display and keyboard
– Friction time
– Torque, start
– Start time
– Stop time
– Torque, stop
– Braking time
– Braking torque
– Drive can be controlled locally via
keyboard

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

D W
H

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Parameterization

24V DC UIN
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3

Logic

L

24V DC

Memory

&

24V DC
R

Alarm

Technical data
Input data
Supply nominal voltage UVN
Supply voltage range with reference to UVN
Quiescent current
Control voltage UST right/left
Control voltage range in reference to UST
Typ. input current at UN
Input circuit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Maximum switching voltage

Output voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Load current

Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Output protection
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Power station requirements
EMC regulations
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
W/H/D

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
85 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
440 V AC (L1/T1)
440 V AC (L2/T2)
440 V AC (L3/T3)
110 V AC ... 433 V AC
1000 V
< 8 A (IL1, at 20°C Tu, see derating)
< 8 A (IL2, at 20°C Tu, see derating)
< 8 A (IL3, at 20°C Tu, see derating)
230 A (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C)
150 mA
Typ. 1.5 V (For IL)
5 mA (IL1, in switched-off state)
RC element, surge protection
2.5 kV
-20°C ... 60°C
DIN EN 50178 / Safe isolation
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing
0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10
62 mm / 94 mm / 122 mm

Load current [A]

Ordering data
Description

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

Order No.

ELR W3/ 9-400 S1)

2963569

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Electronic reversing load relay, with an integrated soft switch

10

20

30

40

50

60

Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor

42

Type

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors

ON
delay

Operation

OFF
delay

100% operation positive

Torque, start
Torque, stop

Friction time

Start time

Switch
operation

Stop time

100% operation positive

Torque, start
Braking time

Torque, stop

Friction time

Start time

Switch
operation

100% operation negative
Switch-off procedure

The figure shows the control of the
reversing load relay with a soft starter and
the operation of a three-phase current load.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

43

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Electronic reversing load relay for DC
motors
The ELR-DC electronic reversing load
relays allow mechanically commutated DC
motors to be switched. They reverse and
reduce the speed of DC motors up to 24
V/6 A in a wear-free manner. A short-circuit,
surge-voltage, and overload-proof output
guarantees reliable use in the plant.
If a 24 V DC signal is applied to the “left”
input, the ELR-DC is interconnected so that
the output supplies the motor with voltage.
If the “right” input is triggered, the polarity
of the voltage is inverted on the output. By
triggering both inputs, i.e., “right” and
“left”, the motor is short-circuited internally via the ELR-DC and reduces the speed.
Thanks to the internal interlocking circuit
and load wiring, wiring expense is reduced
to a minimum.

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polycarbonate PC, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

D W
H

PWM = Pulse Width Modulation
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571


+U

R

M+

Logic

M-

L

GND

Technical data
Input data
Control voltage UST right/left
Control voltage range in reference to UST
Typ. input current at UN
Input circuit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
PWM option
Maximum clock frequency of the PWM at the control inputs

Application example

Pulse width repetition rate of the PWM
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current

R

L

L

U

R

24V GND
M+ M-

M

24 V DC

-

Quiescent current

+

Status table
Input

Output

Right

Left

M+

M–

0

0

High resistance

High resistance

1

0

+24 V

GND

0

1

GND

+24 V

1

1

GND

GND

Current limitation at short-circuits
Output protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Standards/regulations
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529
Mounting position
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
W/H/D

24 V DC
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
0.8 ... 1.2
3 mA
3 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / LED yellow, forward running (R), LED yellow,
reverse running (L) / 1000 Hz

1000 Hz

0% ... 100%

0% ... 100%

10 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 V DC ... 30 V DC
2A
6A
(Mounted in rows with
(see derating curve)
zero spacing)
Approx. 7 mA
Approx. 7 mA
(When switched off)
(When switched off)
15 A
20 A
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / - / 2.5 kV AC
-20°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
EN 50178 / Basic insulation
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10
12.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

ELR W1/ 2-24DC1)
ELR W1/ 6-24DC1)

2963598
2982090

Pcs. /
Pkt.

3-phase solid-state reversing contactor, for controlling DC motors

Load current [A]

Load current depending on ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% OT

1

6
5
4
3

2

2
1
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Ambient temperature [°C]
1 Single device
2 Aligned without spacing

44

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

45

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Single-phase solid-state contactors

Notes:

H

Type of housing:
Polycarbonate PC, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

W

For switching 1~ AC motors
up to 660 V AC/20 A



A1
+

1/L1
Zero voltage
switch

Single-phase solid-state contactors are
used in AC voltage networks wherever
silent switching, high switching frequencies,
and a practically unlimited service life are
required.
The sturdy power semi-conductors
switch in zero voltage crossing and thus
produce no additional high-frequency interferences. The modules are insensitive to
shock loads and vibrations – even use in aggressive, polluted environments is unproblematic.
They offer the following advantages:
– High switching frequency
– Wear-free and output-free
– Input voltage versions 24 V DC and
230 V AC
Common areas of application are:
– Production machines
– Temperature controllers
– Conveyor equipment
– Light and lighting systems.

D

A2
-

2/T1

Technical data
Input data
Input voltage range
Typ. input current at UN
Switching level

1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)

Transmission frequency flimit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Load current

4 V DC ... 32 V DC
Approx. 12 mA
≥ 4 V DC
≤ 1 V DC
25 Hz

24 V AC ... 275 V AC
Approx. 17 mA
≥ 22 V AC
≤ 6 V AC
6 Hz
Green LED / - / -

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
20 A (see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
20 A (see derating curve)

Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current

250 A (t = 10 ms)
350 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (In off state)

250 A (t = 10 ms)
350 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (In off state)

Phase angle (cos φ)
Maximum load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms)
Output protection
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations

0.5
525 A2s

Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
- Control side
- Load side
Dimensions

0.5
525 A2s
RCV circuit

4 kVrms
-30°C ... 70°C
EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 /
EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 / Basic insulation
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing

W/H/D

0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12
22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-20
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-20

2297138
2297141

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Output current [A]

Single-phase electronic load relay
50
40
30

28,5

20

16

1011
60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
10

46

20

PHOENIX CONTACT

40

1
1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
H
D

H
W

W

D

For switching 1~ AC motors
up to 660 V AC/30 A

For switching 1~ AC motors
up to 660 V AC/50 A





A1
+

2/T1

A2
-

1/L1
Zero voltage
switch

1/L1
Zero voltage
switch

A1
+

A2
-

2/T1

Technical data
4 V DC ... 32 V DC
Approx. 12 mA
≥ 4 V DC
≤ 1 V DC
25 Hz

Technical data

24 V AC ... 275 V AC
Approx. 17 mA
≥ 22 V AC
≤ 6 V AC
6 Hz
Green LED / - / -

4 V DC ... 32 V DC
Approx. 12 mA
≥ 4 V DC
≤ 1 V DC
25 Hz

24 V AC ... 275 V AC
Approx. 17 mA
≥ 22 V AC
≤ 6 V AC
6 Hz
Green LED / - / -

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
30 A (see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
30 A (see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
50 A (see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
50 A (see derating curve)

400 A (t = 10 ms)
150 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (In off state)

400 A (t = 10 ms)
150 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (In off state)

1900 A (t = 10 ms)
150 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (In off state)

1900 A (t = 10 ms)
150 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (In off state)

0.5
1800 A2s

0.5
1800 A2s
RCV circuit

0.5
18,000 A2s

0.5
18,000 A2s
RCV circuit

4 kVrms
-30°C ... 70°C
EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 /
EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 / Basic insulation

4 kVrms
-30°C ... 70°C
EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 /
EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 / Basic insulation

Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing

Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing

0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12
22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm

0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12
4 - 25 mm² / 4 - 25 mm² / 12 - 3
45 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-30
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-30

2297154
2297167

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Type

Order No.

ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-50
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-50

2297170
2297183

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

47

Electronic switchgear and motor control
IP67 motor starters
PROFINET motor starter

Motor starters in robust stainless steel
housing (IP67) can be used directly in the
system as a compact function unit. This
eliminates the complex wiring of individual
functions in the control cabinet.
The motor starter can be used to control
three-phase asynchronous motors in two
directions of rotation, completely via
PROFINET. Distributed sensors and actuators can be directly connected to
PROFINET without the need for further intermediate stations or additional cabling.
A complete PROFINET motor starter consists of three products. For example:
– ELR 5011 IP PN
– IBS IP 400 MBH-F
– IBS PG SET
Additional features:
– Performance classes: 0.06 kW to 3.0 kW
– Simple assembly
– Plug-in connection system
– Exchangeable module electronics
– Status and diagnostic indicators on the
module
– 10 digital inputs for connecting sensors
– 4 digital outputs for connecting actuators
– One- and two-motor reversing starters
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Electronic motor starters,
1 x 1.1 kW and 2 x 1.1 kW

PROFIBUS

Technical data
ELR 5011 IP PN
Interface
Fieldbus system
Connection method
Power supply for module electronics
Supply voltage
Supply voltage range

ELR 5011-2 IP PN

PROFINET
8-pos. RJ45 socket on motor starter
24 V DC (US1 / US2)
20 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple)

Power supply for sensors
Minimum voltage
Nominal current per sensor
Type of protection
Digital inputs
Number of inputs
Connection method
Connection method
Digital outputs
Number of outputs
Connection method
Connection method
Output current
Motor starter, output
Connection method
Operating voltage

UINI = US1 minus 1 V
500 mA
Short-circuit/overload protection
10
M12 plug-in connector
2, 3, 4-conductor
4
M12 plug-in connector
2-conductor
max. 500 mA (per channel)
POWER-COMBICON
360 V AC ... 550 V AC (line voltage 50/60 Hz)

Nominal current range
Frequency range
Nominal motor power
Motor monitoring
Parameterization range
Tripping class
General data
Weight
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)

0.18 A ... 2.4 A
50 Hz ... 60 Hz (mains frequency)
1.1 kW (at Umains= 400 V AC)
0.2 A ... 2.4 A
Based on class 10 A of IEC 60947
2115 g
2425 g
IP67 according to IEC 60529
-25°C ... 50°C (no condensation)

Ordering data
Description
PROFINET motor starter
- 1-channel reversing starter, 1.1 kW
- 2-channel reversing starter, 1.1 kW
PROFINET motor starter
- 1-channel reversing starter, 3.0 kW
- 2-channel reversing starter, 3.0 kW
Lower part of the housing, stainless steel
- Standard version
Pg screw connection, plastic (IP67), for INTERBUS and
PROFINET motor starters and variable frequency drives.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR 5011 IP PN
ELR 5011-2 IP PN

2700745
2701007

1
1

IBS IP 400 MBH -F1)

2732868

1

2836599

1

2744856
2744571
1402611
2744869

1
1
1
1

IBS PG SET

Accessories
RJ45 connector, shielded, with bend protection sleeve, x 2
- gray for straight cables
- green for crossed cables
Bus system cable
Crimping pliers, for assembling the RJ45 connectors

48

PHOENIX CONTACT

FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2
FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2
VS-937/...
FL CRIMPTOOL

Electronic switchgear and motor control
IP67 motor starters

Electronic motor starters,
1 x 3.0 kW and 2 x 3.0 kW

High-grade steel lower part,
IP67 degree of protection


Technical data
ELR 5030 IP PN

Technical data
IBS IP 400 MBH -F1)

ELR 5030-2 IP PN

PROFINET
8-pos. RJ45 socket on motor starter

-

24 V DC (US1 / US2)
20 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple)

-

UINI = US1 minus 1 V
500 mA
Short-circuit/overload protection

-

10
M12 plug-in connector
2, 3, 4-conductor

-

4
M12 plug-in connector
2-conductor
max. 500 mA (per channel)

-

POWER-COMBICON
360 V AC ... 550 V AC (line voltage 50/60 Hz)

-

2.4 A ... 6 A
50 Hz ... 60 Hz (mains frequency)
3 kW (at Umains= 400 V AC)

-

2.4 A ... 6 A
Based on class 10 A of IEC 60947

-

2115 g
2425 g
IP67 according to IEC 60529
-25°C ... 50°C (no condensation)

1130 g
IP67 according to IEC 60529
-

Ordering data

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR 5030 IP PN
ELR 5030-2 IP PN

2701006
2701008

1
1

IBS IP 400 MBH -F1)

2732868

2836599

IBS PG SET

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1

IBS IP 400 MBH -F1)

2732868

1

1

IBS PG SET

2836599

1

2744856
2744571
1402611
2744869

1
1
1
1

Accessories

FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2
FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2
VS-937/...
FL CRIMPTOOL

-

Accessories

2744856
2744571
1402611
2744869

1
1
1
1

FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2
FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2
VS-937/...
FL CRIMPTOOL

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

49

Electronic switchgear and motor control
IP20 frequency inverters
Inline frequency inverters

Inline frequency inverters for the control
cabinet are the compact solution for extending your Easy Automation solution to
include electronic speed regulation for asynchronous motors. The devices seamlessly
integrate into the Inline system and have
IP20 protection. Depending on the drive
task, you can select frequency inverters
from various performance classes, up to a
maximum of 4 kW. In order to connect to
the Inline system via the Fieldline local bus,
you just need the IB IL 24 FLM-PAC Inline
module. The Inline frequency inverter can
be connected to a Phoenix Contact controller via the Inline module.
Additional features:
– Maximum motor power
0.75 kW, 1.5 kW, 2.2 kW, and 4.0 kW
– 3 x 400 V mains input (±15%) 50/60 Hz
– DTM for parameterization and diagnostics
– 8 freely programmable parameter records
– PTC evaluation for
2.2 kW and 4.0 kW versions
– Integrated line filter
– U/f linear and U/f square operating modes
– S-ramp function
– Motor protection function (I2t)
– Connection of a braking resistor
– DC braking
– Evaluation of the temperature switch in
the motor
– Voltage boost
– 1 x analog input, 1 x analog output,
1 x relay output

0.75 kW

Technical data
Interface
Name
Connection method
Power supply for module electronics
Supply voltage
Supply voltage range
Digital inputs
Number of inputs
Connection method
Connection method
Digital outputs
Number of outputs
Connection method
Connection method
Motor starter, output
Connection method
Nominal current range

Frequency range
Nominal motor power
Tripping class
General data
Weight
Degree of protection
Width
Height
Depth

Fieldline local bus
9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket
24 V DC ±15%
20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15%
5
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection
1
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection
PCB terminal block
2.6 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s;
permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range)

0 Hz ... 400 Hz
0.75 kW
5.6 A OC tripping current
1400 g
IP20
86.8 mm
184 mm
132.9 mm

Notes:

Ordering data

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Inline frequency inverters for the control cabinet
VFD 5007 IL IB

2701054

1

Accessories

50

PHOENIX CONTACT

Inline Modular branch terminal for coupling one
Fieldline Modular M8 local bus at the end of an Inline station

IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1)

2736903

1

Remote bus cable, highly stranded, 3 x 2 x 0.25 mm²

IBS RBC/F-T/

2740151

1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
IP20 frequency inverters

Frequency inverter for a max. motor power of
up to 1.5 kW

Frequency inverter for a max. motor power of
up to 2.2 kW

Frequency inverter for a max. motor power of
up to 4.0 kW

Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

Fieldline local bus
9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket

Fieldline local bus
9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket

Fieldline local bus
9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket

24 V DC ±15%
20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15%

24 V DC ±15%
20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15%

24 V DC ±15%
20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15%

5
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

5
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

5
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

1
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

1
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

1
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

PCB terminal block
4.1 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s;
permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range)

PCB terminal block
5.8 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s;
permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range)

PCB terminal block
9.1 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s;
permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range)

0 Hz ... 400 Hz
1.5 kW
8.8 A OC tripping current

0 Hz ... 400 Hz
2.2 kW
12.5 A OC tripping current

0 Hz ... 400 Hz
4 kW
21 A OC tripping current

1400 g
IP20
86.8 mm
184 mm
132.9 mm

2006 g
IP20
114 mm
184 mm
153 mm

2006 g
IP20
114 mm
184 mm
153 mm

Ordering data
Type

Ordering data
Order No.

VFD 5015 IL IB

2701055

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

VFD 5022 IL IB

Accessories

2701057

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Type

Order No.

VFD 5040 IL IB

Accessories

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2701058

1

Accessories

IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1)

2736903

1

IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1)

2736903

1

IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1)

2736903

1

IBS RBC/F-T/

2740151

1

IBS RBC/F-T/

2740151

1

IBS RBC/F-T/

2740151

1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

51

52

PHOENIX CONTACT

Measurement and control technology
The modular analog converters for measurement and control technology prevent
analog signals from being distorted by disturbance variables. With accurate conversion, isolation, filtering or amplification of
analog signals, they secure and increase
transmission quality and therefore the quality of closed-loop control circuits.
We offer the following product ranges:
Highly compact isolating amplifiers –
MINI Analog
For significant space savings and efficiency
– Design width of just 6.2 mm
– System cabling and multiplexer solutions
– 3-way electrical isolation
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional
safety – MACX Analog
For maximum signal safety
– Consistent SIL certification
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
Isolating amplifiers, special types, and
digital displays – MCR Analog
For special applications in signal processing
– Electrical isolation
– Record and convert temperatures directly
in the field
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL
functional safety – MACX Analog Ex
For intrinsically safe circuits in the Ex area
– Maximum explosion protection for all
Ex zones and gas groups
– Design width of just 12.5 mm for all
single- and two-channel devices
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation

Product range overview
Product overview

54

Selection guide for isolating amplifiers

56

Basics

58

Highly compact isolating amplifiers –
MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
Temperature
Frequency
Potentiometers
Limit values
Digital IN
Accessories

64
66
76
82
84
85
86
87

Isolating amplifiers with
SIL functional safety – MACX Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
Temperature potentiometers/limit values
Digital IN
Accessories

100
102
110
120
126

Isolating amplifiers, special designs, and
digital displays – MCR Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
Temperature potentiometers/limit values
Frequency
Limit values
Accessories
Digital displays

130
131
136
144
146
149
150

EX i isolating amplifiers with
SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex
Analog IN
Analog OUT
Temperature
Digital IN
Digital OUT
Accessories

152
160
164
165
172
179
182

Multiplexers for HART signals

186

Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Accessories

187
190

PHOENIX CONTACT

53

Measurement and control technology
Product overview
Highly compact isolating amplifiers

MINI Analog
Page 64

Supply components, feed-through terminal
blocks, marking material
Page 88

System cabling, termination carriers
Page 92

Digital displays

Ex i isolating amplifiers with functional safety

For standard signals, setpoint adjusters
Page 150

MACX Analog Ex

Surge protection
Page 98

Supply components, marking material
Page 182

System cabling, termination carriers
Page 184

EMpro special function and communication
modules
Page 202

PSK data logger kits

PSK compressed air meters

Voltage transducers

SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring
Page 134

Page 152

Energy and power measuring technology

EMpro energy meters
Page 200

Current protectors, AC
Page 235

54

PHOENIX CONTACT

Page 236

Page 206

Page 208

EMD-BL
compact monitoring relays

Page 250

Measurement and control technology
Product overview
Isolating amplifiers with functional safety

MACX Analog
Page 100

Multiplexers

Multiplexers for HART signals

Isolating amplifiers
Special designs

Supply components, marking material
Page 126

System cabling, termination carriers
Page 128

Ex i 2-cond. field devices

Accessories

Ex i 2-conductor field devices

Shield fast connection

Page 186

Page 187

MCR Analog
Page 130

Test plugs
Page 191

Page 191

Current transformers

Test disconnect
terminal blocks

Current and voltage measuring technology

PACT current transformers

Test disconnect terminal blocks
See Catalog 3

Current transducers, AC/DC

Controllers

Surge protection

Controllers
See Catalog 8

Surge protection for measurement and
control technology
See Catalog 6

Page 212

EMD
multifunctional monitoring relays

Page 252

Current transducers, AC
Page 229

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Page 232

PHOENIX CONTACT

55

Measurement and control technology
Selection guide for isolating amplifiers

Highly compact isolating amplifiers MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifiers
4-way signal duplicators
3-way repeater power supplies

2-way passive isolators
3-way output isolators
Digital displays

Page
Configurable
Fixed signal combinations
Configurable
1-channel
Signal duplicators
2-channel
Supplied by an input loop
Supplied by an output loop
Fixed signal combinations
Standard signals
Setpoint adjuster

From 66
71
72
73

74
75

Temperature
Temperature transducers

Temperature head transmitters

Universal
Universal, supplied by an output loop
For resistance thermometers (RTD)
For resistance thermometers (RTD), passive
For Pt 100
For Pt 100, supplied by an output loop
For thermocouples
For thermocouples, type J and K
Universal, supplied by an output loop
Pt 100, supplied by an output loop

76
From 77
79
80
81

Frequency
Frequency transducers
Analog frequency transducers

Universal

82
83

Potentiometer/resistor
Potiposition transducers
Setpoint potentiometers

84

Limit values
Threshold value switches

Standard analog signals, universal
Standard analog signals

85

Temperature

Digital IN
Isolation amplifiers

NAMUR sensors, floating contacts

86

NAMUR sensors, floating contacts, 2-channel
NAMUR sensors, floating contacts, wide range
NAMUR sensors on NAM

Digital OUT
Solenoid drivers

Loop-powered
With line fault detection

Accessories
Configuration

Constant voltage source
Setpoint potentiometers
System cabling

Multiplexers
Supply components
Marking material
Surge protection
Shield fast connection
Test plugs
Resistance circuit

56

PHOENIX CONTACT

Configuration software
Cables
Display unit and operator interface, removable
Holder module for display unit and operator interface
Constant voltage source
System components
1:1 feed-through terminal block
Termination carriers
Analog multiplexers
Multiplexers for HART signals
Power terminal block/error message modules/
T-Connectors/system power supply

119

87
94
88
97
95

From 89
88
98
191

For line fault detection

183

Measurement and control technology
Selection guide for isolating amplifiers

Isolating amplifiers with
functional safety - MACX Analog

Special types of isolating amplifiers
and digital displays

Ex i isolating amplifiers with
functional safety - MACX Analog Ex

Page

Page

Page

131
132

160

From 102

106
107

160
161
162
134

109

164
150
151

From 114

136
140

110

From 168
187
165

138
141
112

166
142
143

188
189

144

From 114

From 168
148

116

146
147
139
146

170

120
124

172
176

122
125

174
177

123

175
178

From 179
179

119
118
118

149
149

149
149

148

129

184
186

From 126

126

127

127

191
191
183

191

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

191
191
183

PHOENIX CONTACT

57

Measurement and control technology
Basics

Input

Analog output

Digital output

Maximum input signal
The maximum input signal describes the
value achieved before any damage occurs to
the module and the signal generator. If these
values are exceeded, suppresser diodes can
be triggered to short circuit this input when
a surge voltage is detected. The transmission range of the analog signals is located
exclusively within the specified input ranges.

Maximum output signal
If the devices operate without fault conditions, an overload at the input cannot cause
greater values than this maximum to occur
at the output.

Relays
Many of the products with a relay output
that are shown in the catalog feature hard
gold-plated relay contact material. The voltage range has an important role to play in
terms of how this contact material can be
used. Up to 50 mA can be transmitted with
voltage ranges of up to 30 V AC/36 V DC.
Even very small currents are transmitted
perfectly. If the aforementioned voltage
range is exceeded and values of 250 V
AC/DC are processed, currents of up to 2
A can flow. However, in this case the subsequent transmission of small currents can no
longer be guaranteed.

Input resistance
The input resistance of an isolating amplifier or measuring transducer is determined
in such a way as to ensure that the input signal is loaded only slightly. This results in a
low-resistance input for current inputs and
a high-resistance input for voltage inputs.
Voltage drop
In the case of passive isolators, the input
voltage drop occurs as a result of the voltage drop of the operational load and the
auxiliary power requirements of the module. The greater the auxiliary power requirements of the passive isolator, the
smaller the operational output load is allowed to be. Low auxiliary power requirements are regarded as an indicator of device
quality.
Common mode rejection
In the case of isolating amplifiers, operational amplifiers are used internally for
transmission purposes. In theory, operational amplifiers should display ideal transmission and amplification behavior. However, it is a different matter in practice. When
both input voltages are changed in the same
direction, i.e., exactly the same voltage to
ground is applied to both input terminal
blocks, this leads to an unintended output
signal. Theoretically, if the operational amplifier is ideal, no output signal should appear since the differential input signal is
“0 V”. Common mode rejection indicates
the factor (in dB) by which the common input voltage at both inputs is amplified to a
lesser extent than the difference in voltage
between the two inputs.

58

PHOENIX CONTACT

Zero/span adjustment
When the zero point is set, the zero point
of an analog output is adjusted and set in relation to the input signal.
When the “amplification” span is set, the
analog output is adjusted in relation to the
input signal. In this case, the output characteristic is increased or decreased by an amplification factor.
Load
The load on the output side indicates the
load-carrying capacity of a measuring transducer or an isolating amplifier. Current outputs can usually drive a maximum of 500 ,
voltage outputs can be loaded with a minimum of up to 10 k.

Transistor
A PNP transistor switching output can be
used to transmit 24 V DC switching signals
up to approximately 100 mA.

General data
Residual ripple/ripple
A superimposed ripple can appear on the
output signal due to signal conditioning required by the circuit. The residual ripple is
indicated in mVPP or mVrms.
Open circuit response
With some measuring transducers, the
input signal is permanently monitored for
possible open circuits in the signal cable. If
the signal exceeds or falls below a tolerance
limit, an open circuit is detected and a defined output signal is sent. With programmable devices, the output signals can be
freely selected.

Supply voltage
The product range includes DC and AC
power supply units for specific products.
There is a standard power supply unit available in the form of a 24 V DC version that
operates within a voltage range of
20 ... 30 V DC. For other supply voltages,
please refer to the technical data.
Current consumption
The value specified here describes the
auxiliary power requirements of the devices. It also includes the output current and,
where applicable, the switching output load.
Transmission errors
The transmission precision is a gauge of
the quality of a measuring transducer. It is
the deviation from the ideal transmission
characteristic curve and includes linearity,
span, and offset errors.
Non-linearity
Non-linearity is the deviation from the
ideal transmission precision without including span and offset errors.
The non-linearity of a signal makes it possible to evaluate the course from zero to
end point. Normally, the linearity errors are
expressed as a percentage that indicates the
extent of deviation from the ideal transmission characteristic curve.

Measurement and control technology
Basics
Temperature coefficient
The temperature coefficient provides an
assessment of the extent to which precision
deviates when the ambient temperature
around an isolating amplifier or measuring
transducer changes. In most cases this is
specified as a percentage. An alternative
definition is ppm/K (parts per million/Kelvin). Example:
250 ppm/K = 0.025%/K.
Limit frequency
Isolating amplifiers are basically designed
to transmit DC signals. However, signal
changes call for a dynamic form of behavior
so that small AC quantities (normally:
30 Hz) can also be transmitted. This is
achieved by defining a limit frequency. At the
same time, a low limit frequency can be
used to suppress higher-frequency AC components.
Step response
The step response indicates the response
time of the output signal when an input signal step occurs (10 ... 90%). The step response is inversely proportional to the limit
frequency. This means that the response
time decreases as the limit frequency increases.
Test voltage
The test voltage indicates the dielectric
strength of an isolated distance and is determined by type tests. In this test, a 50 Hz
voltage is applied for one minute; it describes the value achieved before a disruptive discharge is able to move to another
potential level in the device.
Safe isolation
“Safe isolation” is defined as protection
against hazardous shock currents. When
module specifications are provided in accordance with EN 61010, a distinction is made
between faultless operation and operation
under fault conditions. Nominal supply voltages of 30 V AC/60 V DC are deemed valid
for faultless operation.

Ambient temperature range
The temperature limits specified here relate exclusively to operation. These limits
do not apply to storage and transport. It is
here where the temperature limits of the
materials used are the decisive factor. If the
devices are outside of the specified temperature range during assembly, they must be
brought back within the specified temperature range prior to system startup. It is important to make sure that no condensation
occurs during this process.

Protective circuit
In order to protect the measurement and
control modules against surge voltages, suppressor diodes are connected upstream of
the signal and supply paths. These diodes
behave in a similar manner to conventional
Zener diodes, except for the fact that suppressor diodes have faster response times
and a higher maximum current.

Information on directives and standards
When carrying out further processing of non-independent items of equipment (components), the applicable regulations pertaining to installation
must be observed.

The relevant device-specific regulations also apply with regard to installation in devices.
(Standards applicable at the time of going to print)

Directives

EU

International

EMC Directive (electromagnetic compatibility)

2004/108/EC

-

Low Voltage Directive (LVD)

2006/95/EC

-

Ex Directive (ATEX)

94/9/EC

-

EN 50178:1997

-

Product standards
Electronic equipment for use in power installations

Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory
use EN 61010-1:2001
Part 1: General requirements

IEC 61010-1:2004

Programmable controllers Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61131-2:2007

IEC 61131-2:2007

EMC - Part 6-2: Generic standards - Immunity for industrial environments

EN 61000-6-2:2005

IEC 61000-6-2:2005

EMC - Part 6-4: Generic standards - Emission standard for industrial environments

EN 61000-6-4:2007

IEC 61000-6-4:2006

Electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use
EMC requirements

EN 61326-1:2006

IEC 61326-1:2005

Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres Part 0: General requirements

EN 60079-0:2006

IEC 60079-0:2007

Explosive atmospheres Part 11: Equipment protection by intrinsic safety “i”

EN 60079-11:2007

IEC 60079-11:2006

Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres Part 15: Construction, test and marking of type of protection “n” electrical apparatus

EN 60079-15:2005

IEC 60079-15:2005

Environmental testing Part 2-1: Tests - Test A: Cold

EN 60068-2-1:2007

IEC 60068-2-1:2007

Environmental testing Part 2-2: Tests - Test B: Dry heat

EN 60068-2-2:2007

IEC 60068-2-2:2007

Environmental testing Part 2-6: Tests - Test Fc: Vibration (sinusoidal)

EN 60068-2-6:2008

IEC 60068-2-6:2008

EMC

ATEX

Environmental tests

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

59

Measurement and control technology
Basics

Active isolation
3-way isolation
Input signal

Input isolation
IN

OUT

Output signal

Input signal

Repeater power supply
IN

OUT

Output
signal

POWER

POWER

In the case of modules with this isolation
method, all components that are connected
to the input, output or power supply are
protected against interference from each
other. All three directions (input, output,
and power supply) are electrically isolated
from one another accordingly.
The 3-way isolation provides electrical
isolation between the measurement sensor
and the controller as well as between the
controller and the actuator.
On the input side, the modules need active signals. On the output side, they provide a filtered and amplified signal.

OUT

Output
signal

In the case of modules with this isolation
method, the electronics connected on the
output side (e.g., the controller) are to be
protected from interference from the field.
For this reason, only the input is electrically
isolated from the output and the power
supply that are at the same potential.
On the input side, the modules need active signals (e.g., from measurement sensors). On the output side, they provide a filtered and amplified signal (e.g., from the
controller).

Repeater power supplies use the signal input side not only for measured value acquisition, but also to provide the necessary
power to the passive measurement sensors
connected on the input side.
On the output side, they provide a filtered and amplified signal (e.g., from the
controller).
The isolation method used by these modules is input isolation.

Applications

Passive isolation, supplied on the
input side

Input signal

IN

POWER

Passive isolation

Power
via signal

Power for measuring
transducer
Input signal

IN
OUT

Output
signal

The modules draw the power needed for
signal transmission and electrical isolation
from the active input circuit. On the output
side, a conditioned current signal is provided to the controller or to actuators.
This passive isolation allows signal conditioning (interruption of ground loops) and
filtering without an additional power supply.

Passive isolation, supplied on the
output side (loop-powered)

Input signal

Power
via signal

IN
OUT

Problem: disruptive radiation

I
RE

Output
signal

The modules draw the power needed for
signal transmission and electrical isolation
from the active output circuit, ideally from a
PLC input board that supplies power.
On the output side, the loop-powered
modules operate with a 4 ... 20 mA standard signal. On the input side, the passive
isolator processes active signals.
When this isolation method is used, it is
important to make sure that the active signal source connected on the output side
(e.g., an active PLC input board) is able to
supply the passive isolator with power, as
well as operate its load.

Solution:

I
RE

Problem: voltage difference in the ground potential

RE

PGround 1

Ground current loop P
Ground 2

Solution:

RE

PGround 1

60

PHOENIX CONTACT

No ground current
loop

PGround 2

Measurement and control technology
Basics

Resistance thermometers
Resistance thermometers:
Resistance change as a function of the temperature

Two-conductor connection technology
The resistance thermomei
R
ter is connected to the MCR
measuring transducer using a
R
two-core cable. Please note
that the supply cable resistances are added
to the measured resistance and consequently distort the result.
A distance of 10 m should not be exceeded.

Pt 1000

1000

Pt 100

100

800

600

700

400

500

200

300

0

100

-200

Pt 10
-100

Resistance []

L1

10000

Temperature [°C]

Resistance thermometers (e.g., Pt 100,
Ni 1000) change their resistance value depending on the temperature. The MCR
temperature transducers detect this change
and convert it into a proportional analog
signal.
To avoid unwanted self-heating of the
sensor, the constant measured current
used is kept as low as possible
(MCR-T-UI...  250 A).

L2

Example: a 50 m long copper cable with a cross section of 0.5 mm2 has
a specific resistance of 3.4 . A Pt 100 sensor has a resistance change of
0.384  per 1 K temperature change. This corresponds to an error of
8.8°C.

Three-conductor connection technology
Three-conductor technoli
R
ogy is normally used to minimize the effect of cable resisR
tances. An additional cable is
R
connected to the resistance
thermometer, so that the latter can be measured using two measuring circuits, one of
which acts as a reference. In this way, it is
possible to compensate for the cable resistance.
L1

L2
L3

Identical cable lengths and an identical
ambient temperature are essential here.
Since this is more or less the case in the
majority of applications, three-conductor
technology is the most commonly encountered today. Line compensation is not necessary.

Four-conductor connection technology
Four-conductor connection technology is
an ideal connection technology for resistance thermometers.
The measurement result is affected neither by cable resistances nor by their temperature-dependent fluctuations. The voltage drop on the supply and return lines can
therefore be measured and compensated
for separately. Line compensation is not
necessary.

Thermocouples

80

Typ E
Typ J

60

Typ K
Typ N

40
Typ R

Typ T

1200

1400

800

1000

600

400

0

200

1600

Typ S
Typ B

0

1800

20

-200

Thermocouple voltage [mV]

Thermocouples:
Thermocouple voltage change as a function of the temperature

Temperature [°C]

In contrast to resistance thermometers,
thermocouples are active sources that generate a voltage in the microvolt range. The
temperature difference measured between
the measurement junction and the cold
junction is converted into an absolute temperature with the help of cold junction
compensation.

If the same temperature
Fe
Cu
prevails at the measuring
junction (1) and the cold
Cu
CuNi
junction (2), no current will
flow because the generated
partial voltages cancel each other out. However, if the temperatures at the measuring
junction and the cold junction are different,
different voltages are produced. These voltages do not completely cancel each other
out, and so current flows.
A thermocouple therefore always measures only one temperature difference. This
is derived from the difference between the
thermal voltages at the measuring junction
and at the cold junction.
The voltage produced by the thermoelectric effect is very low; only a few microvolts
per Kelvin.

Therefore, only the difference in the thermal voltages between constantan (Cu-Ni)
and iron is of relevance.
A role is also played by the temperature
at the terminal point. If it is known, the temperature at the measuring junction can be
derived by adding the thermal voltage measured at the same junction.
The MCR temperature transducers for
thermocouples therefore detect the temperature at the terminal points and compensate this value, which is also referred to
as the reference junction or the cold junction.
This process is sometimes called cold
junction compensation.

Example: if a type J thermocouple (FE-CuNi) is connected to a copper
terminal block, thermal voltages with opposite polarity will be generated
(at the iron-copper and copper-constantan transitions) and cancel each
other out.

Operating principle:
If different metals are joined together, a
thermal voltage is produced in the metal atoms as a result of the different binding energies of the electrons. This voltage is dependent firstly on the metals themselves
and secondly on the temperature.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

61

Measurement and control technology
Basics

Digital displays

Parameterization of the characteristic
curve using interpolation points
With non-linear input signals, the received analog values can be assigned to the
value to be displayed by means of a programmable characteristic curve. This curve
can consist of up to 24 interpolation points.
This allows flow sensors with a non-linear
characteristic curve to be adapted, for instance. The analog signal digital displays in
the Function Line additionally feature a summing function which - to take a typical example from bottling technology - allows you
to switch over at the touch of a button from
the instantaneous value (= flow rate in

Switching behavior of relay or
transistor outputs:
A different kind of switching behavior can
be defined for each relay or each transistor
when it reaches a preset switching point.
All the possible settings for the switching
behavior are shown and explained in the list:
– The first two options include hysteresis,
i.e., the behavior of the relay depends on
the direction from which a switching point
is reached.
– For the remaining options, with the exception of the last two (“on” and “off”), a
switching tolerance is taken into account
to prevent the relay contact from “chattering”. The relay is not switched until the
switching point plus switching tolerance
has been reached.

62

PHOENIX CONTACT

l/min) to the total flow integrated in the
background, which can be displayed in any
unit. This saves space and money, because
there is no need for a second digital display.
Limit values can also be called at the
touch of a button. Limit values 1 and 2 can
be assigned to either the actual value or the
cumulative value. If the latter value is exceeded, one of the two output relays is activated.
Other applications include indicating liquid levels, pressures, and temperatures.
With servo motors, the analog output signals (0 ... 10 V) generated by the tachometer can be supplied to the input of the digital
display in order to indicate the motor
speed.

Application:
Pressure measurement and display on MCR-SL-D-U-I
4...20 mA

bar

Table:

Analog signal

Display value

Interpolation
point 1

4 mA

15 bar

Interpolation
point 2

20 mA

30 bar

Characteristic curve:
Measured value [mA]

Use of the freely programmable
characteristic curve
The freely programmable characteristic
curve, i.e., the assignment of the displayed
value to the input value, is important in process applications for indicating flow rates or
liquid levels.
The purpose of level measurements is
very often not to determine how much liquid is still inside the tank, but rather to establish how much has been drawn out of it.
In this case, the characteristic curve can
simply be inverted in order to display the required value.

Interpolation point 2

Interpolation point 1
Pressure [bar]

– In the “on” state, the relay is permanently
picked up. It only responds if there is an
open circuit and it has been set to drop
out when this happens.
– In the “off” state, the relay only responds
if there is an open circuit and it has been
set to pick up when this happens.

Possible settings for the switching behavior
Relay picks up when the value is below SPL,
hysteresis active
Relay picks up when SPH is exceeded,
hysteresis active
Relay picks up when the value is below SPL
Relay picks up when SPL is exceeded
Relay picks up when the value is below SPH
Relay picks up when SPH is exceeded
Relay picks up when value is between SPL and SPH
Relay picks up when value is outside SPL and SPH
Relay is permanently dropped
Relay is permanently picked up
SPL = Set Point Low (lower switching point)
SPH = Set Point High (upper switching point)

Measurement and control technology
Basics

Non-intrinsically safe signal transmission in potentially explosive
areas
Electrical equipment operated in systems
with potentially explosive areas is subject to
different usage requirements, depending on
the application.
For example, electrical equipment could
be used in the following locations when analog signals are being transmitted:
– Sensors and actuators can be located in
zone 0, zone 1 or zone 2.
– Signal transmitters can be located in
zone 1, zone 2 or the safe area.
– The controller, e.g., PLC, is in the safe area.
For examples of the kinds of electrical devices that can be installed for the purpose of
transmitting signals, please see the figure.
Devices must be designed to offer a suitable protection type if they are to be used
in zone 2. The MINI Analog and
MACX Analog ranges are designed to provide protection type “n” for this purpose
and must be installed in zone 2 in suitable
and approved housing (EN 60079-15 and

EN 60079-0) with IP54 protection minimum.
Example:
A sensor/actuator with protection type
“n” can be connected to an isolator from
the MINI Analog or MACX Analog ranges
in zone 2.
When selecting suitable devices for zone
2, it must be ensured that the electrical data
of the sensors/actuators is not exceeded.
If the sensors/actuators are mounted in
explosion-proof housing or if they have
their own explosion-proof housing, they
can also be installed in zone 1.

Installation requirements
The figure shows a range of options for
installing electrical devices in areas with a
danger of gas explosions. Special requirements regarding the configuration, selection, and installation of electrical systems in
areas with a danger of gas explosions can be
found in EN 60079-14.
In the 2008 edition, the relevant contents
of EN 61241-14 were incorporated in
EN 60079-14.
EN 61241-14 must still be observed when
installing electrical equipment in areas containing combustible dust. Other important
factors when it comes to running systems in
potentially explosive areas are inspection,
maintenance, and repairs. Stipulations regarding these matters can be found in
EN 60079-17 and EN 60079-19.

Installation of electrical devices for signal transmission

Safe area
Zone 2

Sensor/
actuator
Ex n

MACX
Ex n

Zone 1
Sensor/
actuator
Ex n

MACX
Ex n

Housing
e.g., Ex d
MACX
Ex n

Sensor/
actuator

Housing
IP54*

Housing
e.g., Ex d

MINI
Ex n

Sensor/
actuator
Sensor/
actuator
Ex n

MINI
Ex n

Housing
IP54*

Sensor/
actuator
Ex n

MINI
Ex n

*Use of suitable housing approved for use in zone 2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

63

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog

Highly compact and efficient
MINI Analog isolating amplifiers isolate,
convert, filter, and amplify your analog signals – with a design width of just 6.2 mm.
The isolating amplifiers from the MINI
Analog range offer the full spectrum of analog signal conditioning. They are therefore
extremely efficient with regard to saving
costs, space, and energy.
The comprehensive approval package
means that they can be used in a variety of
areas.

Frequency
– Frequency transducer up to 80 kHz
– Analog frequency transducers

Choose the right MINI Analog isolating
amplifier for your application:

Accessories
– Supply components
– Fault monitoring module
– System cabling
– Marking material
– Surge protection

Analog IN/OUT
– Universal and standard 3-way isolating
amplifiers
– 3-way repeater power supplies
– 4-way signal duplicators
– 2-way passive isolators
– Output loop-powered isolators
Temperature
– Universal measuring transducers for resistance thermometers and thermocouples
– Active measuring transducers for Pt 100
and thermocouples
– Output loop-powered Pt 100 measuring
transducers

64

PHOENIX CONTACT

Potentiometer/resistor
– Potentiometer measuring transducers
with automatic potentiometer detection
Limit values
– Threshold value switches with PDT relay
Digital IN
– NAMUR isolating amplifiers with relay
output

Fault monitoring
Fault monitoring is a modular solution for
convenient error evaluation in multi-channel applications.
Depending on the module type, the following errors can be indicated by means of
a group error message:
– Overrange
– Underrange
– Open circuit
– Short circuit
– Module error
It is also possible to detect and indicate
the failure of a supply voltage at the power
terminal block.
The modularity is characterized by the
ability to freely adjust error evaluation, both
on the device side and in the evaluation
module.
Fault monitoring is compatible with and
can be used for the following isolating amplifier ranges:
– MINI Analog
– MACX Analog

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog

Space savings of up to 65%
– Compared to other isolating amplifiers
on the market with design widths up to
17.5 mm.

Fault monitoring and power bridging
– The DIN rail connector simplifies supply
and enables group error monitoring.

Clearly arranged wiring
– Eight connections, with a choice of screw
or spring-cage terminal blocks.

Low power consumption
– The resulting minimal self-heating results
in a long service life and a high degree of
operational reliability.

High operational reliability
– 3-way electrical isolation increases the
operational reliability against system
disturbances.

Easy configuration
– Can be configured easily via DIP switches
or software, for extended functionality
and monitoring.

Reduction in analog inputs on controllers
– The MINI Analog multiplexer reduces up to
eight analog signals to a single 4  20 mA
signal.

Time-saving system cabling
– Plug and play – for eight channels on the
isolating amplifier and controller side.

Fast and error-free signal connection
– Compact termination carriers connect
MINI Analog devices to the automation
system – plug and play and hot-swappable.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

65

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier

OUT
1
U,I
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

+ 1

2

– 2
+ 3

– 4

U,I

U,I

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active

4-wire
GND

IN

IN U,I

PLC / DCS

GND 1

+24V

passive

GND 2

6 –

+24V

GND 3

7 +

GND 3

OUT

6

D W
H

8 –

Configurable, up to 36 signal combinations
+24V
GND 3

POWER

Zone 2
Div. 2


Ex:  
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of standard analog signals
– Up to 36 signal combinations can be configured using DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Low power consumption
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Standard configuration:
0 ... 10 V input, 0 ... 20 mA output

Input resistance
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption

U input
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
Approx. 100 kΩ
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
Approx. 12.5 V

I input
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Approx. 50 Ω
I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
28 mA
Approx. 12.5 V

Approx. 22 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
U output
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 9 mA (Voltage output,
at 24 V DC incl. load)

< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
I output

< 19 mA (Current output,
at 24 V DC incl. load)

Power consumption

< 200 mW (Voltage output)

< 450 mW (Current output)

Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

≤ 0.1% (of final value)
< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Approx. 100 Hz
Approx. 3.2 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

GL

CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data

66

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Spring-cage conn.

MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP-NC1)

2864383
2864710
2864150
2864163

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Order key MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI (Standard configuration entered as example)
Input
Order No.
2864383

Output

/

2864383 =
...-UI-UI

IN03
IN01
IN02
IN03
IN04
IN05
IN06

2864710 =
...-UI-UI-SP

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V

OUT01
OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V

Factory calibration
certificate
NONE
NONE = Without factory
YES
= With factory
calibration
certificate (fee)
YESPLUS = Factory calibration
certificate with
5 measuring points
(fee)

Combination table for input and output signals

Input
0 - 10 V

Output
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V

2 - 10 V

0-5V

1-5V

0 - 20 mA

4 - 20 mA

DIP 1
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON

DIP switch SW 2
DIP 3
DIP 4
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF

DIP 2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON

DIP 5
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF

DIP switch SW 1
DIP 1
DIP 2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON

DIP 6
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Application example: Level measurement

24V

Level sensor

0...10V

0...20mA
1 IN

OUT 5

2 GND1

GND2 6
Control system

3 UB+

UB+ 7

4 GND3

GND3 8
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI

24V

Mains voltage

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

67

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier

OUT U
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

1

+ 1

2

– 2
+ 3

– 4

U

U,I

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active

4-wire
GND

IN

IN U

PLC / DCS

GND 1

+24V

passive

GND 2

6 –

+24V

GND 3

7 +

GND 3

OUT

6

D W
H

8 –

Configurable, for shunt measurements
+24V
GND 3

POWER

Zone 2


Ex: 
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of mV signals to create
standard analog signals
– Ideal for converting signals in the case of
shunt measurements
– Up to 280 signal combinations can be
configured using DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Low power consumption
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Standard configuration:
0 ... 50 mV input, 0 ... 20 mA output
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL

0 ... 50 mV
Approx. 30 V DC
Approx. 10 kΩ
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
-5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V
( The bi-polar output can be used
only for bi-polar input signals.)

I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA

12.5 V
≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)

28 mA
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 450 mW (Current output)
≤ 0.2%
< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
(100 Hz / 30 Hz switchable)
3.5 ms (At 100 Hz)
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data

68

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for realization of mV voltages in
standard signals,
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Spring-cage conn.

MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP-NC1)

2810858
2810874
2810780
2810793

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Order key MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example)
Input
Order No.
2810858
2810858 =
...-SHUNT-UI
2810874 =
...-SHUNT-UI-SP

Output

/

IN40
IN40
IN24
IN41
IN42
IN25
IN43
IN44
IN26
IN45
IN27

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0...50 mV
0...60 mV
0...75 mV
0...80 mV
0...100 mV
0...120 mV
0...150 mV
0...200 mV
0...240 mV
0...300 mV

IN28
IN46
IN47
IN48
IN29
IN49
IN50
IN30
IN51
IN52

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0...500 mV
0...600 mV
0...750 mV
0...800 mV
0...1.0 V
0...1.2 V
0...1.5 V
0...2.0 V
0...2.4 V
0...3.0 V

IN53
IN13
IN54
IN55
IN14
IN56
IN57
IN15
IN58
IN16

/
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

-50...+50 mV
-60...+60 mV
-75...+75 mV
-80...+80 mV
-100...+100 mV
-120...+120 mV
-150...+150 mV
-200...+200 mV
-240...+240 mV
-300...+300 mV

IN17
IN59
IN60
IN61
IN18
IN62
IN63
IN19
IN64
IN65

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

-500...+500 mV
-600...+600 mV
-750...+750 mV
-800...+800 mV
-1.0...+1.0 V
-1.2...+1.2 V
-1.5...+1.5 V
-2.0...+2.0 V
-2.4...+2.4 V
-3.0...+3.0 V

Limit frequency
OUT01

OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V

OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V

/

100
30 = 30 Hz
100 = 100 Hz

Factory calibration certificate
FCC
/
NONE
NONE
YES

= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee is
charged)

YESPLUS = Factory calibration
certificate with
5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)

Note:
A bipolar output (-5...+5 V, -10...+10 V) can only be used for a bipolar input signal.

Combination table for input and output signals

Input
0...50 mV
0...60 mV
0...75 mV
0...80 mV
0...100 mV
0...120 mV
0...150 mV
0...200 mV
0...240 mV
0...300 mV
0...500 mV
0...600 mV
0...750 mV
0...800 mV
0...1 V
0...1.2 V
0...1.5 V
0...2 V
0...2.4 V
0...3 V
-50...50 mV
-60...60 mV
-75...75 mV
-80...80 mV
-100...100 mV
-120...120 mV
-150...150 mV
-200...200 mV
-240...240 mV
-300...300 mV
-500...500 mV
-600...600 mV
-750...750 mV
-800...800 mV
-1...1 V
-1.2...1.2 V
-1.5...1.5 V
-2...2 V
-2.4...2.4 V
-3...3 V

-10...+10 V

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Voltage output
2...10 V
-5...+5 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

0...10 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

0...5 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Current output
0...20 mA
4...20 mA
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

1...5 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Application example: Monitoring of loading and unloading currents

G
M

Shunt
resistor

1 IN

OUT 5

±...mV

U/I
2 GND1

GND2 6
Controller

+

–

3 UB+

UB+ 7

4 GND3

GND3 8

MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI

24V

Battery
Supply

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

69

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier

OUT U
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

1

2

– 2

– 4

U,I

5 +

5

active

+ 3

U

OUT U,I

4-wire
GND

IN

IN U

+ 1

PLC / DCS

GND 1

passive

GND 2

+24V

+24V

GND 3

D W
H

6

6 –

7 +

GND 3

8 –

OUT

Configurable,
for 0 ... 24 V / 0 ... 30 V input signals

+24V
GND 3

POWER


Ex:  

Zone 2
Div. 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of 24 V or 30 V DC
signals to create standard analog signals
– Up to 12 signal combinations can be configured using DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Low power consumption
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Standard configuration:
0 ... 30 V input, 0 ... 20 mA output
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

0 ... 24 V / 0 ... 30 V
Approx. 125 kΩ (0 ... 24 V)
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
≤ 12.5 V

Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

≤ 22 mA
> 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)

I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
28 mA
≤ 12.5 V
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 450 mW
< 0.1% (of final value)
< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Approx. 100 Hz
Approx. 3.5 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Spring-cage conn.

MINI MCR-SL-U-UI1)
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP1)
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP-NC1)

2864053
2811213
2865007
2810078

Order key MINI MCR-SL-U-UI (standard configuration entered as example)
Order No.
0...24V

0...10V
IN U

OUT

GND1

GND2

1

2

3

4

UB+
GND3

5

2864053 = ...-U-UI

6

UB +

7

2811213 = ...-U-UI-SP
GND3

MINI MCR-SL-U-UI

8

24V

Mains voltage

Signal conversion to uninterruptible power supply (UPS)

70

PHOENIX CONTACT

2864053

Input
/

Output
IN39

IN38
IN39

= 0...24 V
= 0...30 V

/

OUT01
OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier

OUT U
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

+ 1

1

2

– 2
+ 3

– 4

U,I

U,I

OUT I

5 +

5

active

4-wire
GND

IN

IN U

PLC / DCS

GND 1

+24V

passive

GND 2

+24V

GND 3

7 +

GND 3

OUT

D W
H

6

6 –

8 –

With fixed signal combinations
+24V
GND 3

POWER


Ex: 

Zone 2

Technical data

– Highly compact isolating amplifier for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification,
and filtering of standard analog signals
– Fixed signal combinations
– Entry-level alternative to configurable
isolating amplifiers
– 3-way isolation
– Low power consumption
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input resistance
Output data
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Degree of protection
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

U input
Approx. 100 kΩ
U output
12.5 V

I input
Approx. 50 Ω
I output
28 mA
Approx. 12.5 V

Approx. 2 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)

≤ 500 Ω
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 20 mA
≤ 0.1% (of final value)
< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Approx. 100 Hz
Approx. 3.5 ms
IP20
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

GL

Ordering data
Description

Order No.

MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Screw connection
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
Spring-cage conn.
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA

MINI MCR-SL-U-I-01)
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0-SP1)

2813512
2813570

1
1

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V

4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA

MINI MCR-SL-U-I-41)
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4-SP1)

2813525
2813583

1
1

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

0 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V

MINI MCR-SL-I-U-01)
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0-SP1)

2813541
2813554

1
1

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V

MINI MCR-SL-I-U-41)
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4-SP1)

2813538
2813567

1
1

Screw connection

0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
-10 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V
-10 ... 10 V

0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
-10 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V
-10 ... 10 V

MINI MCR-SL-I-I1)

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Output signal

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Spring-cage conn.

Input signal

2864406

1

MINI

MCR-SL-I-I-SP1)

2864723

1

MINI

MCR-SL-U-U1)

2864684

1

2864697

1

MINI MCR-SL-U-U-SP1)

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

71

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
signal duplicators

OUT
1
U,I
US

+ 1

PLC / DCS

OUT 1 I

5 +

5

active

2

– 2

OUT1

+ 3

GND 3

OUT 2 I

passive

GND 1

6 –

+24V

D W
H

6

7 +

active

I
– 4

U,I

IN U,I

4-wire
GND

IN

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

I

GND 2

GND 4

OUT2

8 –

Configurable,
with two current output signals

3
+24V
GND 4

POWER

passive
4

Zone 2
Div. 2


Ex:  
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, filtering, and duplication of standard
analog signals
– Duplication of a standard analog signal on
two current outputs
– Up to 8 signal combinations can be configured using DIP switches
– 4-way isolation
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Standard configuration:
Input: 0 ... 10 V, output 1: 0 ... 20 mA,
output 2: 0 ... 20 mA
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL

U input
0 ... 10 V / 1 ... 5 V
30 V
Approx. 100 kΩ

I input
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
50 mA
Approx. 50 Ω

2x ; 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
22 mA
9V
≤ 250 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 250 Ω)
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 30 mA (at 24 V DC incl. load)
< 600 mW
≤ 0.2% (of final value), typ. < 0.1%
< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.004%/K
Approx. 35 Hz
Approx. 10 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR signal duplicator, for duplication and electrical isolation of
analog signals
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Spring-cage conn.

MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP-NC1)

2864794
2864804
2864176
2864189

Order key for MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I (standard configuration entered as an example)
Input
Order No.
2864794
2864794 =
...-UI-2I
2864804 =
...-UI-2I-SP

1)

/

IN03
IN01
IN02
IN03
IN06

=
=
=
=

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
1...5 V

Output combi- Behavior of the analog outnation 1)
puts
/
A
/
0
A
B
C

0 = Analog behavior

Factory calibration certificate (FCC)
/
NONE
NONE = without FCC
YES
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)

1 = Limitation
YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)

For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products

72

PHOENIX CONTACT

Explanation for output combination:
Output 1
A
0...20 mA
B
0...20 mA
C
4...20 mA

Output 2
0...20 mA
4...20 mA
4...20 mA

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
repeater power supplies

OUT I

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

1

– 1

IN I

OUT I

PWR
2
IN

+ 2

OUT I

POWER

I

OUT

I

1
PWR
2
IN
3
GND

OUT I

IN
US

5 +

5

active

2-wire

3-wire

PLC / DCS

– 3

– 4

PWR OUT

passive

GND 2

6 –

+24V

GND 1

GND 1

D W
H

7 +

GND 3

1

6

8 –

Optionally available with HART transmission

4-wire

POWER

GND

3

+24V
GND 3

Zone 2



Ex: 
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact repeater power supplies
for electrical isolation, amplification, and
filtering of standard analog signals
– Supply of 2-conductor and passive 3-conductor sensors
– Can also be used as an isolator without
supply
– 3-way isolation
– Alternatively bidirectional HART transmission
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)

Input data
Input signal

MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I1)
0 ... 20 mA,
isolator operation / 4 ... 20 mA

MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I1)
0 ... 20 mA,
isolator operation / 4 ... 20 mA

Input resistance
Transmitter supply voltage

Approx. 50 Ω
16.5 V

Approx. 50 Ω
14.7 V DC ... 25.5 V DC
(UB - max. 4.5 V for load
0 mA ... 20 mA)

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
21 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
≤ 500 Ω (at I = 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms (at 500 Ω)

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
28 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
≤ 500 Ω (at I = 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms (at 500 Ω)

20.4 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC

Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption

< 900 mW (at 24 V DC and in
< 900 mW (at 24 V DC and in
repeater power supply operation) repeater power supply operation)

Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 73
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Maximum transmission error

≤ 0.2% (of final value),
typ. ≤ 0.1% (of final value)

≤ 0.2% (of final value),
typ. ≤ 0.1% (of final value)

Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Communication

< 0.005%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
175 Hz (typ.)
HART specification in both
operating modes (RPSS isolator /
RPSS repeater power supply)

< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Approx. 100 Hz
-

Step response (10 - 90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG

< 2 ms (typ.)
Approx. 3.5 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
IP20
-20°C ... 60°C
-20°C ... 60°C
Any
Any
PBT
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12

Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

GL

CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
T5
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data
4...20mA

Description
1

2

IN I
PWR OUT

OUT I

GND2

6

Control system
3

4

GND1
GND1

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I1)
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I-SP1)
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I1)
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I-SP1)

2864079
2810230
2864422
2864752

5

UB +
GND3

MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I

7

8

MCR repeater power supplies
with HART® protocol
with HART® protocol

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

24V

Mains voltage

Repeater power supply operation with a passive sensor

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

73

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
passive isolators

OUT I
US

4-wire

OUT I

IN

I

IN I 1

PLC / DCS

OUT I 1

5 +

5

active
2

– 2

3 + 3

passive

GND 1

GND 2

IN I 2

OUT I 2

PWR
4-wire max.18 VDC
GND

OUT

I

+ 1

1

PWR
max.18 VDC
GND

US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

6 –

7 + 7

passive

active
4 – 4

GND 3

GND 4

D W
H

6

8– 8

Either 1- or 2-channel

Zone 2


Ex:  
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact 2-conductor passive isolators for electrical isolation and filtering
of standard analog signals
– Input loop-supplied
– Does not require any additional auxiliary
voltage
– 2 channels in conj. with a design width of
just 6.2 mm
– Voltage drop on isolating amplifier of
just 1.7 V
Notes:
When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing
voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the
maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with a voltage
drop UV = 1.7 V and load RB.
This means:
UB ≥ UE = 1.7 V + 20 mA x RB
Information on components for power bridging, system cabling,
and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Input data
Input signal
Voltage drop
Response current
Maximum input current / overload
Maximum input voltage
Output data
Output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Maximum transmission error
Additional error per 100 Ω load
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
1.7 V (at I = 20 mA)
Approx. 190 µA
40 mA
18 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
< 600 Ω (at I = 20 mA output signal)
< 10 mVrms (at 600 Ω)
≤ 0.1% (of final value)
0.03% (of measured value / 100 Ω load)
≤ 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load)
75 Hz
5 ms (At 600 Ω load)
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA II T6 X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data

UB

UV = 1,7 V

I
UE

I

I
RB

I
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I

74

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

MCR passive isolator, for electrical isolation of current signals
without auxiliary power
two-channel
Screw connection
two-channel
Spring-cage conn.
single-channel
Screw connection
single-channel
Spring-cage conn.

MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I-SP

2864655
2864781
2864419
2864749

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
loop-powered isolator

OUT
1
I
US

2

OUT
3
U
US

POWER

IN

+ 1

IN I

PLC / DCS

PWR IN

5 +

5
PWR
active

passive

4-wire
GND

U, I

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

– 2
+ 3

GND

OUT I

6 –

IN U

D W
H

6

7

4-wire
GND

4 – 4

GND
8

OUT

Configurable,
up to 74 signal combinations,
loop-powered

I
Zone 2

Applied for:
cUL / UL
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, and filtering of standard analog signals
– Supplied by an output loop
– Does not require any additional auxiliary
voltage
– Up to 74 signal combinations can be
configured using DIP switches
– Voltage input from mV voltages right up
to 30 volts
– Current input from 2 mA right up to
40 mA
– 2-way isolation
– Standard configuration:
Input 2...10 V, output 4...20 mA
Notes:
Other input signals that have not been listed can be provided on request.
Information on components for power bridging, system cabling,
and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

U input
I input
2 ... 10 V, additional areas can be configured, see table

Maximum input signal

< 40 V

Input resistance

Approx. 100 kΩ (At ≤ 1 V,
otherwise approximately 1 MΩ)

Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

< 50 mA
(Dielectric strength up to 30 V)
≤ 50 Ω

4 ... 20 mA
35 mA
((UB - 8 V) / 22 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
8 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 3.5 mA (without signal current)
28 mW (without signal)
< 0.1% (of final value)
0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K
±2% / ±2%
Approx. 30 Hz
Approx. 16 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-25°C ... 70°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-SP-NC1)

2902829
2902830

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR loop-powered isolator
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

1
1

Possible input signal ranges (configurable via DIP switch)
0...40 mA
0...30 mA
0...20 mA
0...12 mA
0...10 mA
0...8 mA
0...7.5 mA
0...6 mA
0...5 mA
0...4 mA
0...3 mA
0...2.5 mA
0...2 mA

4...20 mA
2...10 mA

1...5 mA

0...30 V
0...25 V
0...20 V
0...15 V
0...12.5 V
0...12 V

0...10 V
0...7.5 V
0...5 V
0...3 V
0...2.5 V
0...2 V
0...1.5 V
0...1.25 V
0...1.2 V

2...10 V
1...5 V

0...1000 mV
0...750 mV
0...500 mV
0...300 mV
0...250 mV
0...200 mV
0...150 mV
0...125 mV
0...120 mV
0...100 mV
0...75 mV
0...60 mV
0...50 mV

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

±30 V
±25 V
±20 V
±15 V
±12.5 V
±12 V

±10 V
±7.5 V
±5 V
±3 V
±2.5 V
±2 V
±1.5 V
±1.25 V
±1.2 V

±1000 mV
±750 mV
±500 mV
±300 mV
±250 mV
±200 mV
±150 mV
±125 mV
±120 mV
±100 mV
±75 mV
±60 mV
±50 mV

PHOENIX CONTACT

75

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducers
for resistance thermometers
OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

S-Port

1

OUT U,I

1

5 +

5

active
2
ϑ

ϑ

2

U,I

4

OUT

6 –

6

ϑ
+24V

3

3

IN

passive

GND 1

4

7 +

GND 2

D W
H

8 –

FM
GND 2

FM
POWER

Universal measuring transducer
for resistance thermometers

+24V

Zone 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

Universal temperature transducer for
electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of resistance thermometers and remote resistance-type sensors
– High level of accuracy over the entire
measuring range
– For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor sensors according to IEC 751, JIS, GOST
– Configurable via DIP switches and software
– Software available free of charge on the
Internet
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Supports fault monitoring
– Standard configuration: Pt 100 sensor
IEC 751; 3-conductor; -50 ... 150°C; 4 ...
20 mA output; error evaluation according
to NE43 (downscale); fault monitoring
contact responds on any error
Notes:
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Linear resistance measuring range

min. 50 K
0 Ω ... 4000 Ω (Minimum measuring span: 10% of the selected
measuring range)
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Approx. 12.3 V
24.6 mA
10 kΩ
500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 27 mA (at 24 V DC)
≤ 700 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω)

Transmission error

0.1% * 350 K / set measuring range; 0.1% > 350 K (Pt/Ni) 0.3% * 200 K /
set measuring range; 0.3% > 200 K (Cu)

Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)

0.01%/K
Typ. 200 ms (2-conductor)
Typ. 500 ms (3-conductor)
Typ. 500 ms (4-conductor)
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL applied for

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2, 3, 4-conductor
-200°C ... 850°C (Range depending on the sensor type)

GL

Ordering data

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-RTD-UI-NC1)
MINI MCR-RTD-UI-SP-NC1)

2902849
2902850

1
1

2811271

1

Temperature transducers for resistance thermometers
Standard configuration
Standard configuration

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
Sensor type
Standard
Pt100
IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt200
IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt500
IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt1000
IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt100
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00391)
Pt1000
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00391)
Pt100
JIS C1604-1997
Pt1000
JIS C1604-1997
Ni100
DIN 43760
Ni1000
DIN 43760
Cu50
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428)
Cu100
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428)
Cu53
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.426)
Customer-specific characteristic curves

76

PHOENIX CONTACT

Measuring range
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-60°C ... +250°C
-60°C ... +250°C
-180°C ... +200°C
-180°C ... +200°C
-50°C ... +180°C

Smallest measuring range span
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer for Pt 100

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

PT 100
1

1

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active
2
ϑ

ϑ

2

4

U,I

passive
6 –

D W
H

6

ϑ
3

3

IN

GND 1

+24V

4

7 +

GND 2

OUT

8 –

PT100

Configurable, for a temperature measuring
range of -50°C ... +200°C

+24V
GND 2

POWER


Ex: 

Zone 2
Div. 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact temperature transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of Pt 100 signals to
create standard signals
– Optimized temperature measuring range
of -50°C to +200°C for increased accuracy
– For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors
according to IEC 60751
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal

Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor
-50°C ... 200°C (configurable)
min. 50 K
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
23 mA
> 10 kΩ
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Transmission error for the full/set measurement range
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 21 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 500 mW
≤ 0.25% ; ((50 K / Δ Temp) + 0.05)%
< 0.02%/K
< 200 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR temperature measuring transducer, for
Pt 100 temperature sensors
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Unconfigured
Screw connection
Unconfigured
Spring-cage conn.

MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP1)
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP-NC1)

2864309
2864192
2864370
2864202

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200 (standard configuration entered as an example)
Connection
Measuring range [°C]
Output
Failure inFactory calibration
technology
formation 1)
certificate (FCC)
Start
End
/
3
/
0
/
100
/
OUT01
/
A
/
NONE
2 = 2-con0
Range
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
A
NONE = without FCC
2864309 =
ductor
-5
(increment)
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
B
YES
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
...-PT100-UI-200
3 = 3-con-10
OUT03 = 0...10 V
C
ductor
-15
0...200 (5 K) OUT05 = 0...5 V
D
2864192 =
4 = 4-con-20
OUT06 = 1...5 V
YESPLUS = FCC with
ductor
5 measuring
...-PT100-UI-200-SP
-30
OUT07 = 20...0 mA
points (a fee is
-40
OUT08 = 20...4 mA
charged)
-50
OUT09 = 10...0 V
Order No.
2864309

1)

For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Failure information (depends on the output signal range):
Overrange
Open circuit
0...20 mA 4...20 mA
0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
A 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
B 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
C
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
D
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V

A
B
C
D

0...20 mA
0 mA
0 mA
0 mA
0 mA

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Underrange
4...20 mA
0...10 V
4 mA
0V
3.5 mA
0V
4 mA
0V
4 mA
0V

Short circuit
0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
0 mA
3 mA
0V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V

PHOENIX CONTACT

77

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer for Pt 100

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

PT 100
1

1

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active
2
ϑ

ϑ

2

4

U,I

6 –

D W
H

6

ϑ
3

3

IN

passive

GND 1

+24V

4

7 +

GND 2

OUT

8 –

PT100

Configurable, for a temperature measuring
range of -150°C ... +850°C

+24V
GND 2

POWER


Ex:  

Zone 2
Div. 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact temperature transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of Pt 100 signals to
create standard signals
– Temperature measuring range of
-150°C to +850°C
– For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors
according to IEC 60751
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and
analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor
-150°C ... 850°C (configurable)
min. 50 K
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
23 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Transmission error for the full/set measurement range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 21 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 500 mW
≤ 0.2% ; ((100 K / set measurement range [K]) + 0.1%)

Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

< 0.02%/K
< 160 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR temperature measuring transducer, for
Pt 100 temperature sensors
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Unconfigured
Screw connection
Unconfigured
Spring-cage conn.

MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI1)
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP-NC1)

2864435
2864736
2864273
2864286

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI (standard configuration entered as an example)
Connection
Measuring range [°C]
Output
Failure inFactory calibration certifitechnology
formation 1) cate (FCC)
Start
End
/
3
/
0
/
100
/
OUT01
/
A
/
NONE
2 = 2-conduc0
Range
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
A
NONE = without FCC
2864435 =
tor
-10
(increment)
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
B
YES
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
...-PT100-UI
3 = 3-conduc-20
OUT03 = 0...10 V
C
tor
-30
0...100 (5 K) OUT05 = 0...5 V
D
2864736 =
4 = 4-conduc-40
110...300 (10 K) OUT06 = 1...5 V
YESPLUS = FCC with
tor
5 measuring
...-PT100-UI-SP
-50
320...700 (20 K) OUT07 = 20...0 mA
points (a fee is
-100
750...850 (50 K) OUT08 = 20...4 mA
charged)
-150
OUT09 = 10...0 V
Order No.
2864435

1)

For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet:
www.phoenixcontact.net/products

78

PHOENIX CONTACT

Failure information (depends on the output signal range):
Overrange
Open circuit
0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
A 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
B 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
C
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
D
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V

A
B
C
D

0...20 mA
0 mA
0 mA
0 mA
0 mA

Underrange
4...20 mA 0...10 V
4 mA
0V
3.5 mA
0V
4 mA
0V
4 mA
0V

Short circuit
0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
0 mA
3 mA
0V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer for Pt 100

IN

Sensor / Field

OUT

PLC / DCS

PT 100
1

1

PWR IN

5 +

5
PWR
active

passive
2
ϑ

ϑ

2

I
PT100

4

POWER

6 –

6

ϑ
3

3

IN

OUT I

7

4

D W
H

8

OUT

Configurable, for a temperature measuring
range of -150°C ... +300°C, loop-powered
Zone 2


Ex: 
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact loop-powered temperature transducer for electrical isolation,
conversion, amplification, and filtering of
Pt 100 signals to create standard signals
– Supplied by an output loop
– Does not require any additional auxiliary
voltage
– Temperature measuring range of
-150°C to +300°C
– 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors
– Input signals can be configured via DIP
switches
– 2-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and
analog signal
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Transmission error for the full/set measurement range
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor
-150°C ... 300°C (configurable)
min. 50 K
4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
23 mA
((Usupply - 12 V) / 22 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
12 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 3.5 mA (without signal current)
< 42 mW (without signal current)
≤ 0.25% ; ((90 K / set measuring range [K]) + 0.05%)
< 0.02%/K
< 200 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR temperature measuring transducer, for
Pt 100 temperature sensors, loop-powered
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Unconfigured
Screw connection
Unconfigured
Spring-cage conn.

MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC-SP1)

2810298
2810382
2810308
2810395

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP (standard configuration entered as an example)

Order No.
2810298
2810298 =
...-PT100-LP
2810382 =
...-PT100-LP-SP

1)

Connection
Measuring range [°C]
Output
Failure inFactory calibration certifitechnology
formation 1) cate (FCC)
Start
End
/
3
/
0
/
100
/
OUT02
/
1
/
NONE
2 = 2-conductor
0
Range
NONE = without FCC
-10
(increment)
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
1
YES
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
3 = 3-conductor
-20
OUT08 = 20...4 mA
2
-30
0...300 (5 K)
3
4 = 4-conductor
-40
4
YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
-50
points (a fee is
-100
charged)
-150

For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Failure information
Overrange

Open circuit

1
2
3
4

21.5 mA
3.5 mA
21.5 mA

Start of range
21.5 mA
3.5 mA
21.5 mA

Underrange

Short circuit

21.5 mA
3.5 mA
3.5 mA

Start of range
21.5 mA
3.5 mA
3.5 mA

1
2
3
4

PHOENIX CONTACT

79

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducers for
thermocouples
OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

S-Port

1

OUT U,I

+ 1

2

U,I

5

– 2

6 –

+24V

4

OUT

passive

GND 1

3

IN

5 +

active

TC

GND 2

6

7 +

D W
H

8 –

FM
GND 2

FM
POWER

Universal measuring transducer
for thermocouples

+24V

Zone 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

Highly compact temperature transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of thermocouple signals.
– For thermocouples according to IEC 584
and GOST
– Internal cold junction compensation
– Configurable via DIP switches and software
– Software available free of charge on the
Internet
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Supports fault monitoring
– Standard configuration: TC sensor type J
IEC 584 TC; cold junction compensation
“ON”; -200 ... 1200°C; 4 ... 20 mA output; error evaluation according to NE43
(downscale); fault monitoring contact responds on any error.
Notes:
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption

B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, A-1, A-2, A-3, M, L
-250°C ... 2500°C (Range depending on the sensor type)
min. 50 K
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
Approx. 12.3 V

I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
24.6 mA

≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP

< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 27 mA (at 24 V DC)
≤ 700 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω)

Transmission error

0.1% * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.1% > 600 K (E, J, K, N, T, L, U,
M Gost, L Gost) 0.2% * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.2% > 600 K
(B, R, S, A1, A2, A3)

Cold junction errors
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

< 3 K ( typ. < 2 K )
≤ 0.01%/K
Typ. 400 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL applied for

GL
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Universal temperature transducer for thermocouples
Standard configuration

Screw connection

MINI MCR-TC-UI-NC1)

2902851

1

2811271

1

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

Sensor type

Standard

Measuring range

Sensor type

B
E
J
K
N
R
S
T

IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1

+500°C ... +1820°C
-230°C ... +1000°C
-210°C ... +1200°C
-250°C ... +1372°C
-200°C ... +1300°C
-50°C ... +1768°C
-50°C ... +1768°C
-200°C ... +400°C

L
DIN 43710
-200°C ... +900°C
U
DIN 43710
-200°C ... +600°C
A-1
GOST 8.585
0°C ... +2500°C
A-2
GOST 8.585
0°C ... +1800°C
A-3
GOST 8.585
0°C ... +1800°C
M
GOST 8.585
-200°C ... +100°C
L
GOST 8.585
-200°C ... +800°C
Customer-specific characteristic curves

80

PHOENIX CONTACT

Standard

Measuring range

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer for
J- and K-type thermocouples
IN

Sensor / Field

1

OUT

1

PLC / DCS

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active
TC
2

3

+ 2
– 3

U,I

6 –

+24V

4

IN

passive

GND 1

D W
H

6

7 +

GND 2

OUT

8 –

Configurable, for a temperature measuring
range of -150°C ... +1350°C

+24V
GND 2

POWER


Ex:  

Zone 2
Div. 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)

– Highly compact temperature transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of thermocouple signals to create standard signals
– Temperature measuring range of
-150°C to +1350°C
– For J and K thermocouples according to
IEC 584-1
– Internal cold junction compensation
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and
analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Thermocouples type J, K (IEC 584-1)

Temperature range

Typ J : -150°C ... 1200°C (configurable)
Typ K : -150°C ... 1350°C
min. 50 K
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
23 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
Approx. 10 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Transmission error for the full/set measurement range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 25 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 500 mW
≤ 0.2% ; ((150 K / set measurement range [K]) + 0.1%)

Cold junction errors
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

< 3 K ( typ. < 2 K )
< 0.02%/K
< 30 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI1)
MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI-NC1)

2864448
2864299

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR temperature measuring transducer, for thermocouples
Order configuration
Unconfigured

Screw connection
Screw connection

1
1

Order key for MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI (standard configuration entered as an example)
Sensor type

Order No.
2864448

1)

Measuring range [°C]
Output
Failure inFactory calibration certififormation 1) cate (FCC)
Start
End
/
J
/
0
/
1000
/
OUT01
/
A
/
NONE
J = Type J
0
Range
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
A
NONE = without FCC
-10
(increment)
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
B
YES
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
K = Type K
-20
OUT03 = 0...10 V
C
-30
OUT05 = 0...5 V
D
-40
0 ... 300 (10 K) OUT06 = 1...5 V
YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
-50
320 ... 700 (20 K) OUT07 = 20...0 mA
points (a fee is
-100
750...1350 (50 K) OUT08 = 20...4 mA
charged)
-150
OUT09 = 10...0 V

For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Failure information (depends on the output signal range):
Overrange
Open circuit
0...20 mA 4...20 mA
0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
A 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
B 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
C
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
D
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V

A
B
C
D

0...20 mA
0 mA
0 mA
0 mA
0 mA

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Underrange
4...20 mA
0...10 V
4 mA
0V
3.5 mA
0V
4 mA
0V
4 mA
0V

PHOENIX CONTACT

81

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Frequency
Frequency transducers
For up to 80 kHz
OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

Teach In

1

NAMUR

1

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active
4

U,I

IN

2

3

2

NPN
PNP

4

OUT

NPN

4

passive

GND 2

6 –

+24V

PNP

GND 1

GND 3

6

7 +

D W
H

8 –

FM
3

FM
POWER

GND 2

Frequency transducer for up to 80 kHz

+24V

4

Zone 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input sources

Configurable 3-way isolated frequency
transducer.
– Suitable for the connection of NAMUR
proximity sensors (IEC 60947-5-6 and
EN 50227) as well as for sensors with
NPN and PNP outputs that generate a
frequency signal
– The device is configured via DIP switches
– Frequency range is freely adjustable via a
press/slide button (“teach-in wheel”)
– Supports fault monitoring
– Standard configuration: NAMUR sensor;
mean-value generation “OFF”;
0.002 Hz ... 20 kHz frequency range;
4 ... 20 mA output; error evaluation NE43
(downscale); fault monitoring contact
responds on any error
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

NPN/PNP transistor outputs
NAMUR initiators
Floating relay contact (dry contact)
0.002 Hz ... 20 kHz (DIP switch)
0.002 Hz ... 80 kHz (Teach-in wheel)
30 V (incl. DC voltage)
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Approx. 12.3 V
24.6 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

Frequency measuring range
Maximum input signal
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Power consumption

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 800 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω)

Transmission error of the full measuring span
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

0.1%
0.01%/K
< 35 ms (At f > 500 Hz)
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL applied for

GL

Ordering data
Description
MCR frequency transducers
Standard configuration
Standard configuration

82

PHOENIX CONTACT

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-SP-NC1)

2902832
2902833

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Frequency
Analog-frequency transducer

IN

Sensor / Field

OUT

PLC / DCS
supply
max. 30VDC

+ 1

GND

2

U,I

f

– 2

– 4

OUT

+

OUT

5 +

GND 1

+24V

POWER

max. 20mA

GND 2

6 –

+24V

GND 3

–

5

passive

+ 3

IN

IN U,I

4-wire

6

7 +

GND 3

RL

GND – OUT +

OUT
1
U,I
US

D W
H

8 –

Configurable,
frequency and PWM output

+24V
GND 3

Zone 2


Ex: 
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

– Highly compact analog-to-frequency
transducer for electrical isolation, amplification, conversion, and filtering of standard signals to create frequencies or
PWM signals
– Configurable interference filter
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and
analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– PWM output of 5 ... 95%
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (can be configured using DIP switches)

Minimum load
Maximum load current
Maximum switching voltage
Overrange/underrange
Protective circuit
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)

U input
I input
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 mA / 2 ... 10 mA 30 V DC
100 mA
Approx. 110 kΩ
Approx. 50 Ω
Frequency output
PWM output
0 Hz ... 10 kHz / 0 Hz ... 5 kHz
7.8 kHz (10 bit) / 3.9 kHz (10 bit)
0 Hz ... 2.5 kHz / 0 Hz ... 1 kHz
1.9 kHz (12 bit) / 977 Hz (12 bit)
0 Hz ... 500 Hz / 0 Hz ... 250 Hz 488 Hz (14 bit) / 244 Hz (14 bit)
0 Hz ... 100 Hz / 0 Hz ... 50 Hz
122 Hz (16 bit) / 61 Hz (16 bit)
4 mA ≤ (UL / RL) ≤ 20 mA
12 mA ≤ (UL / RL) ≤ 20 mA
20 mA
30 V
Can be set (via DIP switch)
Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 10 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 200 mW
≤ 0.1% (> 7 kHz ≤ 0.2%)
< 0.02%/K
< 15 ms (+ (1/f) smallest filter)
< 1 s (+ (1/f) largest filter)
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-UI-F1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F-SP1)

2864082
2810243

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR frequency transducer
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Frequency output
T

T

T

T

T

1
1

T

Variable frequency / Period duration T

PWM output (pulse width modulation)
T

T

T

T

T

T

Variable pulse-pause ratio / Fixed period duration T

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

83

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Potentiometer
Potiposition transducer

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

1

IN

1

PLC / DCS

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active
2

2

3

3

IN

IN

6

7 +

GND 2

OUT

U,I

6 –

+24V

4

R

IN

passive

GND 1

D W
H

8 –

Configurable,
automatic potentiometer detection

+24V
GND 2

POWER

Zone 2


Ex: 
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact potiposition transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of potentiometer
signals to create standard signals
– Automatic potentiometer detection
without manual adjustment
– For potentiometers from 100 Ω to 100 kΩ
– Configurable measuring range and output
signals
– A potentiometer sub-range can be linearized via the “teach-in” switch on the device
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Potentiometer
Reference voltage source
Output data
Output signal

100 Ω ... 100 kΩ
< 3.6 V
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
12.5 V

Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
23 mA
Approx. 12.5 V

Approx. 10 mA
> 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
0% ... 105% (configurable)

< 500 Ω (20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 25 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 500 mW
< 0.2%
< 0.02%/K
< 30 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-R-UI1)
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI-SP1)

2864095
2810256

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR potiposition transducer
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Lifting platform

M

Actuator motor

ACTUAL TARGET
0...10 V 0...10 V

Potentiometer

Controller

OUT

1

5

GND1

2

Control system
6

UB +

3

GND2

4

MINI MCR-SL-R-UI

7

8

24V

Mains voltage

Height adjustment of a lifting platform with setpoint and actual
value control

84

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Limit values
Threshold value switch

OUT
5
U,I
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

+ 5

6

– 6
+ 7

U,I

1

4-wire
GND

IN

IN U,I

PLC / DCS

– 8

OUT

GND 1

+24V

2

3

2

14

3

11

4

12

D W
H

GND 2
4

Configurable, with relay PDT output
POWER

GND 2
+24V

Zone 2


Ex:  
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact threshold value switch for
switching analog limit values
– Input signal, hysteresis, and delay time can
be configured via DIP switches
– Limit value can be freely adjusted via potentiometer on front
– 3-way isolation
– PDT relay at output
– Operating current/quiescent current
switchover
– Status and error signaling via two diagnostic LEDs
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Specification of the switching point
Switching output
Relay output
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Hysteresis (configurable using the DIP switch)
Operating and closed circuit current behavior
Setting range of the response delay (configurable using the DIP
switch)
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Linearity error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage input/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
UL, USA
UL, Canada
GL

U input
0 ... 10 V
30 V
> 100 kΩ
With 25-speed potentiometer

I input
0 ... 20 mA
100 mA
50 Ω

1 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC
2A
(0.1%; 1%; 2.5%; 5%)
Switchable using DIP switch
0 s ... 10 s (0 s; 1 s; 2 s; 3 s; 4 s; 6 s; 8 s; 10 s)

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 14 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 330 mW (at 24 V DC)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.02%/K
< 35 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6
Class I, Zone 2, Ex nC IIC T6
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP1)

2864480
2864493

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR threshold value switch
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

85

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

+ 1

1

IN

PLC / DCS

OUT 1

5

5

13
DI 1

2

– 2

1
3

OUT 1

IN

+24V

OUT 2

6

6

14

7 +

D W
H

2
1

IN

4

OUT 2

GND

OUT

8 –

2

3
+24V

POWER

Configurable, for NAMUR sensors and
floating contacts

13
DI 2

GND
4

14

Zone 2


Ex: 
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

– Highly compact isolation amplifier for
electrical isolation, amplification, and duplication of proximity sensor signals
– For proximity sensors in accordance with
IEC 60947-5-6 and EN 50227
– Floating contacts and contacts with resistance circuit can be connected
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– N/O contacts at output
– Second output can be used as a doubler
or error signaling output
– 3-way isolation
– Switchover between operating current
and quiescent current (inverted switching
behavior)
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Open circuit switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit

Control circuit
No-load voltage
Switching points (according to IEC 60947-5-6)

8.2 V DC ±10%
< 1.2 mA (blocking)
> 2.1 mA (conductive)
> 6 mA (in the event of a short-circuit)
< 0.35 mA (With wire break)

Line error detection
Switching output
Relay output
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Minimum contact current
Switching frequency

2 N/O contacts
Hard gold plated AgNi
250 V AC
2A
1 mA (for 5 V DC)
0.5 Hz (240 V AC / 30 V DC / 2 A)
10 Hz (without load)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 25 mA
< 600 mW
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO1)
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO-SP1)

2864105
2810269

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR NAMUR switching amplifier
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

86

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
Constant voltage source

OUT

+ 1
– 2
+ 3

POWER

– 4

OUT U

GND 1

+24V

OUT

OUT U

5 +

GND 1

6 –

+24V

GND 2

7 +

GND 2

OUT

IN
UCV

D W
H

8 –

Configurable,
output signals 2.5 V / 5 V / 7.5 V / 10 V

+24V
GND 2

Zone 2

Ex: 
Applied for: cUL / UL
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Constant voltage source for potentiometers, measuring bridges, encoders
– Highly precise
– Input signal corresponds to power supply
– Input signal and, in turn, the power supply
can be provided via the foot element
(T-Connector)
– Standard configuration:
Output 10 V DC
Notes:
Information on components for power bridging, system cabling,
and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Output data
Output signal (can be configured using DIP switches)

Short-circuit current
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Electrical isolation
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

9.6 ... 30 V
10 V DC
7.5 V DC
5 V DC
2.5 V DC
Approx. 32 mA
< 20 mVPP
9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 600 mW (at 24 V IN)
≤ 0.1% (of final value)
< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5

Ordering data
Description
MCR constant voltage source
With screw connection
With spring-cage connection

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-SP-NC1)

2902822
2902823

1
1

2940252
2942124

10
10

Accessories
Setpoint potentiometer, to set setpoints individually
Resistance value 4.7 kΩ
Resistance value 10 kΩ

EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN
EMG 30-SP-10K LIN

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

87

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
Feed-through terminal blocks
– Feed-through terminal block for 1:1 forwarding of signals in the MINI Analog
group
– For plugging gaps in system cabling with
the V8 system adapter, e.g., when there
are fewer than eight signals
– Used in conjunction with the
MINI Analog multiplexer
– For direct mounting in the case of applications without signal conversion and without electrical isolation

Sensor / Field

OUT

IN
IN

1

IN

2

3

4

1:1

IN

IN

OUT

PLC / DCS

5

OUT

6

OUT

OUT

7

8

D W
H

1:1 connection
Technical data
General data
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
ATEX
GL

IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-TB

2811420

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MINI Analog feed-through terminal block
Screw connection

1

Accessories
Marking material
– Flexible labeling system with pivoting
transparent cover and matching insert
strips
– Transparent cover that can be snapped
onto the module instead of the standard
cover
– Insert strips on pre-punched paper sheets
– Marking option for standard cover in the
form of ZBF 6 zack marker strip marking
labels

Transparent cover with insert strips

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2308111

10

2810272

10

Fold-up transparent cover, for labeling MINI Analog modules
with insert strips
MINI MCR DKL

Accessories

88

PHOENIX CONTACT

Insert strips, stamped, for transparent cover

MINI MCR-DKL-LABEL

Zack marker strip, flat
UniCard sheets, for marker groove

ZBF 6 (see Catalog 5)
UC-TMF 6 (see Catalog 5)

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
Power terminals
– For up to 80 MINI Analog modules
– The MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM(-SP) power
terminal block is used to supply the supply voltage to the DIN rail connector
– Monitoring of supplies in combination
with the fault monitoring module
– Flexible redundant supply from one or
both module sides
– Extended supply voltage range from
0 ... 30 V DC

IN

1

OUT FM

2

3

4

+ 1

+24V

IN
5 +
PWR 1
IN
6 –

PWR 1
IN / OUT-FM

– 2

+ 3

7 +
PWR 2
IN
8 –

PWR 2
IN / OUT-FM

+24V

– 4

+24V

+24V

D W
H

PWR OUT

– +

Zone 2

+24V

Power terminal block, can be monitored

Notes:

Technical data

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input voltage range
Output data
Output voltage
Output current
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

0 V DC ... 30 V DC
(Input voltage - 0.8 V)
≤2A
-20°C ... 65°C
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL applied for

GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM1)
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM-SP1)

2902958
2902959

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MINI Analog power terminal blocks
1
1

Accessories
Error message modules
IN

Fault monitoring module for evaluating
and reporting group errors from the fault
monitoring system.
– Monitoring of supply voltages of
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM(-SP) power terminal blocks
– Drawing off the supply is possible
– The error is reported via an N/C contact
– Standard configuration: group error detection “ON”; redundancy monitoring
“ON”; relay “active”

1

OUT

2
OUT RC

+ 1
+24V

PWR 1
IN

OUT RC

– 2

+ 3
+24V

5 +
FAULT
CONTACT
6 –

7 +
PWR
OUT
8 –

PWR 1
IN

– 4

+24V

FM

– +
+24V

D W
H

Zone 2

Group error message and
Supply monitoring
Technical data

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data/output data
Input signal
Output signal
Output signal maximum current
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Test voltage input/output
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
2A
30 V DC
50 mA
1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL applied for

GL

Ordering data
Description
MINI Analog error message modules
Standard configuration
Standard configuration

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-SP-NC1)

2902961
2902962

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

89

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
ME 6,2 TBUS... T-Connector
– For bridging the supply voltage
– Reduces wiring costs
– Module can be replaced without interrupting the supply to the remaining modules (hot swap)
– One T-Connector for two MINI Analog
modules
– Current carrying capacity of 2 A to
MINI Analog modules
For bridging the supply voltage

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN

2869728

10

DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage, can be
snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval

Accessories
Power terminals
IN

– For supplying the supply voltage via the
foot element (T-Connector) where DC
voltages of up to 30 V are already available
– Option of redundant supply decoupled
from diode
– For up to 80 MINI analog modules
– For up to 2 A
– Status and error signaling via diagnostic
LEDs

IN
+ 1

+24V

5

+

PWR 1 IN

PWR 2 IN
6

– 2
3

+24V

–
7

4

8

D W
H

PWR OUT

– +
+24V

Zone 2

Redundant supply for existing 24 V
Notes:
Recommended fuse for power terminal block:
Fuse according to IEC 60127-2/V
Nominal current: 2.5 A
Characteristics: Slow-blow
(e.g., Wickmann 5 x 20 mm/No. 195 - glass fuse)
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Technical data
Input data
Input voltage range
Output data
Output voltage
Output current
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
(Input voltage - 0.8 V)
≤2A
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-PTB1)
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-SP1)

2864134
2864147

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR power terminal block

90

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
ME 17,5 TBUS-...T-Connector
– For bridging the supply voltage when using a MINI POWER system power supply
Notes:
If the system power supply is used, you need two ME 17,5 TBUS
T-Connectors to establish the connection with the ME 6,2 TBUS TConnectors of the MINI Analog system and provide an effective
power supply.

For system power supply

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

2709561

10

DIN rail connector, for bridging the supply voltage, can be
snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval,
two pieces are required per system power supply

Accessories
System power supply

H
W

D

– For supplying the supply voltage via the
foot element (T-Connector) where AC
voltages are available
– 100 ... 240 V AC nominal input voltage
range
– 24 V DC output voltage
– For up to 60 MINI Analog modules
– For up to 1.5 A, secondary
– Status and error signaling via diagnostic
LEDs

For applications with local voltages of
over 100 V
Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MINI-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5/EX

2866653

1

MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5

2866983

1

System power supply unit, primary-switched with zone 2 approval.
More information is given in the INTERFACE Power Supply catalog
part.

System power supply unit, primary-switched (not for zone 2).
More information is given in the INTERFACE Power Supply catalog
part.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

91

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
System cabling
A high number of channels enables analog signal transmission across 6 mm in a
confined space for many applications. In
this kind of context, in particular, it is really important to have access to wiring solutions that avoid errors and are time-efficient, thereby cutting costs.
The MINI Analog system cabling solution
allows you to wire up to eight channels
quickly, easily, and without errors.
System cabling can take various forms.
System cabling with a front adapter
This includes:
– A 16-pos. FLK cable
– The V8 system adapter for MINI Analog
modules
– A front adapter that needs to be specifically selected based on the analog card of
the controller
With this solution, all you need to do is
connect the components together. There
is virtually no wiring effort involved.
What's more, it completely rules out wiring errors, as the pre-assembled components ensure correct assignment by virtue
of their design.

V8 system adapter
for MINI Analog

16-pos. FLK cable

System cabling without a front adapter Front adapter for analog card
The version that does not require the
use of a front adapter is the ideal addition.
System cabling with a front adapter
This solution involves using a 16-pos.
FLK cable with open ends on one side. The
open ends are fitted with ferrules and are
The tables below are designed to serve as
numbered. This allows you to create a sys- a configuration aid. Details of other solutem cabling connection to virtually any
tions are available on the Internet or on remodule without having to fit a front adapt- quest.
er. The other advantage is that you can implement system cabling on the module side
quickly, easily, and without errors.

Configuration aid for MINI Analog system cabling
Controller

Analog card

Siemens
SIMATIC S7-300 /
ET 200 M

6ES7-331-7KF02-0AB0
6ES7-331-7KB02-0AB0
6ES7-331-7KB81-0AB0
6ES7-331-7TF00-0AB0
6ES7-332-8TF01-0AB0

Yokogawa
Centum CS 3000 R3

Front adapter

FLK cable

V8 system adapter for MINI Analog

FLK 16/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK
(non-molded plugs,
in the catalog on page 506)

MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
(in the catalog on page 94)

CABLE-40/2/FLK16/.../YUC
(non-molded plugs,
in the catalog on page 467)

2 x MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
(in the catalog on page 94)

FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR
(in the catalog on page 454)

6ES7-331-1KF01-0AB0
(for current signals)

FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR
(in the catalog on page 455)

6ES7-331-5HF00-0AB0
(for current signals)

FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR
(in the catalog on page 455)

AAI 141
Not required
AAI 143

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/...M
(non-molded plugs,
in the catalog on page 502)
Miscellaneous controllers /
actuators / sensors

All cards

Not required

or alternatively
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/...M
(molded plugs,
in the catalog on page 502)

92

PHOENIX CONTACT

MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
(in the catalog on page 94)

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog

V8 system adapter
for MINI Analog

Plug-in connection

16-pos. VIP or FLK cable with
open ends

Innovative concept

System cabling without a front adapter

Innovative concept
Thanks to its innovative design concept,
the MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16 A MINI Analog system adapter can be used on both
the input and output side. Consequently,
there is nothing at all to prevent you from
using the same components for system cabling on both output and input modules.
Complete flexibility
The proven FLK cable series offers complete flexibility in terms of selection and is
the ideal solution for system cabling with a
front adapter. The flat and flexible plug
connections mean that the products can
be easily installed in any analog module.

Increased protection
The new VIP cables with molded FLK
plugs offer enhanced protection in harsh
industrial environments. If you opt for system cabling without a front adapter, you
can enjoy all the advantages of the new VIP
cables on the system adapter side.

Complete flexibility

Addition
If the application demands a form of system cabling with fewer than eight channels,
the MINI MCR-SL-TB feed-through terminal block (page 88) represents the perfect
addition.

Increased protection

Addition

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

93

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
MINI Analog system adapter
– Time-saving wiring solution thanks to
unique plug-in concept
– System cabling on PLC side
– Plug and play
– For up to eight channels
– Reduces wiring costs and errors

System adapter


Ex: 
Housing width 50.4 mm

Technical data
General data
Contact resistance
Current carrying capacity
Test voltage

< 10 mΩ
≤1A
500 V (50 Hz, 1 min. from channel to channel)

Vibration resistance
Surge voltage category / Pollution degree
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection to the signal level

≤ 0.7 g
III / 2
-20°C ... 60°C
PBT
50.4 / 46.2 / 45.5 mm
Flat-ribbon cable plug connector according to IEC 60603-13

Insertion/withdrawal cycles ( System adapter / FLK 16 )
Conformance / approvals
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

10 / ≥ 200

GL

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A

2811268

Pcs. /
Pkt.

System adapter, for MINI analog modules with screw connection

MINI Analog system cabling

94

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
MINI Analog multiplexer

AO
1 2

1xIOUT
IN

3

4

5

6

7

8

1 2 3
PWR I
In Out

4

5

6

7

8

BIT1
BIT2
BIT3
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

POWER

8xIIN

OUT
3xDO

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
D1+ D1- D2+ D2- D3+ D3-

FLK pin strip assignment

Ex: 
Housing width 50.4 mm

Technical data

– Generates an analog output from up to
eight analog input signals – parallel analog
signals are transmitted serially via a cable
– The desired number of channels is selected via DIP switches (8, 6, 4 or 2 channels)
– The channel currently switched is indicated as a bit pattern via three digital outputs
– Two clock cycles for execution can be selected via DIP switches (one- or two-second clock)
– Supplied by an output loop
– For 4 ... 20 mA current signals
– Can be easily snapped onto MINI Analog
modules with screw connection method
– Huge reduction in analog inputs at controllers
– System cabling on the output side using
pre-assembled FLK cables with open
ends.

Input data
Description
Can be configured/parameterized
Input signal
Maximum input signal
Switching cycles
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Status indication Active input
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection to control level
Insertion/withdrawal cycles ( System adapter / FLK 16 )
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

Notes:

2, 4, 6, or 8-channel (can be switched over)
Via DIP switches
4 ... 20 mA
< 30 mA
2 or 1 sec. (can be selected)
4 ... 20 mA
< 30 mA
((Usupply - 7 V) / I max)
1, 2, 3-bit digital output (can be selected)
3 x PNP optocouplers
30 V DC
7 V DC ... 30 V DC (Loop-powered)
< 3.5 mA (without signal current)
< 24 mW (without signal current)
0.3% (0.1%, typical)
< 0.01%/K
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
50.4 / 45.5 / 46.2 mm
Flat-ribbon cable plug connector according to IEC 60603-13
10 / ≥ 200
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for

For six, four or two channels you will also need the corresponding
number of feed-through terminal blocks (i.e., two, four or six).

Ordering data

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Multiplexer for MINI Analog modules with screw connection
MINI MCR-SL-MUX-V8-FLK 161)

2811815

1

2811420

1

Accessories
MINI Analog feed-through terminal block

MINI MCR-SL-TB

For round cable with one open end, see
“System cabling for controllers” section
For round cable with one open end, see
“System cabling for controllers” section

VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/...
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/...

1 x Analog IN
Controller
8 x Analog IN

Power
MINI MCR-SL-MUX..

....

MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI

AO

4...20 mA
DO
DO
DO

00
t0 l1
Bi nne
a
Ch ve
ti
Ac

Controller

3 x Digital IN

Monitoring of eight motor temperatures with just one
analog control input

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

95

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Termination carrier for
MINI Analog isolating amplifier

Select standard DIN rail device

Select module carrier

TC... termination carriers are compact solutions for conveniently and smoothly connecting standard DIN rail isolating
amplifiers from the MINI Analog series to
input/output cards of automation systems
using system cables.
The most compact isolating amplifiers
combined with the most compact and flexible module carriers on the market enable
you to achieve a hitherto unparalleled packing density in your control cabinet together
with professional system cabling.

Compact
– The compact design associated with
MINI Analog saves up to 65% of space in
the control cabinet
Robust and reliable
– Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum carrier device profile
– PCB is completely decoupled from isolating amplifiers
– PCB without active electronics
– Redundant supply via separate DIN rail
module
– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
Flexible
– Profile sections without pitch markings
– Quick and safe module connection with
plug-in cable sets
– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
– Can be flexibly adapted to suit any controller or higher-level control system
– Solutions tailored to your requirements
on request
– Available pre-assembled with modules
and wired, or for self-assembly

Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable

Solutions are also available for MACX Analog,
MACX Analog Ex, and Safety

96

PHOENIX CONTACT

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Termination carrier for
MINI Analog isolating amplifier

D-SUB pin strip
37
< 50 V DC (Per signal/channel)
1 A (Signal/channel)
50 V
II
2
0.5 kV
DIN EN 50178 ( Basic insulation )
IP20
-40°C ... 80°C (Please observe module specifications)

Shock
Vibration (operation)
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Power supply via power module
Input voltage range
Redundant supply
Polarization and surge protection
Fuse
Status indication

15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27
2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6
V0
136 / 170 / 160 mm
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
2.5 A Slow-blow
2 x red LED (error)
1 x green LED (PWR)

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI
TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI1)

2902933
2902934

1
1

2902958
2902961
2865599

1
1
1

Module carrier for 16 MINI Analog channels, power and
feed-through module
- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer

Accessories

15
34
16
35

13
32
14
33

11
30
12
31

7
26
8
27

5
24
6
25

3
22
4
23

1
20
2
21

17
18
36
37

X1 DSUB 37

5 (+)
6 (-) PW2

CH15

CH16

+
+
1

CH14

CH13
+
+
1

CH11

CH12

+
+
1

CH9

CH10

+
+
1

CH7

CH8

+
+
1

CH6

CH5
+
+
1

CH3

CH4

+
+
1

CH1

CH2

+
+
1

PTB

PTSM
T-BUS

Alarm
1
2

3 (+)
4 (-) PW1

F2

FM

1

MINI PTB
PW1 2864134

X20 COMBICON

F1

9
28
10
29

MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM1)
MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC1)
MACX MCR-S-MUX

MINI Analog power terminal blocks
MINI Analog error message modules
HART multiplexer, 32-chanel, including two 14-wire flat-ribbon
cables

1

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

MINI TB
2811420

Contact us: together, we can develop optimum solutions for your
automation system with the termination carrier for MINI Analog.

Technical data
General data
Connection to the control system level
Number of positions
Maximum operating voltage
Maximum permissible current
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category
Pollution degree
Rated surge voltage
Air and creepage distances
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range

-

Notes:

Housing width 136 mm

+

The TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI
universal termination carrier is a compact
solution which connects isolating amplifiers
from the MINI Analog series to input/output cards of automation systems.
The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI
termination carrier version also enables the
coupling and decoupling of HART signals.
– Connection of up to 16 channels
– Can be universally connected, thanks to
37-pos. D-SUB cable with open ends. This
enables flexible connection to automation systems
– Redundant power supply, decoupled from
diode via separate MINI MCR-PTB power
module and MINI MCR-SL-TB feedthrough terminal block

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI connection scheme

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

97

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
Surge protection
LINETRAB LIT
The ideal addition to MINI Analog - the
innovative surge protection solution in
6.2 mm housing.
Because the LINETRAB LIT and
MINI Analog housing is the same shape,
you can benefit from the numerous advantages of system cabling. The advantage of
combining MINI Analog and LINETRAB
LIT products is that it enables you to set
up a space-saving, protected, and optimally
coordinated signal chain from the sensor
right up to the controller.
The tables below are designed to serve
as configuration aids for combining
MINI Analog and LINETRAB products.
On the left, you will find a list of the
components and combination options for
setting up system cabling between
MINI Analog and LINETRAB.
For details of system cabling solutions
that can be used between MINI Analog and
the controller side, please refer to
page 92.
For more detailed information on
LINETRAB LIT surge protection modules,
please see the TRABTECH catalog.

Assembled 16-pos. round cable
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR...

V8 system adapters
for MINI Analog

LINETRAB LIT
LINETRAB LIT surge protection
modules

Reliable and systematic measurements - LINETRAB LIT and MINI Analog

Configuration aid for LINETRAB LIT - MINI Analog
Cabling via MINI Analog system adapter (8 modules)
LINETRAB LIT (surge protection)
Type

LIT 1X2-24

MINI Analog
Order No.

Type

Order No.

2804610

MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4
MINI MCR-SL-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-U-U
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-NC

2864383
2864150
2865007
2813512
2813525
2813541
2813538
2864406
2864684
2864794
2864176
2864422
2864079
2864419
2864082
2864105
2864480
2810858
2810780

Components required for system cabling
Available 16-pos. VIP... round cables
Type

V8 system adapter for MINI Analog
Length

Order No.

VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/0,5M
0.5 m
2900154
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/1,0M
1.0 m
2900155
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/2,0M
2.0 m
2900156
VIP... round cables are available in special lengths on request.

98

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type
2 x MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
(in the catalog on page 94)

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog

VIP system cable
The new VIP cables provide a way of setting up secure and robust connections,
even in harsh industrial environments.
Innovative concept
The MINI Analog system adapter does
not just support system cabling on the input and output sides. It also allows cabling
to be installed with LINETRAB surge protection modules quickly, easily, and without errors.
Increased protection
In addition to all the advantages associated with electrical isolation, filtering, amplification, and the conversion of standard
analog signals using MINI Analog, there is
now also the option of effective surge protection.

Surge protection
Surge protection is a reliable means of actively preventing and protecting against system damage and downtimes. LINETRAB is
able to limit transient surge voltages safely
and without affecting the signal - all in a
compact device with a design width of just
6.2 mm.
VIP system cable

Innovative concept

Configuration aid for LINETRAB LIT - MINI Analog
Manual cabling
LINETRAB LIT (surge protection)
Type

LIT 1X2-24

Increased protection

MINI Analog
Order No.

2804610

LIT 2X2-24

2804623

LIT 2-12
(for 2-conductor connection
technology)

2804665

LIT 4-12
(for 3- and 4-conductor connection
technology)

2804678

LIT 1X2-24

2804610

LIT 4-24

2804678

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0-SP
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4-SP
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0-SP
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4-SP
MINI MCR-SL-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-U-U-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F-SP
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI-SP

2864383
2864150
2864710
2864163
2810874
2810793
2811213
2810078
2813570
2813583
2813554
2813567
2864723
2864697
2864804
2864189
2864752
2810230
2864749
2864655
2864781
2864309
2864370
2864192
2864202
2864435
2864273
2864736
2864286
2810298
2810308
2810382
2810395
2810243
2810269
2864493
2864095
2810256

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Surge protection

PHOENIX CONTACT

99

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog

Reliable and safe
MACX Analog - safe and high-performance signal isolating amplifiers. This product range enables you to safely isolate, condition, filter, and amplify all the signals of
your system.
In all phases of the product life cycle, the
MACX Analog range has been consistently
developed and produced according to standards for functional safety. Save planning and
operating costs – by combining high signal
flexibility with safe isolation and SIL evaluation.
The universal nature of the product range
provides you with a solution for all applications using analog signal transmission. You
are free to choose between either multifunctional high-end devices or reasonablypriced standard modules with exactly the
right functions.
Choose the right MACX Analog isolating amplifier for your application:
Analog IN/OUT
– Configurable 3-way isolating amplifiers
– Repeater power supplies with HART signal transmission for supplying 2-conductor transmitters
– Output isolating amplifiers with HART
signal transmission

100

PHOENIX CONTACT

Temperature
– Universal temperature transducers for resistance thermometers, resistance-type
sensors, potentiometers, thermocouples,
and mV sources – also with safe limit value relays as an option
– Configurable temperature transducer for
resistance thermometers and resistancetype sensors
– Configurable temperature transducer for
thermocouples and mV sources
Digital IN
– Isolation amplifiers with input for
NAMUR proximity sensor or switch
– Single-channel with PDT or passive transistor output
– Single-channel with double N/O contact
output
– Two-channel with one N/O contact output per channel
– Two-channel with one PDT or passive
transistor output per channel
Functional safety – from the initial
idea to the finished product
Phoenix Contact meets the requirements
of functional safety according to IEC 61508
in a standardized development process.
Here, all fault avoidance and fault control
measures are taken into consideration,
from the very development and production

of a device right up to device operation.
These measures are audited within the
scope of a full assessment by an independent test center.
Phoenix Contact therefore makes a significant contribution to high system safety and
availability.

DIN rail connector-compatible
The DIN rail connector enables the
modular bridging of the 24 V supply
voltage.

Wide-range power supply
The modules featuring a wide-range
power supply (...-UP) can be used in
all power supply networks the
world over without the need for additional power supply units.

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog

Safe and reliable functions
– Consistent SIL certification. This ensures
the highest level of reliability and safety
for your systems.

Precise transmission and high
operational reliability
– Thanks to patented transmission concept

Easy configuration
– Without software via DIP switches on the
device front or with the operator interface and display unit.

Easy configuration and monitoring
– Either via FDT/DTM or user-friendly
stand-alone software – with integrated
monitoring function.

Flexible power bridging
– The DIN rail connector simplifies wiring,
system expansion or module replacement
during operation.

Easy-maintenance connection
technology
– Plug-in connection terminal blocks with
screw connection or fast push-in technology – coded, with integrated sockets.

Precise transmission, long service life
– Patented circuit concepts ensure precise
signal transmission and minimal self-heating.

Even for the Ex area
– Maximum explosion protection for all Ex
zones with the MACX Analog Ex range.

Fast and error-free signal connection
– Compact termination carriers connect
MACX Analog devices to the automation
system – plug and play.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

101

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier

US

4-wire
[mA]

4-wire
[mV]

4.2

4.2
5.2
5.2
5.1

IN

U,I

U,I

OUT

US

4-wire
[V]

PLC / DCS

4.1
5.2

4.1
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

±50 mV... ±1000 mV
±1 mA... ±5 mA

active

±10 mA... ±100 mA

3.1

3.2 passive
+
3.1

2.2

2.2

2.1

active
2.1

3.2

+

+

GND
passive

±1 V... ±100 V

GND

5.1

+24 V
5.2

1.2

Universal,
more than 1600 signal combinations

1.1

POWER
GND +24 V

Zone 2
Div. 2

Functional safety
Ex:   // Applied for: cUL / UL
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Universal isolating amplifier for operating
4-conductor measuring transducers
– Analog isolating amplifier for isolating, filtering, amplifying, and converting standard analog signals
– Configurable input and output signals, including bipolar current and voltage signals
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Over 1600 signal conversions can be set
via DIP switches on the front
– 10 kHz limit frequency for time-critical
applications
– Output active or passive
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method
– Power supply via DIN rail connector possible
– Status indicator for supply voltage
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permissible
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

U input
I input
0 ... 10 V, please indicate if different setting when ordering

Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

±100 V
±100 mA
Approx. 1 MΩ
Approx. 10 Ω
(±1 V DC ... ±100 V DC)
(±10 mA DC ... ±100 mA DC)
U output
I output
0 ... 20 mA, please indicate if different setting when ordering

Load RB

≥ 1 kΩ (10 V)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Power dissipation
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)

≤ 600 Ω (20 mA; active)
(passive: ≤ (UB-2 V) / Ioutmax)

12 V DC ... 24 V DC (-20% / +25%)
< 0.7 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
≤ 0.1% (Compared to the final value)
0.0075%/K
±4% / ±4%
10 kHz (Can be switched to 30 Hz)
35 µs (at 10 kHz)
11 ms (at 30 Hz)

Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply

Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)
GL

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
IP20
-20°C ... 70°C
Any
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
UL applied for
SIL 2
-

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-UI-UI1)
MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP1)
MACX MCR-UI-UI-NC1)
MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP-NC1)

2811284
2811572
2811446
2811556

Pcs. /
Pkt.

3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals
Order configuration
Order configuration
Standard configuration
Standard configuration

102

PHOENIX CONTACT

Screw connection
Spring-cage connection
Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

1
1
1
1

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Order key for MACX MCR-UI-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example)
Input
Order No.
2811284

Output

/

IN03
IN40
IN24
IN41
IN25
IN43
IN44
IN26
IN27
IN28
IN66
IN29
IN50
IN30
IN52
IN05
IN03
IN67
IN32
IN39
IN68
IN69

2811284 =
...-UI-UI
2811572 =
...-UI-UI-SP

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0...50 mV
0...60 mV
0...75 mV
0...100 mV
0...120 mV
0...150 mV
0...200 mV
0...300 mV
0...500 mV
0...1000 mV
0...1.0 V
0...1.5 V
0...2.0 V
0...3.0 V
0...5 V
0...10 V
0...15 V
0...20 V
0...30 V
0...50 V
0...100 V

IN53
IN13
IN54
IN14
IN56
IN57
IN15
IN16
IN17
IN78
IN18
IN63
IN19
IN65
IN21
IN22
IN79
IN23
IN80
IN81
IN82

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Limit frequency

/

-50...+50 mV
-60...+60 mV
-75...+75 mV
-100...+100 mV
-120...+120 mV
-150...+150 mV
-200...+200 mV
-300...+300 mV
-500...+500 mV
-1000...+1000 mV
-1.0...+1.0 V
-1.5...+1.5 V
-2.0...+2.0 V
-3.0...+3.0 V
-5...+5 V
-10...+10 V
-15...+15 V
-20...+20 V
-30...+30 V
-50...+50 V
-100...+100 V

IN06 = 1...5 V
IN04 = 2...10 V

IN70
IN71
IN72
IN73
IN36
IN37
IN74
IN01
IN75
IN76
IN77

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0...1.0 mA
0...1.5 mA
0...2.0 mA
0...3.0 mA
0...5 mA
0...10 mA
0...15 mA
0...20 mA
0...30 mA
0...50 mA
0...100 mA

IN83
IN84
IN85
IN86
IN33
IN34
IN87
IN35
IN88
IN89
IN90

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

-1.0...+1.0 mA
-1.5...+1.5 mA
-2.0...+2.0 mA
-3.0...+3.0 mA
-5...+5 mA
-10...+10 mA
-15...+15 mA
-20...+20 mA
-30...+30 mA
-50...+50 mA
-100...+100 mA

OUT01
OUT19 = 0...2.5 V
OUT05 = 0...5 V
OUT03 = 0...10 V

OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT16 = 0...10 mA
OUT01 = 0...20 mA

OUT20 = -2.5...+2.5 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V

OUT21 = -5...+5 mA
OUT22 = -10...+10 mA
OUT23 = -20...+20 mA

OUT24 = 0.5...+2.5 V
OUT06 = 1...5 V
OUT04 = 2...10 V

OUT25 = 1...5 mA
OUT26 = 2...10 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA

OUT27 = 2.5...0 V
OUT11 = 5...0 V
OUT09 = 10...0 V

OUT28 = 5...0 mA
OUT29 = 10...0 mA
OUT07 = 20...0 mA

/

10K
30 = 30 Hz
10K = 10 kHz

Factory calibration certificate (FCC)
/
NONE
NONE
YES

= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)

IN91 = 1...5 mA
IN92 = 2...10 mA
IN02 = 4...20 mA

Application example: level measurement and active analog input card

MACX MCR-UI-UI

IN

Level sensor
4.2

0...20 mA

24 V

4.1
5.2
5.1

OUT

±50 mV... ±1000 mV
±1 mA... ±5 mA

–
active

±10 mA... ±100 mA

3.2

+

3.1

GND

2.2
passive

±1 V... ±100 V

2.1
GND
+24 V

1.2
1.1

Controller
24 V

GND +24 V

Mains voltage

Application example: shunt measurement and Inline terminal with passive analog input channels within an Inline station

MACX MCR-UI-UI

M

IN
4.2

Shunt resistor

mV

4.1

OUT

±50 mV... ±1000 mV
±1 mA... ±5 mA

–
active

±10 mA... ±100 mA

3.2

D

+

3.1
AI2

5.2
5.1

GND

2.2
passive

±1 V... ±100 V

GND

+

1

2.1

+24 V

–

1.2
1.1

Battery
GND +24 V

24 V

2

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

Mains voltage
IB IL AI 2/SF

(Information on automation solutions from Phoenix Contact can be found in Catalog 8 or at www.phoenixcontact.net/products)

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

103

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier

US

4-wire
[mA]

4-wire
[mV]

4.2

4.2
5.2
5.2
5.1

IN

U,I

U,I

OUT

US

4-wire
[V]

PLC / DCS

4.1
5.2

4.1
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

±50 mV... ±1000 mV
±1 mA... ±5 mA
±10 mA... ±100 mA

active

5.1

3.2 passive
+
3.1

2.2

2.2

2.1

active
2.1

+

GND
±1 V... ±100 V

3.1

3.2

+

passive

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

5.2

1.2
1.1

POWER
Zone 2
Div. 2

Universal, more than 1600 signal combinations,
wide-range power supply

  Functional safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

– Analog isolating amplifier for isolating,
filtering, amplifying, and converting standard analog signals
– Configurable input and output signals, including bipolar current and voltage signals
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Over 1600 signal conversions can be set
via DIP switches on the front
– Output active or passive
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permissible
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

U input
I input
0 ... 10 V, please indicate if different setting when ordering

Maximum input signal
Input resistance

±100 V
±100 mA
Approx. 1 MΩ
Approx. 10 Ω
(±1 V DC ... ±100 V DC)
(±10 mA DC ... ±100 mA DC)
U output
I output
0 ... 20 mA, configurable via DIP switches
15 V
35 mA
≥ 1 kΩ (10 V)
≤ 600 Ω (20 mA; active)
(passive: ≤ (UB-2 V) / Ioutmax)

Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Maximum output signal
Load RB
General data
Supply voltage UB
Power dissipation

24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 0.8 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.9 W (At 230 V AC / 20 mA)
≤ 0.1% (Compared to the final value)
0.0075%/K
±4% / ±4%

Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply

Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)
GL

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
IP20
-20°C ... 70°C
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
SIL 2
-

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP1)
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP1)
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-NC1)
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP-NC1)

2811459
2811585
2811297
2811569

Pcs. /
Pkt.

3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals
with long-range power supply
Order configuration
Order configuration
Standard configuration
Standard configuration

104

PHOENIX CONTACT

Screw connection
Spring-cage connection
Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

1
1
1
1

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Order key for MACX MCR-UI-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example)
Input
Order No.
2811459

Output

/

IN03
IN40
IN24
IN41
IN25
IN43
IN44
IN26
IN27
IN28
IN66
IN29
IN50
IN30
IN52
IN05
IN03
IN67
IN32
IN39
IN68
IN69

2811459 =
...-UI-UI-UP
2811585 =
...-UI-UI-UP-SP

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0...50 mV
0...60 mV
0...75 mV
0...100 mV
0...120 mV
0...150 mV
0...200 mV
0...300 mV
0...500 mV
0...1000 mV
0...1.0 V
0...1.5 V
0...2.0 V
0...3.0 V
0...5 V
0...10 V
0...15 V
0...20 V
0...30 V
0...50 V
0...100 V

IN53
IN13
IN54
IN14
IN56
IN57
IN15
IN16
IN17
IN78
IN18
IN63
IN19
IN65
IN21
IN22
IN79
IN23
IN80
IN81
IN82

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Limit frequency

/

-50...+50 mV
-60...+60 mV
-75...+75 mV
-100...+100 mV
-120...+120 mV
-150...+150 mV
-200...+200 mV
-300...+300 mV
-500...+500 mV
-1000...+1000 mV
-1.0...+1.0 V
-1.5...+1.5 V
-2.0...+2.0 V
-3.0...+3.0 V
-5...+5 V
-10...+10 V
-15...+15 V
-20...+20 V
-30...+30 V
-50...+50 V
-100...+100 V

IN06 = 1...5 V
IN04 = 2...10 V

IN70
IN71
IN72
IN73
IN36
IN37
IN74
IN01
IN75
IN76
IN77

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0...1.0 mA
0...1.5 mA
0...2.0 mA
0...3.0 mA
0...5 mA
0...10 mA
0...15 mA
0...20 mA
0...30 mA
0...50 mA
0...100 mA

IN83
IN84
IN85
IN86
IN33
IN34
IN87
IN35
IN88
IN89
IN90

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

-1.0...+1.0 mA
-1.5...+1.5 mA
-2.0...+2.0 mA
-3.0...+3.0 mA
-5...+5 mA
-10...+10 mA
-15...+15 mA
-20...+20 mA
-30...+30 mA
-50...+50 mA
-100...+100 mA

OUT01
OUT19 = 0...2.5 V
OUT05 = 0...5 V
OUT03 = 0...10 V

OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT16 = 0...10 mA
OUT01 = 0...20 mA

OUT20 = -2.5...+2.5 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V

OUT21 = -5...+5 mA
OUT22 = -10...+10 mA
OUT23 = -20...+20 mA

OUT24 = 0.5...+2.5 V
OUT06 = 1...5 V
OUT04 = 2...10 V

OUT25 = 1...5 mA
OUT26 = 2...10 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA

OUT27 = 2.5...0 V
OUT11 = 5...0 V
OUT09 = 10...0 V

OUT28 = 5...0 mA
OUT29 = 10...0 mA
OUT07 = 20...0 mA

/

10K
30 = 30 Hz
10K = 10 kHz

Factory calibration certificate (FCC)
/
NONE
NONE
YES

= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)

IN91 = 1...5 mA
IN92 = 2...10 mA
IN02 = 4...20 mA

Application example: level measurement and active analog input card

MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP

IN

Level sensor
4.2

0...20mA

24V

4.1
5.2
5.1

OUT

±50mV... ±1000mV
±1mA... ±5mA

–
active

±10mA... ±100mA

3.2

+

3.1

GND

2.2
passive

±1V... ±100V

2.1

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

1.2
≃

1.1

Controller

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

Application example: shunt measurement and Inline terminal with analog input channels within an Inline station

MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP

M

IN
4.2

Shunt resistor

mV

4.1

OUT

±50mV... ±1000mV
±1mA... ±5mA
±10mA... ±100mA

–
active

3.2

D

+

3.1
AI2

5.2
5.1

+

–

GND
±1V... ±100V

2.2
passive

1

2.1

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

1.2

2

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

≃

1.1

Battery

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC
IB IL AI 2/SF

(Information on automation solutions from Phoenix Contact can be found in Catalog 8 or at www.phoenixcontact.net/products)

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

105

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
repeater power supplies

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS
passive

4.2
2-wire
4.1

+

4.2

3.2

3.2

4.1

3.1

3.1

-

active
+
3.2

+

2.2
5.2
US

POWER

I

I

4-wire
5.1

OUT

+

2.2

5.2
2.1

250 W

5.1

GND

IN

+24V

POWER

1.2

Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier

1.1

Power
GND +24V

Zone 2
Div. 2

Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of 2-conductor
measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources
– Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding)
– 0/4...20 mA output (active or passive)
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– Terminal point with 250 Ω resistor to increase the HART impedance in the case
of low-impedance systems
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop
Output data
Output signal

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
< 600 Ω
< 20 mVrms

Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Under-/overload range
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 60 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
as per NE 43
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL applied for
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I1)
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-SP1)

2865955
2924207

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

106

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
repeater power supplies

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

4.2 - 4.2
2-wire
4.1

+

PLC / DCS

3.2 - 3.2

OUT 1
4.1

3.1

+

3.1

OUT1
2.2

POWER

I

2.2

OUT 2

I

5.2 - 5.2

I

OUT2

US

4-wire
5.1

IN

+

2.1

GND

5.1

+24V

POWER

2.1

passive
+

passive
+

1.2

Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier,
with two electrically isolated outputs

1.1

Power
GND +24V

Zone 2
Div. 2

Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of 2-conductor
measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources
– Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding)
– Two electrically isolated 0/4 ... 20 mA
(active) outputs
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals (both outputs)
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop

4 mA ... 20 mA / 0 mA ... 20 mA
> 21.5 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.9 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)

Output data
Output signal (Per output)

0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
< 450 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms

Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Under-/overload range
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 75 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 1.45 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
as per NE 43
Input/output/power supply

Output 1/output 2
Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication (Per output)
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Green LED (PWR supply voltage)
Yes
HART
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I1)
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP1)

2924825
2924838

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

107

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
repeater power supplies

IN

Sensor / Field

OUT

PLC / DCS

active
4.3

+

-

POWER

US

I

I

OUT

4-wire

+

4.2

4.2

4.1

4.1

4.3

250 W
S1

3.3

3.3
3.2

passive
3.2

3.1

3.1

+
3.2

+

250 W

2-wire

S2

4.2

IN

Power
–
~
24V ...230V AC/DC

– 1.2
1.2 ~

Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier,
wide-range power supply

– 1.1
1.1 ~

POWER
Zone 2
Div. 2

Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of 2-conductor
measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources
– Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding)
– Output 0/4...20 mA (active or passive),
0/1...5 V, can be switched via the DIP
switch
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– 250 Ω resistor that can be activated via
DIP switches to increase the HART impedance in the case of low-impedance
systems
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)

Output data
Output signal

0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
0 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%)
1 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%)
< 600 Ω (I output)
< 20 mVrms

Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Under-/overload range
Electrical isolation

24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 75 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 1.8 W
< 0.01%/K
< 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
as per NE 43
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL applied for
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP1)
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP1)

2865968
2924210

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

108

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog OUT
output isolating amplifier

OUT

Sensor / Field

-

P
+

+

OUT

I

I

IN
-

4.1

+

4.1

3.1

+

+

+
3.1

4.2
4.1

GND

POWER

active

3.2 - 3.2

4.2 - 4.2

IN
-

PLC / DCS

1.2

4.2

+24V
4.1

1.1

Power
GND +24V

Zone 2
Div. 2

Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Output isolating amplifier for controlling
I/P transducers, control valves, and displays
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input
– 0/4 ... 20 mA output
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– Line fault detection (LF)
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Input voltage
Input impedance in the event of a cable break at the output
Output data
Output signal
Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Maximum transmission error
Electrical isolation

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
5.4 V (at 20 mA)
> 100 kΩ (If there is a line fault)

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
< 800 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 46 mA (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 140 µs
< 0.1% (of final value)
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)

1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I1)
MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I-SP1)

2865971
2924223

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Output isolating amplifier
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

109

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer

ϑ

IN

I

ϑ

ϑ

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

4.2

PLC / DCS

4.2

3.2 - 3.2

μC
4.1

4.1

5.2

5.2

5.1

5.1

μC
3.1

OUT

GND
+24V

+

3.1

passive
+

1.2

For resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors

1.1

Power

POWER

GND +24V

Zone 2
Div. 2



Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Programmable temperature transducer
for operating resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors. The measured values are converted into a linear 0 ... 20 mA
or 4 ... 20 mA signal.
– Input for resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):
Sensor type, connection method, measuring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm
signal, and output range
– Programming during operation and also voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER
programming adapter
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Resistor
Cable resistance
Sensor input current
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal
Load
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
0 Ω ... 2000 Ω
50 Ω per line
(200 μA ... 1 mA)
min. 50 K
0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω
As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
< 50 µAPP
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 40 mA (24 V DC)
<1W
0.01%/K
Typ. 800 ms (With SIL)
max. 1200 ms (With SIL)
Typ. 700 ms (Without SIL)
max. 1100 ms (Without SIL)
0.05% x 100 [K] / measuring range span [K] + 0.05%

Transmission error, total
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Electrical isolation

±5% / ±5%
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
5% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I1)
MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP1)
MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-NC1)
MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC1)

2865065
2924317
2865078
2924320

1
1
1
1

2811271

1

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Temperature transducer
Order configuration
Order configuration
Standard configuration
Standard configuration

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

110

PHOENIX CONTACT

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Order key and temperature ranges
for MACX-MCR-SL-RTD-I(-SP) temperature transducer
Order key for MACX-MCR-SL-RTD-I(-SP) temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.

2865065

Sensor type

/

2865065 =
MACX MCRSL-RTD-I

Safety integrity level
(SIL)

PT100

/

Connection
technology

ON

/

ON
= active
NONE = not active

see below

Measuring range:
Start
End

3

/

2 = 2-conductor

0
see below

/

100
see below

3 = 3-conductor
ON only with output range
= OUT02

2924317 =
MACX MCRSL-RTD-I-SP

Measuring
unit
/

Output range

C
C =
F =
O =

/

OUT02

Filter
Oversampling
/

OUT01 = 0...20 mA

°C
°F


OUT02 = 4...20 mA

4 = 4-conductor

Filter
Moving average value

10
1
3
5
7
10
20

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

1 value
3 values
5 values
7 values
10 values
20 values

1
1
2
3
4

=
=
=
=

/ ...

1 value
2 values
3 values
4 values

Smallest measuring
range span
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

RES01
PT50
PT100
PT200
PT500
PT100S
PT500S
NI100DIN
NI500DIN
CU50
CU53

Resistor
Pt 50 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 500 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760
Ni 500 acc. to DIN 43760
Cu 50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428)
Cu 53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00426)

Alarm signal
Short circuit/
overrange
... /

I035
I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

0
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-60
-60
-50
-50

Alarm signal
Sensor break/
underrange
/

2000
850
850
850
850
600
600
250
250
200
180


°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

25 
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Factory calibration certificate = FCC

I215

/

I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

NONE
NONE = without FCC
YES
= with FCC (a fee is charged)
YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a
fee is charged)

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
9

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

I035 only with output range = OUT02
Alarm signals can also be configured individually using software.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

111

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer

4.2
4.1

IN

I

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

+

PLC / DCS

4.2

3.2 - 3.2

µC

µC
3.1

4.1

OUT

GND
+24V

+

3.1

passive
+

1.2

For thermocouples and mV sources

1.1

Power

POWER

GND +24V

Zone 2
Div. 2



Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Programmable temperature transducer
for operating thermocouples and mV sources. The measured values are converted into
a linear 0 ... 20 or 4 ... 20 mA signal.
– Input for thermocouples and mV sources
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):
Sensor type, connection method, measuring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm
signal, and output range
– Programming during operation and also voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER
programming adapter
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126

Input data
Thermocouple sensors

E, J, K, N as per IEC / EN 60584, L as per DIN 43760

Voltage
Measuring range span

-20 mV ... 70 mV
(Min. 50 K for thermocouples, 3 mV for mV sources)

Output data
Output signal
Load
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
max. 500 Ω
As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
< 50 µAPP
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 40 mA (24 V DC)
<1W
0.01%/K
Typ. 800 ms (With SIL)
max. 1200 ms (With SIL)
Typ. 700 ms (Without SIL)
max. 1100 ms (Without SIL)
0.05% x 200 [K]/Measuring range span [K] + 0.05%

Transmission error, total
Cold junction errors
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Electrical isolation

±1 K
±5% / ±5%
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
5% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128

Description

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Temperature transducer
Order configuration
Standard configuration

Screw connection
Screw connection

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-TC-I1)
MACX MCR-SL-TC-I-NC1)

2924333
2924346

1
1

2811271

1

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

112

PHOENIX CONTACT

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Order key and temperature ranges
for MACX-MCR-SL-TC-I temperature transducer
Order key for MACX-MCR-SL-TC-I temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.

2924333

Sensor type

/

MACX MCRSL-TC-I

J

Safety integrity level
(SIL)
/

ON

Cold junction
compensation
/

ON
= active
NONE = not active

see below

Measuring range:
Start
End

1

/

1 = switched on

0
see below

/

1000
see below

0 = switched off
(e.g., for mV voltage measurement)

ON only with output range
= OUT02

Measuring
unit
/

Output range

C

/

C = °C
F = °F
V = mV

OUT02
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA

Filter
Oversampling
/

Filter
Moving average value

10
1
3
5
7
10
20

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

1 value
3 values
5 values
7 values
10 values
20 values

1
1
2
3
4

=
=
=
=

/ ...

1 value
2 values
3 values
4 values

Smallest measuring
range span
V03
E
J
K
N
L

=
=
=
=
=
=

Voltage (mV)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi)

Alarm signal
Overrange
... /

I035
I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

-20
-250
-210
-250
-250
-200

Alarm signal
Sensor break/
underrange
/

I215
I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

+70
1000
1200
1372
1300
900

mV
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

3 mV
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Factory calibration certificate = FCC
/

NONE
NONE = without FCC
YES
= with FCC (a fee is charged)
YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
9

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

I035 only with output range = OUT02
Alarm signals can also be configured individually using
software.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

113

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS
passive

-

ϑ
ϑ

+

4.3

4.3

4.2

4.2

4.1

4.1

U,I
IN

OUT

I

3.3

U OUT

3.3 -

3.3

OUT 3.2

3.2

+
3.1

4.3

2.3

2.3

4.2

2.2

2.2

11

4.1

2.1

2.1

12

Poti
ϑ

GND

3.1

5.3

5.3

5.2

5.2

5.1

5.1

µC

TC

S-PORT

RTD

+

14

DI

NC 1.3
Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

1.2

Universal, with switching output,
wide-range power supply

1.1

POWER
Zone 2
Div. 2

Functional safety
Ex:  
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Universal temperature transducer with
freely configurable properties
– Input for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, potentiometers, and mV sources
– Measure differential temperatures
– Freely programmable input and output
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
– Relay switching output
– Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or
IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit
– Programming during operation and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROGADAPTER programming adapter
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method
– Cold junction compensation with separate connector
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the
associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on
page 118
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG

Resistor
Potentiometer
Voltage
Output data
Output signal

0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
-1000 mV ... 1000 mV
U output
I output
4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)

Maximum output signal
Load RB
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
General data
Supply voltage range
Power consumption
Temperature coefficient
Transmission error, total
Electrical isolation

±11 V
22 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
≤ 600 Ω (20 mA)
According to NE 43 or freely configurable
Relay output
1 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
30 V AC (30 V DC)
0.5 A (30 V AC) / 1 A (30 V DC)
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 1.5 W
0.01%/K
< 0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
Input/output/power supply

Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/switching output
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)

2.5 kV 1 (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20°C ... 65°C
Typ. 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2, PL d

Ordering data
Description
Temperature transducer
Standard configuration
Standard configuration
Order configuration
Order configuration

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-T-UI-UP1)
MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP1)
MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-C1)
MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP-C1)

2811394
2811860
2811873
2811970

1
1
1
1

2811271

1

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

114

PHOENIX CONTACT

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Order key for MACX-MCR-T-UI-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.

2811873
2811873 =
MACX MCRT-UI-UP-C

Safety integrity level
(SIL)
/

ON
ON

= active

Sensor type

/

PT100

Connection
technology
/

Cold junction compensation

4

/

2 = 2-conductor

see below

NONE = not active

0
0 = off, e.g., with
RTD, R, potentiometer, mV

Measuring range:
Start
End
/

-50

/

see below

150
see below

3 = 3-conductor
2811970 =
MACX MCRT-UI-UP-SP-C

Measuring
unit
/

C
C
F
O
P
V

/

= °C
= °F
= 
= %
= mV

1 = on, e.g., with TC

ON only with output
range = OUT02

4 = 4-conductor

Output range

OUT02
OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT16 = 0...10 mA
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT25 = 1...5 mA
OUT26 = 2...10 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
OUT05 = 0...5 V
OUT03 = 0...10 V
OUT06 = 1...5 V
OUT04 = 2...10 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V
Others can be freely
configured in the software

Factory calibration certificate
= FCC
/

NONE
NONE

YES

= without FCC

= with FCC (a fee is
charged)

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)

Smallest measuring Other setting options can be configured
with the IFS-CONF software:
range span
Resistance thermometers (RTD)
Others can be selected or freely configured in the software.

PT100
PT200
PT500
PT1000
PT100S
PT1000S
PT100G
PT1000G
PT100J
PT1000J
NI100
NI1000
NI100S
NI1000S
NI1000L
CU10
CU50
CU100
CU53
KTY81
KTY84

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 1000 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt 1000 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt 100 acc. to JIS C1604/1997
Pt 1000 acc. to JIS C1604/1997
Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751
Ni 1000 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751
Ni 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr)
Cu 10 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Cu50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428)
Cu100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428)
Cu53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00426)
KTY81-110 (Philips)
KTY84-130 (Philips)

-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-60
-60
-60
-60
-50
-70
-50
-50
-50
-55
-40

850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
250
250
180
180
160
500
200
200
180
150
300

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
100 K
100 K
100 K
100 K
20 K
20 K

500
-230
-210
-250
-250
-50
-50
-200
-200
-200
0
0
0
0
0
-200
-200

1820
1000
1200
1372
1300
1768
1768
400
900
600
2315
2315
2500
1800
1800
100
800

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Thermocouples (TC)
Others can be selected in the software.

B
E
J
K
N
R
S
T
L
U
CA
DA
A1G
A2G
A3G
MG
LG

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi)
C ASTM JE988 (2002)
D ASTM JE988 (2002)
A-1 GOST 8.585-2001
A-2 GOST 8.585-2001
A-3 GOST 8.585-2001
M GOST 8.585-2001
L GOST 8.585-2001

Remote resistance-type sensors (R)
(2, 3, 4-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.

RES03
RES05
RES06
RES09
RES10
RES12

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...150  resistor
0...600  resistor
0...1200  resistor
0...6250  resistor
0...12500  resistor
0...50000  resistor

0
0
0
0
0
0

150
600
1200
6250
12500
50000








10% of the selected
measuring range

Potentiometers
(3-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.

POT03
POT05
POT06
POT09
POT10
POT12

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...150  potentiometer
0...600  potentiometer
0...1200  potentiometer
0...6250  potentiometer
0...12500  potentiometer
0...50000  potentiometer

0
0
0
0
0
0

100
100
100
100
100
100

%
%
%
%
%
%

10% of the selected
measuring range

Voltage signals (mV)
Others can be selected in the software.

V04

-1000

+1000

mV

= Voltage (mV)

- Freely configurable user characteristic curve
with 30 interpolation points
- Output behavior in the event of a short circuit,
sensor break or overrange/underrange can be
freely configured or set according to NE43
(standard configuration: NE43 upscale)
- Filter setting (standard configuration: 1)
- Restart after failsafe (standard configuration:
ON)
- Switching behavior: switching output ?
(limit values, times, etc.) (standard configuration: OFF)

10% of nominal
span

9

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

115

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS
-

RTD

TC
-

passive
3.3 -

3.3
ϑ

ϑ

+

4.3

4.3

4.2

4.2

4.1

4.1

GND
I

3.3

OUT 3.2

U OUT

ϑ

+

3.1

3.1

3x

Poti

3.2

+

3.6 34

4.3

3.5 31

DI

4.2
3.4 32

U,I
IN

4.1
5.3

OUT

5.2

3x

5.1

NC 1.3

5.3
5.2
5.1

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

2.6

24

2.5

21

1.2
1.1

POWER
Zone 2
Div. 2

DI

Universal, with three limit value relays,
wide-range power supply

2.4 22

1.6

14

1.5

11

DI

1.4 12

Functional safety
Ex:  
Housing width 35 mm

Technical data

Universal temperature transducer with
freely configurable properties
– Input for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, potentiometers, and mV sources
– Measure differential temperatures
– Freely programmable input and output
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
– Three limit value relays, can be used in
combination as a safe limit value relay
– Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or
IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit
– Programming during operation and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROGADAPTER programming adapter
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method
– Cold junction compensation with separate connector
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the
associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on
page 118

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG

Resistor
Potentiometer
Voltage
Output data
Output signal

0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
-1000 mV ... 1000 mV
U output
I output
4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)

Maximum output signal
Load RB
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
General data
Supply voltage range
Power consumption
Temperature coefficient
Transmission error, total
Electrical isolation

±11 V
22 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
≤ 600 Ω (20 mA)
According to NE 43 or freely configurable
Relay output
3 PDTs
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (250 V DC)
2 A (250 V AC) / 2 A (28 V DC)
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 2.4 W
0.01%/K
< 0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
Input/output/power supply

Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/switching output
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20°C ... 65°C
Typ. 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
35 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2, PL d

Ordering data
Description

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Temperature transducer
Standard configuration
Standard configuration
Order configuration
Order configuration

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP1)
MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP1)
MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-C1)
MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP-C1)

2811378
2811828
2811514
2811831

1
1
1
1

2811271

1

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

116

PHOENIX CONTACT

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Order key for MACX-MCR-T-UIREL-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.

2811514
2811514 =
MACX MCRT-UIREL-UP-C

Safety integrity level
(SIL)
/

ON
ON

= active

Sensor type

/

PT100

Connection
technology
/

Cold junction
compensation

4

/

2 = 2-conductor

see below

NONE = not active

0
0 = off, e.g., with
RTD, R, potentiometer, mV

Measuring range:
Start
End
/

-50

/

see below

150
see below

3 = 3-conductor
2811831 =
MACX MCRON only with output
T-UIREL-UP-SP-C range = OUT02

Measuring
unit
/

C
C
F
O
P
V

/

= °C
= °F
= 
= %
= mV

1 = on, e.g., with TC
4 = 4-conductor

Output range

OUT02
OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT16 = 0...10 mA
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT25 = 1...5 mA
OUT26 = 2...10 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
OUT05 = 0...5 V
OUT03 = 0...10 V
OUT06 = 1...5 V
OUT04 = 2...10 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V
Others can be freely
configured in the software

Factory calibration
certificate = FCC
/

NONE
NONE

YES

= without FCC

= with FCC (a fee is
charged)

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)

Smallest measuring Other setting options can be configured
with the IFS-CONF software:
range span
Resistance thermometers (RTD)
Others can be selected or freely configured in the software.

PT100
PT200
PT500
PT1000
PT100S
PT1000S
PT100G
PT1000G
PT100J
PT1000J
NI100
NI1000
NI100S
NI1000S
NI1000L
CU10
CU50
CU100
CU53
KTY81
KTY84

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 1000 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt 1000 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt 100 acc. to JIS C1604/1997
Pt 1000 acc. to JIS C1604/1997
Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751
Ni 1000 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751
Ni 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr)
Cu 10 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Cu 50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428)
Cu 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428)
Cu 53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.426)
KTY81-110 (Philips)
KTY84-130 (Philips)

-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-60
-60
-60
-60
-50
-70
-50
-50
-50
-55
-40

850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
250
250
180
180
160
500
200
200
180
150
300

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
100 K
100 K
100 K
100 K
20 K
20 K

500
-230
-210
-250
-250
-50
-50
-200
-200
-200
0
0
0
0
0
-200
-200

1820
1000
1200
1372
1300
1768
1768
400
900
600
2315
2315
2500
1800
1800
100
800

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Thermocouples (TC)
Others can be selected in the software.

B
E
J
K
N
R
S
T
L
U
CA
DA
A1G
A2G
A3G
MG
LG

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi)
C ASTM JE988 (2002)
D ASTM JE988 (2002)
A-1 GOST 8.585-2001
A-2 GOST 8.585-2001
A-3 GOST 8.585-2001
M GOST 8.585-2001
L GOST 8.585-2001

Remote resistance-type sensors (R)
(2, 3, 4-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.

RES03
RES05
RES06
RES09
RES10
RES12

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...150  resistor
0...600  resistor
0...1200  resistor
0...6250  resistor
0...12500  resistor
0...50000  resistor

0
0
0
0
0
0

150
600
1200
6250
12500
50000








10% of the selected
measuring range

Potentiometers
(3-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.

POT03
POT05
POT06
POT09
POT10
POT12

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...150  potentiometer
0...600  potentiometer
0...1200  potentiometer
0...6250  potentiometer
0...12500  potentiometer
0...50000  potentiometer

0
0
0
0
0
0

100
100
100
100
100
100

%
%
%
%
%
%

10% of the selected
measuring range

Voltage signals (mV)
Others can be selected in the software.

V04

-1000

+1000

mV

= Voltage (mV)

- Freely configurable user characteristic curve
with 30 interpolation points
- Output behavior in the event of a short circuit,
sensor break or overrange/underrange can be
freely configured or set according to NE43
(standard configuration: NE43 upscale)
- Filter setting (standard configuration: 1)
- Restart after failsafe (standard configuration:
ON)
- Switching behavior: switching output ?
(limit values, times, etc.) (standard configuration: OFF)

10% of nominal
span

9

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

117

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Accessories
Operating and display unit
–
–
–
–
–

Local display of actual values
Copy function
Easy guided operation
Easy configuration without PC software
Operating and display unit can be snapped
directly onto compatible devices with a
housing width of 35 mm
– DIN rail mounting possible for thinner
devices in conjunction with cradle unit
– Backlighting
– Installation in zone 2 permissible

Can be snapped directly onto
compatible 35 mm devices
Technical data

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

General data
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection method

PC side
Measuring transducer side

Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx

-20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F)
90% (at 25°C, no condensation)
PA 6.6
35 / 99 / 20 mm
S port (socket)
S port (plug)
CE-compliant

 II 3G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

IFS-OP-UNIT1)

2811899

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Operating and display unit
1

Accessories
Cradle unit
– For snapping onto the DIN rail
– For control cabinet mounting of the operating and display unit

H
D

W

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Cradle for operating and display unit
Technical data
General data
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection method

IFS-OP-UNIT operator interface
Measuring transducer side

Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx

-20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F)
90% (at 25°C, no condensation)
PA 6.6
35.2 / 29 / 99 mm
S port (socket)
S port (plug)
CE-compliant

 II 3G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

IFS-OP-CRADLE1)

2811886

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Cradle unit, for snapping the operating and display unit onto the
DIN rail

118

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Accessories
Programming adapter
The IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER programming adapter is used for configuring
Phoenix Contact INTERFACE modules
with S-PORT interface.
The adapter is used with FDT/DTM software or ANALOG-CONF software.
For programming MACX Analog and
MINI Analog.
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Applied for:
cUL / UL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

2811271

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

119

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

4.2
4.1

+

PLC / DCS

4.2

3.2 - 3.2

4.1

3.1

-

4.2

+

2.2

11

DI
3.1

14

2.2

12

IN

OUT
4.2

Faultsignal

+
4.1

4.1

POWER

GND
+24V

1.2

Signal output: PDT relay

1.1

Power
LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

 Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit
– Relay signal output (PDT)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
1 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
20 Hz (without load)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
21 mA (24 V DC)
< 650 mW
Input/output/supply, T-Connector

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)

300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R1)
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R-SP1)

2865997
2924252

Pcs. /
Pkt.

NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

120

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

4.2
4.1

+

PLC / DCS

4.2
OUT1
4.1

-

4.2

OUT2

IN

Faultsignal

+
4.1

OUT
4.2

3.2

13

3.1

3.1

14

2.2

2.2

13

2.1

2.1

14

DI

DI

1.2

2 signal outputs: N/O contact relay

1.1

Power

4.1

POWER

GND
+24V

3.2

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

 Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data

Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit
– Two relay signal outputs (N/O contact);
output 2 can be used as an error message
output
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
2 N/O contacts
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
20 Hz (without load)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
30 mA (24 V DC)
< 950 mW
Input/supply, T connector

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)

-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO1)
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO-SP1)

2865010
2924265

Pcs. /
Pkt.

NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

121

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

+

CH1
+

4.2
4.1

3.2

3.2

13

3.1

3.1

14

2.2

2.2

13

2.1

2.1

14

DI

-

IN1

OUT1

IN2

OUT2

CH2
+

5.2

DI

5.1
Faultsignal

+

+

GND
+24V

1.2
1.1

2-channel, signal output: N/O contact relay

Power

POWER

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

 Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit
– Relay signal output (N/O contact)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
2 N/O contacts
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
20 Hz (without load)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
35 mA (24 V DC)
<1W
Input/supply, T connector

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)

-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
5% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO1)
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO-SP1)

2865049
2924294

Pcs. /
Pkt.

NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

122

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

+

CH1

+

4.3

3.3

3.3 12

3.2

3.2 11

3.1

3.1 14

2.3

2.3 12

2.2

2.2 11

2.1

2.1 14

DI

4.1

+

IN1

OUT1

IN2

OUT2

CH2

+

5.3
5.1

-

24...230 V –
~
AC/DC

+

DI

1.2

2-channel, signal output: PDT relay,
wide-range power supply

1.1

POWER
Zone 2
Div. 2

Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit
– Relay signal output (PDT)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information on resistance circuits and marking material can be
found on page 183
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
open circuit switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Approx. 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
2 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A, 60 Hz) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
can be inverted using DIP switch
20 Hz (Load-dependent)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range

24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20% ... +10%, 50 ... 60 Hz)

Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

< 80 mA ; < 42 mA (24 V DC)
max. 1.3 W
Input/power supply

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)

-20°C ... 60°C
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP1)
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP1)

2865052
2924304

Pcs. /
Pkt.

NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

123

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

4.2
4.1

+

PLC / DCS

4.2
OUT1
4.1

-

4.2

IN

OUT1
OUT2

4.2

Faultsignal

OUT2

+
4.1

4.1

POWER

GND
+24V

3.2

3.2

-

3.1

3.1

+

2.2

2.2

-

2.1

2.1

+

DI

DI

1.2

2 signal outputs: transistor (passive)

1.1

Power
LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

 Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit
– 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive); up
to 5 kHz
– Signal output 2 can also be used as a fault
signaling output
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with inhibiting of transistor output
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
2 transistor outputs, passive
30 V DC (per output)
50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
< 1.4 V
can be inverted using DIP switch
5 kHz

No-load voltage
Switching points
Line error detection
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Drop (ΔU)
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 28 mA (24 V DC)
800 mW
Input/output/supply, T-Connector

300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Output 1/output 2

1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)

-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126

Ordering data

Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183

Description

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128

NAMUR isolation amplifier

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

124

PHOENIX CONTACT

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T1)
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T-SP1)

2865023
2924278

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

+

CH1
+

4.2
4.1

3.2

3.2 -

3.1

3.1 +

2.2

2.2 -

2.1

2.1 +

DI

-

IN1

OUT1

IN2

OUT2

CH2
+

5.2

DI

5.1

+

Faultsignal

+

GND
+24V

1.2
1.1

2-channel, signal output transistor (passive)

Power

POWER

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

 Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data

Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit
– Signal output transistor (passive); up to
5 kHz
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with inhibiting of transistor output
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Transistor output, passive
30 V DC (per output)
50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
< 1.4 V
can be inverted using DIP switch
5 kHz

No-load voltage
Switching points
Line error detection
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Drop (ΔU)
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 34 mA (24 V DC)
1000 mW
Input/output/supply, T-Connector

300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Output 1/output 2

1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)

-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data

Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128

Description

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T1)
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T-SP1)

2865036
2924281

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

125

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Accessories

3.1

14
12 Fault out
11

2.2

–

3.3
3.2

2.1

Faultsignal

Power and error message module
Power and error message module for
feeding the 24 V supply voltage to the DIN
rail connectors and signaling line faults and
power supply failures.
– One-time or redundant supply, decoupled
from diode, protected against polarization
– Supply current up to 3.75 A
– Relay output (PDT) and flashing LED for
error messages
– Error message in the event of a power
supply failure or fuse fault
– Bus cable fault message for
MACX MCR-...(2)NAM... devices
connected via DIN rail connectors
– Replaceable fuse
– Installation in zone 2 permissible

LFD

+

1.2

–

1.1

+

PWR 2

H
D

W

PWR 1

+24V

GND


Ex:   // Applied for: cUL / UL
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal
Redundant supply
Polarization and surge protection
Output data
Maximum output signal
Output voltage
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
General data
Current consumption
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Fuse
Status indication

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
3.75 A
(Input voltage - max 0.8 V at 3.75 A)
Relay
1 PDT
Gold (Au)
50 V AC (2 A)

-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
5% ... 95% (no condensation)
5 A (replaceable), slow-blow 250 V AC
1 x red LED (error)
2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
Polyamide (PA 6.6)
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada

CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL 61010

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-PTB
MACX MCR-PTB-SP

2865625
2924184

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Supply and error message module, including the relevant
DIN rail connector ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

126

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Accessories

ME 6,2 TBUS... T-Connector
DIN rail connector (5-pos.) for bridging
the supply voltage of 12.5 mm wide MACX
analog modules
– Reduces wiring costs
– System can be extended or module
replaced even while process is active
– Inter-extendable

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN

2869728

10

DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage, can be
snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval

Accessories

Marking material for device marking
– For device marking inside the control cabinet and in the field
– Self-adhesive with high adhesive strengths
– Large temperature range

Ordering data
Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

white

UC-EMLP (11X9)

0819291

10

white

UC-EMLP (11X9) CUS

0824547

1

UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels
10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm
UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels,
marked according to customer specifications
For ordering details, see Catalog 5 or
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

127

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Termination carrier for
MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers

Select standard DIN rail device

Select module carrier

TC... termination carriers are compact solutions for quickly and smoothly connecting DIN rail devices from the MACX
Analog Ex series to input/output cards of
automation systems using system cabling.
The termination carriers combine the advantages of modular DIN rail devices with
those offered by plug and play rapid cabling
solutions to provide a consistent solution
for system technology.

Compact
– Saves up to 30% of space due to compact
design
Robust and reliable
– Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum carrier device profile
– PCB is completely decoupled from modules
– PCB without active components
– Redundant supply and monitoring in separate DIN rail module
Easy maintenance
– Use of standard DIN rail devices
– Easy access to connection points
– Quick and safe module connection with
plug-in and coded cable sets

Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable

Flexible
– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
– Profile section without pitch markings for
I/O cards with specific number of channels
– Can be specifically adapted for I/O cards
of various automation systems with different system plug types

Solutions are also available for MINI Analog,
MACX Analog Ex, and Safety

128

PHOENIX CONTACT

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Termination carrier for
MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers

D-SUB pin strip
37
< 50 V DC (Per signal/channel)
1 A (Signal/channel)
50 V
II
2
0.5 kV
DIN EN 50178 ( Basic insulation )
IP20
-40°C ... 80°C (Please observe module specifications)

Shock
Vibration (operation)
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Power supply via power module
Input voltage range
Redundant supply
Polarization and surge protection
Fuse
Status indication

15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27
2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6
V0
244 / 170 / 160 mm
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
5 A Slow-blow (can be exchanged)
1 x red LED (error)
2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
1 PDT
Au
50 V DC (0.3 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) / 33 V AC (2 A)

Switching output
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI
TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI1)

2924854
2902932

1
1

2865625
2924184
2865599

1
1
1

Universal termination carrier for 16 MACX MCR-EX isolators

- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer

CH16
-

+

3.1

3.2

15
34
-

CH15
3.1

3.2

14
33

CH14
+

-

3.2

13
32

CH13
-

+

3.1

3.2

12
31

CH12
-

+

3.1

+

3.1

3.2

11
30

CH11
-

+

3.1

3.2

10
29

CH10
+

-

3.2

3.1

CH9

+

-

3.2

3.1

8
27

CH8

+

-

3.2

3.1

7
26

CH7
-

3.2

3.1

6
25

CH6

+

-

3.2

5
24

CH5
-

+

3.1

3.2

4
23

CH4
-

+

+

3.1

3.2

3.1

3
22

CH3

+

-

3.2

3.1

2
21

CH2

+

-

3.2

3.1

X1 DSUB 37

1
20

CH1
3.2

-

PTSM

+

3.1

5 (+)
6 (-) PWR2

PW2
2.2

Alarm
1
2

3 (+)
4 (-) PWR1

1.2
3.2
2.1

X20 COMBICON

HART multiplexer, 32-channel

9
28

MACX MCR-PTB
MACX MCR-PTB-SP
MACX MCR-S-MUX

16
35

Accessories
Supply and error message module

PW1

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

1.1

Contact us: specific termination carrier designs for I/O modules of
various automation systems are available, planned or can be implemented according to your specifications.

Technical data
General data
Connection to the control system level
Number of positions
Maximum operating voltage
Maximum permissible current
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category
Pollution degree
Rated surge voltage
Air and creepage distances
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range

3.1

Notes:

Housing width 244 mm

MACX
MCRPTB

The TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI
universal termination carrier is a compact
solution which connects isolating amplifiers
from the MACX Analog series to analog or
binary input/output cards of automation systems.
The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI
termination carrier design, when combined
with the MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer, also enables communication between HART-capable field devices and a
management system.
– Connection of up to 16 single-channel
(Ex i-)isolating amplifiers
– Universal 1:1 signal routing to a 37-pos.
D-SUB plug-in connector
– For system cables with D-SUB socket and
open ends for universal connection
– Redundant supply and monitoring in separate DIN rail module

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI connection scheme

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

129

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays

Also for special applications
MCR Analog isolating amplifiers and digital displays – for special applications using
signal processing.
Isolating amplifiers in the MCR Analog
range can be used to record temperatures
directly in the field, for example, or to convert digital signals into analog signals. You
can monitor your process values using digital displays.
Choose the right MACX Analog
isolating amplifier for your application:
Analog IN/Analog OUT
– Configurable signal multipliers to double
standard analog signals
– Configurable loop-powered isolators and
standard passive isolators for temperature
– Programmable temperature transducers
– Configurable temperature transducers
for Pt 100
– Temperature relay for Pt 100
– Programmable loop-powered temperature transducers.

130

PHOENIX CONTACT

Frequency
– Programmable frequency transducers for
frequencies of up to 120 kHz
Limit value switches
– Limit value switches for standard analog
signals
Digital displays
– Programmable digital displays for
standard signals
– Setpoint adjuster

Your advantages:
– High operational reliability in the event of
disturbances, thanks to electrical isolation
– User-friendly wiring, thanks to plug-in
connection terminal blocks
– Easy configuration via software,
DIP switches or display keypad
– Digital displays can be programmed without software: via the keypad on the front
– The digital displays are easy to read,
thanks to the large five-digit display

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier

D W
H

IN
IN I/U 1
GND 1 2

IN

U,I

U,I

OUT
U,

U

OUT

5 OUT I/U
6 GND 2

7 +20...30V
8 GND 3

With fixed signal combinations

POWER


Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

– Processing standard signals
– Fixed setting of input and output signals
– 3-way isolation
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Linear transmission range
(in reference to the output range end value)
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

U input
0 ... 10 V / -10 ... 10 V
30 V
100 kΩ
U output
0 ... 10 V / -10 ... 10 V
15 V
≥ 10 kΩ
0% ... 105%
-110% ... 110%
(Bipolar signals)

I input
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
50 mA
50 Ω
I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
30 mA
≤ 500 Ω
-5% ... 105%

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 15 mA (without load)
≤ 0.3% (of final value), typ. < 0.2% (of final value)
< 0.015%/K
30 Hz
11 ms
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
Any
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Input signal
Output signal
0 ... 10 V
4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V, -10 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V, -10 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA

MCR-C-U-I- 4-DC1)
MCR-C-I-U- 4-DC1)
MCR-C-U-U-DC1)
MCR-C-I-I-00-DC1)

2814537
2814511
2814469
2814508

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

5
5
5
5

131

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Analog IN/Analog OUT
signal multiplier

D W
H

OUT
OUT I2 1
OUT U2 2
GND 2 3

OUT1
U,I
IN

U,I

U,I

OUT2

OUT

D

A
D

IN I 4
IN U 5
GND 3 6

A

7 OUT I1
8 OUT U1
9 GND 1
+24V DC
GND 4
12 GND 4

10

A
D

11

With freely configurable input and two outputs

IN

POWER


Ex: 
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

– 4-way isolation
– Calibrated reversible input and output
signals
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal

U input
0 V ... 12 V
(freely selectable in 0.1 V steps)

Measuring range span
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

min. 4 V
30 V
200 kΩ
U output
refer to the order key

I input
0 mA ... 24 mA
(freely selectable in 0.1 mA
steps)
min. 8 mA
50 mA
50 Ω
I output
refer to the order key

Maximum output signal
Load RB
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error

15 V
≥ 10 kΩ

35 mA
≤ 600 Ω

Temperature coefficient
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

< 0.015%/K, typ. 0.0075%/K
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-25°C ... 55°C
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 25 mA
≤ 0.15% (of final value), typ. 0.05% (of final value)

CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D or non-hazardous locations

Ordering data

132

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

MCR signal multiplier, for multiplication and electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Order configuration
Standard configuration

MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI1)
MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI-NC1)

2814854
2814867

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Order key for MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI (standard configuration entered as an example)

Order No.
2814854

Input signal (standard and special signals)
Initial value
Final value
/
0.0
/

Input signal
/
I
I = Current
U = Voltage

Output signal (standard signals)
Output 1
Output 2
/
OUT01
/
OUT01

20.0

0.0 = 0.0 mA
I : freely selectable between
0.0 ... 24.0 mA

20.0 = 20.0 mA
I : freely selectable between
0.0 ... 24.0 mA

U : freely selectable between
0.0 ... 12.0 V

U : freely selectable between
0.0 ... 12.0 V

OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06
OUT16

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
0...10 mA

OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06
OUT16

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Factory calibration
certificate (FCC)
/
NONE

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
0...10 mA

NONE
YES

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)

8.0 mA/4.0 V min. measuring range span
0.1 mA/0.1 V increment

Ordering examples:
2814854

/

Input signal (standard and special signals)
Initial value
Final value
/
5.3
/

I
I = Current

I = 5.3 mA

I

Output signal (standard signals)
Output 1
Output 2
/
OUT01
/
OUT01

13.3

= 13.3 mA

OUT01 = 0...20 mA

= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)

Factory calibration certificate (FCC)
/
NONE

OUT01 = 0...20 mA

NONE

= without FCC

NONE

= without FCC

8.0 mA measuring range span, i.e., order is possible.

2814854

/

U

/

U = Voltage

7.8

/

U = 7.8 V

11.8

/

OUT01

/

OUT01 = 0...20 mA

U = 11.8 V

OUT03

/

OUT03 = 0...10 V

NONE

4.0 V measuring range span, i.e., order is possible.

Combination table for input and output signals that can be set via DIP switches

Input

0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 mA

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 mA
2...10 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Output 1
0...10 V

0...5 V

1...5 V

2...10 V

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 mA
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Output 2
0...10 V

0...5 V

1...5 V

2...10 V

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Application example: level measurement with subsequent signal multiplication

Level sensor
0...20mA
24V

0...20mA

IN

OUT 2
I2

I

5

U

2

U2

6

GND 3

3

GND 2

1

MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI
POWER

4

7

POWER
+24V

U1

8

GND 4

11

GND 1

9

GND 4

12

OUT 1
I

10

Controller
0...10V
15m3

24V

Mains voltage

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

133

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Analog IN / Analog OUT
passive isolators

D W
H

IN

IN

I

(+) 0-20mA 1
(-) GND 2

OUT

I

OUT
5 (+) 20mA
6 (-) GND

1-channel,
with safe isolation


Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

– Electrical isolation without additional
auxiliary power supply
– Current signals 0(4)...20 mA
– Safe isolation
Notes:
When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing
voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the
maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with the voltage
drop UV = 2.5 V and the load RB.
This means:
UB ≥ UE = 2.5 V + 20 mA x RB

Input data
Input signal
Voltage drop
Response current
Maximum input current
Maximum input voltage
Input voltage limitation
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Maximum transmission error
Additional error per 100 Ω load
Temperature coefficient
Test voltage input/output
Protection against electric shock

Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
2.5 V (at I = 20 mA)
< 50 µA
50 mA (100 mA overload)
30 V (30 V overload)
33 V 5% (with Zener diode)
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
< 50 mA
≤ 1375 Ω (at I = 20 mA output signal)
< 5 mV (rms)
≤ 0.1% (of final value)
0.02% (of measured value / 100 Ω load)
≤ 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load)
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Increased insulation according to DIN EN 61 010 part 1 and safe isolation according to VDE 0100 part 410 along the lines of VDE 0106
part 101 up to 300 V AC/DC for surge voltage category II and pollution degree 2 between all isolated distances.

-10°C ... 70°C
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-SL-1CLP-I-I-00-4KV

2814841

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR passive isolator, for electrical isolation of current signals
without auxiliary power

Input voltage in relation to load for IA = 20 mA
UB

UE [V]
25

UV = 2,5 V

I
UE

I

I
RB

I
MCR-1CLP

The diagram shows input voltage UI in relation to load RB taking
into account voltage failure UV.
If the load is known, the minimum voltage the sensor must supply in order to drive the maximum current of 20 mA via the passive
isolator and the load can be read on the Y-axis.

20
15
10
5
UV= 2,5 V

UE [Ω]

0
0

134

PHOENIX CONTACT

200

400

600

800

1000

1

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Analog IN / Analog OUT
passive isolators

D W
H

IN

IN

I

5 (+) 20mA
6 (-) GND

(+) 0-20mA 1
(-) GND 2

OUT

I

OUT

1-, 2- or 4-channel options


Technical data

– Electrical isolation without additional
auxiliary power supply
– Current signals 0(4)...20 mA
– Alternatively 1-, 2- or 4-channel version
Notes:
When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing
voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the
maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with the voltage
drop UV = 2.5 V and the load RB.
This means:
UB ≥ UE = 2.5 V + 20 mA x RB

Input data
Input signal
Voltage drop
Response current
Maximum input current
Maximum input voltage
Input voltage limitation
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
2.5 V (at I = 20 mA)
< 50 µA
50 mA (100 mA overload)
30 V (30 V overload)
33 V (with Zener diode)
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
< 50 mA
≤ 1375 Ω (at I = 20 mA output signal)

Ripple
General data
Additional error per 100 Ω load
Temperature coefficient

< 5 mV (rms)

Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

510 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-10°C ... 70°C
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.02% (of measured value)
≤ 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load)

CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR passive isolator, for electrical isolation of current signals
without auxiliary power
1-channel
12.5 mm wide
2-channel
12.5 mm wide
4-channel
22.5 mm wide

MCR-1CLP-I-I-00
MCR-2CLP-I-I-00
MCR-4CLP-I-I-00

2814016
2814029
2814045

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1

Flow measurement
UB

Magnetic inductive flow sensor

UV = 2,5 V

I
UE

I

I

24V

RB

I

0...20mA
0...20mA
1

I

2

GND 1

MCR-1CLP-I-I-00
IN

MCR-1CLP

I

5

GND 2

6

OUT

Controller

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

135

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Temperature
Temperature transducer

D W
H

IN

OUT

1
2

D

7

D

C

A

3

U,I
IN

4

OUT

NC

5

NC

6

8
9
10

=
=

(+) 24VDC

11

SP

12

(-) GND

POWER

For resistance thermometers, thermocouples,
resistance-type sensors, and mV sources


Ex: 
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

– For resistance thermometers and
thermocouples
– Measure differential temperatures
– With transistor switching output
– Freely programmable via
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
– Option of inverse output signal ranges

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors
Resistor
Voltage
Temperature range

-20 mV ... 2400 mV
(freely adjustable, minimum measuring range span of 10 mV)
(Depending on sensor type used)

Sensor input current

250 µA (resistance thermometer)

Output data
Output signal

U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
-5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V
±12 V
24 mA
±12 bit
±12 bit
≥ 10 kΩ
≤ 500 Ω
< 20 mVPP
-12 V ... 12 V
0 A ... 24 mA
-12 V ... 12 V
0 A ... 24 mA
Transistor output, pnp
Can carry a load of 100 mA, switches supply voltage (not protected
against short-circuit); locked in case of order-specific configuration,
otherwise freely programmable through MCR/PI-CONF-WIN

Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
Further information about the configuration software can be found
on page 149
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2, 3, 4-conductor
U, T, L, J, E, K, N, S, R, B, C, W, HK
0 Ω ... 8000 Ω (freely adjustable, min. measuring range 100 Ω)

Maximum output signal
D/A resolution
Load RB
Ripple
Output signal with open circuit
Measuring range overrange/underrange
Switching output

General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Cold junction errors
Temperature coefficient
Test voltage input/output
Test voltage input/power supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada
GL

18 V DC ... 30 V DC
≤ 60 mA, typ. 40 mA
≤ 0.1% (of maximum range, ±6 mV or ±12 µA at output)
≤ 3 K, typ. 1.5 K
≤ 0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D or non-hazardous locations
Germanischer Lloyd

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Order configuration
Standard configuration
Order configuration, without electrical isolation

MCR-T-UI-E1)
MCR-T-UI-E-NC1)
MCR-T-UI1)

2814113
2814126
2814090

1
1
1

Standard configuration, without electrical isolation

MCR-T-UI-NC1)

2814100

1

MCR temperature measuring transducers, for resistance
thermometers and thermocouple sensors, with electrical isolation
of input/output and input/supply voltage

136

PHOENIX CONTACT

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Order key for MCR-T-UI(-E)... (standard configuration entered as an example)
Sensor type
Order No.
2814113

/

PT100
See tables
under “Sensor type”

2814113 =
MCR-T-UI-E

Input characteristic curve
/

D

/

D = DIN
S = SAMA (see table)

2
3
4
0

0 = for Ni1000 (Landis & Gyr),
Cu10, Cu50, Cu53,
KTY81-110,
thermocouple,
resistor,
potentiometer,
voltage

2814090 =
MCR-T-UI

Connection
technology
3

Resistance thermometers
Sensor type

1)

PT...
NI...
Ni1000
CU10
CU50
CU53
KTY81
KTY84

/

= 2-conductor
= 3-conductor
= 4-conductor
= for
thermocouple,
resistor,
potentiometer,
voltage

Measuring range:
Start
End
-200.0
/
+850.0
for 0 mA
(e.g., 200.0°C)

/

for 20 mA
(e.g.,
+850.0°C)

MeasurOutput
ing unit
C
/
OUT02
=
=
=
=
=

C
F
V
O
P

°C
°F
mV
W
%

OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT05
OUT13
OUT14

Thermocouples

Standard
Measuring
(input charac- range
teristic curve)

Smallest
measuring
range span

DIN/SAMA
-200°C ... 850°C
DIN/SAMA
-60°C ... 180°C
Landis & Gyr -50°C ... 160°C
SAMA
-70°C ... 500°C
–
-50°C ... 200°C
–
-50°C ... 180°C
Philips
-55°C ... 150°C
–
-40°C ... 300°C

Thermocouple

Measuring range

U
T
L
J
E
K
N
S
R
B
C
W
HK

Cu-CuNi
Cu-CuNi
Fe-CuNi
Fe-CuNi
NiCr-CuNi
NiCr-Ni
NiCrSi-NiSi
Pt10Rh-Pt
Pt13Rh-Pt
Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh

-200°C ...
-200°C ...
-200°C ...
-210°C ...
-226°C ...
-200°C ...
-200°C ...
-50°C ...
-50°C ...
500°C ...
-18°C ...
-18°C ...
-200°C ...

Temperature ranges according to IEC 60751/EN 60751 and
DIN 43760 SAMA RC 21-4-1966 with 2, 3 or 4-conductor circuit.
1) Note: Pt sensors in increments of 10, 20, ...100 and
100, 200, ...1000, 2000.
KTY81 = KTY81-110.
Other types or characteristic curves available on request.

2)

2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
0...5 V
-5...+5 V
-10...+10 V

Output characFactory calibration
teristic curve
certificate (FCC)
N
/
NONE
N = Normal
I = Inverse

= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)

NONE
YES

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)

Resistors, potentiometers, mV voltages

Sensor
type

0.4 K
0.4 K
0.4 K
0.4 K
0.4 K
0.4 K
0.4 K
0.4 K

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

Sensor
type

Smallest
measuring
range span

600°C
400°C
900°C
1200°C
1000°C
1372°C
1300°C
1768°C
1768°C
1820°C
2316°C
2316°C
800°C

>1K
>1K
>1K
>1K
>1K
>1K
>1K
>4K
>4K
> 10 K
>4K
>4K
>1K

Input

Measuring range

Smallest
measuring
range span

RES

Resistor

0  ... 8000 
(2-conductor)

2

POT

Potentiometer
(max. 8 k)

0 ... 100%
(3-conductor)

0.2%

V01

Voltage

-20 mV ...+2400 mV

2 mV

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
9

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

2)

Thermocouples according to IEC 60584/EN 60584.
Other types or characteristic curves available on request.

Ordering examples with different input versions:
Resistance thermometer

2814113 /

PT100

/

D

/

3

/

-200.0

/

+850.0

/

C

/

OUT02

/

N

/

NONE

(Configuration for 3-conductor Pt 100 sensor; according to DIN from -200.0°C to +850.0°C with 4 ... 20 mA output characteristic curve)
Thermocouple

2814113 /

J

/

0

/

0

/

-346

/

+2192

/

F

/

OUT02

/

I

/

NONE

(Configuration for type J thermocouple from -346°F to +2192°F with 20 ... 4 mA output characteristic curve)
Voltage

2814113 /

V01

/

0

/

0

/

-10

/

1200

/

V

/

OUT03

/

I

/

NONE

/

OUT05

/

N

/

NONE

OUT02

/

N

/

NONE

(Configuration for voltage input from -10 mV to +1200 mV with 10 ... 0 V output characteristic curve)
Resistor

2814113 /

RES

/

0

/

0

/

0

/

7500

/

O

(Configuration for connecting a resistor varying between 0  and 7500 . The output signal is 0 ... 5 V.)

(2-conductor connection)
Potentiometer

2814113 /

(3-conductor connection)

POT

/

0

/

0

/

10

/

90

/

P

/

(Configuration for connecting a 3-conductor potentiometer, where 10 … 90% of the range is used. The output signal is 4 … 20 mA.)

Application examples:
Resistance thermometer: 2-conductor connection technology

Resistance thermometer: 3-conductor connection technology

R L1
1

R,

R L2

3

MCR-T-UI-E
Mode Power

7 10

+24 V DC
GND

R L2

OUT I
GND

R L3

Output: 0(4) ... 20 mA current signal

Potentiometer

R L1
MCR-T-UI-E

1

9 12

Application:
• For short distances (< 10 m)
Please note:
• Cable resistances RL1 and RL2 are incorporated in the measurement result directly and falsify the result accordingly (example
for Pt 100: 0.385  = 1 K).
Compensation of 5% is possible.

Resistance thermometer: 4-conductor connection technology

R L1
10
8

2
Mode Power

3

+24 V DC
GND

4

R L2
R L3

9 12

OUT U
GND

Thermocouple: absolute temperature measurement

MCR-T-UI-E

10

11
Mode Power

+24 V DC
GND

9 12

SP

Output:
0 ... (5)10 V, (5)10 V voltage signal

Application:
• For long distances between the Pt 100 sensor and the MCR
module (RL1, RL2, RL3  25 )
Please note:
• To compensate the cable resistance, all cable resistances must
have exactly the same values (RL1 = RL2 = RL3)

1
2
3

R L4

Output: switching output

Application:
• For long distances between the Pt 100 sensor and the MCR
module and different cable resistances (RL1  RL2  RL3  RL4)
Please note:
• The cable resistance (RL2 + RL4) must not exceed a value of
50 .

Thermocouple: differential temperature measurement

R L1
1

MCR-T-UI-E

3

R L2

7 10
8 11

2

R

Mode Power

+24 V DC
GND

9 12

mV / TC

+
-

1

MCR-T-UI-E
Mode Power

OUT I
GND

Application:
• For short distances and gradual changes.
Please note:
• Cable resistances RL1 and RL2 are incorporated in the measurement result directly and falsify the result accordingly. Compensation of 5% is possible.

7 10
8 11

2

+24 V DC
GND

9 12

TC
TC

1

+
-

MCR-T-UI-E

7 10
8 11

2
6

Mode Power

+24 V DC
GND

9 12

OUT I
GND

OUT I
GND

Application:
• Connecting a thermocouple or an mV signal.
Note:
• Activate cold junction compensation for the device in the case
of thermocouple measurements.

+
-

Application:
• Differential temperature measurement with thermocouples.
• Deactivate cold junction compensation for the device.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

137

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Temperature
Temperature transducer

D W
H

IN

OUT

1

7

U
U

2

9

3
=

4

IN

U,I

=

Shield 5

OUT

Shield 6

PT100

OUT U/I

8
GND 1
10

(+) 24VDC

11

GND 2

12

GND 2

Power

POWER

For Pt 100, either voltage or current output

MM


Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers
Temperature range

– Temperature range adjustable via
DIP switch
– ZERO/SPAN adjustment
– Open circuit detection
– Alternatively with galvanically isolated
supply voltage

Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor
0°C ... 300°C (0 ... 100/150/200/300) /
-50°C ... 250°C (-50 ... 50/100/150/250)
Approx. 1 mA
U output
I output
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
15 V
30 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
≤ 500 Ω
> 11 V
> 22 mA
...-U-DC
...-I-DC
...-U
...-I
20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC
35 mA
60 mA
20 mA
45 mA
≤ 0.4% (of final value)
≤ 0.02%/K
±5% / ±5%
11 ms
750 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Sensor input current
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Output signal with open circuit
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Step response (10 - 90%)
Test voltage power supply/signal
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Notes:
When ordering, you must use the order key to specify the desired
configuration.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

CE-compliant
UL 508 Recognized

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

MCR temperature measuring transducer, for Pt 100 temperature
sensors with 2, 3, 4-conductor technology with electrically isolated
supply voltage
Output: 0..0.10 V
Output: 0...(4)20 mA
Output: 0...10 V, without electrical isolation

MCR-PT100-U-DC1)
MCR-PT100-I-DC1)
MCR-PT100-U1)

2810311
2810337
2810340

1
1
1

Output: 0...(4)20 mA, without electrical isolation

MCR-PT100-I1)

2810353

1

Order key MCR-PT100-...(-DC) (standard configuration entered as example)

Order No.
2810337
2810311 = MCR-PT100-U-DC
2810337 = MCR-PT100-I-DC
2810340 = MCR-PT100-U
2810353 = MCR-PT100-I

138

PHOENIX CONTACT

Connection
method
/
3
2 = 2-conductor
3 = 3-conductor
4 = 4-conductor

Temperature range
/
TR01
TR02
TR03
TR04
TR05
TR06
TR07
TR08

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Description

TR05
-50...+50°C
-50...+100°C
-50...+150°C
-50...+250°C
0...100°C
0...150°C
0...200°C
0...300°C

Output
/

OUT02
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
With the devices:
2810311 MCR-PT100-U-DC
2810340 MCR-PT100-U
The output signal is 0...10 V. No details
are necessary.

Factory calibration
certificate
/
NONE
NONE = Without certificate
YES
= With factory
calibration
certificate (fee)
YESPLUS = Factory
calibration
certificate with
5 measuring
points (fee)

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Temperature
Temperature relay

D W
H

IN

SETPOINT

1
Pt 100

U

2

IN

OUT

5

11

6

12

OUT
+24 VDC 3

PT100

DC

GND 4

POWER

DC

7

11

8

14

For Pt 100


Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

– Switching point in the temperature range
from -100°C ... +700°C freely selectable
– Changeover relay output
– Galvanically isolated
– Adjustable switch hysteresis
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Temperature range
Sensor input current
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching current
Operate delay time
Off delay time
Switching hysteresis

Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2-conductor
-100°C ... 700°C
Approx. 1 mA
Relay output
1 PDT
AgSnO, hard gold-plated
50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
Approx. 6 ms
Approx. 200 ms
Adjustable using DIP switches (0.5 K, 2 K, 3 K, 5 K)

Error/status indicator

Red LED (short-circuit/wire break) / Yellow LED (relay active)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Linearity error
Setting accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 30 mA
< 0.1%
< 1%, typ. < 0.5%
< 0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant
UL 508 Recognized

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-SL-PT100-SP1)

2814948

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR-SL-PT100-SP

MCR temperature relay, for Pt 100 in 2-conductor system

Pt 100

1

SP
ERROR

10

0

20
K
30

50

40

SETPOINT
IN

GND

+24V

1 2
3 4

24V

Application example - Temperature control of a heated medium
1 = mains voltage

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

139

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Temperature
Temperature transducer

D W
H

IN

-

OUT

1
2

IN

I

POWER

DC
D

C

DC

5 OUT I

D
A

IN

6 POWER

3

OUT
+

Loop-powered,
programmable

4


Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers

– Two-wire transmitter for resistance
thermometers, thermocouples,
resistance-type, and voltage sensors
– Freely programmable via
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection.
You can implement your own measuring range settings, linearization, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149

Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000);
minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor
B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U;
minimum measurement range 50 K/500 K
(Resistance-type sensor from 10 Ω to 400 Ω and from 10 Ω to 2000 Ω;
minimum measurement range 10 Ω/100 Ω)

Thermocouple sensors
Resistor

Voltage
Output data
Output signal
Load RB

4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
(Max (Vsupply -12 V) / 0.023 A (current output))

Output signal with short-circuit

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output signal with open circuit
Measuring range overrange/underrange

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Transmission error

-10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)

Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors
Resistance-type sensors
Voltage sensor

Step response (10 - 90%)
Pickup delay
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

12 V DC ... 35 V DC
< 3.5 mA
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)
Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
±0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ±1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω)
±20 µV (-10...100 mV)
<2s
4s
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-40°C ... 85°C
Any
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-FL-T-LP-I

2864561

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR temperature measuring transducer, loop-powered
for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type, and
voltage sensors

140

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Temperature
Temperature transducer

D W
H

IN

OUT

1
2

IN

I
PT100

POWER

DC
D

C

DC

5 OUT I

D
A

IN

6 POWER

3

OUT

Loop-powered,
programmable

4


Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

– Two-wire transmitter for
Pt 100 resistance thermometers
– Freely programmable via
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection.
You can implement your own measuring range settings, linearization, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149

Input data
Resistance thermometers

Pt 100 ; minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor

Output data
Output signal
Load RB

4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
(Max (Vsupply -12 V) / 0.023 A (current output))

Output signal with short-circuit
Output signal with open circuit
Measuring range overrange/underrange

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Transmission error
Resistance thermometers
Step response (10 - 90%)
Pickup delay
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

12 V DC ... 35 V DC
< 3.5 mA
0.2 K
<2s
4s
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-40°C ... 85°C
Any
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24
CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-SL-PT100-LP-I

2864558

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR temperature measuring transducer, loop-powered
for Pt 100 resistance thermometer

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

141

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Temperature
Temperature head transmitter

IN

OUT

3
4

IN

POWER

I

DC
D

C

DC

1 OUT I

D
A

IN

2 POWER

5

OUT

Loop-powered,
programmable

6


Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers

– Two-wire transmitter for resistance
thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type, and voltage sensors
– For mounting in the connecting head,
form B
– Freely programmable via
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection.
You can implement your own measuring range settings, linearization, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149

Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000);
minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor
B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U;
minimum measurement range 50 K/500 K
(Resistance-type sensor from 10 Ω to 400 Ω and from 10 Ω to 2000 Ω;
minimum measurement range 10 Ω/100 Ω)

Thermocouple sensors
Resistor

Voltage
Output data
Output signal
Load RB

4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
(Max (Vsupply - 8 V) / 0.025 A (current output))

Output signal with short-circuit

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output signal with open circuit
Measuring range overrange/underrange

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Transmission error

-10 mV ... 75 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)

Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors
Resistance-type sensors
Voltage sensor

Step response (10 - 90%)
Pickup delay
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

8 V DC ... 35 V DC
< 3.5 mA
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)
Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
±0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ±1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω)
±20 µV (-10...100 mV)
<2s
6s
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP00, IP66 (integrated in the connecting head)
-40°C ... 85°C
Any
Polycarbonate, PC
0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 24 - 15
CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-FL-HT-T-I

2864529

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR temperature measuring transducer, loop-powered
for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type, and
voltage sensors

∅44
∅33

4

6

2

∅7

∅5

5

3

21

1

142

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Temperature
Temperature head transmitter

IN

OUT

3
4

IN

POWER

I
PT100

D
D

C

A

1

OUT I

2

IN
POWER

5

OUT

Loop-powered,
programmable

6


Ex: 
Technical data

– Two-wire transmitter for Pt 100
resistance thermometers
– For mounting in the connecting head,
form B
– Freely programmable via
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond.connection.
You can implement your own measuring range settings, linearization, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149

Input data
Resistance thermometers

Pt 100 ; minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor

Output data
Output signal
Load RB

4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
(Max (Vsupply - 10 V) / 0.023 A (current output))

Output signal with short-circuit
Output signal with open circuit
Measuring range overrange/underrange

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Transmission error
Step response (10 - 90%)
Pickup delay
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Resistance thermometers

10 V DC ... 35 V DC
< 3.5 mA
0.2 K
<2s
4s
IP00, IP54 (integrated in the connecting head)
-40°C ... 85°C
Any
Polycarbonate, PC
CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-SL-HT-PT 100-I

2864516

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR temperature measuring transducer, loop-powered
for Pt 100 resistance thermometer

1

∅44
∅33

4

6

2

∅7

∅5

5

3

21

1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

143

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Frequency
Frequency transducer

D W
H

NPN
PNP
Dry
Contact

U,I
IN

f,U,I

1
2

+8,2 V

3
4

f in

5
6

NPN
PNP
+15 V

DC
DC

Namur
IN

DC

GND 1

mC

A

OUT
0-10 V

7

U in

8

I in

0-20 mA

D

D
D

+24 V
GND

11

SW

12

GND

13

NC

14

I OUT

15
16

U OUT
GND 2

A

D
A

POWER

9
10

A

Programmable,
for frequencies of up to 120 kHz


Ex: 
Housing width 45 mm

Technical data

– Frequencies up to 120 kHz
– For NAMUR sensors, floating contacts,
frequency generators, and NPN/PNP
transistor outputs
– Analog and switching output
– 3-way isolation
– Programmable using membrane keypad or
software
– Display of input or output signal
Notes:
Further information about the configuration software can be found
on page 149
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Frequency range
Input sources

Transducer supply
Signal level

Maximum input signal
Signal form
Pulse length
Resolution
Signal conversion time
Input data
Input signal
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Resolution
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
Switching output

General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Step response (10 - 90%)
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Status indication
Operating elements
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada
GL

Frequency input
0.1 Hz ... 120 kHz
NPN/PNP transistor outputs
NAMUR initiators
Floating relay contact (dry contact)
Frequency generator
Approx. 15 V DC / max. 25 mA (constant)
2 VPP (In case of rectangle 0.1 Hz ... 120 kHz)
2 VPP (In case of sine 8 Hz ... 120 kHz)
13 VPP (In case of sine 1 Hz ... 120 kHz)
30 V (incl. DC voltage)
Any
≥ 1 µs
> 12 bit
≤ 32 ms
Isolating amplifier function
0 V ... 10 V (freely adjustable)
0 mA ... 20 mA (freely adjustable)
12 V
24 mA
95 kΩ
200 Ω
14 bit (full-scale)
14 bit (full-scale)
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
12.5 V
25 mA
≥ 500 Ω
≤ 500 Ω
< 20 mVPP
Transistor output, pnp
Switches supply voltage to terminal block SW, can carry a load of
100 mA, not protected against short-circuit

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 60 mA (without load, without switching output)
≤ 0.15% (of measured value), typ. 0.1%
0.015%/K, typ. 0.01%/K
±25% / ±25%
< 25 ms
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C (for specified data)
LC display
Membrane keypad with 3 keys and LCD display
ASA-PC (V0)
45 / 75 / 110 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D or non-hazardous locations
Germanischer Lloyd

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-F-UI-DC1)

2814605

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR frequency measuring transducer, for conversion of
frequencies into analog signals 0(4)...20 mA, 0...(5)10 V and
their inverse signals

144

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Connection examples for common frequency transmitters

7 U IN

bu

bk

4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

7 U IN

8 I IN

8 I IN

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN

Incremental rotary transducer with push-pull:
• Supply of the external signaling encoder
UB = 5-30 V DC

UB = 0 V DC

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN
4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN
4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

UB = 24 V DC

K1, K2, K0
K1, K2, K0

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN
4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN
4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V
7 U IN

7 U IN
UB = 0 V

• Supply of the signaling encoder from the module
15 V/25 mA

8 I IN

• Supply of the signaling encoder from the module

The external supply can
be picked off by
terminal blocks 9
+24VDC and 0 GND
as well.
Any 3-way isolation
then no longer applies.

15 V/25 mA

K1, K2, K0
K1, K2, K0

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN
4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

7 U IN

7 U IN

7 U IN

8 I IN

8 I IN

8 I IN

Application examples:
The MCR-F-UI-DC frequency
transducer converts the pulse signal into an
analog standard signal that provides
information about the numbers of bottles in
filling systems recorded in a defined time
unit.
For speed measurements, it is possible
to enter the measuring range in revolutions
per minute (rpm) and to display the current
measured value on the device.
The frequency measuring transducer has
an automatic measuring range selection
function (autorange) to ensure the best
possible resolution. This permits response
times to be reduced to a minimum and the
measured value is optimally adapted to the
input value.

MCR-f-UI-DC

Incremental rotary transducer with HTL logic:
• Supply of the external signaling encoder

8 I IN

MCR-f-UI-DC

bk

bn

4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

8 I IN

• With NPN transistor output

wh

bu

7 U IN

8 I IN

npn

bk

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN

7 U IN

7 U IN

bn

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN

bn
npn

• NPN transistor with pull-up resistance

MCR-f-UI-DC

• With NPN transistor output

MCR-f-UI-DC

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN

4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

bu

bn

4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

MCR-f-UI-DC

bk
wh

bu

8 I IN

MCR-f-UI-DC

pnp

bk

8 I IN

4-wire DC
• With PNP transistor output

bu

4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

8 I IN

4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

bn

bk

7 U IN

MCR-f-UI-DC

bu

pnp

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN

7 U IN

2-wire DC NAMUR sensor
bn

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN

bu

MCR-f-UI-DC

4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

bn

Terminal block 1
also possible instead
of terminal block 6.

MCR-f-UI-DC

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN

MCR-f-UI-DC

bu

3-wire DC
• PNP transistor with pull-down resistance

MCR-f-UI-DC

bn

3-wire DC
• With PNP transistor output

MCR-f-UI-DC

2-wire DC (mechanical contact)

Application example:
Flow measurement
1
2
3
4
NPN
PNP
Dry
Contact

5
6

+8,2 V

DC
DC

Namur
IN
F in

11 SW

GND 1

μC

NPN
PNP

0-10 V

7
8

24 V

13 NC
A

0-20 mA

12 GND

+15 V

NAMUR sensor

9 +24 V
10 GND

DC

U in

A

D
A

I in

14 I OUT

D

Mains voltage
15 U OUT

D
A

D

16 GND 2

Control system

Application example:
Measurement of revolutions of a drive
1
2
3
4
NPN
PNP
Dry
Contact

5
6

+8,2 V

DC
DC

Namur
IN
F in

11 SW

GND 1

μC

NPN
PNP

0-10 V

7
8

12 GND

U in

14 I OUT

D
A

D
A

I in

24 V

13 NC

+15 V

A

0-20 mA

9 +24 V
10 GND

DC

Mains voltage
15 U OUT

D
D

A

16 GND 2

NAMUR
Actuated:
 1.2 mA
Not actuated:  2.1 mA

Control system

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

145

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Programmable limit value switch

45

110

75

IN

,U,I,R

OUT

MCR-PSP-DC
POWER


(+) 24 VDC 1
POWER
2
(-) GND

– For thermocouple sensors, resistance
thermometers, and linear resistors
– For current or voltage signals
– Four independently adjustable switching
thresholds
– With or without electrical isolation of
input signals
– Programming via membrane keypad or
MCR-PICONF-WIN software
– Continuous measured value display

-

9

0000

10

MM
shield
IN

3
4

12
11
14

I (±)
12
U (±)
13 GND (±)
14
U (-)
15
U (+)
16
I
11

D

μC

5

A

OUT
22
21
24

Technical data
Input data
Input sources

Further information about the configuration software can be found
on page 149
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Measuring rate
Input resistance
Discontinuous control resolution
Switching output
Contact type

Current / voltage

Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Mechanical service life
Response delay
Status indication
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Test voltage input/power supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Status indication
Mounting
Housing material
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Description

6
7
8

E

Resistance thermometer 2, 3 or 4-conductor system (according to
DIN 43760/DIN IEC 751 or SAMA RC 21-4-1966), e.g., PT sensors,
Ni sensors, etc.
Thermocouple sensors (according to DIN IEC 584-1/DIN 43710):
B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U
Resistance: 0 kΩ ... 8 kΩ (only 2-conductor connection)
Current: - 30 mA...+30 mA
Voltage: - 30 V...+30 V
2 Hz
50 Ω / 200 kΩ
0.1°C / 0.01 V / 0.01 mA / 0.1 Ω
2 x PDT contact, / 2 switching points each, pick-up/drop-out
(can be switched)
AgNi 0,15 + HTV (hard gold-plated)
250 V AC
2 A AC
2 x 107 cycles
0 s ... 2 s (adjustable)
LED display
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 60 mA
0.1% (of final value)
≤ 0.01%/K
1 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
5-position 7-segment display and LEDs
Any
ABS
CE-compliant
cULus

Type

Order No.

MCR-PSP-DC1)
MCR-PSP1)

2811925
2811912

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR threshold value switch, with two relay contacts
With electrically isolated input

146

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Limit values,
threshold value switch

D W
H

OUT

IN

IN I/U 1
GND 1 2
GND 1 3

IN

U,I

3x

OUT

POWER

12
11
14

0

A B C

IN

4
5
6

7 OUT A
8 OUT B
9 OUT C
+ 24VDC
GND 2
12 GND 2

10

For either standard voltage or
standard current signals

11


Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

–
–
–
–
–

0 ... 10 V or 0 ... 20 mA input
Relay/transistor output
Limit indicator
Adjustable hysteresis
Monitoring of three signal statuses

Input data
Input signal
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Limit value setting
Setting range of the limit value
Setting range for the hysteresis

MCR-SWS-U1)
MCR-SWS-I1)
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
11 V
22 mA
≥ 100 kΩ
≤ 120 Ω
Setting potentiometer, scaled 270° potentiometer
0 V ... 10 V
0 A ... 20 mA
0.1 V ... 10 V
0.2 mA ... 20 mA
(setting accuracy: ±30 mV)
(setting accuracy: ±60 µA)

Internal hysteresis

±30 mV (around the lower/upper
switching point)

Switching output
Number of outputs
Output voltage
Continuous load current
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Mechanical service life
Error/status indicator
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Transistor output, pnp
3
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
100 mA
Relay output
1 PDT
AgNi 0,15 + HTV (hard gold-plated)
250 V AC (30 V DC)
2A
107 cycles

Notes:

±60 µA (around the lower/upper
switching point)

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
Typ. 60 mA
≤ 0.02%/K
< 25 ms
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant
UL 508 Recognized

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR threshold value switch, with adjustable hysteresis and
relay/transistor output
Input: 0..0.10 V
Input: 0(4) - 20 mA

MCR-SWS-U1)
MCR-SWS-I1)

2766465
2766478

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

147

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Setpoint value potentiometer
D W
H

Uref
IN

OUT
U

10 V

Sw

0V

0V


Housing width 30 mm

Technical data

– For direct setpoint definition in combination with a constant voltage source
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Resistance value
Linearity

EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN
4.7 kΩ ±20%
5% (of final value)

EMG 30-SP-10K LIN
10 kΩ ±20%
5% (of final value)

Load capacity
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG

1W

0.5 W

0°C ... 40°C
Any
Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F
30 / 75 / 68 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN
EMG 30-SP-10K LIN

2940252
2942124

10
10

2902822
2902823

1
1

Setpoint potentiometer, to set setpoints individually
Resistance value 4.7 kΩ
Resistance value 10 kΩ

Accessories
MCR constant voltage source
With screw connection
With spring-cage connection

148

PHOENIX CONTACT

MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-SP-NC1)

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Accessories
Configuration software package
The MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software package is used to configure and visualize all parameters for the programmable MCR measuring transducers.
– Straightforward menu interface
– Rapid programming
Notes:
The software runs under the following operating systems:
Windows NT™, 2000™, and XP™.

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MCR/PI-CONF-WIN

2814799

1

2814317

1

MCR configuration software, for programming MCR-T-...-,
MCR-...-LP-...-, MCR-...-HT-...-, MCR-S-...-, MCR-F-..., and
MCR-PSP-... modules, CD-ROM

Accessories
Labels, for labeling MCR-T and MCR-S modules, four sheets
DIN A4 marking labels (112 pieces.)

MCR-ET 38X35 WH

USB adapter cable
Software adapter cable
The following adapter cables are available
for programming:
– USB adapter cable
– Interface converter
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

The following modules are supported:
MCR-T-UI(-E)...
MCR-F-UI-DC
MCR-PSP...
MCR-FL-T-LP-I
MCR-SL-PT100-LP-I
MCR-FL-HT-T-I
MCR-SL-HT-PT100-I

Data cable

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

CM-KBL-RS232/USB

2881078

1

MCR-TTL-RS232-E

2814388

1

MCR-TTL-RS232

2814391

1

2309000

1

2761295

1

USB adapter cable,
D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB
Software adapter cable (stereo jack plug/25-pos. D-SUB),
1.2 m long, for programming MCR-T-..., MCR-S-..., and
MCR-F-... modules

Software adapter cable (6-pos./D-SUB 25-pos.), 1.5 m length,
for programming MCR-PSP modules

Software adapter cable, 2.4 m length, with USB connection,
for programming MCR-...-LP-... and MCR-...-HT-... modules
MCR-PAC-T-USB

Accessories
Adapter cable, stranded,
9-pos. D-SUB socket on 25-pos. D-SUB pin

PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

149

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Analog IN
standard signals

10 VDC/30 mA

1

GND 1 2

-

GND 1 3

μC

LATCH 4

U,I

IN

00000
IN

I 5
GND 2 6
U 7

A
D

0000

For standard analog signals, programmable

POWER


Housing width 48 mm

Technical data

– For 0 ... 10 V and 0(4) ... 20 mA standard
analog signals
– Programmable
– 5 positions displayed
– 8 mm LED, 7-segment
– Galvanically isolated
– Min./max. value saving
– Freely programmable decimal point
display
– Latch/hold function for storing the display
value
– Display 48 x 24 mm

Input data
Input signal
Maximum input signal
Input resistance

U input
0 ... 10 V
30 V DC
> 1 MΩ

Resolution
Measuring rate
Input latch signal
Switching level

1 mV
0.5 to 2 measurements/second
Display stop
4 V DC ... 30 V DC
0 V DC ... 2 V DC

1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)

I input
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
50 mA
(approx. 100 Ω with 5 mA /
approx. 70 Ω with 20 mA)
2 µA

Output data
Display
Number of the displayed positions
Accuracy

7-segment LED; 8 mm; red
5
< 0.1% ±1 digit (At an ambient temperature of 20°C)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Data memory

10 V DC ... 30 V DC
50 mA
EEPROM 1 mil. memory cycles or 10 years

Resolution A/D
System hum suppression
Test voltage input/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Control panel cutout
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

14 bit
Digital filtering 50/60 Hz
500 Vrms (50/60 Hz, 1 min.)
IP65 from the front
-10°C ... 50°C
Macrolon 2405
48 / 24 / 68 mm
22(+0.6)x45(+0.8) mm
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
CE-compliant
UL 508 Recognized

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR digital display, for measurement and display of
standard signals
MCR-SL-D-U-I

2864011

1

2810081

1

Accessories
MCR DIN rail adapter for digital displays in a 24 x 48 mm housing

150

PHOENIX CONTACT

59

max. 19,3

24

48

MCR-SL-D-RA

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Analog OUT
setpoint adjuster

0000

Uref
Iref

+10...30 V

1

GND 1

2

HOLD

4

GND 2

3

DC
DC

7
µC

OUT
IN

0000

6

D
A

5

0...12 V
U OUT
GND 3
I OUT
0...24 mA

With manual and automatic ramp function

POWER


Housing width 48 mm

Technical data

– Manual setpoint definition with step
width setting
– Manual setpoint definition via direct input
– Automatic setpoint definition with hold
function and 20 support points
– Highly adjustable 0 ... 12 V or 0 ... 24 mA
signal ranges
– Data backup in case of a power failure
– Display value parameterization
– Electrical isolation between output and
supply

Input data
Display
Number of the displayed positions
Switching level

1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)

Output data
Output signal
Length of step
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Test voltage output/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Control panel cutout
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

7-segment, 8 mm, red
4
4 V DC ... 30 V DC
0 V DC ... 2 V DC
U output
0 ... 12 V
10 mV
≥ 2 kΩ

I output
0 ... 24 mA
10 µA
≤ 500 Ω (Up to 20 mA)
≤ 400 Ω (> 20 mA)

≤ 10 mVPP
10 V DC ... 30 V DC
1 W (With 24 mA/12 V)
< 0.2% ((full-scale) at rated voltage)
500 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP65 from the front
-20°C ... 65°C
Macrolon 2405
48 / 24 / 68 mm
45(+0.6)x22.2(+0.3) mm
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
CE-compliant
UL 508 Recognized

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR digital setpoint encoder, for presetting current and
voltage signals
MCR-SL-D-SPA-UI

2710314

1

2810081

1

Accessories
MCR DIN rail adapter for digital displays in a 24 x 48 mm housing

MCR-SL-D-RA

59

max.19,3

24

48

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

151

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex

Highly compact – leading technology
MACX Analog Ex – single- and two-channel signal isolating amplifiers for intrinsically
safe circuits in the Ex area.
MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers ensure maximum system safety and explosion
protection within a minimum amount of
space. With a design width of just 12.5 mm,
this comprehensive range for analog signal
conditioning is approved according to ATEX
and IECEx and consistently SIL-certified.
Maximum explosion protection for all
Ex zones and gas groups
Many process technology systems have
areas where potentially explosive atmospheres may occur. As such, measuring and
control circuits are usually designed with intrinsic safety protection type Ex i.
MACX Analog Ex i isolating amplifiers and
measuring transducers isolate intrinsically
safe circuits from non-intrinsically safe circuits and safely limit the energy supplied to
the Ex area. Furthermore, they handle extensive signal conditioning tasks.
All MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers
are approved in accordance with the applicable ATEX and IECEx standards:
– [Ex ia] – for intrinsically safe circuits up to
Ex zone 0 and Ex zone 20
– Ex n – for installing devices in Ex zone 2
– In addition, relevant national approvals
152

PHOENIX CONTACT

such as UL and GOST are available.
Choose the right MACX Analog Ex
isolating amplifier for your application:
Analog IN
Measuring transducer repeater power
supply and input isolating amplifier for the
intrinsically safe operation of 2-wire transmitters, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and current sources.

Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifiers for the intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors
and switches.
Digital OUT
Solenoid drivers for the intrinsically safe
operation of solenoid valves and alarm
transmitters.

Analog OUT
Output isolating amplifiers for the intrinsically safe operation of control valves, I/P
converters, and displays.
Temperature
Configurable temperature transducers
for the intrinsically safe operation of resistance thermometers, remote resistancetype sensors, thermocouples, and mV
sources – with safe limit value relays as an
option.

DIN rail connector-compatible
The DIN rail connector enables the
modular bridging of the 24 V supply
voltage.

Wide-range power supply
The modules featuring a wide-range
power supply (...-UP) can be used in
all power supply networks the
world over without the need for additional power supply units.

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex

Significant space savings
– Housing width of just 12.5 mm for all single- and two-channel 24 V devices. Saves
up to 45% of space, when compared to
design widths up to 22.5 mm.

Easy-maintenance connection method:
– Plug-in connection terminal blocks with
screw connection or fast push-in technology – coded, with integrated sockets.

Flexible power bridging and diagnostics
– Supply voltage bridging and the option of
redundant, diode-decoupled supply and
error indication.

Easy configuration and monitoring
– Either via FDT/DTM or user-friendly
stand-alone software – with integrated
monitoring function.

Easy configuration
– Without software via DIP switches on the
device front or with the operator interface and display unit.

Precise transmission, long service life
– Patented circuit concepts ensure precise
transmission and minimal self-heating.

High operational reliability
– High operational reliability, thanks to safe
3-way electrical isolation.

Safe and reliable functions
– Consistent SIL certification. This ensures
the highest level of reliability and safety
for your systems.

Fast and error-free signal connection
– Compact termination carriers connect
MACX Analog Ex devices to the automation system – plug and play.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

153

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Facts about explosion protection
The chemical and petrochemical industries involve industrial processes which produce explosive atmospheres. They are
caused, for example, by gases, fumes or vapors. Explosive atmospheres are also likely
to occur in mills, silos, and sugar and fodder
factories due to the dust present there.
Therefore, electrical devices in potentially
explosive areas are subject to special directives.
Devices and protective systems in potentially explosive areas
European Parliament directive 94/9/EC of
March 23, 1994 (ATEX manufacturer directive) is of particular importance within
CENELEC (European Community and
Western European EFTA states). It is designed to facilitate the harmonization of legal provisions in the member states of the
European Union for devices and protective
systems in terms of ensuring correct use in
potentially explosive areas. Directive
94/9/EC must be applied to all explosionprotected devices and protective systems
placed on the market in the European
Union.
The scope of this directive also includes
safety, monitoring, and control devices
which are used outside of potentially explosive areas, but which are necessary for, or
contribute towards, the safe operation of
devices and protective systems with respect
to explosion hazards.
The term device includes machines,
equipment, stationary or mobile devices,
control components, and system accessories. The directive also covers alarm and
protection systems which are meant to be
used, either individually or in combination,
for the generation, transmission, storage,
measurement, control, and conversion of
energy as well as for processing materials
and which have the potential to ignite and
cause an explosion.
Protective systems are devices designed to stop an incipient explosion immediately and/or restrict the area affected by
the explosion, and which are placed on the
market separately as autonomous systems.

Components are defined as those parts
that are necessary for ensuring the safe operation of devices and protective systems,
but do not perform an autonomous function in themselves.
European directives are implemented in
ordinances or laws at a national level.
Systems in potentially explosive areas
Directive 1999/92/EC (ATEX Operator
Directive) was passed in Europe to regulate
the operation of systems in potentially explosive areas.
Terminology associated with the Ex area
Explosive atmosphere
A mixture of combustible gases, steam, vapors or dust and air in atmospheric conditions that allow the entire mixture to combust once ignited.
Potentially explosive area
An area where the atmosphere has the potential to explode due to local or operational conditions (“Ex area”).
Electrical equipment
The entire set of components, electric circuits or parts of electric circuits that are usually located within a single housing.
Intrinsically safe electrical equipment
An electrical device in which all circuits are intrinsically safe.
Note: these devices may be used directly in the Ex area.
Associated equipment
Electrical devices that contain both intrinsically safe and non-intrinsically safe circuits and that are designed in such a way that the non-intrinsically safe circuits cannot influence the intrinsically safe ones.
Note: associated electrical equipment must not be used directly in potentially explosive areas without additional protection defined by a further protection type.

Classification into groups
The general stipulations of EN 60079-0
divide electrical devices for potentially explosive areas into three groups.
Group I:
Electrical devices for firedamp areas
(mines) which are susceptible to pit gases
(methane) and/or combustible dusts (coal
dust).
Group II:
Electrical devices for operation in areas
where explosive gas atmospheres are likely

154

PHOENIX CONTACT

to occur, excluding mines susceptible to
firedamp.
This also includes devices for the chemical, petrochemical, and pharmaceutical industries as well as for waste water treatment.
Electrical devices are further divided into
subcategories according to the properties
of the explosive atmosphere.
In the case of the intrinsic safety protection type, classification is based on the minimum ignition energy of the gas or vapor.
Designation

Typical gas

Ignition energy/J
Intrinsic safety

II A
II B
II C

Propane
Ethylene
Hydrogen

> 180
60 ... 180
< 60

Group III:
Electrical devices for operation in areas
where explosive dust atmospheres are likely
to occur, excluding mines susceptible to
firedamp.
This includes devices for areas associated
with the food industry (mills, silos), for example.
Electrical devices are further divided into
subcategories according to the properties
of the explosive atmosphere.
Designation

Dusts

III A
III B
III C

Combustible flyings
Non-conductive dust
Conductive dust

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Classification into temperature classes

Zone classification

Categories

Simply dividing the various gases into explosion or gas groups according to their
minimum ignition energy is not sufficient to
describe the gases adequately with regard
to their explosive properties.
A gas may explode either when the ignition energy is exceeded or where there is
an excessively high temperature caused by a
hot surface. This ignition temperature is,
however, not usually linked to the ignition
energy, i.e., a gas with a low ignition energy
does not necessarily explode at a low temperature. Consequently, devices that are
used directly in potentially explosive atmospheres are divided into temperature classes. Temperature classes define the maximum surface temperature even in the event
of errors. Parallel to this, the gases are classified according to their different ignition
temperatures.

Potentially explosive areas are divided
into zones according to the probability of
their occurrence. The EN 60079-10-1 standard defines the zones containing explosive atmospheres as follows:

The ATEX Directive assigns devices for
use in potentially explosive areas to categories. In IEC 60079-0, “Equipment Protection
Level (EPL)” is the term used instead of
“category”.
In the same way that there are different
zones, there are also different device categories. These consist of categories M1 and
M2 for Group I and categories 1, 2, and 3 for
Group II. The categories for equipment
group II are described in more detail below:

Temperature class

Maximum permis- Ignition temperasible surface
tures of combustible
temperature of
substances
equipment
°C

°C

T1

450

> 450

T2

300

> 300  450

T3
T4

200
135

> 200  300
> 135  200

T5
T6

100
85

> 100  135
> 85  100

The following table provides an overview
of the ignition energies and ignition temperatures for certain gases:
Substance

Tign

Temperature
class

Emin

Zone 0:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
present for continuous or long periods.
These conditions are usually present inside containers, pipelines, apparatus, and
tanks.
Zone 1:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
to be expected only occasionally during
normal operation.
This includes the immediate area surrounding zone 0, as well as areas close to
filling and emptying equipment.
Zone 2:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
not expected during normal operation;
however, if it does occur, then it does so
only rarely and for a short period.
Zone 2 includes areas that are used exclusively for storage, areas around pipe connections that can be disconnected, and generally the immediate area surrounding
zone 1.
Areas that are potentially explosive as a
result of combustible dusts are divided
into the following zones according to EN
60079-10-2 (formerly: EN 61241-10):

Group

Ethoxyethane

170

T4

190

II B

Ethylene
Ammonia

425
630

T2
T1

82
14000

II B
II A

Butane
Methane

365
595

T2
T1

250
280

II A
I

Propane

470

T1

250

II A

Carbon disulfide
Hydrogen

95
560

T6
T1

9
16

II C
II C

Zone 20:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
present for continuous, frequent or long periods in the form of an airborne cloud of
combustible dust.
Zone 21:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere in
the form of an airborne cloud of combustible dust is to be expected only occasionally
during normal operation.
Zone 22:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere in
the form of an airborne cloud of combustible dust is not expected during normal operation. However, if it does occur, then it
does so only for a short period.

Category 1:
Devices constructed to guarantee a very
high degree of safety.
Devices in this category must guarantee
the required degree of safety even in the unlikely event of a device failure and therefore
be provided with measures to protect
against explosion, so that:
– In the event of one integrated protection
measure failing, a second, independent
protection measure is able to guarantee
the necessary safety.
– In the event of two independent errors,
the necessary safety is guaranteed.
Category 2:
Devices constructed to guarantee a very
high degree of safety.
The explosion protection measures associated with this category guarantee the required degree of safety, even in the case of
frequent device failures or common error
states.
Category 3:
Devices constructed to guarantee a standard degree of safety.
Devices in this category guarantee an adequate degree of safety in normal operation.
The table below shows which categories
are assigned to which zones:
Category

For Zone

Also possible

1

0
20

1 and 2
21 and 22

2

1
21

2
22

3

2
22

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

155

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Protection types
Protection principle

Protection type

Oil immersion
Sand filling

Isolation

o
q

Standard

Transformers, relays, startup controls, switching devices

EN 60079-6

Transformers, relays, capacitors

EN 60079-5

Coils of relays and motors, electronics, solenoid valves, connection systems

EN 60079-18

p

Control cabinets, motors, measuring and analysis devices, computers

EN 60079-2

Flameproof enclosure

d

Motors, switching devices, power electronics

EN 60079-1

Increased safety

e

Terminal blocks, housing, lights, motors

EN 60079-7

Electronics, measurement and control

EN 60079-11

i*

Electronic systems

EN 60079-25

Fieldbus systems

EN 60079-27

Motors, housing, lights, electronics

EN 60079-15

Molded encapsulation

m*

Exclusion

Pressurized enclosure

Special mechanical design

Clearance from electrically
conductive parts

Intrinsic safety
Energy limitation

Area of application (selection)

Intrinsically safe systems
Intrinsically safe fieldbus systems

Improved industrial quality
nA: non-sparking
nC: sparking equipment
nR: restricted breathing housing
nL: energy-limited
nP: simplified pressurized enclosures

Protection type “n”

n**

* ia, ma: application in zone 0, 1, 2 / ib, mb: application in zone 1, 2 / ic, mc: application in zone 2 only

Marking according to
ATEX Directive

Designation according to
EN 60079-0

Current year of manufacture


0344

10



II (1) G

EC-type examination certificate

Associated electrical
equipment

Conformity assessment according to ATEX Directive
94/9/EC
Associated electrical equipment

** Application in zone 2 only

Intrinsic safety

IBExU 08 ATEX 1069

[Ex ia Ga] IIC
Increased safety


0344

10



II

2 G

Ex e IIC T6 Gb
Certificate number
Atmosphere
(G = Gas, D = Dust)

Equipment category
(1, 2, 3)

Equipment group
(I, II)

Notified body, production
monitoring (e.g., KEMA)

 mark does not apply to components.

156

PHOENIX CONTACT

Equipment protection level (EPL)
(Ga, Gb, Gc, Da, Db, Dc)
Temperature class,
for equipment used directly
in the Ex area (T1 ... T6)

Type-tested according to
94/9/EC

Year of EC-type examination
certificate
Gas group
(IIA, IIB, IIC) or
Dust group
(IIIA, IIIB, IIIC)
Protection type
(ia, ib, ic, e, d, ...)
Explosion-protected

Notified body

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Solenoid drivers for controlling solenoid valves
In order to control intrinsically safe Ex i
solenoid valves, you have to have an intrinsically safe control circuit. This is provided
by the solenoid drivers that are available
from Phoenix Contact.
The following must be taken into account
when dimensioning your intrinsically safe
control circuit:
– Valve
– Cable with corresponding resistance
– Solenoid driver
As a result, it may be the case that not all
valves are compatible with the solenoid
drivers.

Below is an extract from a table showing
possible combinations of valves and solenoid drivers.
A complete and updated list (along with
details of the technical data of suitable
valves, the maximum cable lengths, and the
maximum cable resistances of the individual
combinations) can be found on the Internet
at:
www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Example circuit
Ex area

PLC

Intrinsically safe
equipment
 II 1 G
Ex ia IIB T6

Valves overview
Type designation

Ex certificate

ASCO

Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Piezo
Piezo
Coil VZ07
Coil VZ33
Coil VZ08
Coil VZ09
Coil VZ95
Coil VZ23
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Pilot valve
Pilot valve
Pilot valve
Solenoid

LCIE 08 ATEX 6083
INERIS 03 ATEX 0249X
INERIS 03 ATEX 0249X
PTB 01 ATEX 2101
PTB 01 ATEX 2101
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
PTB 01 ATEX 2175

FESTO
Norgren Herion

Hörbiger
Parker

Samson

Seitz

Associated equipment, e.g.,
MAC MCR-EX-SL-SD-...
 II (1) GD [Ex ia] IIC

INTERFACE Ex solenoid driver

Manufacturer

Bürkert

Safe area

195
302 (12 V)
302 (24 V)
AC 10, standard
AC 10, high-resistance
AC 21, standard
AC 21, high-resistance
AC 21, standard
AC 21, high-resistance
AC 21, standard
AC 21, high-resistance
G1 642735, standard
G1 642735, high-resistance
G1 642735, standard
G1 642735, high-resistance
G1 642735, standard
G1 642735, high-resistance
MFH-...IA-SA-EX GBXE022AIAD03
(J)MFH-...BIA-SA-EX GBXE022AIAD03
2050
2051
2052
2053
2085
2086
3039
2003
P8 38x RF-Nx-SPN65
P20 381RF-NG-CPN61
488650.01
494035.10
488660.01
488670.01
482160.01
482870.01
3701-11 (6 V)
3701-12 (12 V)
3701-13 (24 V)
3963-11 (6 V)
3963-12 (12 V)
3963-13 (24 V)
3964-11 (6 V)
3964-12 (12 V)
3964-13 (24 V)
3965-11 (6 V)
3965-12 (12 V)
3965-13 (24 V)
3967-11 (6 V)
3967-12 (12 V)
3967-13 (24 V)
PV 12F73 Ci oH
PV 12F73 Xi oH
PV 12F73 Xi oH-2
11 G 52

PTB 01 ATEX 2173
PTB 01 ATEX 2173
PTB 01 ATEX 2173
PTB 01 ATEX 2173
PTB 03 ATEX 2097
PTB 03 ATEX 2097
PTB 07 ATEX 2019
PTB 07 ATEX 2019
PTB 07 ATEX 2019
PTB 07 ATEX 2019
PTB 06 ATEX 2001 U
PTB 06 ATEX 2001 U
PTB 03 ATEX 2134
PTB 04 ATEX 2010
DMT 01 ATEX E026X
DMT 01 ATEX E025X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
PTB 02 ATEX 2178
PTB 02 ATEX 2178
PTB 02 ATEX 2178
PTB 01 ATEX 2085
PTB 01 ATEX 2085
PTB 01 ATEX 2085
PTB 02 ATEX 2047
PTB 02 ATEX 2047
PTB 02 ATEX 2047
PTB 05 ATEX 2044X
PTB 05 ATEX 2044X
PTB 05 ATEX 2044X
PTB 06 ATEX 2027
PTB 06 ATEX 2027
PTB 06 ATEX 2027
PTB 99 ATEX 2146
PTB 00 ATEX 2030
PTB 00 ATEX 2030
PTB 01 ATEX 2020

Condition

MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EXSL-SD-21-25-LP SL-SD-21-40-LP SL-SD-24-48-LP SL-SD-21-60-LP

700 mW / 65°C
700 mW / 65°C
900 mW / 45°C
900 mW / 45°C
900 mW / 60°C
900 mW / 60°C
600 mW / 50°C
600 mW / 50°C
800 mW / 40°C
800 mW / 40°C
1000 mW / 40°C
1000 mW / 40°C

30 V type
30 V type

EEx ia IIB T6

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

157

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Safety-related function for the Ex
area
The term SIL (safety integrity level) is becoming more and more significant in the
field of process technology. It defines the requirements that a device or a system is expected to fulfill so that the failure probability can be specified. The aim is to achieve
maximum possible operational reliability. If a
device or system fails, a defined state is attained. Standard-based inspections are carried out to determine statistical probability.
Application of SIL on the basis of
EN 61508 and EN 61511
The SIL standard is used for a wide range
of industries within the process industry, including the chemical industry, refineries, oil
and gas production, paper manufacturing,
and conventional power generation. In addition to functional safety requirements, systems in potentially explosive areas are also
subject to Ex standards EN 60079-0 ff.
EN 61508: “Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems”
This standard describes the requirements
that the manufacturer has to bear in mind
when producing devices or systems.
EN 61511: “Functional safety - Safety
instrumented systems for the process
industry sector”
Standard EN 61511 describes the requirements for achieving systems with functional
safety.
Compliance with the standard is determined by operators, owners, and planners
on the basis of safety plans and national regulations. In addition, the standard also describes the requirements for using a device
in an application on the basis of its proven
effectiveness (proven in use).

SIL marking on devices
The products in the MACX range from
Phoenix Contact, which have been developed in accordance with EN 61508, are
marked with the designation SIL 2 or SIL 3.
This indicates clearly that the devices may
be suitable for safety instrumented functions (SIF).
To determine whether they can actually

be used, you need to calculate the sum of
the probability failure values for all the devices in the signal circuit. The values required for this can be found in the safety
manual accompanying any SIL product.

Overview of terms from SIL standards EN 61508 and EN 61511
SIL

Safety integrity level
One of four discrete levels for the specification of requirements for the safety integrity of safety instrumented functions, which are assigned to the E/E/PE safety
instrumented systems, where SIL 4 is the highest and SIL
1 the lowest level.

EUC

Equipment under control
Equipment, machines, devices or systems used in production, materials processing or transport.

MTBF

Mean Time Between Failures
The expected mean time between failures.

PFD

Probability of failure on demand
The probability of a failure on demand.
Describes the probability of a safety instrumented system failing to perform its function when required.

PFDavg

158

PHOENIX CONTACT

Average probability of failure on demand
The average probability of the function failing on demand.

E/E/PES

Electrical/electronic/programmable electronic
systems
This term is used for all electrical devices or systems
which can be used to execute a safety instrumented
function. It includes simple electrical devices and all types
of programmable logic controllers (PLCs).

PFH

Probability of dangerous failure per hour
Describes the probability of a dangerous failure occurring per hour.

SFF

Safe failure fraction
Describes the proportion of harmless failures. This is the
ratio of the rate of safe failures plus the rate of diagnosed
or detected faults in relation to the total failure rate of
the system.

SIF

Safety instrumented function
Describes the safety instrumented functions of a system.

SIS

Safety instrumented system
An SIS (safety instrumented system) consists of one or
more safety instrumented functions. An SIL requirement
is applicable for each of these safety instrumented functions.

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
SIL inspection
The complete signal path must be taken
into account during the SIL inspection. The
example shows how in a typical safety application the calculation is based on average
failure probabilities of individual devices.
Table 2 of standard EN 61508-1 describes
the relationship between the average failure
probability and the attainable SIL. Here, the
level required determines the overall budget
for the sum of all PFD values.

A system with a single-channel structure
with a low demand rate is used as an example; for SIL 2 the average PFD value is between 10-3 and < 10-2.

The INTERFACE Analog and INTERFACE
Ex product ranges include products that
meet the requirements for explosion protection as well as functional safety.

Operating mode with a low demand rate

Safety integrity
level
SIL

(average probability of the specified function failing
on demand)

4

 10-5 to < 10-4

3

 10-4 to < 10-3

2

 10-3 to < 10-2

1

 10-2 to < 10-1

Safety integrity level: failure limit values for a safety function which is operated in an operating mode with a low demand rate.

Example:
A sensor and actuator are assembled in
the field and are exposed to chemical and
physical loads (process medium, pressure,
temperature, vibration, etc.). Accordingly,
these components have a high risk of failure:
– The sensor accounts for 25% of the overall
PFD
– The actuator accounts for 40% of the
overall PFD
Neither the failsafe controller nor the interface modules come into contact with the
process medium and both are usually located in a protected control cabinet:
– The failsafe controller accounts for 15% of
the overall PFD
– Each of the interface modules accounts for
10% of the overall PFD

Error distribution in the closed-loop control circuit

Sensor
Sensor

PFD1

Digital
input

Digital
output

Analog
input

Controller

PFD2

PFD3

10%
Signal path

35%
Sensors and signal path

Analog
output

PFD4

Actuator
Actuator

PFD5

10%
Signal path

15%
SPLC

50%
Actuator and signal path

Typically, the values form the basis for a
calculation.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

159

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

AI
passive
4.2 - 4.2
4.1

+

4.1

3.2

3.2

3.1

3.1

2.2
2.1

I

I

5.1

OUT

+

+

-

2.1

5.2 - 5.2

POWER

-

active

250 W

GND

5.1

IN

+24V

3.2

+

1.2
1.1

2.2

-

Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier

Power

POWER

GND +24V

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 2

2.1

+

 Functional safety
Ex:    // Applied for: GL
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of intrinsically
safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers,
and mA current sources installed in Ex areas.
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia]
(powered or not powered)
– 0/4...20 mA output (active or passive)
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– Terminal point with 250 Ω resistor to increase the HART impedance in the case
of low-impedance systems
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop
Output data
Output signal

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
< 600 Ω
< 20 mVrms

Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Under-/overload range
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 60 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
as per NE 43
Input/output/power supply

Input/output
Input/power supply
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
25.2 V
93 mA
587 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-SP1)

2865340
2924016

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

160

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

AI
passive
4.2 - 4.2
4.1

+

3.2

3.2

3.1

3.1

OUT 1
4.1

OUT1

2.2

I
POWER

I

2.1

I

OUT2

5.1

+

GND

5.1

IN

+24V

1.2

+

passive

OUT 2
5.2 - 5.2

-

2.2
2.1

+

Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier,
with two electrically isolated outputs

1.1

Power

POWER

GND +24V

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 2

Functional safety
Ex:  
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of intrinsically
safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers,
and mA current sources installed in Ex areas.
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia]
(powered or not powered)
– Two electrically isolated 0/4 ... 20 mA
(active) outputs
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals (both outputs)
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop
Output data
Output signal (Per output)
Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Under-/overload range
Electrical isolation

4 mA ... 20 mA / 0 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.9 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
< 450 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 75 mA (24 V DC/ 20 mA)
< 1.45 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
as per NE 43
Input/output/power supply

Input/output
Input/power supply
Output 1/output 2
Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication (Per output)
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Green LED (PWR supply voltage)
Yes
HART
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
25.2 V
93 mA
587 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP1)

2865366
2924236

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

161

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

AI
passive
4.2 - 4.2
CH1
+
4.1
4.1

3.2

3.2

CH1

active

3.1

3.1

HHT

+
HHT
passive

POWER
IN
POWER
IN

I
I

I
I

5.2 - 5.2
CH2
+
5.1
5.1

OUT
OUT

2.2 2.2
CH2

active

2.1

HHT

GND
+24V
Power

POWER

2.1

-

+
HHT

1.2

2-channel repeater power supply
1.1

GND +24V

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Repeater power supply for the operation
of intrinsically safe (Ex i) 2-conductor measuring transducers installed in the Ex area.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

2-channel
4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia] (powered)
4 ... 20 mA output (active)
Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
Safe 3-way electrical isolation
Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Installation in zone 2 permitted

Notes:
Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail
connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found
from page 182
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Underload/overload signal range
Output data
Output signal
Load
Underload/overload signal range
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Electrical isolation

Per channel
4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
0 mA ... 24 mA
Per channel
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
450 Ω (at 20 mA)
0 mA ... 24 mA
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 100 mA (24 V / 20 mA)
< 1.4 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
Input/output/power supply

Input/output
Input/power supply
Output 1/output 2
Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
25.2 V
93 mA
587 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc

IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)

[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
SIL 2, PL d

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I-SP

2865382
2924676

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, 2-channel, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

162

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Analog IN
Repeater power supply with wide
range power supply, Ex i
IN

Sensor / Field

OUT

PLC / DCS

AI
- 4.2
+

4.1

passive
4.3
4.2

250 W

3.2

S1

3.2
3.1

I

I

+

OUT

3.3
4.2

24...230 V –
~
AC/DC

IN

+

active

- 4.3

POWER

-

3.1
250 W

4.1

3.3

S2

-

1.2
1.1

3.2

+

Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier,
wide-range power supply

POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 2

 Functional safety
Ex:    // Applied for: GL
Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data

Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of intrinsically
safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers,
and mA current sources installed in Ex areas.
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia]
(powered or not powered)
– Output 0/4...20 mA (active or passive),
0/1...5 V, can be switched via the
DIP switch
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– 250 Ω resistor that can be activated via
DIP switches to increase the HART impedance in the case of low-impedance
systems
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information on marking material can be found on page 127
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Under-/overload range
Electrical isolation

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
0 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%)
1 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%)
< 600 Ω (I output)
< 20 mVrms
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 80 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 1.6 W
< 0.01%/K
< 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
as per NE 43

Input/output/power supply

Input/output
Input/power supply
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
25.2 V
93 mA
587 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP1)

2865793
2924029

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

163

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Analog OUT
Output isolating amplifier, Ex-i

OUT

Sensor / Field

IN

PLC / DCS

AO
-

P
+

+

OUT

I

I

IN

+

POWER

4.2 - 4.2
4.1

+

3.2

3.2
+

4.1

3.1

3.1

4.2
4.1

GND

4.2

+24V
4.1

1.2
1.1

Power

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2

GND +24V

Zone 2
Div. 2

  Functional safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Output isolating amplifier for controlling
intrinsically safe (Ex-i) I/P converters,
control valves, and indicators installed in
Ex areas.
– 0/4...20 mA input
– 0/4...20 mA output, [Ex ia] IIC
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– Line fault detection (LF)
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184

Input data
Input signal
Input voltage
Input impedance in the event of a cable break at the output
Output data
Output signal
Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Maximum transmission error
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply

Output/input
Output/power supply
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
5.4 V (at 20 mA)
> 100 kΩ (If there is a line fault)
0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
< 800 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 46 mA (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 140 µs
< 0.1% (of final value)
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
27.7 V
92 mA
633 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I-SP

2865405
2924032

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Output isolating amplifier, smart, output intrinsically safe
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

164

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Temperature transducer, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

AI
ϑ

IN

I

ϑ

ϑ

4.2

4.2

μC
4.1

4.1

5.2

5.2

5.1

5.1

3.2

3.2

3.1

3.1

μC

OUT

GND
+24V

passive
+

1.2

For resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors

1.1

Power

POWER

GND +24V

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 2


Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Programmable temperature transducer
for intrinsically safe operation of resistance
thermometers and resistance-type sensors
installed in Ex areas. The measured values
are converted into a linear 0 ... 20 mA or
4 ... 20 mA signal.
– Input for resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors, [Ex ia]
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):
Sensor type, connection method, measuring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm
signal, and output range
– Programming during operation with Ex
measuring circuit connected and also voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER
programming adapter
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key, see page 167
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Resistor
Cable resistance
Sensor input current
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal
Load
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
0 Ω ... 2000 Ω
50 Ω per line
(200 μA ... 1 mA)
min. 50 K
0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
max. 500 Ω
As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
< 50 µAPP
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 40 mA (24 V DC)
<1W
0.01%/K
Typ. 800 ms (With SIL)
max. 1200 ms (With SIL)
Typ. 700 ms (Without SIL)
max. 1100 ms (Without SIL)
0.05% x 100 [K] / measuring range span [K] + 0.05%
±5% / ±5%

Transmission error, total
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply

Input/output
Input/power supply
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
5% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage, PWR)
Red LED, flashing (line, sensor error, ERR)
Red LED (module error, ERR)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
6V
6.3 mA
9.4 mW
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 TÜV Rheinland 968/EZ374.00/09

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Description

Type

Order No.

Temperature measuring transducers for
resistance thermometers, intrinsically safe input
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Spring-cage conn.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-NC1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC1)

2865939
2924142
2865573
2924168

1
1
1
1

2811271

1

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

165

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Temperature transducer, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

AI
4.2
4.1

IN

I

+

4.2

μC

3.2

3.2

3.1

3.1

μC

4.1

OUT

GND
+24V

passive
+

1.2

For thermocouples and mV sources

1.1

Power

POWER

GND +24V

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2
Div. 2

Div. 1,2


Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Programmable temperature transducer
for intrinsically safe operation of thermocouples and mV sources installed in Ex areas. The measured values are converted
into a linear 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA signal.
– Input for thermocouples and mV sources,
[Ex ia]
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):
Sensor type, connection method, measuring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm
signal, and output range
– Programming during operation with Ex
measuring circuit connected and also voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER
programming adapter
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key, see page 167
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Thermocouple sensors

E, J, K, N as per IEC / EN 60584, L as per DIN 43760

Voltage
Measuring range span

-20 mV ... 70 mV
(Min. 50 K for thermocouples, 3 mV for mV sources)

Output data
Output signal
Load
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
max. 500 Ω
As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
< 50 µAPP
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 40 mA (24 V DC)
<1W
0.01%/K
Typ. 800 ms (With SIL)
max. 1200 ms (With SIL)
Typ. 700 ms (Without SIL)
max. 1100 ms (Without SIL)
0.05% x 200 [K]/Measuring range span [K] + 0.05%
±1 K
±5% / ±5%

Transmission error, total
Cold junction errors
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply

Input/output
Input/power supply
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
5% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage, PWR)
Red LED, flashing (line, sensor error, ERR)
Red LED (module error, ERR)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6V
4.7 mA
7 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 TÜV Rheinland 968/EZ374.00/09

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Description

Type

Order No.

Temperature measuring transducers for thermocouples,
intrinsically safe input
Order configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I-NC1)

2865942
2865586

1
1

2811271

1

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

166

PHOENIX CONTACT

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Order key and temperature ranges
for MACX-MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I(-SP)
temperature transducer
Order key for MACX-MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I(-SP) temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.

Sensor type

2865939

/

2865939 =
MACX MCR-EXSL-RTD-I

Safety integrity level
(SIL)

PT100

/

Connection
technology

ON

/

ON
= active
NONE = not active

see below

Measuring range:
Start
End

3

/

0

2 = 2-conductor

/

100

see below

Measuring
unit
/

C
C =
F =
O =

see below

3 = 3-conductor
ON only with output range
= OUT02

2924142 =
MACX MCR-EXSL-RTD-I-SP

Output range

/

OUT02

Filter
Oversampling
/

10

OUT01 = 0...20 mA

°C
°F


Filter
Moving average value

1
3
5
7
10
20

OUT02 = 4...20 mA

4 = 4-conductor

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

1

1 value
3 values
5 values
7 values
10 values
20 values

1
2
3
4

=
=
=
=

/ ...

1 value
2 values
3 values
4 values

Smallest measuring
range span
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

RES01
PT50
PT100
PT200
PT500
PT100S
PT500S
NI100DIN
NI500DIN
CU50
CU53

Resistor
Pt 50 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 500 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760
Ni 500 acc. to DIN 43760
CU50 acc. to GOST 6651 ( = 1.428)
CU53 acc. to GOST 6651 ( = 1.426)

Alarm signal
Short circuit/
overrange
... /

0
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-60
-60
-50
-50

Alarm signal
Sensor break/
underrange

I035

/

25 
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Factory calibration certificate = FCC

I215

I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA


°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

2000
850
850
850
850
600
600
250
250
200
180

/

NONE

I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:

NONE = without FCC
YES
= with FCC (a fee is charged)
YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a
fee is charged)

9

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

I035 only with output range = OUT02
Alarm signals can also be configured individually using software.

Order key and temperature ranges
for MACX-MCR-EX-SL-TC-I
temperature transducer
Order key for MACX-MCR-EX-SL-TC-I temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.

Sensor type

2924942

/

MACX MCR-EXSL-TC-I

J

Safety integrity level
(SIL)
/

ON

Cold junction compensation
/

ON
= active
NONE = not active

see below

1

Measuring range:
Start
End
/

1 = switched on

0
see below

/

1000
see below

0 = switched off
(e.g., for mV voltage measurement)

ON only with output range
= OUT02

Measuring
unit
/

Output range

C

/

C = °C
F = °F
V = mV

OUT02
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA

Filter
Oversampling
/

Filter
Moving average value

10
1
3
5
7
10
20

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

1 value
3 values
5 values
7 values
10 values
20 values

1
1
2
3
4

=
=
=
=

/ ...

1 value
2 values
3 values
4 values

Smallest measuring
range span
V03
E
J
K
N
L

=
=
=
=
=
=

Voltage (mV)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi)

Alarm signal
Overrange
... /

I035
I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

-20
-250
-210
-250
-250
-200

Alarm signal
Sensor break/
underrange
/

+70
1000
1200
1372
1300
900

mV
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

3 mV
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Factory calibration certificate = FCC

I215

/

I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

NONE
NONE = without FCC
YES
= with FCC (a fee is charged)
YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a
fee is charged)

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
9

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

I035 only with output range = OUT02
Alarm signals can also be configured individually using software.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

167

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Temperature transducer, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS
passive

-

ϑ
ϑ

+

4.3

4.3

4.2

4.2

4.1

4.1

U,I
IN

OUT

I

3.3

U OUT

3.3 -

3.3

OUT 3.2

3.2

+
3.1

4.3

2.3

2.3

4.2

2.2

2.2

11

4.1

2.1

2.1

12

Poti
ϑ

GND

3.1

5.3

5.3

5.2

5.2

5.1

5.1

μC

TC

S-PORT

RTD

+

14

DI

NC 1.3
Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

1.2

Universal, with switching output,
wide-range power supply

1.1

POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Functional safety
Ex:  
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Universal temperature transducer with
freely configurable properties for intrinsically safe operation of resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type
sensors, and potentiometers installed in
Ex areas
– Input for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, potentiometers, and mV sources, [Ex ia]
– Measure differential temperatures
– Freely programmable input and output
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
– Relay switching output
– Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or
IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit
– Programming during operation with
Ex measuring circuit connected and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROGADAPTER programming adapter
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method
– Cold junction compensation with separate connector
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG

Resistor
Potentiometer
Voltage
Output data
Output signal

0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
-1000 mV ... 1000 mV
U output
I output
4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)

Maximum output signal
Load RB
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
General data
Supply voltage range
Power consumption
Temperature coefficient
Transmission error, total
Electrical isolation

±11 V
22 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
≤ 600 Ω (20 mA)
According to NE 43 or freely configurable
Switching output
1 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
30 V AC (30 V DC)
0.5 A (30 V AC) / 1 A (30 V DC)
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 1.5 W
0.01%/K
< 0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
Input/output/power supply
Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/switching output
Output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

-20°C ... 65°C
Typ. 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)

[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc
SIL 2, PL d

6V
7.4 mA
11 mW
CE-compliant

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

Ordering data

Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the
associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on
page 118
Description
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP1)
MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP1)
MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-C1)
MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP-C1)

2865654
2924689
2811763
2924692

1
1
1
1

2811271

1

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
Temperature transducer, intrinsically safe input
Standard configuration
Standard configuration
Order configuration
Order configuration

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

168

PHOENIX CONTACT

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Order key for MACX-MCR-EX-T-UI-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.

2811763
2811763 =
MACX MCR-EXT-UI-UP-C

Safety integrity level
(SIL)
/

ON
ON

= active

Sensor type

/

PT100

Connection
technology
/

Cold junction
compensation

4

/

2 = 2-conductor

see below

NONE = not active

0
0 = off, e.g., with
RTD, R, potentiometer, mV

Measuring range:
Start
End
/

-50

/

see below

150
see below

3 = 3-conductor
2924692 =
MACX MCR-EXT-UI-UP-SP-C

Measuring
unit
/

C
C
F
O
P
V

/

= °C
= °F
= 
= %
= mV

1 = on, e.g., with TC

ON only with output
range = OUT02

4 = 4-conductor

Output range

OUT02
OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT16 = 0...10 mA
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT25 = 1...5 mA
OUT26 = 2...10 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
OUT05 = 0...5 V
OUT03 = 0...10 V
OUT06 = 1...5 V
OUT04 = 2...10 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V
Others can be freely
configured in the software

Factory calibration
certificate = FCC
/

NONE
NONE

YES

= without FCC

= with FCC (a fee is
charged)

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)

Smallest measuring Other setting options can be configured
with the IFS-CONF software:
range span
Resistance thermometers (RTD)
Others can be selected or freely configured in the software.

PT100
PT200
PT500
PT1000
PT100S
PT1000S
PT100G
PT1000G
PT100J
PT1000J
NI100
NI1000
NI100S
NI1000S
NI1000L
CU10
CU50
CU100
CU53
KTY81
KTY84

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 1000 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt 1000 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt 100 acc. to JIS C1604/1997
Pt 1000 acc. to JIS C1604/1997
Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751
Ni 1000 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751
Ni 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr)
Cu 10 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Cu 50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428)
Cu 100 acc. to GOST 6651-20091 ( = 0.00428)
Cu 53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00426)
KTY81-110 (Philips)
KTY84-130 (Philips)

-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-60
-60
-60
-60
-50
-70
-50
-50
-50
-55
-40

850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
250
250
180
180
160
500
200
200
180
150
300

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
100 K
100 K
100 K
100 K
20 K
20 K

500
-230
-210
-250
-250
-50
-50
-200
-200
-200
0
0
0
0
0
-200
-200

1820
1000
1200
1372
1300
1768
1768
400
900
600
2315
2315
2500
1800
1800
100
800

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Thermocouples (TC)
Others can be selected in the software.

B
E
J
K
N
R
S
T
L
U
CA
DA
A1G
A2G
A3G
MG
LG

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi)
C ASTM JE988 (2002)
D ASTM JE988 (2002)
A-1 GOST 8.585-2001
A-2 GOST 8.585-2001
A-3 GOST 8.585-2001
M GOST 8.585-2001
L GOST 8.585-2001

Remote resistance-type sensors (R)
(2, 3, 4-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.

RES03
RES05
RES06
RES09
RES10
RES12

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...150  resistor
0...600  resistor
0...1200  resistor
0...6250  resistor
0...12500  resistor
0...50000  resistor

0
0
0
0
0
0

150
600
1200
6250
12500
50000








10% of the selected
measuring range

Potentiometers
(3-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.

POT03
POT05
POT06
POT09
POT10
POT12

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...150  potentiometer
0...600  potentiometer
0...1200  potentiometer
0...6250  potentiometer
0...12500  potentiometer
0...50000  potentiometer

0
0
0
0
0
0

100
100
100
100
100
100

%
%
%
%
%
%

10% of the selected
measuring range

Voltage signals (mV)
Others can be selected in the software.

V04

-1000

+1000

mV

= Voltage (mV)

- Freely configurable user characteristic curve
with 30 interpolation points
- Output behavior in the event of a short circuit,
sensor break or overrange/underrange can be
freely configured or set according to NE43
(standard configuration: NE43 upscale)
- Filter setting (standard configuration: 1)
- Restart after failsafe (standard configuration:
ON)
- Switching behavior: switching output ?
(limit values, times, etc.) (standard configuration: OFF)

10% of nominal
span

9

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

169

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Temperature transducer, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS
-

RTD

TC
-

passive
3.3 -

3.3
ϑ

ϑ

+

4.3

4.3

4.2

4.2

4.1

4.1

GND
I

3.3

OUT 3.2

U OUT

ϑ

+

3.1

3.1

3x

Poti

3.2

+

3.6 34

4.3

3.5 31

DI

4.2
3.4 32

U,I
IN

4.1
5.3

OUT

5.2

3x

5.1

NC 1.3

5.3
5.2
5.1

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

24

2.5

21

1.2
1.1

POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

2.6

Zone 2

DI

Universal, with three limit value relays,
wide-range power supply

2.4 22

1.6

14

1.5

11

DI

1.4 12

Functional safety
Ex:  
Housing width 35 mm

Technical data

Universal temperature transducer with
freely configurable properties for intrinsically safe operation of resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type
sensors, and potentiometers installed in
Ex areas
– Input for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, potentiometers, and mV sources, [Ex ia]
– Measure differential temperatures
– Freely programmable input and output
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
– Three limit value relays, can be used in
combination as a safe limit value relay
– Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or
IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit
– Programming during operation with
Ex measuring circuit connected and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROGADAPTER programming adapter
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method
– Cold junction compensation with separate connector
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG

Resistor
Potentiometer
Voltage
Output data
Output signal

0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
-1000 mV ... 1000 mV
U output
I output
4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)

Maximum output signal
Load RB
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
General data
Supply voltage range
Power consumption
Temperature coefficient
Transmission error, total
Electrical isolation

±11 V
22 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
≤ 600 Ω (20 mA)
According to NE 43 or freely configurable
Relay output
3 PDTs
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (250 V DC)
2 A (250 V AC) / 2 A (28 V DC)
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 2.4 W
0.01%/K
< 0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
Input/output/power supply
Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/switching output
Output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

-20°C ... 65°C
Typ. 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
35 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)

[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc
SIL 2, PL d

6V
7.4 mA
11 mW
CE-compliant

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).

Ordering data

Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the
associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on
page 118

Description

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119

Temperature transducer, intrinsically safe input

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Standard configuration
Standard configuration
Order configuration
Order configuration

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP1)
MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP1)
MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-C1)
MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP-C1)

2865751
2924799
2865722
2924809

1
1
1
1

2811271

1

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT
interface

170

PHOENIX CONTACT

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Order key for MACX-MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.

2865722
2865722 =
MACX MCR-EXT-UIREL-UP-C

Safety integrity level
(SIL)
/

ON
ON

= active

Sensor type

/

PT100

Connection
technology
/

Cold junction
compensation

4

/

2 = 2-conductor

see below

NONE = not active

0
0 = off, e.g., with
RTD, R, potentiometer, mV

Measuring range:
Start
End
/

-50

/

see below

150
see below

3 = 3-conductor
2924809 =
MACX MCR-EXON only with output
T-UIREL-UP-SP-C range = OUT02

Measuring
unit
/

C
C
F
O
P
V

/

= °C
= °F
= 
= %
= mV

1 = on, e.g., with TC
4 = 4-conductor

Output range

OUT02
OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT16 = 0...10 mA
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT25 = 1...5 mA
OUT26 = 2...10 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
OUT05 = 0...5 V
OUT03 = 0...10 V
OUT06 = 1...5 V
OUT04 = 2...10 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V
Others can be freely
configured in the software

Factory calibration
certificate = FCC
/

NONE
NONE

YES

= without FCC

= with FCC (a fee is
charged)

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)

Smallest measuring Other setting options can be configured
with the IFS-CONF software:
range span
Resistance thermometers (RTD)
Others can be selected or freely configured in the software.

PT100
PT200
PT500
PT1000
PT100S
PT1000S
PT100G
PT1000G
PT100J
PT1000J
NI100
NI1000
NI100S
NI1000S
NI1000L
CU10
CU50
CU100
CU53
KTY81
KTY84

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 1000 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt 1000 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt 100 acc. to JIS C1604/1997
Pt 1000 acc. to JIS C1604/1997
Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751
Ni 1000 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751
Ni 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr)
Cu 10 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Cu 50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428)
Cu 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428)
Cu 53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00426)
KTY81-110 (Philips)
KTY84-130 (Philips)

-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-60
-60
-60
-60
-50
-70
-50
-50
-50
-55
-40

850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
250
250
180
180
160
500
200
200
180
150
300

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
100 K
100 K
100 K
100 K
20 K
20 K

500
-230
-210
-250
-250
-50
-50
-200
-200
-200
0
0
0
0
0
-200
-200

1820
1000
1200
1372
1300
1768
1768
400
900
600
2315
2315
2500
1800
1800
100
800

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Thermocouples (TC)
Others can be selected in the software.

B
E
J
K
N
R
S
T
L
U
CA
DA
A1G
A2G
A3G
MG
LG

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt)
acc. to IEC 584 (Cu-CuNi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi)
C ASTM JE988 (2002)
D ASTM JE988 (2002)
A-1 GOST 8.585-2001
A-2 GOST 8.585-2001
A-3 GOST 8.585-2001
M GOST 8.585-2001
L GOST 8.585-2001

Remote resistance-type sensors (R)
(2, 3, 4-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.

RES03
RES05
RES06
RES09
RES10
RES12

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...150  resistor
0...600  resistor
0...1200  resistor
0...6250  resistor
0...12500  resistor
0...50000  resistor

0
0
0
0
0
0

150
600
1200
6250
12500
50000








10% of the selected
measuring range

Potentiometers
(3-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.

POT03
POT05
POT06
POT09
POT10
POT12

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...150  potentiometer
0...600  potentiometer
0...1200  potentiometer
0...6250  potentiometer
0...12500  potentiometer
0...50000  potentiometer

0
0
0
0
0
0

100
100
100
100
100
100

%
%
%
%
%
%

10% of the selected
measuring range

Voltage signals (mV)
Others can be selected in the software.

V04

-1000

+1000

mV

= Voltage (mV)

- Freely configurable user characteristic curve
with 30 interpolation points
- Output behavior in the event of a short circuit,
sensor break or overrange/underrange can be
freely configured or set according to NE43
(standard configuration: NE43 upscale)
- Filter setting (standard configuration: 1)
- Restart after failsafe (standard configuration:
ON)
- Switching behavior: switching output ?
(limit values, times, etc.) (standard configuration: OFF)

10% of nominal
span

9

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

171

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI
4.2
4.1

+

4.2

3.2

3.2

11

4.1

3.1

3.1

14

2.2

2.2

12

-

4.2

IN

OUT
4.2

Faultsignal

+
4.1

4.1

POWER

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2

GND
+24V

1.2

Signal output: PDT relay

1.1

Power
LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

  Functional safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Relay signal output (PDT)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
1 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
20 Hz (without load)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Number of channels
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
21 mA (24 V DC)
< 650 mW
1
Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/output/supply, T-Connector

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
basic insulation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
9.6 V
10 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data

172

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR isolating amplifier, 1-channel, input intrinsically safe,
output: PDT contact
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R-SP1)

2865434
2924045

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI
4.2
4.1

+

4.2

3.2

3.2

13

3.1

3.1

14

2.2

2.2

13

2.1

2.1

14

OUT1
4.1

-

4.2

OUT2

OUT1
OUT2

IN

Faultsignal

+
4.1

4.2

1.2

2 signal outputs: N/O contact relay

1.1

Power

4.1

POWER

GND
+24V

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2
Div. 2

Div. 1,2

  Functional safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data

Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Two relay signal outputs (N/O contact);
output 2 can be used as an error message
output
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
2 N/O contacts
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
20 Hz (without load)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Number of channels
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
30 mA (24 V DC)
< 950 mW
1
Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/supply, T connector

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
basic insulation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
9.6 V
10 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR isolating amplifier, 1-channel, input intrinsically safe,
output: 2 N/O contacts
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO-SP1)

2865450
2924061

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

173

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI
+

4.2

CH1

3.2

3.2 13

3.1

3.1 14

2.2

2.2 13

2.1

2.1 14

CH1

+

4.1

-

OUT1

IN2

5.2

CH2

+

CH2
5.1
Faultsignal

+

IN1

-

OUT2

+

GND
+24V

1.2
1.1

2-channel, signal output: N/O contact relay

Power

POWER

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2
Div. 2

Div. 1,2

  Functional safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Relay signal output (N/O contact)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
2 N/O contacts
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
20 Hz (without load)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Number of channels
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
35 mA (24 V DC)
<1W
2
Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/supply, T connector

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
basic insulation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
5% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
9.6 V
10.3 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data

174

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR isolating amplifier, 2-channel, input intrinsically safe,
output: N/O contact
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO-SP1)

2865476
2924087

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI
+

4.3

CH1

3.3

3.3 12

3.2

3.2 11

CH1

+

4.1
3.1

3.1 14

2.3

2.3 12

2.2

2.2 11

2.1

2.1 14

+

IN1

OUT1

IN2

5.3

CH2

+

CH2

5.1

-

OUT2

24...230 V –
~
AC/DC

+

1.2

2-channel, signal output: PDT relay,
wide-range power supply

1.1

POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 2

Functional safety
Ex:   // Applied for: cUL / UL
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Relay signal output (PDT)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information on resistance circuits and marking material can be
found on page 183
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
open circuit switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Approx. 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
2 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A, 60 Hz) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
can be inverted using DIP switch
20 Hz (Load-dependent)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Max. switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range

24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20% ... +10%, 50 ... 60 Hz)

Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

< 80 mA ; < 42 mA (24 V DC)
max. 1.3 W
Input/output
Input/power supply

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um

Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
9.6 V
10.3 mA
25 mW
253 V AC/DC (Supply terminals)
250 V AC (Output terminals)
120 V DC (Output terminals)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR isolating amplifier, 2-channel, input intrinsically safe,
output: Changeover contact
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP1)

2865984
2924249

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

175

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI
4.2
4.1

+

4.2

3.2

3.2

-

3.1

3.1

+

2.2

2.2

-

2.1

2.1

+

OUT1
4.1

-

4.2

IN

OUT1
OUT2

4.2

Faultsignal

OUT2

+
4.1

4.1

POWER

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2

GND
+24V

1.2

2 signal outputs: transistor (passive)

1.1

Power
LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

  Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive);
up to 5 kHz
– Signal output 2 can also be used as a fault
signaling output
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with inhibiting of transistor output
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
2 transistor outputs, passive
30 V DC (per output)
50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
< 1.4 V
can be inverted using DIP switch
5 kHz

No-load voltage
Switching points
Line error detection
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Drop (ΔU)
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Number of channels
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 28 mA (24 V DC)
800 mW
1
Input/output
Input/supply, T-Connector
Input/output/supply, T-Connector

Output 1/output 2

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
9.6 V
10 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data

176

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR isolating amplifier, input intrinsically safe,
output: Transistor, passive
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T-SP1)

2865463
2924074

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI
+

CH1

+

4.2

3.2

3.2

-

3.1

3.1

+

2.2

2.2

-

2.1

2.1

+

CH1
4.1

-

OUT1

IN2

CH2

+

5.2
CH2
5.1

-

OUT2

+

Faultsignal

+

IN1

GND
+24V

1.2
1.1

2-channel, signal output transistor (passive)

Power

POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

Div. 1,2

  Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data

Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Signal output transistor (passive); up to
5 kHz
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with inhibiting of transistor output
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Transistor output, passive
30 V DC (per output)
50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
< 1.4 V
can be inverted using DIP switch
5 kHz

No-load voltage
Switching points
Line error detection
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Drop (ΔU)
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Number of channels
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 34 mA (24 V DC)
1000 mW
2
Input/output
Input/supply, T-Connector
Input/output/supply, T-Connector

Output 1/output 2

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
9.6 V
10.3 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR isolating amplifier, 2-channel, input intrinsically safe,
output: Transistor, passive
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T-SP1)

2865489
2924090

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

177

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI-NAM
4.2
4.1

+

4.2

3.2

4.1

3.1

3.2
3.1

+

-

4.2

+

IN

OUT

4.2

Faultsignal

4.1

4.1

POWER

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

GND
+24V

1.2

With line fault transparency

1.1

Power
LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolation amplifiers for the intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors or mechanical contacts installed in the
Ex area.
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Signal output with resistive behavior
(transistor)
– Signal output with line fault transparency:
line error message directly via output to
PLC or PCS. The output responds in accordance with EN 60947-5-6.
– Up to 5 kHz
– Direction of operation can be selected
– Line fault detection can be activated/deactivated
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED indicators for supply voltage, status,
and fault according to NAMUR NE 44
– Plug-in screw or spring-cage connection
technology
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permissible
Notes:
Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail
connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found
from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Resistive (transistor, passive)
Typ. 8.2 V DC ±10% (according to EN 60947-5-6)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Line error detection
Switching output
Switching voltage
Switching frequency
Impedance 0-signal
Impedance 1-signal
Impedance fault
Switching behavior
General data
Supply voltage range
Current draw
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

≤ 5 kHz (Ohmic load)
11 kΩ ±5%
1.4 kΩ ±5%
> 100 kΩ
can be inverted using DIP switch
12 V DC ... 24 V DC -20 % ... +25 %
25 mA (24 V DC)
< 0.6 W
Input/output
Input/supply, T-Connector
Input/output/supply, T-Connector

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
9.6 V
10 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Yes
SIL 2

Ordering data

178

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR isolation amplifier, intrinsically safe input, output with
line fault transparency
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM-SP

2866006
2924883

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital OUT
Solenoid driver, Ex i

OUT

Sensor / Field

IN

PLC / DCS

DO
-

4.2

4.2

3.2

3.2

-

4.1

4.1

3.1

3.1

+

Faultsignal

+

IN

4.2

+

4.1

Faultsignal

+

OUT

GND
+24V

POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

LFD +24V
GND

2.2

2.2

2.1

2.1

DI

1.2

Current limitation 48 mA,
with line fault detection

1.1

Zone 2

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Solenoid driver for the intrinsically safe
control of Ex i solenoid valves, alarm transmitters or indicators installed in the
Ex area.
– Input: logic (low/high signal)
– Output: 48 mA current limitation at 9.5 V,
[Ex ia]
– Line fault detection (can be activated/deactivated)
- Directly via signal channel
- Or via switching output
– Transparent for test pulses
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED indicators for supply voltage, status,
and fault according to NAMUR NE 44
– Plug-in screw or spring-cage connection
technology
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permissible
Notes:
Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail
connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found
from page 182

Input data
Switching level 0 signal (“L”)
Switching level 1 signal (“H”)
Input current
Input impedance in the event of a line fault at the output
Transparent for test pulses
Output data
Output voltage
Current limitation
No-load voltage
Internal resistance
Immunity to short-circuiting
Response time tA
Line error detection
Error message output
Switch contact
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Short-circuit-proof
General data
Supply voltage range
Current draw
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation
Input/output, supply, error message output

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Degree of protection
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)

0 V DC ... 5 V DC (Open)
15 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 12 mA
3 MΩ (High resistance (Mega Ω))
Yes
≥ 9.5 V DC (At 48 mA)
> 48 mA (With cable error detection)
> 23 V DC
≥ 269 Ω (Internal resistance Ri)
Yes
< 30 ms
< 50 Ω (short circuit on the line)
> 10 kΩ (line break)
N/C contact
30 V DC
50 mA
Yes
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 90 mA
< 1.5 W
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
IP20
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
25.3 V
94 mA
595 mW
253 V
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
Yes
SIL 3 (applied for)

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Solenoid driver, logic input, intrinsically safe output, line fault
detection
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD-SP

2924867
2924870

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

179

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital OUT
Solenoid driver, Ex i

OUT

Sensor / Field

IN

PLC / DCS

DO
+

+

OUT

+

4.2 - 4.2
4.1

+

4.1

3.2

3.2

-

3.1

3.1

+

4.2
4.1

IN

+

Current limitation 25 mA
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 2

 Functional safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Solenoid drivers for controlling intrinsically safe solenoid valves, alarm transmitters, and indicators installed in Ex areas.
– 20 ... 30 V DC input
– Output [Ex ia]
– Various output characteristic curves compatible with the commercial solenoid
valves
– Loop-powered: The required power is
supplied via the control signal on the input side.
– Mechanically compatible with DIN rail
connector
– Galvanic 2-way isolation
– Up to SIL 3 as per EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
A list of suitable valves and notes for calculating a valve circuit
are available from the download center at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Information on marking material can be found on page 127
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184

Input data
Input signal
Input current
Output data
Output voltage
Current limitation
No-load voltage
Internal resistance
Immunity to short-circuiting
Response time tA
General data
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Electrical isolation

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 mA DC ... 70 mA DC (45 mA for Ue = 24 V DC)
5.5 V DC (At 25 mA)
25 mA
21.9 V DC
641 Ω (Internal resistance Ri)
Yes
20 ms
<1W
0.01%/K
Output/input

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
Degree of protection
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is
active)
IP20
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
25.1 V
39 mA
245 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 3

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP-SP

2865492
2924113

1
1

40

60

Solenoid driver, loop-powered, output intrinsically safe

output voltage UV [V]

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

30
21,9 V

20

10
5,5 V
0

0

10

20

30

50

output current IV [mA]

180

PHOENIX CONTACT

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex

Current limitation 40 mA

Current limitation 48 mA

 Functional safety
Ex:   

Current limitation 58 mA,
[Ex ia] IIB

 Functional safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

 Functional safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Technical data

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 mA ... 95 mA (65 mA for Ue = 24 V DC)

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 mA ... 95 mA (75 mA for Ue = 24 V DC)

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 mA ... 105 mA (95 mA for Ue = 24 V DC)

10 V DC (At 40 mA)
40 mA
21.9 V DC
287 Ω (Internal resistance Ri)
Yes
20 ms

10.5 V DC (At 48 mA)
48 mA
24 V DC
276 Ω (Internal resistance Ri)
Yes
30 ms

12.9 V DC (At 58 mA)
58 mA
21.9 V DC
133 Ω (Internal resistance Ri)
Yes
30 ms

< 1.2 W
0.01%/K

< 1.4 W
0.01%/K

< 1.4 W
0.01%/K

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is
active)
IP20
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is
active)
IP20
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is
active)
IP20
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

25.1 V
87 mA
550 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)

27.7 V
101 mA
697 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)

25.1 V
188 mA
1.18 W
253 V AC (125 V DC)

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 3

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 3

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIB/IIA
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 3

Ordering data

Ordering data

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP-SP

2865764
2924139

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

21,9 V
20
10,0 V

10

0

0

10

20

30

40

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP-SP

2865609
2924126

output voltage UV [V]

30

Type

50

60

output current IV [mA]

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

30
24 V
20
10,5 V

10

0

0

10

20

30

40

50

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP-SP

2865515
2924100

output voltage UV [V]

Order No.

output voltage UV [V]

Type

Ordering data

60

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

30
21,9 V
20
12,9 V
10

0

output current IV [mA]

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

output current IV [mA]

PHOENIX CONTACT

181

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Accessories

ME 6,2 TBUS... T-Connector
DIN rail connector (5-pos.) for bridging
the supply voltage of 12.5 mm wide MACX
analog Ex modules.
– Reduces wiring costs
– System can be extended or module replaced even while process is active
– Inter-extendable

3.1

14
12 Fault out
11

2.2

–

3.3
3.2

2.1

Faultsignal

Power and error message module
Power and error message module for
feeding the 24 V supply voltage to the DIN
rail connectors and signaling line faults and
power supply failures.
– One-time or redundant supply, decoupled
from diode, protected against polarization
– Supply current up to 3.75 A
– Relay output (PDT) and flashing LED for
error messages
– Error message in the event of a power
supply failure or fuse fault
– Bus cable fault message for
MACX MCR-...(2)NAM... devices connected via DIN rail connectors
– Replaceable fuse
– Installation in zone 2 permissible

LFD

+

1.2

–

1.1

+

PWR 2

H
D

W

PWR 1

Power and error message module

+24V

GND


Ex:   // Applied for: cUL / UL
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal
Redundant supply
Polarization and surge protection
Output data
Maximum output signal
Output voltage
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
General data
Current consumption
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Fuse
Status indication

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
3.75 A
(Input voltage - max. 0.8 V at 3.75 A)
Relay
1 PDT
Gold (Au)
50 V AC (2 A)

-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
5% ... 95% (no condensation)
5 A (replaceable), slow-blow 250 V AC
1 x red LED (error)
2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
Polyamide (PA 6.6)
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada

CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL 61010

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-PTB
MACX MCR-PTB-SP

2865625
2924184

1
1

2869728

10

Supply and error message module, including the relevant
DIN rail connector ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Accessories
DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage,
can be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715,
with UL approval

182

PHOENIX CONTACT

ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Accessories

Marking material for device marking
– For device marking inside the control cabinet and in the field
– Self-adhesive with high adhesive strengths
– Large temperature range

Ordering data
Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

white

UC-EMLP (11X9)

0819291

10

white

UC-EMLP (11X9) CUS

0824547

1

UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels
10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm
UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels,
marked according to customer specifications
For ordering details, see Catalog 5 or
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm

Accessories

Resistance circuit
Double-level terminal block with resistance circuit according to NAMUR for line
fault detection in the case of mechanical
contacts
Important:
– For intrinsically safe circuits, only in combination with D-UKK 3/5 cover

Ordering data
Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR

2941662

50

D-UKK 3/5
D-UKK 3/5 BU

2770024
2770105

50
50

Double-level terminal block, with preassembled resistors
With screw connection
Cover, width 2.5 mm
gray
blue

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

183

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Termination carrier for
MACX Analog Ex-isolating amplifiers

Select standard DIN rail device

Select module carrier

TC... termination carriers are
compact solutions for quickly and smoothly
connecting DIN rail devices from the
MACX Analog Ex series to input/output
cards of automation systems using system
cables.
The termination carriers combine the advantages of modular DIN rail devices with
those offered by plug and play rapid cabling
solutions to provide a consistent solution
for system technology.

Compact
– Saves up to 30% of space due to compact
design
Robust and reliable
– Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum
carrier device profile
– PCB is completely decoupled from
modules
– PCB without active components
– Redundant supply and monitoring in
separate DIN rail module
Easy maintenance
– Use of standard DIN rail devices
– Easy access to connection points
– Quick and safe module connection with
plug-in and coded cable sets

Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable

Flexible
– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
– Profile section without pitch markings for
I/O cards with specific number of channels
– Can be specifically adapted for I/O cards
of various automation systems with different system plug types

Solutions are also available for MINI Analog,
MACX Analog Ex, and Safety

184

PHOENIX CONTACT

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Termination carrier for
MACX Analog Ex-isolating amplifiers

D-SUB pin strip
37
< 50 V DC (Per signal/channel)
1 A (Signal/channel)
50 V
II
2
0.5 kV
DIN EN 50178 ( Basic insulation )
IP20
-40°C ... 80°C (Please observe module specifications)

Shock
Vibration (operation)
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Power supply via power module
Input voltage range
Redundant supply
Polarization and surge protection
Fuse
Status indication

15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27
2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6
V0
244 / 170 / 160 mm
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
5 A Slow-blow (can be exchanged)
1 x red LED (error)
2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
1 PDT
Au
50 V DC (0.3 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) / 33 V AC (2 A)

Switching output
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI
TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI1)

2924854
2902932

1
1

2865625
2924184
2865599

1
1
1

Universal termination carrier for 16 MACX MCR-EX isolators

- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer

CH16
-

+

3.1

3.2

15
34
-

CH15
3.1

3.2

14
33

CH14
+

-

3.2

13
32

CH13
-

+

3.1

3.2

12
31

CH12
-

+

3.1

+

3.1

3.2

11
30

CH11
-

+

3.1

3.2

10
29

CH10
+

-

3.2

3.1

CH9

+

-

3.2

3.1

8
27

CH8

+

-

3.2

3.1

7
26

CH7
-

3.2

3.1

6
25

CH6

+

-

3.2

5
24

CH5
-

+

3.1

3.2

4
23

CH4
-

+

+

3.1

3.2

3.1

3
22

CH3

+

-

3.2

3.1

2
21

CH2

+

-

3.2

3.1

X1 DSUB 37

1
20

CH1
3.2

-

PTSM

+

3.1

5 (+)
6 (-) PWR2

PW2
2.2

Alarm
1
2

3 (+)
4 (-) PWR1

1.2
3.2
2.1

X20 COMBICON

HART multiplexer, 32-channel

9
28

MACX MCR-PTB
MACX MCR-PTB-SP
MACX MCR-S-MUX

16
35

Accessories
Supply and error message module

PW1

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

1.1

Contact us: specific termination carrier designs for I/O modules of
various automation systems are available, planned or can be implemented according to your specifications.

Technical data
General data
Connection to the control system level
Number of positions
Maximum operating voltage
Maximum permissible current
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category
Pollution degree
Rated surge voltage
Air and creepage distances
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range

3.1

Notes:

Housing width 244 mm

MACX
MCRPTB

The TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI
universal termination carrier is a compact
solution which connects isolating amplifiers
from the MACX Analog Ex series to analog
or binary input/output cards of automation
systems.
The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI
termination carrier design, when combined
with the MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer, also enables communication between HART-capable field devices and a
management system.
– Connection of up to 16 single-channel
(Ex i-)isolating amplifiers
– Universal 1:1 signal routing to a
37-pos. D-SUB plug-in connector
– For system cables with D-SUB socket and
open ends for universal connection
– Redundant supply and monitoring in
separate DIN rail module

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI connection scheme

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

185

Measurement and control technology
Multiplexers for HART signals
Multiplexers for HART signals
H
D

Multiplexer for digital connection of
HART-capable field devices (such as measuring transducers or control valves) to a PC
or management system.
– Supports online configuration and diagnostics for the connected HART-capable
field devices
– Constant documentation of process variables and states
– 32 HART channels per multiplexer
– Up to 128 HART multiplexers at one
PC interface
– Communication via software tool
(e.g., HART OPC Server) using RS-485 interface
– Electrical isolation between auxiliary energy, RS-485 bus and the HART channels
– HART field devices are accessed at the
same time that the measurement signal is
transmitted without affecting measured
value processing
– HART field devices connected via universal HART connection boards; direct connection if processing non-Ex signals, with
separate Ex i signal isolator connected
upstream if processing Ex signals
– Power supplied via HART connection
board
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

W

Housing width 35.2 mm

Technical data
Field devices interface (HART)
Channels
Connection method
Signal
HART specification

16 or 32; adjustable using a switch
Flat-ribbon cable, 14-pos. (inclusive)
HART FSK
HART Field Communication Protocol Rev. 6.0 (downward compatible
up to Rev 4.0); FSK Physical Layer Specification (Rev. 8.1)

Data transmission display
Display error

Two yellow “Tx” and “Rx” “HART” LEDs
Red “ERR” LED (flashes in case of an error in the HART bus)

RS-485 interface
Connection method
Signal
Data flow control/protocols

D-SUB-9 socket
RS-485
Compatible with OPC HART server, PDM, PRM, and FDT/DTM

Number of HART multiplexers per bus segment
Address setting
Data rate

Max. 31
0...127; using a rotary switch at the front
9600 / 19200 / 38400 / 57600 [bps]; via rotary switch at the front

Transmission length
Display
General data
Supply voltage range
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Operating voltage display
Undervoltage monitoring

≤ 1200 m
Two yellow “Tx” and “Rx” “RS-485” LEDs

Galvanic isolation of HART signal/RS-485
Galvanic isolation of HART signals between each other
Galvanic isolation of HART signal/supply
Galvanic isolation of RS-485/supply
Error monitoring
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Dimensions W / H / D
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

18 V ... 31.2 V
24 V DC
55 mA
1.35 W
Green “PWR” LED
Yes (no faulty devices / output states)
350 V AC
100 V DC (Capacitive)
350 V AC
350 V AC
Processor error: The “PWR” LED flashes;
error in the HART communication: the “ERR” LED flashes
-20°C ... 60°C
≤ 95% (no condensation)
35.2 / 99 / 114.5 mm
CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

HART multiplexer, 32-channel including two 14-wire flat-ribbon
cables
MACX MCR-S-MUX

2865599

1

TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI1)

2902932

1

- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer

TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI1)

2902934

1

HART connection board
Interface converter, for conversion from RS-232 (V.24) to
RS-485, with electrical isolation, rail-mountable, changeover of
data direction self-controlling or through RTS/CTS

MACX MCR-S-MUX-TB
PSM-ME-RS232/RS485-P1)

2308124
2744416

1
1

Repeater, for electrical isolation and increased range

PSM-ME-RS485/RS485-P1)

2744429

1

Accessories
Universal termination carrier for 16 MACX MCR-EX isolators
- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer
Universal termination carrier for 16 MINI MCR isolators

186

PHOENIX CONTACT

Measurement and control technology
Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Programmable loop-powered
temperature measuring transducer,
Ex i
– 1-channel
– Loop-powered
– Input for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, and linear mV signals,
Ex ia IIC
– Output 4...20 mA/20...4 mA
– Can be installed in zone 1
– Galvanic 2-way isolation
– HART-capable (MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX)
– Configuration using software

D W
H

-

1
2

DC

D

DC

D

5 OUT 1

A

6

GND 1

3
+

4

Loop-powered,
programmable

Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection.



Ex:  
Housing width 12.5 mm

Block diagram MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX

To configure the MCR-FL-TS-LPI-EX HART-capable device
(2864587), you need a HART modem.

Technical data
To configure the MCR-FL-T-LP-EX device (2864574), you
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN software, see page 190

Measuring input
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measurement range 10 K
B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measurement range 50 K/500 K

Resistor

10 Ω ... 400 Ω (min. measurement range 10 Ω)
10 Ω ... 2000 Ω (min. measurement range 100 Ω)
-10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)
Yes, programmable

Voltage
Configuration
Measuring output
Output signal range
Maximum output signal
Load
Line monitoring
Short-circuit current

4 mA ... 20 mA / 20 mA ... 4 mA
≤ 23 mA
≤ 520 Ω (At UV = 24 V; Usupply - 12 V / 0.023 A)
NE 43
≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output current with open circuit
Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error

Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors
Resistance-type sensors
Voltage sensor

Test voltage input/output
Switch on delay time
Standards/regulations
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection method
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Ui
Maximum current Ii
Maximum power Pi
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Gas group
- max. external inductivity Lo
- max. external capacity Co
Maximum ambient temperature

Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)
-

1
2

DC

D

DC

D

[mH]
[µF]

12 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 3.5 mA
<2s
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)
Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
±0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ±1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω)
±20 µV (-10...100 mV)
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
4s
NAMUR recommendation NE 21
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Plug-in screw connection
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX
MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX
30 V
30 V
100 mA
100 mA
750 mW
750 mW
5 V DC
4.4 V DC
5.9 mA
9.6 mA
7.2 mW
10.6 mW
II A
II B
II C
II A
II B
II C
100
100
100
100
100
100
10
10
2
12
12
2.4
T4 = 85°C, T5 = 70°C,
T4 = 85°C, T5 = 65°C,
T6 = 55°C
T6 = 50°C

CE-compliant

4

6

CE-compliant

 II 2(1) G Ex ia IIC T6

 II 2(1) G Ex ia IIC T4...T6

cULus
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

cULus
-

5 OUT 1

A

3
+

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA

Ordering data

GND 1

Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX
MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX

2864587
2864574

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR temperature transducer, for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, and voltage sensors
HART-compatible

1
1

Block diagram MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

187

Measurement and control technology
Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Programmable loop-powered
temperature measuring transducers
with connection heads, Ex i
– 1-channel
– Loop-powered
– Input for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, and linear mV signals,
Ex ia IIC
– Output 4...20 mA/20...4 mA
– Can be installed in zone 0
– Galvanic 2-way isolation
– HART-compatible

3
4

DC

D

DC

D

1 OUT 1

A

2 GND 1

5
6

Loop-powered,
programmable

Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-conductor connection.



To configure the MCR-FL-TS-LPI-EX HART-capable device,
you need a HART modem.

Ex:  

Block diagram MCR-FL-HT-TS-I-EX

Technical data
Measuring input
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measurement range 10 K
B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measurement range 50 K/500 K

Resistor

10 Ω ... 400 Ω (min. measurement range 10 Ω)
10 Ω ... 2000 Ω (min. measurement range 100 Ω)
-10 mV ... 75 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)
Yes, programmable

Voltage
Configuration
Measuring output
Output signal range
Maximum output signal
Load
Line monitoring
Short-circuit current

4 mA ... 20 mA / 20 mA ... 4 mA
≤ 23 mA
≤ 630 Ω (At UV = 24 V; Usupply - 10 V / 0.023 A)
NE 43
≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output current with open circuit
Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA (linear increase/decrease)

Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors
Resistance-type sensors
Voltage sensor

Test voltage input/output
Switch on delay time
Degree of protection
Mounting position
Connection
Standards/regulations
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Ui
Maximum current Ii
Maximum power Pi
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Gas group
- max. external inductivity Lo
- max. external capacity Co
Maximum ambient temperature

[mH]
[µF]

∅44
∅33

4

6

∅7

∅5

5

3

Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

12 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 3.5 mA
<2s
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)
Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
±0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ±1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω)
±20 µV (-10...75 mV)
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
6s
IP00, IP66 (integrated in the connecting head)
Connecting head according to DIN 43729 form B
Installation in connection head according to DIN 43729 form B
NAMUR recommendation NE 21
Polycarbonate, PC
V0
0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 24 - 15
30 V
100 mA
750 mW
5 V DC
5.4 mA
6.6 mW
II A
II B
II C
100
100
100
9.9
9.9
2
Category 1: T4 = 60°C, T5 = 50°C, T6 = 40°C
Category 2: T4 = 85°C, T5 = 70°C, T6 = 55°C

CE-compliant

 II 1 G and II 2 G Ex ia IIC T6/T5/T4
cULus
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

2

Ordering data
1

21

Description

188

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

MCR-FL-HT-TS-I-EX

2864545

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR temperature measuring transducer, smart, for
resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors,
and voltage sensors
1

Measurement and control technology
Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Programmable loop-powered
temperature measuring transducers
with connection heads, Ex i
– 1-channel
– Loop-powered
– Input for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, and linear mV signals,
Ex ia IIC
– Output 4...20 mA/20...4 mA
– Can be installed in zone 0
– Galvanic 2-way isolation
– Configuration using software

3
4

DC

D

DC

D

1 OUT 1

A

2 GND 1

5
6

Loop-powered,
programmable

Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection.



You can implement your own measuring range settings, linearization, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 190

Ex:  

Block diagram MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX

Technical data
Measuring input
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measurement range 10 K
B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measurement range 50 K/500 K

Resistor

10 Ω ... 400 Ω (min. measurement range 10 Ω)
10 Ω ... 2000 Ω (min. measurement range 100 Ω)
-10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)
Yes, programmable

Voltage
Configuration
Measuring output
Output signal range
Maximum output signal
Load
Line monitoring
Short-circuit current

4 mA ... 20 mA / 20 mA ... 4 mA
≤ 25 mA
≤ 720 Ω (For UV = 24 V; Usupply - 8 V / 0.025 A)
NE 43
≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output current with open circuit
Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA (linear increase/decrease)

Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors
Resistance-type sensors
Voltage sensor

Test voltage input/output
Switch on delay time
Degree of protection
Mounting position
Connection
Standards/regulations
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Ui
Maximum current Ii
Maximum power Pi
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Gas group
- max. external inductivity Lo
- max. external capacity Co
Maximum ambient temperature

[mH]
[µF]

∅44
∅33

4

6

30 V
100 mA
750 mW
8.2 V DC
4.6 mA
9.35 mW
II B
II C
8.5
4.5
1.9
0.974
Category 1: T4 = 60°C, T5 = 50°C, T6 = 40°C
Category 2: T4 = 85°C, T5 = 70°C, T6 = 55°C

CE-compliant

 II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T5/T4
cULus

∅7

∅5

5

3

Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

8 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 3.5 mA
<2s
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)
Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
±0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ±1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω)
±20 µV (-10...100 mV)
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
6s
IP00, IP66 (integrated in the connecting head)
Connecting head according to DIN 43729 form B
Installation in connection head according to DIN 43729 form B
NAMUR recommendation NE 21
Polycarbonate, PC
V0
0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 24 - 15

2

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX

2864532

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

21

MCR temperature measuring transducer, for
resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors,
and voltage sensors

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

189

Measurement and control technology
Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Accessories

Configuration software package
The MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software package is used to configure and visualize all parameters for the programmable loop-powered temperature
transducers.
– For temperature transducers
MCR-FL-T(S)-LP-I-EX and
MCR-FL-HT-T(S)-I-EX
– Galvanically isolated
– Configuration possible during operation
– Straightforward menu interface
– Rapid programming
The computer and the measuring transducer communicate with one another via a
software adapter cable and a serial interface.

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR/PI-CONF-WIN

2814799

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR configuration software, for programming MCR-T-...-,
MCR-...-LP-...-, MCR-...-HT-...-, MCR-S-...-, MCR-F-..., and
MCR-PSP-... modules, CD-ROM

Notes:

1

The software runs under the following operating systems:
Windows NT™, 2000™, and XP™.

Accessories

USB adapter cable
Software adapter cable
For connecting the programmable
MCR-/PI modules to the USB interface of a
computer, the USB adapter cable
CM-KBL-RS232/USB can be used together with the relevant adapter cables. Programming with the MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
software is possible under the operating systems Windows 98™, Windows 2000™ and
Windows XP™.
The following modules are supported:
– MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX
– MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

CM-KBL-RS232/USB

2881078

1

MCR-PAC-T-USB

2309000

1

2761295

1

USB adapter cable,
D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB
Software adapter cable, 2.4 m length, with USB connection, for
programming MCR-...-LP-... and MCR-...-HT-... modules

Accessories
Adapter cable, stranded, 9-pos. D-SUB socket on 25-pos. D-SUB
pin

190

PHOENIX CONTACT

PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS

Measurement and control technology
Accessories
Accessories

Shield fast connection
– For connecting cable shielding to cable
terminal points
– Can be connected to PLUGTRAB PT
– Easy assembly

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Shield fast connection
For Ø 3-6 mm
For Ø 5-10 mm

SSA 3-6
SSA 5-10

2839295
2839512

10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MPS-MT
MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201744
0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Accessories

Test plug

Ordering data
Description
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part

Color

red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

191

192

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
EMpro energy meters measure, analyze,
and communicate important electrical system parameters.
PSK DL data logger kits monitor and log
operating states.
PSK meters record compressed air consumption.
Current transformers
PACT current transformers convert currents up to 4000 A into secondary currents
of 1 and 5 A.
Current and voltage measuring technology
MCR current and voltage transducers
convert currents and voltages into standard
analog signals.
Solar and PV system monitoring
The SOLARCHECK modular monitoring
system is used for string monitoring in
photovoltaic systems.
Residual current monitoring
RCM devices provide residual current
monitoring in grounded power supply
systems. They detect residual currents at an
early stage before they result in forced
shutdown.
Components for E-Mobility
EV Charge Control is the charging controller used to charge electric vehicles on
the AC mains according to IEC 61851-1.
Electronic monitoring relays
EMD monitoring relays detect and indicate deviations in important system parameters at an early stage.
Electronic timer relays
ETD timer relays are used for straightforward time control functions.

Product range overview
Product overview

194

Energy and
power measuring technology
EMpro energy meters
Extension modules
Complete packages for data logging
Compressed air meters

196
200
202
206
208

Current transformers
Selection guide
PACT current transformers
Accessories

210
212
213
223

Current and
voltage measuring technology
Current transducers
Voltage transducers
Accessories

226
229
236
237

Solar and
PV system monitoring
SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring

238
240

Residual current monitoring
Residual current monitoring - RCM

242
244

Components for E-Mobility
EV Charge Control charging controller

246
247

Monitoring relays, timer relays,
special function modules
EMD electronic monitoring relays
ETD electronic timer relays
EMG special function modules

248
250
258
262

Special function modules
EMG special function modules enable
simple components such as diodes to be
used in an industrial context. These products feature professional housing and connection technology.

PHOENIX CONTACT

193

Monitoring
Product overview
Energy and power measuring technology

EMpro energy meters for
front-panel installation

Page 200

EMpro energy meters for
DIN rail mounting

Page 201

Special function and
communication modules

DIN rail adapters
Page 202

Page 205

Current and voltage measuring technology

PACT winding current transformers
Page 222

Mounting accessories, shock protection
Page 223

MCR current transducers for AC/DC and
distorted currents up to 600 A
Page 229

MCR current transducers for AC/DC and
distorted currents up to 55 A, programmable
Page 230

Solar and PV system monitoring

Accessories
Configuration software and
USB adapter cable

SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring
Communication module
Page 240

Monitoring relays

EMD-BL
Compact monitoring relays

194

PHOENIX CONTACT

SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring
Current measuring modules
Page 241

SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring
Voltage measuring modules
Page 241

Page 149

Timer relays

Page 250

EMD
Multifunctional monitoring relays

Page 252

ETD-BL
Ultra-narrow timer relays

Page 258

ETD
Multifunctional timer relays

Page 260

Monitoring
Product overview
Current transformers

Complete packages for data logging
Page 206

Compressed air meters

MCR current transducers for AC currents,
sinusoidal up to 12 A
Page 232
Passive, up to 5 A
Page 234

MCR current transducers for AC currents, sinusoidal and distorted, up to 200 A
Page 233

Page 208

Residual current monitoring

PACT bus-bar current transformers
Page 212
Can be calibrated
Page 224

PACT plug-in current transformers
Page 214
Can be calibrated
Page 224

MCR current protectors for AC currents,
sinusoidal up to 16 A
Page 235

MCR voltage transducers
for DC voltages up to 660 V
For AC voltages up to 444 V

Page 236
Page 236

EV Charge Lock Release
Mains failure plug release

Page 247

Components for E-Mobility

RCM type B+ for DC residual currents and
pulsating DC and AC residual currents
Page 244

RCM type A for pulsating DC and
AC residual currents
Page 245

EV Charge Control
Charging controller

Special function modules

Lightning current
measuring system

HMIs

Signal towers

EMG
Diode modules, lamp testing modules,
display modules
Page 262

Lightning current measuring system
See Catalog 6

HMIs
See Catalog 8

Signal towers
See Catalog 8

Page 247

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

195

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology

Energy costs at a glance
Within industry, energy is viewed as a
variable cost factor. As a result, lower energy costs are becoming increasingly important in terms of providing companies with a
major competitive advantage in the areas of
production, process, and industrial engineering.
Alongside energy consumption, the quality of the energy supplied, the reliability of
supply, and effective system utilization also
play an important role in ensuring profitability. This calls for continuous measurement
and analysis of all sources of energy.

196

PHOENIX CONTACT

Advantages of energy data acquisition
Continuously recorded energy flow provides the basis for a target-oriented energy
management system.
Access comprehensive information regarding the characteristic electrical data of
your machinery and benefit from the advantages of this:
– Reduce your energy costs by identifying
potential energy savings.
– Optimize your system capacity: through
intelligent switching of system parts, uniform network load, and reduced harmonics.
– Reduce peak loads using forward-looking
trend calculation and load management.
– Safeguard your production processes and
minimize downtimes by continuously
monitoring important system parameters.

Measurement – monitoring – communication
Efficient energy management – networkcapable EMpro energy meters can be used
to acquire and monitor the characteristic
electrical data of your machines and systems.
They can be freely extended with communication modules and special function modules, enabling your energy meters to keep
pace with your growing requirements. Future-proof planning and investment is therefore ensured.

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology

The communication expert
The EMpro MA600 is capable of performing all measurement tasks associated with
power supply applications up to 700 V AC –
from straightforward current and power
measurement and detection of harmonics
to spectral analysis and trend calculation.
– Flexible network connection
– Can be extended with plug-in communication modules and special function modules
– Remote access via web server

The universal solution on the front panel
The EMpro MA400 is capable of all standard measurement tasks in the main distribution up to 500 V AC.
– Plug-in RS-485 extension module for integration in JBUS and MODBUS systems

Data logger kits
PSK DL data logger kits monitor the operating state of your plant and inform you of
any change in state by SMS.
The complete package is available in two
versions:
– PSK DL BASIC with all basic functions
– PSK DL FLEX allows programming directly in SQL and supports modular expansion. Sends e-mails via GPRS or DSL.

Sensors and meters
Use of resources at a glance - determine
all relevant states using sensors and meters.
– Detailed procurement measurement,
thanks to precise sensor and meter technology
– Intelligent sensor communication, thanks
to IO-Link technology

The compact starter for use in the
sub-distribution
The EMpro MA200 energy meter is ideal
for simple measurement tasks where onsite analysis of the measured values is sufficient.
The highly communicative device for
use on DIN rails
The EMpro MA250 performs simple measuring tasks in small control cabinets directly on the machine.
– With built-in RS-485 interface for integration in JBUS and MODBUS systems

Inline power measurement terminal
The Inline power measurement terminal
enables analysis of AC networks.
– For measuring current, voltage, and
power, as well as identifying distortion
and harmonics
The power measurement terminal can be
found in Catalog 8, control technology, I/O
systems, and network structure.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

197

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Energy meters

Ethernet

SHDSL modem
PSI-MODEM-SHDSL/ETH
Ord.-No.23 13 643

VCC

RS-485
EMpro

EMpro

EMpro

692,1 V
U2-3689,9
3-1690,3
F 50,00 Hz

470,8 kW

87,2 kW

101,2 kvar

1,5 kvar

C 000217683 kWh

481,6 kVA

87,2 kVA

Energy meter
EMpro MA600

Energy meter
EMpro MA400

100 100 100

50

50

50

LINK
STAT
STAT

LINK

ETH

USB

ERR

DSL A
ETH

LINK

DSL B

DIAG
ACT

RS-485
EthernetGateway

Energy meter
EMpro MA400

DSL (up to 20 km)

Measurement – monitoring – communication
In order to achieve efficient energy management, all energy data that has been determined is acquired and analyzed centrally
in the control center.
For data transmission, integrate the EMpro measuring devices flexibly into your
network structures.
The network components from Phoenix
Contact offer interference-free and highperformance communication of energy data, even in harsh industrial environments:
– Copper-based and fiber optic data transmission
– Ethernet and modem communication
– Industrial wireless transmission

SHDSL modem
PSI-MODEM-SHDSL/ETH
Ord.-No.23 13 643

VCC

STAT

LINK

ETH

USB

ERR

DSL A
ETH

LINK

LINK
STAT

DSL B

DIAG
ACT

COM-Server

Energy meter
EMpro MA400
EMpro

720,2 kW
350,6 kvar

UL

FD

Ethernet

100
TD
RD

RS-485

801,0 kVA

Direct access to measured values
Analyze your system parameters quickly
on site. At the touch of a button, you can
access precisely those measured values that
are of relevance.
You can also use the user-friendly web
server function to request measured values
directly from the control center.

198

PHOENIX CONTACT

Planning reliability and investment security
EMpro extension modules, special function modules, and communication modules
enable you to remain flexible and extend
your EMpro measuring devices at any time:
– Digital inputs and outputs
– Pulse outputs
– Analog outputs
– Communication interfaces
– Measured data memory
– Temperature measurement

Remote access to multiple meters with just one IP address
The web server that has been integrated
into the Ethernet communication modules
allows you to conveniently configure key parameters online. It also allows remote access to key electrical characteristics such as
current, voltage, power, energy, and harmonics.

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
You can easily select the right device for
your application by referring to the table below:

Product type

The compact starter

The highly communicative
device for use on DIN rails

The universal solution
on the front panel

The communication expert

EEM-MA200

EEM-MA250
with RS-485

EEM-MA400

EEM-MA600
EEM-MA600-24DC

∙

∙

∙

∙

∙
∙

∙
∙

∙

∙

∙

∙
∙
∙
∙

∙
∙
∙
∙

∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙

∙

∙

∙
∙

∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙

Up to 51st harmonic

Up to 51st harmonic

Up to 51st harmonic

Up to 63rd harmonic

∙
∙
∙
∙

∙
∙
∙
∙

∙

∙
∙
∙

Mounting
DIN rail
Front panel
Measurement
Currents
I1, I2, I3, Σ3
I1, I2, I3, IN (calculation)
Maximum values
Average values
Supports current measurement without an external transformer

∙
∙
∙

Voltages
U12, U23, U31, V1, V2, V3
Maximum values
Average values
Voltage measurement via voltage transducer
Voltage measurement, direct, up to 500 V
Voltage measurement, direct, up to 700 V
Frequency
Power
ΣP, ΣQ, ΣS (±)
P, Q, S per phase (±)
Maximum values P, Q, S
Average values P, Q, S
Trend power
Power factor
ΣPF
PF per phase
THD (Total Harmonic Distortion)
I1, I2, I3, U12, U23, U31, V1, V2, V3
Temperature
Temperature measurement (internal)
Metering
Active and reactive energy (kWh+, kvarh+)
Active and reactive energy (kWh±, kvarh±)
Two-tariff meter
Operating hours
Analysis

∙

Up to 63rd harmonic

Harmonics analysis
Outputs
One configurable pulse output (kWh+, kvarh+) or alarm (threshold value)
Inputs
One configurable input for tariff switch-over
Special function modules (optional)

∙
∙

∙
∙

Memory
Two digital I/Os

∙

One pulse output or one threshold value
Two pulse outputs
Two analog outputs
Temperature measurement
Communication modules (optional)

∙

JBUS/Modbus RTU (RS-485)
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS (D-SUB)
Ethernet
RS-485/Ethernet gateway

Key
I1, I2, I3
IN
U12, U23, U31
V1, V2, V3

Conductor currents
Neutral conductor current
Phase conductor voltages
Conductor voltages to N

P
Q
S
PF
THD

∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙

Real power
Reactive power
Apparent power
Power factor
Total harmonic distortion

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

199

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Energy meters
H
W

D

EMpro energy meters are capable of acquiring, monitoring, and displaying all electrical system and machine parameters locally.
EEM-MA600
– Can be extended with special function
and communication modules
– Remote access via web server, integrated
into Ethernet communication module
– Acquisition of individual harmonic components up to 63rd order
– Trend calculation for active and reactive
power

Measuring voltage of up to 700 V AC,
extendable


Housing width 96 mm

EEM-MA400
– Can be extended with a pulse module
– Can be extended with RS-485 communication module (JBUS/MODBUS)
– Acquisition of total harmonic content up
to harmonic of 51st order
EEM-MA250
– Two-tariff measurement via pulse input
– Pulse output
– RS-485 interface ( JBUS/MODBUS)
EEM-MA200
– Two-tariff measurement via pulse input
– Pulse output
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Technical data
Input data
Measuring principle
Acquisition of harmonics
Measured value
Voltage measuring input V1, V2, V3
Input voltage range

Accuracy
Current measuring input I1, I2, I3
Input current range ( Via external transformers )
Overload capacity
Operate threshold
Accuracy
Power measurement
Measuring range
Accuracy
Active energy (IEC 62053-22)
Reactive power (IEC 62053-23)
Digital input
Voltage input signal
Switching output
Output description
Maximum switching voltage
Current carrying capacity
Serial port
Output description
Serial transmission speed
Display
Type
Measuring rate
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Dimensions W / H / D With extension module
Connection cross section (solid / stranded / AWG)
Voltage and other connections
Current connection
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

True r.m.s. value measurement
up to 63rd harmonic
AC sine (50/60 Hz)
18 V AC ... 700 V AC (Phase/Phase)
11 V AC ... 404 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor)
500 kV AC (Primary, via external voltage transducers)
(Secondary, 60, 100, 110, 115, 120, 173, 190 V AC)
0.2%
9999 A (primary)
(1 A and 5 A, secondary)
6 A (Permanent)
10 mA
0.2%
0 MW ... 8000 MW / 0 Mvar ... 8000 Mvar / 0 MVA ... 8000 MVA
0.5%
Class 0.5S
Class 2
(Via extension module)

Via extension module
Via extension module
LCD display, backlighting
approximately

10 VA
20 VA (With maximum number of extension modules)
IP52 (front), IP30 (back)
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
96 / 96 / 82 mm
96 / 96 / 80 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 ... 6 mm² / 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 20 - 8
CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

EEM-MA6001)

2901366

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Energy meter, for installation in front panel
Energy meter, for front-panel installation, 24 V DC

Energy meter, for mounting on a DIN rail

200

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
H

H
W

D

Measuring voltage of up to 700 V AC,
supply voltage 24 V DC

H
W

D

Measuring voltage of up to 500 V AC,
can be extended with RS-485 interface

Measuring voltage of up to 500 V AC,
with DIN rail mounting,
also with RS-485 interface


Housing width 96 mm

W

D



Housing width 96 mm

Technical data

Housing width 72 mm

Technical data

Technical data

True r.m.s. value measurement
up to 63rd harmonic
AC sine (50/60 Hz)

True r.m.s. value measurement
up to 51st harmonic
AC sine (50/60 Hz)

True r.m.s. value measurement
up to 51st harmonic
AC sine (50/60 Hz)

18 V AC ... 700 V AC (Phase/Phase)
11 V AC ... 404 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor)
500 kV AC (Primary, via external voltage transducers)
(Secondary, 60, 100, 110, 115, 120, 173, 190 V AC)

50 V AC ... 500 V AC (Phase/Phase)
28 V AC ... 289 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor)
-

50 V AC ... 519 V AC (Phase/Phase)
28 V AC ... 300 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor)
-

0.2%

0.2%

0.2%

9999 A (primary)
(1 A and 5 A, secondary)
6 A (Permanent)
10 mA
0.2%

9999 A (primary)
5 A (secondary)
6 A (Permanent)
5 mA
0.2%

9999 A (primary)
5 A (secondary)
6 A (Permanent)
5 mA
0.2%

0 MW ... 8000 MW / 0 Mvar ... 8000 Mvar / 0 MVA ... 8000 MVA

0 MW ... 11 MW / 0 Mvar ... 11 Mvar / 0 MVA ... 11 MVA

0 kW ... 9999 kW / 0 kvar ... 9999 kvar / 0 kVA ... 9999 kVA

0.5%
Class 0.5S
Class 2

0.5%
Class 0.5S
Class 2

0.5%
Class 0.5S
Class 2

(Via extension module)

-

230 V AC 10% (Tariff switchover: e.g., day/nighttime tariff)

Via extension module
-

-

Via extension module
-

Via extension module
-

Transistor output, active
30 V DC
27 mA
EEM-MA2501)
Modbus RTU/JBUS RS-485
2,4 ... 38.4 kbps

LCD display, backlighting
approximately

LCD display, backlighting
approximately

LCD display, backlighting
approximately

10 VA
20 VA (With maximum number of extension modules)
IP52 (front), IP30 (back)
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
96 / 96 / 82 mm
96 / 96 / 80 mm

5 VA
10 VA (With maximum number of extension modules)
IP52 (front), IP30 (back)
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
96 / 96 / 82 mm
96 / 96 / 80 mm

5 VA

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 ... 6 mm² / 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 20 - 8

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 ... 6 mm² / 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 20 - 8

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10

CE-compliant
-

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

Ordering data
Type

EEM-MA600-24DC

IP51 (front), IP20 (back)
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
72 / 90 / 64 mm

Ordering data
Order No.

2902352

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EEM-MA2001)
None

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EEM-MA4001)

2901364

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EEM-MA2501)
EEM-MA2001)

2901363
2901362

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

201

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Extension modules

Plug-in special function module for the
EEM-MA600 energy meter
EEM-2DIO-MA600
– Two digital inputs and outputs
– Configurable threshold values
EEM-2AO-MA600
– Two 0 ... 20 mA/4 ... 20 mA analog outputs, configurable
Two digital inputs and outputs

Two analog outputs

Technical data

Technical data

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Digital input
Voltage input signal
Input pulse length
Output
Output description
Maximum switching voltage
General data
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

10 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 ms

-

Relay output
250 V AC/DC

Current output
-

9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)

9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

Ordering data

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Special function module (for EEM-MA600)
With two digital I/Os
With two analog outputs

EEM-2DIO-MA6001)

2901371

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EEM-2AO-MA6001)

2901475

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Extension modules

Plug-in special function module for the
EEM-MA600 energy meter
EEM-MEMO-MA600
– Stores the last ten alarms together with
the time and date
– Stores the real and reactive power, e.g.,
for 45 days with a 15-minute synchronization pulse
Memory module

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Technical data
Digital input
Voltage input signal
General data
Supply voltage
Memory size
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

10 V DC ... 30 V DC
9 V (via EEM-MA600)
512 kByte
IP20
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

EEM-MEMO-MA6001)

2901370

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Memory module (for EEM-MA600)

202

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Extension modules

Communication modules
EEM-RS485-MA...
– JBUS/Modbus RTU (RS-485)
EEM-PB...-MA600
– PROFIBUS DP, with transmission speeds
of 1.5 or 12 Mbps
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

RS-485

PROFIBUS

Technical data
Serial port
Output description
Serial transmission speed
General data
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Technical data

Modbus RTU/JBUS RS-485
2.4 ... 38.4 kbps

EEM-PB-MA6001)
PROFIBUS DP RS-485
9.6 kbps ... 1.5 Mbps

9 V (via EEM-MA400)
IP20
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)

9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

Ordering data
Description
Communication module (for EEM-MA400)
JBUS/Modbus RTU (RS-485)
Communication module (for EEM-MA600)
JBUS/Modbus RTU (RS-485)
PROFIBUS DP (1.5 Mbps)
PROFIBUS DP (12 Mbps)

Type

EEM-PB12-MA6001)
PROFIBUS DP RS-485
9.6 kbps ... 12 Mbps

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EEM-RS485-MA4001)

2901365

1

EEM-RS485-MA6001)

2901367

1

Type

Order No.

EEM-PB-MA6001)
EEM-PB12-MA6001)

2901368
2901418

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Communication modules

EEM-ETH-MA600
– Ethernet
– Integrated web server
EEM-ETH-RS485-MA600
– Ethernet/RS-485 gateway
– MODBUS RTU master for up to
246 slaves
– Integrated web server
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Serial port
Output description
Serial transmission speed
General data
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Ethernet
(MODBUS TCP)

Ethernet/RS-485 gateway
(MODBUS TCP/MODBUS RTU)

Technical data

Technical data

Modbus TCP Ethernet (RJ45)
10/100 Mbps

Modbus TCP Ethernet (RJ45)
10/100 Mbps

9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)

9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

Ordering data
Description

Type

Communication module (for EEM-MA600)
Ethernet
RS-485/Ethernet gateway

EEM-ETH-MA6001)

Ordering data
Order No.

2901373

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EEM-ETH-RS485-MA6001)

2901374

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

203

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Extension module

Plug-in special function module for the
EEM-MA600 energy meter
EEM-TEMP-MA600
– Temperature recording for up to three
PT 100 temperature sensors
– Temperature measuring range -20°C...+150°C
– Internal temperature recording of the ambient temperature -10°C...+55°C

Temperature module

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Technical data
Input data
Description of the input
Temperature range

Pt 100 input: 2, 3, 4-conductor
-20°C ... 150°C (Connected sensors)
-10°C ... 55°C (in the immediate vicinity)
0.5 K/m (2-conductor)
0.25 K/m (3-conductor)
0 K/m (4-conductor)
±1 K

Transmission error

Basic accuracy
General data
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

EEM-TEMP-MA6001)

2901949

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Special function module (for EEM-MA600)
1

Extension modules

Plug-in special function modules for the
EEM-MA400 and EEM-MA600 energy meters.
EEM-IMP-MA400
– One configurable pulse output
– One configurable threshold value
EEM-IMP-MA600
– Two configurable pulse outputs

Digital input
Voltage input signal
Input pulse length
Output
Output description
Maximum switching voltage
General data
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

Pulse module

Pulse module

Technical data

Technical data

-

-

Relay output
100 V DC

Relay output
100 V DC

9 V (via EEM-MA400)
IP20
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)

9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

Ordering data

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Special function module (for EEM-MA600)
With two digital I/Os
With two analog outputs

EEM-IMP-MA400

2904314

204

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EEM-IMP-MA600

2904313

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Measuring instrument bracket
H
D

– For mounting the EEM-MA600 or
EEM-MA400 energy meters on a
35 mm DIN rail according to EN 60715

W

For mounting on DIN rails

Technical data
General data
Vibration resistance
Weight
DIN rail clip material
Fixing sheet material
Dimensions W / H / D

57 Hz ... 150 Hz (2 g)
265 g
Aluminum, natural anodized
Stainless steel VA
116 / 112 / 115 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

EEM-MKT-DRA

2902078

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DIN rail adapter for EEM-MA600 and EEM-MA400 energy meters

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

205

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Complete packages for data logging

BASIC data logger kit
Optimize your use of energy and resources. Data loggers from Phoenix Contact can
be used to monitor and log the supply of
water, compressed air, and electricity to
your system. This enables efficient cost control. No additional software or operator
panels are needed to parameterize data loggers – simply use a web browser on your
PC.
The BASIC data logger kit features:
– Low installation and energy costs, thanks
to parameterization via web interface
without programming knowledge
– Comprehensive solution – complete
package available under one order number
– Flexible communication, thanks to the integrated GSM/GPRS modem and Ethernet interface
– Maximum system availability, thanks to
limit value monitoring
– Standardized data routing, thanks to SQL
interface
– Process information sent to the user via
e-mail or SMS
– Set digital outputs on the data logger via
SMS
– Integrated FTP and web server

206

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

PSK DL BASIC

2700726

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Parameterizable data logger kit with Ethernet interface and
GSM modem, including power supply unit with 8 digital outputs
and 16 digital inputs, plus accessories and patch cable

1

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Complete packages for data logging

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

FLEX data logger kit
The PSK DL FLEX data logger kit is the
extended version of the PSK DL BASIC basic package. A maximum of three digital input terminals and four analog input terminals
from the Inline I/O system can also be connected to the FLEX kit. The mounted terminals are automatically detected and started
up. The PSK DL FLEX can be used to send
digital and analog status information via SMS
or e-mail or via mobile phone networks or
Ethernet. In addition, the PSK DL FLEX can
write the information directly to an SQL database that is provided.
In addition to all the properties of the
BASIC version, the FLEX extended
solution kit also offers the following:
– Direct SQL connection via SQL interface
– Process information via e-mail and SMS
– Flexible extension with additional
I/O modules

Technical data
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Extendable parameterizable data logger kit with Ethernet interface
and GSM/GPRS modem, including power supply unit with 8 digital
outputs, 24 digital inputs, and 8 analog inputs, plus accessories and
patch cable
PSK DL FLEX

2700727

1

IB IL 24 DI 2-PAC1)
IB IL 24 DI 4-PAC1)
IB IL 24 DI 8-PAC1)
IB IL 24 DI 16-PAC1)
IB IL DI 8/S0-PAC1)

2861221
2861234
2861247
2861250
2897020

1
1
1
1
1

IB IL AI 2/SF-PAC1)
IB IL AI 8/SF-PAC1)
IB IL AI 8/IS-PAC1)

2861302
2861412
2861661

1
1
1

Accessories
Inline digital input terminal, complete with accessories
(connector and labeling field)
- 2 inputs
- 4 inputs
- 8 inputs
- 16 inputs
- S0 counter
Inline analog input terminal, complete with accessories
(connector and labeling field)
- 2 inputs
- 8 inputs
- 8 inputs, initiator with supply outputs

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

207

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Sensors and meters
Compressed air meters
Use meters from Phoenix Contact to
monitor the use of compressed air, an expensive production resource. By using compressed air efficiently, you can decrease
compressor usage and therefore reduce energy costs. The calorimetric measuring procedure records even the smallest consumption rates. You can therefore detect wear or
leaks based on the amount of air consumed.
Compressed air counter up to 75 Nm3/h

Use compressed air meters to acquire
the following values:
– The current volumetric flow according to
ISO 2533 and DIN 1343
– The total volume used
– The temperature of the compressed air in
the monitored operating processes
The compressed air meters impress
thanks to their:
– Detailed reference measurement with
flow rate, total volume, and temperature
display
– Intelligent sensor communication, thanks
to IO-Link technology
– Measuring range from 0.06 Nm3/h to
700.0 Nm3/h
– Flexible use, thanks to IP65 protection:
resistant to dust and splash water


Technical data
PSK AFS6050IOL
Flow monitoring
Measuring range
Display area
Repeatability
Response time
Measured value error

PSK AFS6000IOL

0 Nm³/h ... 75 Nm³/h
0 Nm³/h ... 90 Nm³/h
(±1.5% of the measured value)
< 0.1 s ((dAP = 0))
±15% of the measured value
Depending on the air quality:
+1.5% of the measuring range fi±3% of the measured value
nal value
+0.3% of the measuring range final value; ±6% of the measured
value +0.6% of the measuring
range final value

Temperature monitoring
Measuring range
Display area
Response time
Resolution
Accuracy
Supply for module electronics
Connection method
No. of pos.
Supply voltage range
Current draw
Digital outputs
Pulse value
Pulse length
Delay time
Analog outputs
Type of protection
Current output signal
Load/output load current output
General data
Weight
Width
Height
Depth
Degree of protection
Protection class
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Vibration resistance according to IEC 60068-2-6

0°C ... 60°C
-12°C ... 72°C
30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
0.5°C
±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
M12 plug-in connector
4
19 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 100 mA
0.0010 m³ ... 1000000 m³
min. 0.04 s
0.5 s (Operational readiness)
Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω
581 g

961 g
45 mm

111 mm
79.5 mm

300 mm
76.8 mm
IP65
III
0°C ... 60°C
-20°C ... 85°C
5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz)

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PSK AFS6050IOL

2700704

1

PSK AFS6000IOL

2700707

1

Compressed air meter: G1/2 process connection,
measuring range up to 75 Nm3/h
Compressed air meter: G1/2 process connection,
measuring range up to 75 Nm3/h
Compressed air meter: R1/4 process connection,
measuring range up to 15 Nm3/h
Compressed air meter: R1 process connection,
measuring range up to 225 Nm3/h
Compressed air meter: R2 process connection,
measuring range up to 700 Nm3/h

208

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology

Compressed air counter up to 15 Nm3/h

Compressed air counter up to 225 Nm3/h



Compressed air counter up to 700 Nm3/h





Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

0 Nm³/h ... 15 Nm³/h
0 Nm³/h ... 18 Nm³/h
(±1.5% of the measured value)
< 0.1 s ((dAP = 0))
Depending on the air quality: ±3% of the measured value +0.3% of
the measuring range final value; ±6% of the measured value +0.6%
of the measuring range final value

0 Nm³/h ... 225 Nm³/h
0 Nm³/h ... 270 Nm³/h
(±1.5% of the measured value)
< 0.1 s ((dAP = 0))
Depending on the air quality: ±3% of the measured value +0.3% of
the measuring range final value; ±6% of the measured value +0.6%
of the measuring range final value

2 Nm³/h ... 700 Nm³/h
0 Nm³/h ... 840 Nm³/h
(±1.5% of the measured value)
< 0.1 s ((dAP = 0))
Depending on the air quality: ±3% of the measured value +0.3% of
the measuring range final value; ±6% of the measured value +0.6%
of the measuring range final value

0°C ... 60°C
-12°C ... 72°C
30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
0.5°C
±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)

0°C ... 60°C
-12°C ... 72°C
30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
0.5°C
±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)

0°C ... 60°C
-12°C ... 72°C
30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
0.5°C
±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)

M12 plug-in connector
4
19 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 100 mA

M12 plug-in connector
4
19 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 100 mA

M12 plug-in connector
4
19 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 100 mA

0.0010 m³ ... 1000000 m³
min. 0.2 s
0.5 s (Operational readiness)

0.0030 m³ ... 3000000 m³
min. 0.02 s
1 s (Operational readiness)

0.0100 m³ ... 4000000 m³
min. 0.043 s
0.5 s (Operational readiness)

Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω

Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω

Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω

887 g
45 mm
193.3 mm
74.5 mm
IP65
III
0°C ... 60°C
-20°C ... 85°C
5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz)

2.053 kg
45 mm
475 mm
88.5 mm
IP65
III
0°C ... 60°C
-20°C ... 85°C
5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz)

4.332 kg
133 mm
475 mm
IP65
III
0°C ... 60°C
-20°C ... 85°C
5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz)

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

PSK AFS5000IOL

2700705

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

PSK AFS8000IOL

2700708

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PSK AFS2000IOL

2700709

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

209

Monitoring
Current transformers

Extremely versatile
PACT current transformers offer a complete product range for converting alternating currents up to 4000 A into secondary
currents of 1 A and 5 A. Depending on requirements, bus-bar, plug-in, and winding
current transformers are available. PACT
current transformers are available in different transformation ratios, accuracy classes,
and rated powers - in 3000 versions, for
your current measurement requirements.

210

PHOENIX CONTACT

Also available for higher accuracy classes
For standard applications, such as in machine building or system manufacturing,
Phoenix Contact offers current transformers with accuracy classes 0.5 and 1 in a version that cannot be calibrated.
For higher accuracy or for billing purposes
in energy supply, type-tested transformers
that can be calibrated as well as calibrated
transformers are available - with classes
0.2/0.2S/0.5 and 0.5S.

Monitoring
Current transformers

I PN
120 %

100 %

t

Fast and secure installation
The current transformer quick-action
mechanism offers the following advantages:
– Tool-free mounting
– Considerable reduction in installation
time
– Easy handling and secure fastening by
pressing with finger
– Current transformers align themselves –
no need for subsequent alignment

ETH

Variable and space-saving mounting
In addition to the vertical and horizontal
mounting position, the optional accessories
offer further installation options such as
mounting on the DIN rail or on the control
cabinet panel.
All PACT current transformers are just
30 mm wide. This saves space – for example
flat mounting when measuring branch outlets.

ETH

PLC
MRESET

LNK
ACT
100

PLC
MRESET

RUN
STP

LNK
ACT
100

FAIL

RUN / PROG

PLC

INLINE CONTROL
ILC 370 ETH 2TX-IB
Ord. No.: 2876999

LNK
ACT
100

IB

RB OUT

RC

IL

PRG

RB IN

IL

PRG

RDY / RUN

BA

RD

BSA

RD

BSA

TR

FAIL

TR

FAIL

BA

PLC

RB OUT

RDY / RUN

PF

PF

1.1

1.1

1.1

1.1

1.1

MACX MCR-SL-CAC-S-I

OUT GND GND GND

PWR

ERR

1.1

1.1

Current transducer

PWR

ERR

ON OFF

nc

D

1
2

0,5

0,5

nc

D

PACT MCR V2
12020-1 59

0,5

Current transducer

ON OFF
1
2

0,5

1.1

OUT GND GND GND

MACX MCR-SL-CAC-S-I

RC

RB IN

FAIL

INLINE CONTROL
ILC 370 ETH 2TX-IB
Ord. No.: 2876999
RESET

RESET

IB

RUN
STP

RUN / PROG

10/100

10/100

LNK
ACT
100

Current transformer
According to EN 60044-1

PACT current transformer

Safe detection of current peaks
PACT current transformers can be used
to safely detect current peaks greater than
the rated nominal current strength – without resulting in any damage: the transformers are designed for a continuous thermal
nominal current that is 120% of the primary
rated current strength.
Example: a PACT transformer with a
specified rated power of 10 VA does indeed
deliver 14.4 VA on a continual basis.

Safe isolation
PACT current transformers are manufactured in accordance with EN 50178. This
is relevant for electronic equipment for use
in power installations.
EN 50178 differs considerably from
EN 60044, the usual standard for transformers, with regard to safety.
Your advantages:
– PACT current transformers offer safe isolation, thanks to greater air and creepage
distances
– PACT current transformers ensure that
there is no sparkover on the secondary
side of the transformer and human life is
protected inside and outside the control
cabinet
– Up to 1000 V (L-N) operating voltage
possible
– Routine testing with 12 kV (1.2/50 s)
– Surge voltage category 3 is met

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

211

Monitoring
Current transformers
Selection guide

– Complete range consisting of winding,
bus-bar, and plug-in current transformers
– Popular types available from stock; alternatively, order key can be used for custom
dimensioning
– Versions available to support official calibration
Selection
– Select your converter in accordance with
the dimensions of the copper rail
– Specify the four electrical characteristics
of the converter:
1.The primary rated current
strength Ipn - the maximum amperage
occurring in the path to be measured
2.The secondary rated current Isn supplied to the downstream measuring
devices
3. Class - accuracy for adherence to the
specified tolerances
4. Rated power Sn [VA] - takes account of all the loads occurring in the
measuring circuit

Calculation guide

Technical data
Input data
Thermal rated short-time current
Rated surge current
Rated frequency
Surge current limitation factor
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Test voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Insulating material class
Connection capacity of secondary terminals
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Housing material

Ith = 60 * In
Idyn = 2.5 * Ith
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
FS 5
1 kV
3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
12 kV (1.2 / 50 μs)
E
2 x (2.5 x 4) mm
-25°C ... 40°C
IEC 60044-1, EN 50178
Polyamide PA fiberglass reinforced

Order key - example for PACT MCR-V2-3015-60
Preferred types that can be ordered directly are marked in green in the selection table.

Determination of the secondary side rated power Sn
All the occurring loads must be added:
– Calculate the power requirement of the copper cable (forward and
return line)
– Take into account the power requirement of the connected devices
(measuring devices)
– Add a reserve requirement

Order No.
2277271

IP00600
IP00750
IP00800
IP01000
IP01250
IP02000
IP02500

Sn total = Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device + Sn reserve

IP02000
= 60 A
= 75 A
= 80 A
= 100 A
= 125 A
= 200 A
= 250 A

/

IS05

Rated power Sn

C10

2.

Secondary current Isn
1A

0.2917
0.1750
0.1094
0.0729

0.0117
0.0070
0.0044
0.0029

Example:
Sn copper cable = cable length x 2 x rated power
Sn copper cable = 10 m x 2 x 0.1750 VA/m = 3.50 VA

Selection table (extract)
Isn

Cl.

Primary rated current strength Ipn [A]
60
75
80
100
125
150
1.25
2.5
2.5

0.5
1A

1.25

2.5

2.5

2.5

1

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

200
2.5
3.75

250
2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5
10

Sn measuring device = 2 VA
Sn reserve < 0.5 x (Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device)
Sn reserve = 2 VA
Sn total = Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device + Sn reserve
Sn total = 3.5 VA + 2 VA + 2 VA = 7.5 VA

0.5
5A

1.25
1

PHOENIX CONTACT

1.25
1.5

1.25
2

2.5

2.5
3.75

P125
P250
P375
P500
P750
P1000

3.

2.5
3.75
5

Rated power Sn [VA]

Secondary current Isn
5A

/

C02 = 0.2
C05 = 0.5
C10 = 1

Rated power in VA/m
(consider the forward and return line)

1.5
2.5
4
6

212

Class
/

IS01 = 1 A
IS05 = 5 A

1.

Power requirement of copper cables with a different diameter
Conductor cross
section in mm2

Secondary current Isn

Primary current Ipn
/

=
=
=
=
=
=

P750
1.25 VA
2.5 VA
3.75 VA
5.0 VA
7.5 VA
10 VA

4.

Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers

PACT MCR-V1-21-44
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(50...500) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 21 mm
16

Notes:

30

44

Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

Bus-bar curr. transf.,
official calibration as an option

21

50
26

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223

Ordering data
Rated power
Sn

Description

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 50 A
1.25 VA
- 75 A
2.5 VA
- 100 A
2.5 VA
- 125 A
3.75 VA
- 150 A
5 VA
- 200 A
5 VA
- 250 A
5 VA
- 300 A
10 VA
- 400 A
5 VA
- 500 A
10 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 50-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 75-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-100-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-125-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-500-5A-1

2277019
2277611
2277022
2277763
2277035
2277776
2277048
2277789
2277051
2277792

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V1-21-44

2277268

1

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
2277268

/

IP05000

/

IS01

Selection table PACT MCR-V1-21-44 (Order No.: 2277268)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
50
60
75
80
100
125
1.25
2.5
C05
= 0.5
IS01
=1A
1.25
1.25
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C10
3.75
=1

C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A

1.25
C10
=1

1.25
1.5

2.5

2.5

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

/

C05

Rated power Sn
/

P1000

150
2.5
3.75

200
2.5
5

250
2.5
5
7.5

300
2.5
5

400
2.5
5
7.5

500
2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

1.25
1.5

1.25
2.0

1.25
2.5

2.5
3.75

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Rated power Sn [VA]

Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224

213

Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers

30

60

16

PACT MCR-V2-3015-60
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(50...750) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 28 mm
– Rail dimensions:
30x15 mm; 20x20 mm

28

23x23

16x33

64

Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

33x16

Notes:

Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223

Ordering data
Rated power
Sn

Description

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 60 A
1.25 VA
- 75 A
1.25 VA
- 75 A
1.5 VA
- 80 A
1.25 VA
- 100 A
2.5 VA
- 125 A
3.75 VA
- 150 A
3.75 VA
- 150 A
5 VA
- 200 A
5 VA
- 200 A
7.5 VA
- 250 A
5 VA
- 250 A
7.5 VA
- 250 A
10 VA
- 300 A
7.5 VA
- 400 A
10 VA
- 500 A
10 VA
- 600 A
10 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 60-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 75-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60- 75-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 80-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 100-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 125-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 750-5A-1

2277815
2277828
2276502
2277831
2277064
2277624
2277844
2277077
2277637
2277857
2276544
2277860
2277080
2277640
2277093
2277653
2277103
2277666

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60

2277271

1

Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

2276638

1

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65

2276641

1

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/

IP07500

/

IS01

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-3015-60 (Order No.: 2277271)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
50
60
75
80
100
125
1.25
2.5
C05
= 0.5
IS01
=1A
1.25
1.25
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C10
3.75
=1

/

1.25
C10
=1

214

PHOENIX CONTACT

1.25
1.5

1.25
2

2.5

2.5
3.75

Rated power Sn
/

P1500

150
2.5

200
2.5
3.75

250
2.5
5

300
2.5
5
7.5

400
2.5
5
10

500
2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5
10

2.5
5
7.5
10

2.5
5
10
15

C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A

C05

2.5
3.75
5

2.5
5
10

600
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10

750
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

Rated power Sn [VA]

2277271

Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers

70

Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224

13x40,5

33

31x31

74

40,5x13

Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

30

16

PACT MCR-V2-4012-70
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(75...1000) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 33 mm
– Rail dimensions:
40x12 mm; 2x 30x10 mm

Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223

Ordering data
Rated power
Sn

Description

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 250 A
5 VA
- 300 A
7.5 VA
- 400 A
7.5 VA
- 500 A
10 VA
- 600 A
10 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
- 800 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
10 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70-1000-5A-1

2277116
2277679
2277129
2277682
2277132
2277695
2277145
2277158

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 4012- 70

2277284

1

Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40

2276612

1

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65

2276625

1

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/

IP010000

/

IS05

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-4012-70 (Order No.: 2277284)
Primary rated current strength Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
75
80
100
125
150
200
1.25
2.5
2.5
C05
3.75
= 0.5
IS01
=1 A
1.25
1.25
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C10
3.75
5
5
=1

1.25
C10
=1

1.25

2.5

C10

Rated power Sn
/

P250

250
2.5
5

300
2.5
5

400
2.5
5
7.5

500
2.5
5
10

600
2.5
5
10

750
2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10

1.25

2.5

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A

/

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

2.5
5
10
15

800
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

1000
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10

Rated power Sn [VA]

2277284

2.5
5
10

PHOENIX CONTACT

215

Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers

13x50,5

42

41x31

31x41

92

50,5x13

Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

30

85
16

PACT MCR-V2-5012-85
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(100...1500) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 42 mm
– Rail dimensions:
50x12 mm; 2x 40x10 mm

Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223

Ordering data
Rated power
Sn

Description

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 150 A
3.75 VA
- 200 A
5 VA
- 250 A
7.5 VA
- 300 A
10 VA
- 400 A
10 VA
- 500 A
15 VA
- 600 A
10 VA
- 600 A
15 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
- 800 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
15 VA
- 1250 A
15 VA
- 1500 A
15 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1500-5A-1

2276117
2276120
2276133
2276146
2277161
2276159
2277174
2276162
2276175
2277187
2276463
2277190
2277200
2276188

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 5012- 85

2277297

1

Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40

2276612

1

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65

2276625

1

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/

IP02500

/

IS01

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-5012-85 (Order No.: 2277297)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
100
125
150
200
250
300
1.25
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05
5
5
5
= 0.5
7.5
IS01
=1A

1.25

2.5

C10
=1

2.5
3.75

2.5
5
7.5

1.25

2.5
5

2.5
3.75

2.5
5
7.5

C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A

1.25
C10
=1

216

PHOENIX CONTACT

2.5

2.5
5
7.5
10
2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

/

400
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

C10

500
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
20
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20

Rated power Sn
/

600
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
20
2.5
5
20
15
5
10
15
20

P750

750
2.5
5
10

800
2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

1000
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20

1250
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20

1500
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
30
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20

Rated power Sn [VA]

2277297

Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers

16x60,5

52

42x42

32x52

52x32

92

60,5x16

Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

30

85
16

PACT MCR-V2-6015-85
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(200...1600) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 52 mm
– Rail dimensions:
60x15 mm; 2x 50x10 mm; 40x40 mm

Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223

Ordering data
Rated power
Sn

Description

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 200 A
2.5 VA
- 250 A
2.5 VA
- 300 A
2.5 VA
- 400 A
2.5 VA
- 500 A
5 VA
- 600 A
10 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
- 800 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
15 VA
- 1250 A
15 VA
- 1500 A
15 VA
- 1600 A
15 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1600-5A-1

2277873
2277886
2277899
2277909
2277912
2277925
2277938
2277941
2277954
2277967
2277970
2277983

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 6015- 85

2277336

1

Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

2276638

1

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65

2276641

1

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/

IP05000

/

IS01

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6015-85 (Order No.: 2277336)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200
250
300
400
500
1.25
1.25
1.25
2.5
C05
= 0.5
IS01
=1A
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C10
3.75
=1

2.5
C10
=1

C10

Rated power Sn
/

P375

600
2.5

750
2.5
5

800
2.5

1000
2.5

1250
2.5
5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
3.75

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15

5
10
15
20
5
10
15
20

1.25

1.25

1.25
2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A

/

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

1500

1600

5
10
15
20
5
10
15
30

5
10
15

Rated power Sn [VA]

2277336

5
10
15

PHOENIX CONTACT

217

Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers

PACT MCR-V2-6315-95
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(200...2500) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 53 mm
– Rail dimensions:
63x15 mm
2x 50x10 mm
40x40 mm
PACT MCR-V2-6040-96
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(200...2000) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 61 mm
– Rail dimensions:
60x40 mm; 50x50 mm

Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

96
95

61

44x64

105

54x54

53

32x54

54x32

42x42

16x64

16
105

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223

64x16

Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 225

16

Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

Ordering data
Rated power
Sn

Description

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 600 A
10 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
- 800 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
10 VA
- 1250 A
10 VA
- 1250 A
15 VA
- 1500 A
10 VA
- 1600 A
10 VA
- 1600 A
15 VA
- 2000 A
15 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type

30

30

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1250-5A-1

2277213
2277226
2277239

1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1600-5A-1

2277242
2277255

1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 6315- 95

2277307

1

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1000-5A-1

2276191
2276201
2276214
2277705

1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1500-5A-1

2276227
2277718

1
1

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-2000-5A-1

2276230
2276243

1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 6040- 96

2277349

1

Accessories

Accessories

Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

2276638

1

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

2276638

1

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65

2276641

1

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65

2276641

1

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
IP25000

/

IS05

/

C05

Rated power Sn
/

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6315-95 (Order No.: 2277307)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
5
5
5
10 10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
7.5 10 10 15 15
15
15
15
IS01
20
=1A
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
C10 3.75 5
5
5
5
5
10 10
10
10
10
10
15
=1
7.5 10 10 10 15 15
15
15
20
15
20
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
3.75 5
5
5
5
10 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
7.5 10 10 10 15 15
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS05
15 15 20 20
30
20
30
30
30
30
=5A
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
10
5
5
10
10
10
C10 3.75 5
5
5
10 10 10 10
15
10
10
15
15
15
=1
10 10 15 15 15 15
30
15
15
30
30
30
15 20 20 30 30
30
30

218

PHOENIX CONTACT

P500
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6040-96 (Order No.: 2277349)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.5
7.5
7.5 7.5 10
10
IS01
=1A
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C10 3.75 5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
=1
7.5 7.5
7.5 7.5 10
10
2.5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5 2.5 2.5
C10 3.75 3.75 5
=1

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10

5
10
15

2.5
5
10

C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A

2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15

5
10
15
5
10
15

Rated power Sn [VA]

/

Rated power Sn [VA]

2277307

Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...2500) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 61 mm
– Rail dimensions:
80x15 mm; 2x 60x10 mm; 3x 50x10 mm
PACT MCR-V2-8020-105
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(500...2000) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 70 mm
– Rail dimensions:
2x 80x10 mm; 60x60 mm

Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

Notes:

Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

30

105

70

31x81

60x64

16
116

61

33x63

Ordering data

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 400 A
7.5 VA
- 500 A
10 VA
- 600 A
10 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
- 800 A
15 VA
- 1000 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
15 VA
- 1250 A
10 VA
- 1500 A
15 VA
- 1600 A
15 VA
- 2000 A
10 VA
- 2000 A
20 VA
- 2500 A
20 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type

Type

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1600-5A-1

2276256
2276269
2276272
2276285
2276298
2277721
2276308
2276311
2277734
2276324

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2500-5A-1

2276337
2276340

1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 8015-105

2277352

1

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
2277352

/

IP25000

/

IS05

/

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-8015-105 (Order No.: 2277352)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400
500
600
750
800 1000 1250
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.5
10
10
7.5
10
IS01
=1A
C10
=1

C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A
C10
=1

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
5
10
15
20

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Order No.

1500
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15

C10

1600
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1000-5A-1

2277747

1

PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1500-5A-1

2277750

1

PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-2000-5A-1

2276382

1

PACT MCR-V2- 8020-105

2277365

1

Rated power Sn
/

2000
5
10
15
20
10
15
20
25
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20

P3000
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-8020-105 (Order No.: 2277365)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
500
600
750
800 1000 1250 1500
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.5
10
IS01

2500

5
10
15
20
10
15
20
30

Rated power Sn [VA]

Rated power
Sn

Ordering data

=1A
C10
=1

C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A
C10
=1

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

1600
2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15

2000

2.5
5
10

Rated power Sn [VA]

116

53x53

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223

64x53

16x83

Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 225

Description

30

105

16

Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

5
10

PHOENIX CONTACT

219

Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers

PACT MCR-V2-10020-129
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...4000) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 85 mm
– Rail dimensions:
2x 100x10 mm; 80x64 mm
PACT MCR-V2-10036-129
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...4000) A
– Rail dimensions:
3x 100x12 mm

Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

30

140

85

64x84

Ordering data
Rated power
Sn

Description

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 2500 A
15 VA
- 3000 A
15 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-10020-129-2500-5A

2276395

PACT MCR-V2-10020-129

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/

IP40000

/

IS05

/

C05

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-10036-129-3000-5A

2276405

1

PACT MCR-V2-10036-129

2277381

1

1

1

Rated power Sn
/

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-10020-129 (Order No.: 2277378)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000
2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS01
20
20
=1A
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C10
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
=1
15
15
15
15
15
15
25
30
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS05
20
20
25
25
=5A
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C10
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
=1
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
25
30
30
30

220

2277378

P2500

Rated power Sn [VA]

2277378

Ordering data

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-10036-129 (Order No.: 2277381)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000
2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS01
20
20
=1A
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C10
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
=1
15
15
15
15
15
15
25
30
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS05
20
20
25
25
=5A
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C10
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
=1
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
25
30
30
30

Rated power Sn [VA]

140

81x54

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223

56x101

31x101

16

Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 225

30

129
16

129

Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers

PACT MCR-V2-12020-159
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...4000) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 96 mm
– Rail dimensions:
2x 120x10 mm; 3x 100x10 mm;
80x80 mm
PACT MCR-V2-12040-159
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...4000) A
– Rail dimensions:
4x 120x10 mm

Plug-in current transformer

Notes:

Plug-in current transformer

30

30

159
16

16

159

Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

172

72x122

96

55x103

Ordering data
Rated power
Sn

Description

Type

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Order No.

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 4000 A
15 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
PACT MCR-V2-12020-159

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/

IP08000

/

IS01

/

C05

1

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-12040-159-4000-5A

2276418

1

PACT MCR-V2-12040-159

2277404

1

Rated power
/

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-12020-159 (Order No.: 2277394)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
= 0.5 10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
30
IS01
15
20
30
30
30
30
30
45
= 1A
2.5
5
5
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
C10
5
10
10
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
=1
10
15
15
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
30
30
15
20
20
15
20
30
30
30
30
30
45
45
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
10
5
5
5
10
10
C05
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
15
10
10
10
15
15
= 0.5 10
10
10
10
10
15
15
30
15
15
15
30
30
IS05
15
15
30
30
45
30
30
30
45
45
=5A
2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
5
5
10
10
10
C10
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
10
10
15
15
15
=1
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
30
15
15
30
30
30
15
20
20
20
30
30
30
45
30
30
45
45
45

P250
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-12040-159 (Order No.: 2277404)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
= 0.5
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
30
IS01
Rated power Sn [VA]

2277404

2277394

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

= 1A
C10
=1

C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A
C10
=1

2.5
5
10

5
10
15

5
10
15

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

10
15
30

10
15
30

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10
15

5
10
15

10
15
30

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

10
15
30

10
15
30

2.5
5
10

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

10
15
30

5
10
15

5
10
15

10
15
30

10
15
30

10
15
30

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Rated power Sn [VA]

172

83x83

34x126

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223

221

Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers

PACT MCR-V3-60
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(1...40) A
30

16

60

– Current-carrying copper lines connected
directly to the screw terminal blocks on
the primary side

Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

64

Notes:

Winding current transformer

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V3-60

2277417

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/

IP00025

/

IS01

Selection table PACT MCR-V3-60 (Order No.: 2277417)
Primary rated current strength Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
1
2
2.5
4
5
6
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.5
IS01
=1 A
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C10
5
5
5
5
5
5
=1

C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A
C10
=1

222

PHOENIX CONTACT

/

C10

Rated power Sn
/

P250

7.5
2.5
5

10
2.5
5

12.5
2.5
5

15
2.5
5

20
2.5
5

25
2.5
5

30
2.5
5

40
2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

Rated power Sn [VA]

2277417

1

Monitoring
Current transformers
Quick-action mechanism for
PACT current transformers
– No tools necessary for mounting
– Extremely easy handling, thanks to secure
fastening by pressing with finger
– Set consisting of two fixing pins and a
holding latch
Notes:
The 16 mm wide quick-action mechanism can also be used for
larger current transformers if the length of the fixing pins is sufficient.

General data
Material
Ambient temperature (operation)

for: ...-V2-4012-70..., ...-V2-5012-85...

for: ...-V2-3015-60..., ...-V2-6015-85...,
...-V2-6315-95...

Technical data

Technical data

PA 6
-25°C ... 120°C

PA 6
-25°C ... 120°C

Ordering data
Description

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65
PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

2276641
2276638

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm
Fixing pin length 65 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65
PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40

2276625
2276612

1
1

Fixing pin length 65 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm

1
1

Accessories

–
–
–
–

Copper sleeves
DIN rail adapter
Secondary terminal cover
Insulating caps

Description

Copper sleeves
DIN rail adapter

Secondary terminal cover
Insulating caps

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-ETC-60
PACT MCR-ETC-75

2277572
2277585

9
9

PACT MCR-ICAP

2277608

18

Copper sleeves, for establishing a conductive connection during
the horizontal assembly of PACT analog current transformers. The
size of the copper sleeve depends on the diameter of the inner hole
of the current transformer.
- for PACT MCR-V1-21-44-...
- for PACT MCR-V1-21-44-...
- for PACT MCR-V2-3015-60-...
- for PACT MCR-V2-5012-85-...
DIN rail adapter

Ø 21/8 mm
Ø 21/12 mm
Ø 28/12 mm
Ø 42/12 mm

Secondary terminal cover, for increasing the clearances and
creepage distances
Length: 60 mm
Length: 75 mm
Insulating caps, for protection against unintended contact with
mounting screws of the primary rail

PACT MCR-CB-21- 8
PACT MCR-CB-21-12
PACT MCR-CB-28-12
PACT MCR-CB-42-12

2277569
2277556
2277543
2277530

1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-RA

2277598

12

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

223

Monitoring
Current transformers
Calibratable current transformers - order key and selection tables
Add order key from the relevant selection table (ordering examples are marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
Rated power Sn
/

/
IP01500
IP02000
IP02500
IP03000
IP04000
IP05000
IP06000
IP07500
IP08000
IP10000
IP12000
IP12500
IP15000
IP16000
IP20000
IP25000

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

/

150 A
200 A
250 A
300 A
400 A
500 A
600 A
750 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
1250 A
1500 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A

IS05 = 5 A

Calibration

/
C02S =
C02 =
C05S =
C05 =

Calibration certificate

/

0.2S
0.2
0.5S
0.5

P250
P500
P1000
P1500
P2000
P3000

=
=
=
=
=
=

/
NONE = not calibrated
YES = calibrated

2.5 VA
5.0 VA
10 VA
15 VA
20 VA
30 VA

NONE
YES

= no calibration certificate
= calibration certificate (a fee is
charged)

YESPLUS = Calibration certificate with catalog
of errors (5 measuring points) (a fee
is charged)

PACT MCR-V1C-21-44 (Order No.: 2277420)
You will find information about the product on page 213.
Add order key from the selection table
2277420
/ IP03000 / IS05 / C02 / P250
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
150
200
250
300
400
500
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
=

/ NONE / NONE

C05S
=
0.5S
2.5
C05
= 0.5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

PACT MCR-V2C-4012-70 (Order No.: 2277446)

You will find information about the product on page 214.
Add order key from the selection table
2277433
/ IP02000 / IS05 / C05 / P250 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200
250
300
400
500
600
750
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
5
=
10
10
0.2S

You will find information about the product on page 215.
Add order key from the selection table
2277446
/ IP06000 / IS05 / C02 / P1000 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200
250
300
400
500
600
750
800 1000
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
C02S
5
5
5
10
=
10
10
0.2S

2.5
C02
= 0.2
IS05
=5A

C05S
=
0.5S
2.5
C05
= 0.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

Rated power Sn [VA]

PACT MCR-V2C-3015-60 (Order No.: 2277433)

C02
= 0.2
IS05
=5A

C05S
=
0.5S
2.5
C05
= 0.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10

5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10

5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10

PACT MCR-V2C-6015-85 (Order No.: 2277462)

You will find information about the product on page 216.
Add order key from the selection table
2277459
/ IP10000 / IS05 / C05 / P1500 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200
250
300
400
500
600
750
800 1000 1200
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
5
C02S
5
5
5
10
10
=
10
10
15
15
0.2S
20
30
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
5
C02
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
= 0.2
10
10
10
15
15
IS05
30
30
=5A
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
5
5
5
5
C05S
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
=
10
10
15
15
0.5S
30
30
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
10
10
15
15
30
30

You will find information about the product on page 217.
Add order key from the selection table
2277462
/ IP02500 / IS05 / C05 / P250 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
250
300
400
500
600
750
800 1000 1200
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
5
5
5
=
10
10
0.2S

224

PHOENIX CONTACT

Rated power Sn [VA]

PACT MCR-V2C-5012-85 (Order No.: 2277459)

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

C02
= 0.2
IS05
=5A

C05S
=
0.5S
2.5
C05
= 0.5

2.5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

Rated power Sn [VA]

IS05
=5A

2.5
5

Rated power Sn [VA]

C02
= 0.2

Rated power Sn [VA]

0.2S

Monitoring
Current transformers
Calibratable current transformers - order key and selection tables
Add order key from the relevant selection table (ordering examples are marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
Rated power Sn
/
IP01500
IP02000
IP02500
IP03000
IP04000
IP05000
IP06000
IP07500
IP08000
IP10000
IP12000
IP12500
IP15000
IP16000
IP20000
IP25000

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

/

150 A
200 A
250 A
300 A
400 A
500 A
600 A
750 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
1250 A
1500 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A

IS05 = 5 A

Calibration

/
C02S =
C02 =
C05S =
C05 =

Calibration certificate

/

0.2S
0.2
0.5S
0.5

P250
P500
P1000
P1500
P2000
P3000

=
=
=
=
=
=

/
NONE = not calibrated
YES = calibrated

2.5 VA
5.0 VA
10 VA
15 VA
20 VA
30 VA

NONE
YES

= no calibration certificate
= calibration certificate (a fee is
charged)

YESPLUS = Calibration certificate with catalog
of errors (5 measuring points) (a fee
is charged)

PACT MCR-V2C-6040-96 (Order No.: 2277488)

You will find information about the product on page 218.
Add order key from the selection table
2277475
/ IP15000 / IS05 / C05 / P3000 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250
2.5
5
5
C02S
5
10
10
=
10
15
15
0.2S
20
20
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
C02
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
= 0.2
10
10
10
15
15
15
IS05
15
15
20
20
20
=5A
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
C05S
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
=
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
0.5S
15
20
20
20
30
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
30
30
20
30

You will find information about the product on page 218.
Add order key from the selection table
2277488
/ IP12000 / IS05 / C02 / P1000 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
500
600
750
800 1000 1200 1250 1500
2.5
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
5
5
=
10
0.2S
15
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C02
5
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.2
10
10
IS05
15
=5A
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05S
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
=
10
10
10
10
10
0.5S
15
15
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.5
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15

1500
5
10
15
20
5
10
15
30
5
10
15
30
5
10
15
30

Rated power Sn [VA]

PACT MCR-V2C-6315-95 (Order No.: 2277475)

PACT MCR-V2C-8015-105 (Order No.: 2277491)

PACT MCR-V2C-8020-105 (Order No.: 2277501)

You will find information about the product on page 219.
Add order key from the selection table
2277491
/ IP05000 / IS05 / C05 / P500 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400
500
600
750
800 1000 1200 1250 1500
2.5
C02S
5
=

You will find information about the product on page 219.
Add order key from the selection table
2277501
/ IP15000 / IS05 / C05S / P1000 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400
500
600
750
800 1000 1200 1250 1500
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
5
=

IS05
=5A

C05S
=
0.5S
C05
= 0.5

2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
10
15
20
5
10
15
20

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

C02
= 0.2
IS05
=5A

C05S
=
0.5S
C05
= 0.5

2.5
5

PACT MCR-V2C-10020-129 (Order No.: 2277514)

PACT MCR-V2C-10036-129 (Order No.: 2277527)

You will find information about the product on page 220.
Add order key from the selection table
2277514
/ IP08000 / IS05 / C05 / P1500 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500 1600 2000
2.5
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
5
5
=

You will find information about the product on page 220.
Add order key from the selection table
2277527
/ IP16000 / IS05 / C05 / P500 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500 1600 2000

C02
= 0.2
IS05
=5A

C05S
=
0.5S
C05
= 0.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2500

C02S
=
0.2S
Rated power Sn [VA]

0.2S

2500
2.5
5
10

C02
= 0.2
IS05
=5A

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

C05S
=
0.5S
C05
= 0.5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Rated power Sn [VA]

C02
= 0.2

2.5
5
10

Rated power Sn [VA]

0.2S
2.5
5

Rated power Sn [VA]

0.2S

Rated power Sn [VA]

/

225

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology

With flexible power supply – current
transducers up to 12 A AC
Active current transducers convert sinusoidal alternating currents up to 12 A. The
integrated wide-range power supply unit enables use in various different countries.
With hinged Rogowski sensor – current transducers up to 200 A AC
The AC current transducers measure sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents up to 200 A. The hinged Rogowski
sensor ensures very easy installation, as cables that are to be measured do not have to
be isolated. This enables mounting to be
carried out without interruptions.
Limit value monitoring with the
current protector
At the current protector, a desired amperage is specified at which a PDT contact
switches a load on or off.

226

PHOENIX CONTACT

Flexible signal conditioning – current
transducers up to 55 A AC/DC
Current transducers up to 55 A offer an
infinitely adjustable measuring range. This
range is mapped over the entire output signal range. This ensures extremely accurate
resolution of measured values. Basic configuration can be performed quickly via the
DIP switches. Additional useful device functions can be set via the software.
For high currents – current
transducers up to 600 A AC/DC
The universal current transducers are the
ideal solution for measuring high currents
with any waveform up to 600 A AC/DC.
The product range offers various different
devices in graded measuring ranges with
current or voltage output.

Voltage transducers, AC and DC
Voltage transducers convert AC and DC
voltages into standard analog signals.

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology

For sinusoidal alternating currents up
to 12 A
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Wide-range version from 19.2 ... 253 V
AC/DC
– Voltage bridging with DIN rail connector
– Input/output can be configured via DIP
switches
– Suitable for potentially explosive areas,
thanks to ATEX approval for Ex zone 2

For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
alternating currents up to 200 A
– Distorted alternating currents up to
6000 Hz can be also acquired, thanks to
true r.m.s. value measurement (RMS)
– Uninterrupted installation and lossless
current measurement thanks to hinged
Rogowski sensor
– Measuring range selection with slide
switch

Limit value monitoring
The current protector converts sinusoidal alternating currents to binary switching
signals.
– Switching point can be freely selected in
the measuring range of 0 ... 16 A AC
– Changeover relay output
– Adjustable switch hysteresis
– 3-way isolation
– Settable operating current/quiescent
current behavior

With flexible measuring ranges for all
waveforms up to 55 A
– Lossless true r.m.s. value measurement
without shunt via Hall sensor (TRMS)
– Optimum mapping of the measuring
range up to 55 A, thanks to software-programmable upper and lower limits
– Limit value alarm in the event of threshold
value overrange or underrange up to 55 A
– via relay or transistor output

For high currents – current transducers up to 600 A AC/DC
– Lossless true r.m.s. value measurement
without shunt via Hall sensor (TRMS)
– Compact dimensions also enable distributed use
– Variable mounting on DIN rail and
mounting plate
– COMBICON plug-in connection terminal
blocks
– 3-way isolation
– For a conductor diameter of up to 32 mm

Voltage transducers, AC and DC
– For DC voltages from 0 ... ±660 V DC and
AC voltages from 0 ... 444 V AC
–
–
–
–

Bidirectional output signals
Adjustable voltage ranges
ZERO/SPAN adjustment ±20%
3-way isolation

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

227

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology

Current acquisition
If purely ohmic loads (incandescent
lamps, heaters, etc.) are operated on a
conventional 230 V network, no distortions are produced on the power grid.
As non-linear loads increase as a result
of phase angle-controlled regulation modules, pure sinusoidal waves gradually take
on a trapezoidal waveform.
The majority of current and voltage
transducers are calibrated for sinusoidal alternating currents, which means that they
can only indicate the r.m.s. value of an alternating current by mean-value generation.
True r.m.s. measuring transducers do
not rely on specific form factors and accept all waveforms.
r.m.s. value acquisition according to
the transformer principle (RMS)
According to Faraday's law of induction,
a magnetic flux which changes over time
produces an induced voltage at the terminals of a coil. A circuit arrangement consisting of two electrically isolated but magnetically coupled circuits is known as a
transformer. This is one of the simplest
and most commonly used methods of current transfer.

True r.m.s. value acquisition according
to the Rogowski principle (TRMS)
The Rogowski measuring principle is
used to measure sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents. A non-ferrous
induction coil (air-core coil), known as the
Rogowski coil, measures the magnetic
voltage along a closed circumference
around a live conductor.
The output signal of the Rogowski coil is
then conditioned so as to obtain an exact
replica of the primary current.
True r.m.s. value acquisition with a
Hall sensor (TRMS)
The magnetic flux generated by the primary current IP is condensed in the magnetic circuit and measured in the air gap
using a Hall sensor. The output signal of
the Hall sensor is then conditioned so as
to obtain an exact replica of the primary
current.
r.m.s. value acquisition according to the transformer principle (RMS)

True r.m.s. value acquisition according to the
Rogowski principle (TRMS)

Mean-value generation
r.m.s. value
(root mean square value)
The r.m.s. value of an alternating current
corresponds to the steady-state value that
results from the instantaneous values of this
current. This steady-state value generates
the same thermal work in an ohmic resistor
as a direct current of identical magnitude.
The term “true r.m.s. value” simply means
that distorted, direct, and pulsating currents
can be acquired. Here, the measuring transducer is compatible with any waveform.
For a sinusoidal AC current this means:
I
US
Irm = S
Ur =
2
2

Arithmetic average value
The arithmetic average value is used to
measure direct currents or filter a DC component out from a pulsating current. Applying the arithmetic average value to a symmetrical alternating current would result in
a measured value of “0”.
The arithmetic average value enables direct currents to be made available at the
output in the form of standard analog signals. The polarity can be evaluated by means
of a bipolar output signal.

Analog
OUT

True r.m.s. value acquisition with a Hall sensor
(TRMS)

IS

For a 230 V/50 Hz power grid, this results
in the following with regard to the voltage
levels:
Urms
= 230 V
US

= 325 V

Uavg

=

Irms

Iavg

0V
Arithmetic average value

228

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
AC/DC current transducers and
distorted currents
The MCR-SL-CUC-... current transducers measure DC, AC, and distorted currents of 0 ... 600 A.
– Universal current measurement, no shunt
required
– Compact dimensions also enable distributed use
– Variable mounting on DIN rail and
mounting plate
– Simple connection method thanks to
COMBICON plug-in connection terminal
blocks
– 3-way isolation

For DC, AC, and distorted currents of
0 ... 300 A,
voltage output

For DC, AC, and distorted currents of
0 ... 600 A,
current output





Housing width 90 mm

Housing width 90 mm

ADC

IN

μC

1.4

GND

1.3

NC

NC

1.2

OUT I

+24 V DC

1.1

+24 V DC

1.4

GND

1.3

OUT U

1.2
1.1

DAC

U

ADC

IN

Technical data
Input data
Frequency range
Curve type
Connection method
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
General data
Supply voltage UB
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Overload capacity

Universal current transducer
Input current range: 0 ... 100 A
Input current range: 0 ... 200 A
Input current range: 0 ... 300 A
Input current range: 0 ... 400 A
Universal current transducer without UL approval
Input current range: 0 ... 500 A
Input current range: 0 ... 600 A

6 x IIN
3 x IIN
3.33 x IIN
2.5 x IIN

3.6 x IIN
3 x IIN

µC

I

Technical data

20 Hz ... 6000 Hz (0 Hz)
AC, DC or distorted currents
Cable design: 32 mm diameter

20 Hz ... 6000 Hz (0 Hz)
AC, DC or distorted currents
Cable design: 32 mm diameter

0 ... 10 V
≥ 10 kΩ

4 ... 20 mA
< 25 mA
< 300 Ω

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
<±1% (of final value)
typ. 0.02%/K (0 ... 60°C) 0.04%/K (-40 ... 65°C)

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
<±1% (of final value)
typ. 0.02%/K (0 ... 60°C) 0.04%/K (-40 ... 65°C)

150 ms
acc. to EN 61010
300 V AC
III / 2
IP20
-40°C ... 65°C
90 / 33.8 / 85 mm
0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

150 ms
acc. to EN 61010
300 V AC
III / 2
IP20
-40°C ... 65°C
90 / 33.8 / 85 mm
0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data
Description

DAC

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

MCR-SL-CUC-100-U
MCR-SL-CUC-200-U
MCR-SL-CUC-300-U

2308108
2308205
2308302

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MCR-SL-CUC-100-I
MCR-SL-CUC-200-I
MCR-SL-CUC-300-I
MCR-SL-CUC-400-I

2308027
2308030
2308043
2308072

1
1
1
1

MCR-SL-CUC-500-I
MCR-SL-CUC-600-I

2308085
2308098

1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

229

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
AC/DC current transducers and
distorted currents
The MCR-S-...-UI(-SW)-DCI current
transducers measure direct, alternating and
distorted currents.
– Device can be set via DIP switches or
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software
– True r.m.s. value measurement
– 3-way isolation
– With optional relay and transistor output

D W
H

D W
H

For DC, AC, and distorted currents
0 ... 11 A

For DC, AC, and distorted currents
0 ... 55 A

Notes:
To order a configurable product, enter the required configuration
by referring to the adjacent order key.


Ex: 

Further information about the configuration software can be found
on page 237

Housing width 22.5 mm

12 1
11 2
14 3
NC 4

OUT

DAC

OUT
I

ADC

IN

DAC

11 GND 2
12 GND 2

U
Po
wer

13 24VDC
14 GND 1

=

15 SW
16 GND 1

12 1
11 2
14 3
NC 4

OUT

Technical data
Input data
Input current
Operate threshold
Frequency range
Curve type
Overload capacity
Surge strength
Connection method
Output data
Output signal (normal and inverse)
Load RB
Switching output
Relay output

Transistor output pnp

Contact material
Max. switching current
Output voltage
Continuous load current

Setting range of the threshold value
Response delay
Status indication
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Test voltage input/power supply
Test voltage output/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

OUT
I

9 O UT I
10 O UT U

DAC

11 GND 2
12 GND 2

U
Po
wer

13 24VDC
14 GND 1

=

15 SW
16 GND 1

Technical data

0 A ... 11 A (AC/DC)
2% (of measuring range nominal value 1/5/10 A)
15 Hz ... 400 Hz
AC, DC or distorted currents
2 x IN (continuous)
20 x IN (1 s)
Screw connection
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
2 ... 10 V / -5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V
> 10 kΩ
< 500 Ω

0 A ... 55 A (AC/DC)
0.8% (of measuring range nominal value 50 A)
15 Hz ... 400 Hz
AC, DC or distorted currents
Depending on through connected conductor
Depending on through connected conductor
Through connection, diameter 10.5 mm
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
2 ... 10 V / -5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V
> 10 kΩ
< 500 Ω

1 PDT / AgSnO, hard gold-plated
50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
19 V ... 29 V (supply voltage - 1 V)
80 mA (Not short-circuit proof)
1% ... 110%
0.1 s ... 20 s
Yellow LED

1 PDT / AgSnO, hard gold-plated
50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
19 V ... 29 V (supply voltage - 1 V)
80 mA (Not short-circuit proof)
1% ... 110%
0.1 s ... 20 s
Yellow LED

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 50 mA (without load)
< 0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions)
typ. < 0.025%/K
330 ms (with AC) 40 ms (with DC)
as per EN 50178, EN 61010
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 60°C
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 50 mA (without load)
< 0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions)
typ. < 0.025%/K
330 ms (with AC) 40 ms (with DC)
as per EN 50178, EN 61010
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 60°C
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

CE-compliant
Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6, Ex nC IIC T6

CE-compliant
Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6, Ex nC IIC T6

Ordering data
Description

DAC

µC

9 O UT I
10 O UT U

SPAN

µC

SET
TIME POINT ZERO

8

IN

ADC

SPAN

1A

Housing width 22.5 mm

5
6
7

SET
TIME POINT ZERO

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

10A
5A


Ex: 

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI1)
MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI-NC1)
MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI1)
MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI-NC1)

2814650
2814731
2814634
2814715

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI1)
MCR-S10-50-UI-SW-DCI-NC1)
MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI1)
MCR-S10-50-UI-DCI-NC1)

2814663
2814744
2814647
2814728

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR current measuring transducer for measuring AC, DC, and
distorted currents with relay and transistor switching output
Configurable product
Standard product
Configurable product, without switching output
Standard product, without switching output

230

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
Order key for the current transducers (standard configuration entered as example)

Order No.
2814634

/

2814650

/

Measuring range:
Start
End
0.00
/

2814634 =
MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI
2814650 =
MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI

Order No.
2814647
2814663

0.00

Output

/

5.00

/

5.00

/

Measuring range
starting value is
between
0.00…7.50 A

Measuring range
final value
between
0.2...11 A

0.00 = 0.00 A

5.00 = 5.00 A

50.0

/

/

50.0

/

2814647 =
MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI
2814663 =
MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI

0.0

OUT01
OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06
OUT07
OUT08
OUT09
OUT10
OUT11
OUT12
OUT13
OUT14
OUT17
OUT18

Measuring range:
Start
End
/
0.0
/

Threshold value

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

/

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
20...0 mA
20...4 mA
10...0 V
10...2V
5...0 V
5...1 V
-5...+5 V
-10...+10 V
+10...-10 V
+5...-5 V

Output

/

Measuring range
start value is
between
0.00…37.5 A

Measuring range
final value
between
9.5...55 A

0.0 = 0.0 A

50.0 = 50.0 A

Suppression
time

Operating behavior of relay and transistor

OUT01
50

/

3.0

Switching threshold
between 1 ... 110%

between
0.1 ... 20 s

50 = 50% of set upper
measuring range
value (here: 2.5 A)

3.0 = 3 s

Threshold value

/

Suppression
time

A

/

O

A = Operating
current
controlled

O = Overrange

R = Closed-circuit
current
controlled

U = Underrange

Operating behavior and transistor

OUT01
OUT01
OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06
OUT07
OUT08
OUT09
OUT10
OUT11
OUT12
OUT13
OUT14
OUT17
OUT18

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
20...0 mA
20...4 mA
10...0 V
10...2V
5...0 V
5...1 V
-5...+5 V
-10...+10 V
+10...-10 V
+5...-5 V

/

50

/

3.0

Switching threshold
between 1 ... 110%

between
0.1 ... 20 s

50 = 50% of set upper
measuring range
value (here: 25 A)

3.0 = 3 s

/

A

/

O

A = Operating
current
controlled

O = Overrange

R = Closed-circuit
current
controlled

U = Underrange

Function diagrams: Switching behavior of relay and transistor output:
1) Operating current-controlled when threshold value is exceeded

2) Operating current-controlled when below the threshold value
I IN

IIN
SW condition

SW condition

t

t
( H)

Operating voltage UB

( H)

Operating voltage UB

( L)

( L)
t

(1)
Relay N/O contact and
transistor output

(0)

t1

Relay N/O contact and
transistor output

t1

(0)

t1

t

(0)
Relay N/C contact

t

(1)

t

(0)
t1

t1

t

(1)

3) Quiescent current-controlled when threshold value is exceeded

Relay N/C contact

(1)

t1

4) Quiescent current-controlled when below the threshold value
IIN

IIN
SW condition

SW condition

t
Operating voltage UB

( H)

t
Operating voltage UB

( H)
( L)

( L)
t

(1)
Relay N/O contact and
transistor output

t

(0)

t1

Relay N/O contact and
transistor output

t1

t

(1)

t1

t1

t

(0)

t1

t

(0)

(0)
Relay N/C contact

t

(1)

Relay N/C contact

t1

(1)

t

(0) = N/O contact and transistor open / N/C contact closed
(1) = N/O contact and transistor closed / N/C contact open

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

231

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
AC current transducers,
sinusoidal
The MCR-SL-CAC-... current transducers measure sinusoidal alternating currents
within the range 0 ... 1/5/12 A.
– Wide-range version from
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– 3-way isolation
– Input/output can be configured using the
DIP switch

H

H
W

D

W

D

For sinusoidal alternating currents
0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A

Notes:

For sinusoidal alternating currents
0 ... 5 A/0 ... 12 A

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571


Ex: 
Housing width 22.5 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

OUT

L(+) 1.1

OUT

L(+) 1.1

L(+) 1.2

3.1

OUT1

L(+) 1.2

3.1

OUT1

N(-)

1.3

3.2

GND

N(-)

1.3

3.2

GND

N(-)

1.4

3.3

GND

N(-)

1.4

3.3

GND

3.4

GND

3.4

GND

4.1

1A

4.1

12A

4.2

5A

4.2

5A

4.3

NC

4.3

NC

4.4

4.4

IN

IN

Technical data
Input data
Input current (configurable)
Nominal frequency
Frequency range
Curve type
Overload capacity
Surge strength
Connection method
Output data
Output signal (configurable)
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error

Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category Input/output
Pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Test voltage output/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

Technical data

0 A AC ... 1 A AC (configurable) /
0 A AC ... 5 A AC (configurable)
50 Hz
45 Hz ... 65 Hz
Sine
2 x IN (continuous)
20 x IN (1 s)
Screw terminal block

0 A AC ... 5 A AC (configurable) /
0 A AC ... 12 A AC (configurable)
50 Hz
45 Hz ... 65 Hz
Sine
1 x IN (continuous)
8 x IN (1 s)
Screw terminal block

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
25 mA
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 10 mVPP (for 500 Ω at 20 mA)
MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I1)
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 32 mA
(at UB=24 V DC, IOUT=20 mA)
≤ 0.5% (of nominal range value
under nominal conditions)

MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP1)
19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC
< 30 mA
(at UB=24 V DC, IOUT=20 mA)
≤ 0.5% (of nominal range value
under nominal conditions)

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
25 mA
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 10 mVPP (for 500 Ω at 20 mA)
MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP1)
19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC
< 33 mA
(at 24 V DC)
≤ 0.5% (of nominal range value
under nominal conditions)

< 0.02%/K
max. 300 ms Typ. 200 ms
acc. to EN 61010
2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F)
22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² /
24 - 14

< 0.02%/K
max. 300 ms Typ. 200 ms
acc. to EN 61010
2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F)
22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² /
24 - 14

< 0.02%/K
< 300 ms
acc. to EN 61010
300 V AC (to ground)
III
2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F)
22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² /
24 - 14

CE-compliant

CE-compliant
 II 3 G Ex nA II T4 X
-

 II 3 G Ex nA II T4 X
UL 508 Recognized

Ordering data

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Description

Type

Order No.

MCR current measuring transducers for sinusoidal alternating
currents
Supply voltage 19.2 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC

MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I1)
MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP1)

2810612
2810625

1
1

2707437

50

Accessories
DIN rail connector, for bridging the supply voltage (19.2...30 V DC),
can be snapped on to 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715

232

PHOENIX CONTACT

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP1)

2810638

Accessories

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
AC current transducers,
sinusoidal and distorted
The MCR-SL-S-...00-... current transducers measure sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents within the range
0 ... 200 A.
– True/r.m.s. value measurement from
30...6000 Hz
– Measuring range selection with slide
switch
– Loop-powered
– Can be retrofitted with the open-up
Rogowski coil

D W
H

D W
H

For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating
currents, 0 ... 200 A,
voltage output

For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating
currents, 0 ... 200 A,
current output (loop-powered)


Ex: 


Ex: 

Housing width 55 mm

Housing width 55 mm

OUT

OUT
GND

IN

Input data
Input current (configurable)
Operate threshold
Frequency range
Curve type
Overload capacity
Surge strength
Connection method
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Cable position error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

=

OUT

=

U

IN

I

OUT
+24V

+24V

Technical data

Technical data

...-S-100-U
...-S-200-U
0 A ... 100 A (0...50/75/100 A)
0 A ... 200 A (0..100/150/200 A)
1% (of final value)
30 Hz ... 6000 Hz
Sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
Depending on laid conductor
Depending on through connected conductor
Clamp-on cable design, diameter 18.5 mm

...-S-100-I-LP
...-S-200-I-LP
0 A ... 100 A (0...50/75/100 A)
0 A ... 200 A (0...100/150/200 A)
1% (of final value)
30 Hz ... 6000 Hz
Sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
Depending on laid conductor
Depending on through connected conductor
Clamp-on cable design, diameter 18.5 mm

0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V
((0 V ... 10 V) 14 V, (0 V ... 5 V) 7 V)
≥ 10 kΩ

4 ... 20 mA
< 25 mA
((UB - 12 V) x 350 / 12 A)

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 30 mA
< 1% (of final value)
< 0.63%
< 0.035%/K
< 340 ms
As per IEC 61010-1 and IEC 61326
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 60°C
55 / 85 / 70.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 1% (of final value)
< 0.63%
< 0.025%/K
< 340 ms
As per IEC 61010-1 and IEC 61326
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 60°C
55 / 85 / 70.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

CE-compliant
cULus

CE-compliant
cULus

Ordering data
Description

Type

MCR current measuring transducers for sinusoidal and
non-sinusoidal alternating currents
Input current range: 0...50/75/100 A
Input current range: 0..0.100/150/200 A

MCR-SL-S-100-U
MCR-SL-S-200-U

Ordering data
Order No.

2813457
2813460

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Type

Order No.

MCR-SL-S-100-I-LP
MCR-SL-S-200-I-LP

2813486
2813499

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

233

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
Passive AC current transducers,
sinusoidal

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

The MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-0 passive current
transducer measures sinusoidal alternating
currents within the range 0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A.
– Loop-powered
– Measuring ranges 1 A and 5 A AC, reconnectable

D W
H

For sinusoidal alternating currents
0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A


Housing width 22.5 mm

IN
1A
5A
NC

OUT
IOUT

1
2
3
4

9 OUT I
J
10
500

OUT U

11

GND

12

GND

Technical data
Input data
Input current
Frequency range
Curve type
Overload capacity
Surge strength
Permissible output range
Connection method
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB

Ripple
General data
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

1 A input
0 A AC ... 5 A AC
45 Hz ... 60 Hz
Sine
2 x IN (5 min. at 60°C ambient
temperature)
50 A (1 s)
1.2 x IN
Screw connection
U output
0 ... 10 V
20 V
> 100 kΩ

< 50 mVPP

5 A input
0 A AC ... 0.005 A AC
45 Hz ... 60 Hz
Sine
100 A (1 s)
1.2 x IN
Screw connection
I output
0 ... 20 mA
30 mA
< 750 Ω
< 250 Ω (when current and
voltage outputs are used
simultaneously)
< 50 mVPP

< 0.5% (of final value)
< 0.015%/K
< 200 ms
as per EN 50178, EN 61010
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-25°C ... 60°C
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-01)

2814359

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR passive current measuring transducers for sinusoidal
alternating currents

234

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
AC current protectors, sinusoidal

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

The MCR-SL-S-16-SP-24 current
protector converts sinusoidal 50 Hz/60 Hz
alternating currents into binary switching
signals.
– Switching point can be freely selected in
the measuring range of 0...16 A AC
– Changeover relay output
– Adjustable switch hysteresis
– 3-way isolation
– Settable operating current/quiescent
current behavior

D W
H

For sinusoidal alternating currents,
0 ... 16 A AC


Housing width 22.5 mm
SETPOINT

5
6
7
8

Delay

IN

=

24V DC 13
GND 14
NC 15
NC 16

=

12
11
14
NC

OUT

Technical data
Input data
Input current
Frequency range
Curve type
Overload capacity
Connection method
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching current
Switching hysteresis
Response delay
Operating and closed circuit current behavior
Relay status display
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Setting accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Test voltage input/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

0 A AC ... 16 A AC
45 Hz ... 65 Hz
Sine
2 x IN (continuous)
Through connection, diameter 4.2 mm
Relay output
1 PDT
AgSnO, hard gold-plated
50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
Adjustable using a DIP switch (0.5%, 5%, 10%, 15%)
Typ. 0.1 s ... 10 s (Adjustable using a potentiometer)
Adjustable using a DIP switch
Yellow LED (relay active)
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 30 mA
< 0.5%
< 0.02%/K
40 ms
as per EN 50178, EN 61010-1
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant

L1

N

Ordering data
Description
Lighting system

10

40
30

Emergency lighting

L2

N

20
K

NC

RELAY ACTIV

50

14

Order No.

MCR-SL-S- 16-SP- 241)

2864464

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR current protector for sinusoidal alternating currents

0

SETPOINT

11

DELAY TIME

12

Type

MCR - SL - S - 16 - SP - 24

1

+ 24V
GND
NC
NC

24V

Mains voltage

Lighting system with emergency lighting

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

235

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
Voltage transducers

The MCR-VDC-UI-B-DC voltage
transducer measures DC voltages within
the range 0 ... ±660 V DC.
The MCR-VAC-UI-O-DC voltage
transducer measures sinusoidal AC voltages
from 0 ... 444 V AC.
– Bidirectional output signals
– Adjustable voltage ranges
– ZERO/SPAN adjustment ±20%
– 3-way isolation

D W
H

D W
H

For DC voltages
0 ... ±660 V DC

For sinusoidal AC voltages
0...444 V AC

Notes:





1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Housing width 22.5 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

IN
±550V
±370V
±250V
±170V
±120V
±80V
±54V
±36V
±24V
GND 1

IN

OUT
9 OUT I
10 OUT U
11 GND2
12 GND2

1
2
3
4

5
6
7

9 OUT I
10 OUT U
11 GND2
12 GND2

0-370V 1
0-250V 2
0-170V 3
0-120V 4

13 + 24VDC
14 + 24VDC
15 GND3
16 GND3

J
J
J

OUT

8

0-80V
0-54V
0-36V
0-24V
GND 1

5
6
7

J
J

8

Technical data
Input data
Input voltage range / resistor

ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Frequency range
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

-550 V DC ... 550 V DC
-370 V DC ... 370 V DC
-250 V DC ... 250 V DC
-170 V DC ... 170 V DC
-120 V DC ... 120 V DC
-80 V DC ... 80 V DC
-54 V DC ... 54 V DC
-36 V DC ... 36 V DC
-24 V DC ... 24 V DC
±20% / ±20%
U output
-10 ... 10 V
±15 V
> 10 kΩ
< 50 mVPP

Technical data

550 kΩ
370 kΩ
250 kΩ
170 kΩ
120 kΩ
80 kΩ
54 kΩ
36 kΩ
24 kΩ

I output
-20 ... 20 mA
±30 mA
< 500 Ω
< 50 mVPP

0 V ... 370 V AC
0 V ... 250 V AC
0 V ... 170 V AC
0 V ... 120 V AC
0 V ... 80 V AC
0 V ... 54 V AC
0 V ... 36 V AC
0 V ... 24 V AC

370 kΩ
250 kΩ
170 kΩ
120 kΩ
80 kΩ
54 kΩ
36 kΩ
24 kΩ

±20% / ±20%
45 Hz ... 400 Hz
U output
0 ... 10 V
15 V
> 10 kΩ
< 50 mVPP

I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
30 mA
< 500 Ω
< 50 mVPP

18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC
< 50 mA
< 1% (of final value)
< 0.015%/K
40 Hz
12 ms
acc. to EN 50178
II / 2
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-25°C ... 50°C
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC
< 45 mA
< 1.5% (of final value)
250 ms
acc. to EN 50178
300 V DC
III / 2
3.3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-25°C ... 60°C
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

13 + 24VDC
14 + 24VDC
15 GND3
16 GND3

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

MCR-VDC-UI-B-DC1)

2811116

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MCR-VAC-UI-O-DC1)

2811103

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR voltage measuring transducer, for DC voltages from
0...±20 V DC to 0...±660 V DC
1

MCR voltage transducer, for sinusoidal AC voltages from
0...20 V AC to 0...440 V AC

236

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
Accessories
Configuration software package
The MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software package is used to configure and visualize all parameters for the programmable MCR measuring transducers.
– Straightforward menu interface
– Rapid programming
Notes:
The software runs under the following operating systems:
Windows NT™, 2000™, and XP™.

For MCR-S-... current transducer

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MCR/PI-CONF-WIN

2814799

1

2814317

1

MCR configuration software, for programming
MCR-T-...-, MCR-...-LP-...-, MCR-...-HT-...-, MCR-S-...-, MCR-F-...,
and MCR-PSP-... modules, CD-ROM

Accessories
Labels, for labeling MCR-T and MCR-S modules, four sheets
DIN A4 marking labels (112 pieces)

MCR-ET 38X35 WH

USB adapter cable
Software adapter cable
The following adapter cables are available
for programming the MCR-S... current
transducers:
– USB adapter cable
– Software adapter cable

For MCR-S-... current transducer

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

CM-KBL-RS232/USB

2881078

1

2814388

1

2761295

1

USB adapter cable,
D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB

Software adapter cable (stereo jack plug/25-pos. D-SUB), 1.2 m long,
for programming MCR-T-..., MCR-S-..., and MCR-F-... modules

MCR-TTL-RS232-E

Accessories
Adapter cable, stranded,
9-pos. D-SUB socket on 25-pos. D-SUB pin

PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

237

Monitoring
Solar and PV system monitoring

Utilize solar electricity efficiently
Detect errors – increase efficiency: photovoltaic systems should achieve maximum
energy yield within the shortest possible
time.
SOLARCHECK provides reliable information regarding the performance of your
photovoltaic system. It can be used to detect faults, which may be caused by damaged
panels, defective contacts or damage in the
cabling. This allows you to implement countermeasures quickly, thereby increasing the
efficiency of your system.

238

PHOENIX CONTACT

Current topic: reliable monitoring
Whether a small roof-top system on a
family home or a megawatt outdoor system:
for reliable operation, the photovoltaic market requires monitoring systems where status information is continuously available and
visualization is easy. Phoenix Contact offers
a comprehensive portfolio of hardware and
software products specifically designed for
this purpose.

Energy of the future
From installation to monitoring - in the
“Components and systems for photovoltaics” brochure you will find further innovative solutions for your photovoltaic system,
such as:
– Connection technology
– Surge protection
– Hardware and software solutions
– Generator connection boxes
– Tools and marking

Monitoring
Solar and PV system monitoring

GSM

E

I2

I10

US

RDY FAIL

I5

I6

I13 I14

UM

BSA PF

I7

I8

I15 I16

AV TR
UL

MRESET
STOP
RUN/PROG

LNK

ACT

SCK-C-MODBUS
Modbus RTU slave

SCK-C-MODBUS
Modbus RTU slave
1....8 x SCK-M-...

+24V

GND1 GND1

COM

COM

B

A

T5
T7

0...10V

P_OUT

0...10V

P_OUT

SCK BUS

SCK-M-I-4S-20A
Order No. 2903242

P TX

P TX

SCK BUS

D_IN

P TX

D_IN

SCK BUS

SCK-M-I-4S-...

0...10V

P_OUT

STRING
CURRENT

STRING
CURRENT

P TX

D_IN

SCK BUS

0...10V

UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN

UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN

P TX

SCK BUS

D_IN

P TX

D_IN

P - In

24V 0V

≤4 x 0...20 A DC

2...10 V OUT

≤8 x 0...20 A DC

SCK-M-U-1500V
Order No. 2903591

+ PE-

≤8 x 0...20 A DC

+

!

1 x 1500 V

1 x 1500 V

≤4 x 0...20 A DC

P - In

24V 0V

≤8 x 0...20 A DC

2...10 V OUT

SCK-M-U-1500V

-

≤8 x 0...20 A DC

SCK-M-U-1500V
Order No. 2903591

+ PE-

P_OUT

VOLTAGE INPUT MAX 1500V DC

+

!

SCK-M-I-8S-...

0...10V

STRING
CURRENT

VOLTAGE INPUT MAX 1500V DC

-

P_OUT

UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN

STRING
CURRENT

STRING
CURRENT

D_IN

SCK-M-I-8S-...

0...10V

UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN

UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN

SCK-M-I-8S-20A
Order No. 2903241

SCK-M-I-8S-20A
Order No. 2903241

SCK-M-I-4S-...

SCK-M-I-8S-4A
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
Order No. 2903241
2903239

SCK-M-I-8S-...

STRING
CURRENT

SCK BUS

A

T6
T8

UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN

SCK-M-U-1500V

B

T5
T7

SCK-M-I-8S-...

P_OUT

GND2 GND2

T6
T8

SCK-M-I-8S-4A
SCK-M-I-4S-20A
Order No. 2903242
2903239

GND2 GND2

GND1 GND1

SCK-M-I-8S-4A
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
Order No. 2903241
2903239

+24V

1....8 x SCK-M-...

Easy integration in monitoring systems
The modular Solarcheck monitoring system consists of various measuring modules
for current and voltage measurement and
an associated communication module.
The communication module collects the
measured values from the current measuring modules and forwards them to a higherlevel controller. You can acquire up to eight
or four string currents with one current
measuring module each. A maximum of
eight current measuring modules of any
type can be connected to one communication module. The 2-conductor communication cable is also used to supply the measuring modules with power. This means that no
additional power supply unit is required in
the field.
The voltage measuring module is usually
connected to and also supplied via the analog input provided on the 8-channel current
measuring modules.

1500 V DC

Contact-free current measurement
Contact-free measurement using Hall
sensors offers many advantages:
– Safe isolation is already ensured by the cable insulation.
– No contact resistance due to additional
contact points.
– The current is forwarded safely as the line
circuit is not directly accessed.

Space-saving installation without an
additional power supply unit
With a width of just 22.5 mm, the narrow measuring module bundles the cables in
a confined space.
– The 2-conductor communication cable is
also used to supply the measuring modules.
– This means that one communication
module supplies up to eight measuring
modules – without an additional power
supply unit.

Flexible expansion
Optional extension of voltage measurement up to 1500 V DC.
– Also suitable for grounded systems.
– Suitable for PV systems with extra high
system voltages.
– Flexible use, even outside the Solarcheck
system.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

239

Monitoring
Solar and PV system monitoring
PV string monitoring
Solarcheck

Notes:

H

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

D

The modular Solarcheck monitoring system consists of various devices for current
and voltage measurement and an associated
communication module.

W

Communication module:
– For connecting and collecting measured
values from up to eight measuring modules
– Provision of data for transfer to higherlevel controllers

Communication module
RS-485 (Modbus RTU)

Current measuring modules:
– 8-channel current measurement up
to 20 A DC
– Detection of reverse currents
up to -1 A
– 4-channel extension modules
for 20 A DC
– Internal temperature monitoring
– Digital input for monitoring, e.g., the remote indication contacts of surge protection modules
– Supply via the communication module
Voltage measuring module
– Voltage measurement up to 1500 V DC in
any grounded PV system
– Connection and supply is usually via the
analog input provided (0 ... 10 V) on the
8-channel Solarcheck current measuring
module
– Output of the voltage measured value as
a 2 ... 10 V analog signal
– As an option, can also be removed from
the Solarcheck group and used separately

Housing width 22.5 mm
T1
T2
RS-485

T4
T5
T6

A
B

INPUT
SCK-MODBUS

T3

GND2

C

GND2
+24 V
DC

T7

DC

+24 V
GND1
GND1

T8

Technical data
Supply
Supply voltage
Own current consumption
Measuring input
Current measuring range
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Reverse current detection
Number of measuring channels
Voltage measuring range
Connection method
Digital input
Controlled by external floating contact
Analog input
Input voltage range
Analog output
Output voltage range
SCK-C-MODBUS data interface
Cable length (for 0.15 mm2)
Communication protocol
Serial port
Serial transmission speed
Cable length
Communication protocol
General data
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

24 V DC -10% ... +25%
12 mA
RS-485
9.6/14.4/19.2/38.4 kbps
≤ 1200 m
Modbus RTU
IP20
-20°C ... 70°C
22.5 / 102 / 106 mm
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

SCK-C-MODBUS1)

2901674

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Communication module
Current measuring module, 8-channel
Current measuring module, 4-channel for extension
Voltage measuring module

240

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Monitoring
Solar and PV system monitoring
H

H
W

D

H
W

D

Current measuring module, 20 A DC,
8-channel

D

Extension module, 4-channel
Current measurement 20 A DC

Housing width 22.5 mm

W

Voltage measuring module,
0...1500 V DC

Housing width 22.5 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

Digital
IN

μC
+
0...10V

–

SCKBUS
OUT

Digital
IN

COM

mC

SCKBUS
OUT

RX

U1

COM

U-IN

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

U_OUT

0...1500 V DC

RX

1
2
3
4

8x

I-IN

U2

4x

I-IN
P_IN

0V
24 V

Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

-

-

24 V DC -10% ... +25% (or via SCK-M-I-8S-...)

45 mA

45 mA

35 mA

0 A ... 20 A
±1% (From the measuring range final value)
0.02%/K (From T > 25°C)
-1 A ... 0 A
8
Through connection, 9.5 mm diameter

0 A ... 20 A
±1% (From the measuring range final value)
0.02%/K (From T > 25°C)
-1 A ... 0 A
4
Through connection, 9.5 mm diameter

1% (After additional adjustment)
< 0.03%/K
1
0 V DC ... 1500 V DC
Screw connection

Floating switch contacts

-

-

0 V ... 10 V

-

-

-

-

2 V ... 10 V

max. 300 m
Proprietary

max. 300 m
Proprietary

max. 0.5 m
-

-

-

-

IP20
-20°C ... 70°C
22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

IP20
-20°C ... 70°C
22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

IP20
-20°C ... 70°C
22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

SCK-M-I-8S-20A

2903241

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

SCK-M-I-4S-20A

2903242

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

SCK-M-U-1500V

2903591

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

241

Monitoring
Residual current monitoring
Detect errors before they actually occur

RCM devices provide residual current
monitoring in grounded power supply systems. They detect residual currents at an
early stage, such as those that occur as a result of insulation errors. They can therefore
be used to prevent forced system shutdown. Plans can be made to remove errors
outside of operating hours. RCM devices
also act as a form of fire prevention.

Increasing use is being made of equipment
such as frequency inverters. In the event of
an error, residual currents with a frequency
of up to 50 kHz can be generated. Type B+
RCM devices from Phoenix Contact are already able to detect residual currents with
frequencies up to 100 kHz. This far exceeds
present-day requirements of 20 kHz for
type B+ devices.

Single-phase

Single-phase
with smoothing

Three-phase
star circuit

Type A

–

–

Type B

Type B

Type B

Circuit

Correct load current

Residual current to ground potential

Solution

242

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Residual current monitoring

Residual currents can increase continually
due to gradual processes. This can be attributed to humidity or conductive dirt on live
parts, for example. Residual current circuit
breakers trip at different rated residual currents In, depending on their type. Additionally installed residual current monitoring devices prevent sudden system downtimes
thanks to early warnings. The continuous
supply of information about gradually increasing residual currents allows timely intervention. Unplanned system failures can
be avoided.

In

Ialarm

t
Normal operation

Warning range

Normal operation
following intervention

System failure

Full bridge circuit

Semi-controlled
full bridge circuit

Full bridge circuit
between phase
conductors

Three-phase
full bridge circuit

Phase-controlled modulator

Burst control

Type A

Type A

–

–

Type A

Type A

Type B

Type B

Type B

Type B

Type B

Type B

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

243

Monitoring
Residual current monitoring
Residual current monitoring - RCM

– Adjustable residual response current of
30 mA to 3 A
– Adjustable pre-alarm threshold and delay
time
– Actual differential current can be read via
LED display
– Remote signaling for main and pre-alarm

kHz

Notes:
Cables for type B+ converter connection (RJ45, 4-pair, 1:1 line)
can be found in the accessories section by entering the order number (RCM/converter) at: www.phoenixcontact.net/products

RCM type B+ for smooth and pulsating DC and
AC residual currents up to 100 kHz

Total width 71.6 mm

Converter for RCM type B+

Total width 65.5 mm

RJ 45
U

U

I

I

12 14

A1
A2

11

Alarm

RJ 45

12 14
11

Pre-alarm

Technical data
Electrical data
Nominal voltage range
Nominal frequency fN
Rated current In
Max. required back-up fuse
RCM data
Rated response differential current Idyn
Differential current acquisition characteristic

3A
Type B+ (DC up to 100 kHz)

Response differential current IΔn
Discrimination threshold main alarm

Technical data
...SCT-35
125 A
-

...SCT-70
200 A
-

...SCT-105
300 A
-

30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000 mA (adjustable)
80% ... 100% (of the set response differential current IΔn)

3A
Type B+ (DC
up to 100 kHz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type B+ (DC
up to 100 kHz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type B+
(DC up to 100 kHz)
0.1 A ... 3 A
-

Discrimination threshold pre-alarm

10% ... 90% (of the main alarm threshold, adjustable)

-

-

-

Response time for 2 x IΔn
Thermal permanent differential current Icth

0.1 s ... 1 s (adjustable)
-

Rated surge voltage resistance Uimp
General data
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Maximum permissible outside diameter of cables
Housing material
Ambient temperature (operation)
Degree of protection
Test standards
Test standards
Pollution degree
Surge voltage category
Mounting
Mounting type

4 kV

150 A (50
Hz/20 kHz)
3 kA for 1 s (50
Hz/20 kHz)
8 kV

150 A (50 Hz/20 kHz)

Thermal rated short-time differential current Ith

150 A (50
Hz/20 kHz)
3 kA for 1 s (50
Hz/20 kHz)
8 kV

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
polycarbonate
-25°C ... 65°C
IP20
DIN EN 62020 / DIN EN 60664 / DIN VDE 0664-110
2
III

Remote indication contact
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Max. operating voltage
Max. operating current

PDT contact
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 230 V AC
5 A (cos phi > 0.9)

85 V AC ... 264 V AC
50 Hz (60 Hz)
16 A (B)

23.00 mm

2
IV

DIN rail: 35 mm

8 kV

46.00 mm
70.00 mm
polycarbonate
-20°C ... 65°C
IP20
DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 /
VDE 0414 / DIN V VDE V 0664-110
2
2
IV
IV

Screw mounting

Screw mounting

Screw mounting
-

Ordering data
Description

3 kA for 1 s (50 Hz/20 kHz)

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

RCM-B/50/85-264V

2806210

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

RCM-B-SCT- 35
RCM-B-SCT- 70
RCM-B-SCT-105

2806223
2806236
2806249

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Evaluation unit
Current transformer
20 mm Ø
30 mm Ø
35 mm Ø
70 mm Ø
105 mm Ø
140 mm Ø
210 mm Ø

244

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

1
1
1

Monitoring
Residual current monitoring

RCM type A for pulsating DC and
AC residual currents with 50/60 Hz

Converter for RCM type A

Total width 71.6 mm

Converter for RCM type A

Total width 32 mm

Total width 33 mm

k l
A1
A2

12 14

=

11

Alarm
12 14

l

k

11

l

k

Pre-alarm

Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

85 V AC ... 264 V AC
50 Hz (60 Hz)
16 A (B)

...SCT-20
50 A
-

...SCT-30
100 A
-

...SCT-35
125 A
-

...SCT-70
200 A
-

...SCT-105
250 A
-

...SCT-140
350 A
-

...SCT-210
400 A
-

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000 mA (adjustable)
80% ... 100% (of the set response differential current IΔn)

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

10% ... 90% (of the main alarm threshold, adjustable)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.1 s ... 1 s (adjustable)
-

1.5 x In

1.5 x In

1.5 x In

1.5 x In

1.5 x In

1.5 x In

1.5 x In

-

10 x In (for 1 s)

10 x In (for 1 s)

10 x In (for 1 s)

10 x In (for 1 s)

10 x In (for 1 s)

10 x In (for 1 s)

10 x In (for 1 s)

4 kV

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
polycarbonate
-25°C ... 65°C
IP20
DIN EN 62020 / DIN EN 60664
2
III

13.00 mm

2
IV

DIN rail: 35 mm

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
20.00 mm
23.00 mm
46.00 mm
polycarbonate
-20°C ... 65°C
IP20 (terminal blocks)
DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 /
VDE 0414
2
2
2
IV
IV
IV

DIN rail: 35
mm

PDT contact
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 230 V AC
5 A (cos phi > 0.9)

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

RCM-A/50/85-264V

2806016

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DIN rail: 35
mm

Screw mounting

70.00 mm

2
IV

Screw mounting

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
93.00 mm
140.00 mm
polycarbonate
-20°C ... 65°C
IP20 (terminal blocks)
DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 /
VDE 0414
2
2
IV
IV

Screw mounting

Screw mounting

Screw mounting

-

-

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

RCM-A-SCT- 20
RCM-A-SCT- 30
RCM-A-SCT- 35
RCM-A-SCT- 70

2806045
2806058
2806061
2806074

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

RCM-A-SCT-105
RCM-A-SCT-140
RCM-A-SCT-210

2806087
2806090
2806100

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1
1

245

Monitoring
Components for E-Mobility

EV Charge Control charging controller
EV Charge Control is the charging controller used to charge electric vehicles on
the AC mains according to IEC 61851-1.
The control and monitoring functions that
are defined here for charging mode 3 serve
as the basis for the equipment.
– Control Pilot evaluation and control
– Monitoring of the PE protective ground
connection
– Evaluation of the proximity
– Control of the charge contactor and locking actuators
Plug-in charging systems
For information on plug-in charging systems, see Catalog 2, connection technology
for field devices.

Additional functions:
All necessary control functions are integrated in a single device. No additional controller is required.
– Easy configuration directly at the device
or via the integrated web server
– Adjustable charging current limitation of
6 ... 80 A
– Parameterizable automatic rejection of
charging cables with low current carrying
capacity
– Automatic or manual locking as well as
selection of DC motor or magnetic locking actuators
– Optional locking confirmation and external enabling as a switching requirement
– Integration into your charging infrastructure via Ethernet interface (Modbus/TCP)
– Charging process enabling, status requests, and dynamic load management via
remote access
– 4 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs
– Two digital outputs configurable via web
server
– 4 relay outputs

EV Charge Control
IEC G195
Mode 3

Charging
controller

0 1
9
2
8
3
7
6 5 4

Charging
contactor

Simple charging point with permanently connected cable

Central
controller

0 1
2
89
3
7
6 5 4

Charging
controller

0 1
9
2
8
3
7
6 5 4

LNK1

ACT1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

EV Charge Control

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

IEC G195
Mode 3

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

0 1
9
2
8
3
7
6 5 4

M

DC motor
Lock

Charging contactor
EV Charge Control charging controller in conjunction with
a central controller

246

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Components for E-Mobility
EV Charge Control charging controller
EV Charge Control
– Charging controller for charging electric
vehicles on AC mains according to
IEC 61851-1.

H
D

W

EV Charge Lock Release
– Optional extension module for plug release in the event of mains failure.
Notes:

Charging controller

For information on plug-in charging systems, see
Catalog 2, connection technology for field devices.

Mains power failure plug enable

Housing width 71.6 mm

Housing width 35.6 mm

Technical data
Input
Description of the input
Nominal input voltage UN
Input current
Input ranges

Switching output
Output description
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Switching output
Output description
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Switching output
Output description
Maximum output voltage
Maximum output current
Ethernet interface
Connection method
Transmission speed
Transmission length
General data
Supply voltage
Supply voltage range
Maximum current consumption
Own current consumption
Frequency range
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

Technical data

Digital input
24 V
8 mA (24 V)
-3 V ... 5 V (Off)
15 V ... 30 V (On)

Signal input
12 V
Approx. 5 mA (at 12 V)
-3 V ... 3 V (Off)
-30 V ... -10 V (Locking ON)
10 V ... 30 V (Unlocking ON)

Relay output C1.2 and V1.2
250 V AC
6A

Relay output
Approx. 11.5 V (Operating/capacitor voltage minus the diode voltage of ~ 0.5 V)
4A

Relay output R1.3 and R2.4
30 V AC/DC
6A

-

Digital output
30 V
0.6 A

-

RJ45 socket
10/100 Mbps
100 m (with shielded, twisted-pair data cable)

-

12 V DC ±5%
-

110 V AC ... 240 V AC (nominal voltage range)
95 V AC ... 264 V AC
40 mA
45 Hz ... 65 Hz
IP20
-25°C ... 60°C
71.6 / 61 / 90 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

4 A (4 mA in idle state)
IP20
-25°C ... 60°C
35.6 / 61 / 90 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EM-EV-CLR-12V

2903246

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EV Charge Control charging controller
EM-CP-PP-ETH

2902802

1

Mains failure plug release EV Charge Lock Release

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

247

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules

For high system availability
EMD monitoring relays can be used to detect deviations in important system parameters at an early stage. These can be indicated or system parts can be shut down
selectively. EMD monitoring relays ensure
error-free and cost-effective operation of
your system. They are an inexpensive solution for numerous monitoring functions.
– Surge voltage and undervoltage
– Overcurrent and undercurrent
– Phase failure, phase sequence, and phase
asymmetry
– Power factor and real power
– Motor winding temperature
– Levels
For system monitoring, choose from two
product ranges: compact or multifunctional
monitoring relays.

248

PHOENIX CONTACT

Perfect timing
ETD timer relays ensure optimum time
sequences.
The modules are the cost-effective alternative to a PLC: with easy configuration and
fast wiring.
Choose from two product ranges for
your ideal time control application:
– Ultra-narrow timer relays each with one
time range and one function
– Multifunctional timer relays with selectable time ranges and functions

Professionally packaged components
Special function modules with professional housing and connection technology can
be used to integrate electronic components
in your system. They can be used to perform a variety of tasks:
– Diode modules provide protection
against polarity reversal. In addition, they
decouple messages in fault reporting systems.
– Lamp testing modules decouple signals in
isolation in the field of fault reporting
technology.
– Display modules simplify troubleshooting
and provide help for monitoring processes.

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules

Compact monitoring relays
Ideal for simple monitoring tasks – from
series production to building installation.
– Compact installation housing
– Quick and tool-free wiring with push-in
technology
– Parameters can be adjusted easily using
rotary switches
– Clear diagnostics, thanks to color status
LED

Multifunctional monitoring relays
– Parameters can be adjusted easily using
rotary switches
– Fast error detection, thanks to fine tuning
and short response times
– Worldwide use, thanks to wide-range
power supply unit or plug-in transformer
– Space saving – with two PDT outputs in
22.5 mm wide housing
– Electrically isolated measuring and supply
circuits
– Clear diagnostics, thanks to color status
LEDs

Multifunctional timer relays
For universal use thanks to wide range of
functions.
– Just three versions for all conventional
time control applications.
– Two floating PDT outputs on a design
width of just 22.5 mm
– Supply voltage via wide-range power supply unit
– Optimum setting of times ranging from
milliseconds to several days

Special function modules
Special function modules transform components such as diodes into a shock-proof
and dust-proof electronics module.
– Easy installation, thanks to electronics
housing with IP20 protection that can be
installed in a control cabinet
– Fast mounting on DIN rails, thanks to the
foot catch
– User-friendly wiring, thanks to practical
connection technology

Ultra-narrow timer relays
The space-saving and inexpensive solution
for simple time control applications.
– Each with one time range and one function
– Design width of just 6.2 mm - saves up
to 70% space compared to conventional
timer relays
– Precise time setting using the illuminated
thumbwheel
– Fast wiring through the use of plug-in
bridges

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

249

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Single-phase current and voltage
monitoring
Single-phase current monitoring
The EMD-BL-C-10 monitors AC currents from 0 ... 10 A.
– Adjustable response delay
– 0 ... 5 A or 0 ... 10 A measuring range
– Adjustable via rotary switch on the front
Single-phase voltage monitoring
The EMD-BL-V-230 monitors DC and
AC voltages.
– 24 V AC/DC or 230 V AC
– Separately adjustable response delay
– Adjustable monitoring range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on the
front

H

H
W

D

W

D

Current monitoring, 1-phase
Overcurrent, undercurrent, window

Voltage monitoring, 1-phase
Undervoltage, window

Housing width 17.5 mm

Housing width 17.5 mm

16 18

16 18
Li

U1

24 V DC

Lk

U2

24 V AC

N

U3

230 V AC

15

U = 230 V AC

15

GND

Technical data

Technical data

Functions
Overcurrent, undercurrent, window

Undervoltage, window

Input
Input ranges

Input ranges

Input resistance
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Setting range for response delay
Basic accuracy
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity
Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption

0 V DC ... 24 V DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
0 V AC ... 24 V AC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
0 V AC ... 230 V AC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
-

0 A ... 5 A AC
0 A ... 10 A AC
(Configurable via rotary switches)
3 mΩ
5% ... 95% (From IN)
10% ... 100% (From IN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
≤ 5% (of the nominal value)
±5% (of the nominal value)
≤ 2%

75% ... 115% (From UN)
80% ... 120% (From UN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%

1 floating PDT
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
1 x 105 cycles
15 x 106 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

1 floating PDT
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
1 x 105 cycles
15 x 106 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

230 V AC ±15%
5 VA (0.8 W)

Degree of protection

IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

-25% ... +20% (= measuring voltage)
10 VA (At 230 V AC (0.6 W))
1.3 VA (At 24 V AC (0.8 W))
0.6 W (at 24 V DC)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

-25°C ... 55°C
17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

-25°C ... 55°C
17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EMD-BL-C-10-PT

2903522

EMD-BL-C-10

2903521

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1

EMD-BL-V-230-PT

2903524

1

1

EMD-BL-V-230

2903523

1

Compact monitoring relays with push-in connection

Compact monitoring relays with screw connection

250

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Three-phase voltage monitoring,
phase monitoring
Three-phase voltage monitoring
The EMD-BL-3V-400 monitors threephase AC voltages.
– 3~ 400 V AC/230 V AC ±30%
– Separately adjustable response delay
– Adjustable monitoring range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on the
front
– Supply from the measuring circuit
Phase monitoring
The EMD-BL-PH-400 monitors threephase AC voltages.
– 3~ 208 ... 480 V AC/120 ... 277 V AC
– Adjustable response delay
– Adjustable asymmetry: 5 ... 25%/OFF
– Adjustable via potentiometer on the
front
– Supply from the measuring circuit

H

H
W

D

W

D

Voltage monitoring, 3-phase
Window, phase sequence

Phase monitoring
Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry

Housing width 17.5 mm

Housing width 17.5 mm

16 18

16 18

L1

L1

L2

L2

L3

L3
15

15

Technical data

Technical data

Functions
Input
Monitoring range
Input ranges
Input resistance
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Setting range for response delay
Asymmetry
Basic accuracy
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity
Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption

Window, phase sequence

Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry

280 V AC ... 519 V AC
3~ 400/230 V
70% ... 120% (From UN)
80% ... 130% (From UN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
≤ 5% (of the nominal value)
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%

187 V AC ... 519 V AC
3~ 208 ... 480 V/120 ... 277 V
0.1 s ... 10 s
5 % ... 25% / OFF
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%

1 floating PDT
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
1 x 105 cycles
15 x 106 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

1 floating PDT
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
1 x 105 cycles
15 x 106 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

±30% (= measuring voltage)
10 VA (1 W)

Degree of protection

IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

±10% (= measuring voltage)
10 VA ((1 W) at 400 V/50 Hz)
16 VA ((1.5 W) at 480 V/60 Hz)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

-25°C ... 55°C
17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

-25°C ... 55°C
17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Compact monitoring relays with push-in connection
EMD-BL-3V-400-PT

2903526

1

EMD-BL-PH-480-PT

2903528

1

EMD-BL-3V-400

2903525

1

EMD-BL-PH-480

2903527

1

Compact monitoring relays with screw connection

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

251

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Single-phase current monitoring
H

H

EMD-...C... monitoring relays monitor
DC and AC currents within the range
0 ... 10 A.
– Separately adjustable startup and release
delays
– Variable supply voltage range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front

W

D

W

D

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring

Overcurrent or undercurrent monitoring





Housing width 22.5 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

16 18

16 18 26 28
I1

100 mA

I1

100 mA

I2

1A

I2

1A

I3

10 A

I3

10 A

15

GND

25

U = 24...240 V AC/DC

Technical data

Input resistance
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Setting range for response delay
Setting range for starting delay
Basic accuracy
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity

Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

U = 24 V DC
24...230 V AC

Technical data

Overcurrent, undercurrent, window, error memory

EMD-SL-C-OC-10
Overcurrent

0 mA ... 100 mA AC/DC (Connection terminals: I1 and GND)
0 A ... 1 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I2 and GND)
0 A ... 10 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I3 and GND)
470 mΩ (at IN = 100 mA) ; 47 mΩ (at IN = 1 A) ; 5 mΩ (at IN = 10 A)

0 mA ... 100 mA AC/DC (Connection terminals: I1 and GND)
0 A ... 1 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I2 and GND)
0 A ... 10 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I3 and GND)
470 mΩ (at IN = 100 mA) ; 47 mΩ (at IN = 1 A) ; 5 mΩ (at IN = 10 A)

5% ... 95% (From IN)
10% ... 100% (From IN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
0 s ... 10 s
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%

5% ... 95% (From IN)
10% ... 100% (From IN)
0.2 s ... 10 s
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

1 floating PDT
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

4.5 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

2 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data
Description

POWER
MODULE

A2

Functions
Input
Input ranges

15

GND
A1

A1 A2

EMD-SL-C-UC-10
Undercurrent

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EMD-FL-C-101)

2866022

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EMD-SL-C-OC-10
EMD-SL-C-UC-10

2866019
2867937

1
1

EMD-SL-PS- 24DC
EMD-SL-PS- 24AC
EMD-SL-PS-110AC
EMD-SL-PS-120AC
EMD-SL-PS-230AC

2885359
2866103
2866116
2885731
2866129

1
1
1
1
1

Electronic monitoring relay

Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC

252

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Single-phase voltage monitoring
H

H

EMD-...V... monitoring relays monitor
DC and AC voltages within the range
0 ... 300 V.
– Separately adjustable startup and release
delays
– Variable supply voltage range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front

W

D

W

D

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Undervoltage and overvoltage monitoring

Undervoltage monitoring





Housing width 22.5 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

16 18

16 18 26 28
U1

30 V

U1

30 V

U2

60 V

U2

60 V

U3

300 V

U3

300 V

15

GND

25

U = 24...240 V AC/DC

15

GND
A1

A1 A2

A2

Technical data

POWER
MODULE

U = 24 V DC
24...230 V AC

Technical data

Functions

Input
Input ranges

Input resistance

Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Setting range for response delay
Setting range for starting delay
Basic accuracy
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity

Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Undervoltage, overvoltage, window, error memory

Undervoltage

0 V ... 30 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
0 V ... 60 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
0 V ... 300 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
47 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
100 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
470 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
5% ... 95% (From UN)
10% ... 100% (From UN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
0 s ... 10 s
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%

0 V ... 30 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
0 V ... 60 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
0 V ... 300 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
47 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
100 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
470 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
5% ... 95% (From UN)
10% ... 100% (From UN)
0.2 s ... 10 s
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

1 floating PDT
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

4.5 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

2 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EMD-SL-V-UV-300

2866035

1

EMD-SL-PS- 24DC
EMD-SL-PS- 24AC
EMD-SL-PS-110AC
EMD-SL-PS-120AC
EMD-SL-PS-230AC

2885359
2866103
2866116
2885731
2866129

1
1
1
1
1

Electronic monitoring relay
EMD-FL-V-3001)
Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC

2866048

1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

253

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Three-phase voltage monitoring
H
D

EMD-...-3V... monitoring relays monitor
three-phase AC voltages of 160 ... 897 V AC
(depending on the device concerned).
– Adjustable response delay
– Variable supply voltage range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front
– Adjustable asymmetry

W

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Undervoltage and phase monitoring,
400 V or 230 V


Housing width 22.5 mm

16 18 26 28
L1
L2
L3
15

(N)

25

A1 A2
U = 24...240 V AC/DC

Technical data
Functions

Input
Monitoring range
Input ranges
Input resistance
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Setting range for response delay
Asymmetry
Basic accuracy
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity

Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

EMD-FL-3V-4001)
Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure

EMD-FL-3V-2301)
Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure

280 V AC ... 520 V AC
3 N ~ 400/230 V
1 MΩ
-30% ... 20% (From UN)
-20% ... 30% (From UN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
5 % ... 25% / OFF
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%

161 V AC ... 299 V AC
3 N ~ 230/132 V
470 kΩ

5 % ... 25% / OFF

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

4.5 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data
Description

L1
L2
L3
N
24 V~
0V

Order No.

EMD-FL-3V-4001)
EMD-FL-3V-2301)

2866064
2885773

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Electronic monitoring relay

max. 20 A
A1

N

15

L1

L2

L3

15

25

16 18 26 28
25

26

28

16

18

A2

Connection example

254

Type

PHOENIX CONTACT

Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC
Supply voltage 323 ... 456 V AC

1
1

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
H
D

H
W

D

Undervoltage and phase monitoring,
500 V or 690 V

H
W

D

Undervoltage/overvoltage monitoring,
400 V with/without neutral conductor





Housing width 45 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

Phase monitoring, 400 V


Housing width 22.5 mm

16 18 26 28

16 18
12 14 22 24

L1

L1

L2

L2

L1

L3

L3

L2

15
A1

25

L3

15
A1

POWER
U = 110...500 V AC
MODULE

A2

W

POWER
MODULE

A2

Technical data

11

(N)

U = 24 V DC
24...230 V AC

Technical data

21

Technical data

EMD-FL-3V-690
Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure

EMD-FL-3V-500
Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure

EMD-SL-3V-400
Window, without neutral
conductor connection

EMD-SL-3V-400-N
Window, with neutral
conductor connection

483 V AC ... 897 V AC
3 ~ 690 V
1 MΩ
-30% ... 20% (From UN)
-20% ... 30% (From UN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
5 % ... 25% / OFF
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%

350 V AC ... 650 V AC
3 ~ 500 V
1 MΩ

280 V AC ... 520 V AC
3 ~ 400 V
1 MΩ
-30% ... 20% (From UN)
-20% ... 30% (From UN)
0.2 s ... 10 s

280 V AC ... 520 V AC
3 N ~ 400/230 V
1 MΩ

Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry

±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%

342 V AC ... 3 N ~ 400/230 V
15 kΩ
≤ 350 ms (fixed setting)
Fixed, approx. 30%
-

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

1 floating PDT
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

4.5 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
45 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

2 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

(From the measured voltage)
9 VA
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

5 % ... 25% / OFF

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EMD-FL-3V-690
EMD-FL-3V-500

2885249
2867979

EMD-SL-PS45-110AC
EMD-SL-PS45-120AC
EMD-SL-PS45-230AC
EMD-SL-PS45-400AC

2885281
2885744
2885294
2885304

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

1
1
1
1

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EMD-SL-3V-400
EMD-SL-3V-400-N

2866051
2885278

1
1

EMD-SL-PS- 24DC
EMD-SL-PS- 24AC
EMD-SL-PS-110AC
EMD-SL-PS-120AC
EMD-SL-PS-230AC

2885359
2866103
2866116
2885731
2866129

1
1
1
1
1

Type

Order No.

EMD-SL-PH-400

2866077

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

255

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Effective power monitoring,
load monitoring (cos φ)

H

H

Effective power monitoring
The effective power in single- and 3-phase
networks can be monitored with the
EMD-FL-RP-480 effective power monitoring relay.
– Monitoring range up to 7.2 kW
– Separately adjustable startup and release
delays
– Temperature monitoring of the motor
winding
– Variable supply voltage range
– Detection of switched off loads
Load monitoring (cos φ)
The EMD-FL-PF-400 monitoring relay
is a cos φ monitor for load monitoring in
single- or three-phase networks.

W

D

D

Effective power monitoring

W

Load monitoring (cos φ)


Housing width 45 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

16 18

i

16 18 26 28

k
L1I

L1

Notes:

L2

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

L3

15

L2

26 28

L3

T1
T2

15

L1K
Y1 Y2

25

25
A1 A2

POWER
MODULE
supply≤ 500 V AC

A1
A2

U = 24...240 V AC/DC

Technical data

Technical data

Functions

Input
Description of the input
Measured value
Measuring ranges PN
Nominal input voltage UN
Input ranges
Input ranges
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Switching threshold cos φ
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity

Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Rated insulation voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Min.
Max.

Underload, overload, window, winding temperature monitoring

Underload, overload, Window

Voltage input
AC sine (10 Hz ... 400 Hz)
Can be switched between 0.75 kW, 1.5 kW, 3 kW and 6 kW

AC sine (10 ... 100 Hz)
-

480 V (3 N ~ 480/277 V)
0 V AC ... 480 V AC (1(N) ~, single-phase load)
0 V AC ... 480 V AC (3(N) ~, 3-phase load)
0.15 A ... 6 A (Range: 0.75 kW and 1.5 kW)
0.3 A ... 12 A (Range: 3 kW and 6 kW)
5% ... 110% (of PN)
10% ... 120% (of PN)
-

(3 N ~ 415/240 V)
40 V AC ... 415 V AC (1(N) ~, single-phase load)
40 V AC ... 415 V AC (3(N) ~, 3-phase load)
0.5 A ... 10 A (Connection terminal blocks: L1i and L1k)

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

3.5 VA (3 W)
300 V (According to EN 50178)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
45 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

4.5 VA (1.5 W)
300 V (According to EN 50178)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant
UL applied for

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

0.1 ... 0.99
0.2 ... 1

Ordering data
Description

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EMD-FL-RP-480

2900177

1

EMD-SL-PS45-110AC
EMD-SL-PS45-120AC
EMD-SL-PS45-230AC
EMD-SL-PS45-400AC
EMD-SL-PS45-500AC

2885281
2885744
2885294
2885304
2885317

1
1
1
1
1

Type

Order No.

EMD-FL-PF-4001)

2885809

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Electronic monitoring relay
Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC
Supply voltage 323 ... 456 V AC
Supply voltage 425 ... 550 V AC

256

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Temperature monitoring,
filling level monitoring
Temperature monitoring
(motor winding)
The monitoring relay EMD-SL-PTC
monitors the motor winding temperatures
by means of PTC (PTC thermistor resistance) as per DIN 44081.
– Test function with integrated test/reset
button
– Variable supply voltage range
– Short-circuit and open-circuit monitoring
Filling level monitoring
The EMD-SL-LL-... monitoring relay
monitors the level of electrically conductive
liquids with the help of conductive probes
(not supplied as standard).
– Adjustable response delay
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front

H

H
W

D

D

Temperature monitoring (motor windings)

W

Filling level monitoring





Housing width 22.5 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

12 14 22 24

16 18 26 28

T1

E1

T2

E2

R

E3
11

A1

POWER
MODULE

A2

15

21

25

A1 A2

U = 24 V DC
24...230 V AC

U = 230 V AC

Technical data

Technical data

Functions

Input
Total cold resistance
Response value
Release value
Basic accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Measuring input
Max. probe voltage
Max. probe current
Length of probe cable

Switching threshold
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity

Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Winding temperature monitoring

Pumping up (minimum monitoring),
pumping down (maximum monitoring)

< 1.5 kΩ
≥ 3.6 kΩ (Relay drops out)
≤ 1.8 kΩ (Relay picks up)
±10% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%
-

Conductive probe, type: SK1, SK2, SK3
16 V AC
7 mA
< 1000 m Set value < 50% (Capacity 100 nF/km)
< 100 m Set value 100% (Capacity 100 nF/km)

-

0.25 kΩ ... 100 kΩ (4 mS ... 1 μS)

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

2 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)
EMD-SL-LL-230
EMD-SL-LL-110
230 V AC -15% ... +15% AC
110 V AC -10% ... +15% AC
2 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EMD-SL-LL-230
EMD-SL-LL-110

2885906
2901137

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Electronic monitoring relay

Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC

EMD-SL-PTC

2866093

1

EMD-SL-PS- 24DC
EMD-SL-PS- 24AC
EMD-SL-PS-110AC
EMD-SL-PS-120AC
EMD-SL-PS-230AC

2885359
2866103
2866116
2885731
2866129

1
1
1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

257

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Ultra-narrow timer relays
D W
H

The ETD-BL-1T-... ultra-narrow timer
relays show their strengths in applications
that involve set parameters for functionality
and time range.
– Purposeful device selection: one function,
one time range
– High level of setting accuracy thanks to labeled and illuminated thumbwheel
– 6.2 mm slim design width

Timer relay with switch-on delay,
voltage controlled


12

14

A1 +

t

A2 –
U = 24 V DC

11

Technical data
Functions
ON: With switch-on delay

Control contact
Connection
Control pulse length
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity
Mechanical service life
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal current typ.
Impulse withstand voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

24 V DC
+ –

min. 50 ms
1 floating PDT
1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC)
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...30 V DC)
15 mA (Relay ON)
7 mA (Relay OFF)
6 kV (According to EN 50178)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
6.2 / 80 / 86 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
CE-compliant
 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

Ordering data

L1
N

2

A1+
A2B1

Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Time range 0.1...10 s
Time range 3...300 s
Time range 0.3...30 min
Time range 3...300 min
Compact timer relay, with push-in technology

ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN

2917379
2917382
2917395
2917405

1
1
1
1

Time range 0.1...10 s
Time range 3...300 s
Time range 0.3...30 min
Time range 3...300 min

ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN-PT

2901476
2901477
2901478
2901479

1
1
1
1

Compact timer relay, with screw connection

1

11
14
12

Conveyor belt 1 starts immediately

24 V DC
+ –
L1
N

2

A1+
A2B1

1

11
14
12

Conveyor belt 2 starts with a time delay

258

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
D W
H

D W
H

Timer relay with switch-on delay,
with control contact

D W
H

Timer relay with off delay,
with control contact



Timer relay with flashing indic. function,
beginning with the pulse


B1

12


B1

14

12

14

12

A1 +

A1 +

A1 +

t

t

t

A2 –

A2 –
11

U = 24 V DC

A2 –

U = 24 V DC

Technical data

11

11

U = 24 V DC

Technical data

Technical data

ON-CC: With switch-on delay with control contact

OFF-CC: Off delay with control contact

F: Flashing beginning with pulse

Non-floating, terminals A1-B1
min. 50 ms

Non-floating, terminals A1-B1
min. 50 ms

min. 50 ms

1 floating PDT
1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC)
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles

1 floating PDT
1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC)
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles

1 floating PDT
1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC)
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles

24 V DC (19.2 V DC ...30 V DC)
15 mA (Relay ON)
7 mA (Relay OFF)
6 kV (According to EN 50178)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
6.2 / 80 / 86 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...30 V DC)
15 mA (Relay ON)
7 mA (Relay OFF)
6 kV (According to EN 50178)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
6.2 / 80 / 86 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...30 V DC)
15 mA (Relay ON)
7 mA (Relay OFF)
6 kV (According to EN 50178)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
6.2 / 80 / 86 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

CE-compliant

CE-compliant
 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

CE-compliant
 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN

2917418
2917421
2917434
2917447

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN-PT

2901480
2901481
2901483
2901484

Pcs. /
Pkt.

14

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

1
1
1
1

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN

2917450
2917463
2917467
2917489

1
1
1
1

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN-PT

2901485
2901486
2901487
2901488

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1
1
1

ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S
ETD-BL-1T-F-300S
ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN
ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN

2917492
2917502
2917515
2917528

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-F-300S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN-PT

2901489
2901490
2901491
2901492

1
1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

259

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Multifunctional timer relays
H
W

D

The full range of conventional applications
can be accommodated by the three versions
of the ETD multifunctional timer relay.
– Suitable for universal use thanks to varied
functions and selectable time ranges
– Time ranges from a few milliseconds to
several days
– Variable supply voltage range
– 2 floating PDT outputs

Multifunctional timer relay,
two adjustable times

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571


Housing width 22.5 mm

Y1 Y2

16

18

26

28

A1

t

A2
Z2 Z1
U = 24...240 V AC/DC

25

15

Technical data
Functions
lp: Switched-mode beginning with the pause
li: Switched-mode beginning with the pulse
ER: With switch-on and release delay with control contact
EWu: With switch-on delay and single shot leading edge, voltage
controlled
EWs: With switch-on delay and single shot leading edge with control
contact
WsWa: With single shot leading edge and single shot trailing edge
with control contact
Wt: Pulse sequence evaluation (retriggerable release delay)

Time ranges
Setting range
Control contact
Connection
Load capacity
Cable length
Control pulse length
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity

50 ms ... 10 h (10 time end ranges)
Floating, basic isolation between connection and
input/output/bridge Y1-Y2
Cannot carry load
max. 10 m
min. 50 ms (Only with Wt function: > 7 ms)
2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

TT1

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

ETD-FL-2T-DTI1)

2866187

A1 Y1 25
Y2

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Electronic timer relay with adjustable functions and times
WATCHDOG

25 26 28
16 18 A2

Message for incorrect pulse

260

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
H

H
W

D

W

D

Multifunctional timer relay,
one adjustable time

Impulse encoder,
adjustable pulse and pause times





Housing width 22.5 mm

B1

Housing width 22.5 mm

16

18

26

16

28

18

26

28

A1

A1

t

t

A2

A2
U = 24...240 V AC/DC

25

15

U = 24...240 V AC/DC

Technical data

25

15

Technical data

E: With switch-on delay
R: With release delay and control contact
Es: With switch-on delay and control contact
Wu: With single shot leading edge, voltage controlled
Ws: With single shot leading edge and control contact
Wa: With single shot trailing edge and control contact
Bi: Flashing beginning with pulse
Bp: Flashing beginning with pause

lp: Switched-mode beginning with the pause
li: Switched-mode beginning with the pulse

50 ms ... 100 h (7 time end ranges)

50 ms ... 100 h (7 time end ranges)

Non-floating, terminals A1-B1

-

Parallel switched minimum load current 1 VA (0.5 W), terminals A2-B1

-

max. 10 m
min. 70 ms

-

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

Approx. 2 x 107 cycles

Approx. 2 x 107 cycles

24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20 % ... +25 %
24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15 % ... +10 %
2.5 VA (1 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20 % ... +25 %
24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15 % ... +10 %
2.5 VA (1 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ETD-SL-1T-DTF1)

2866161

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Type

Order No.

ETD-SL-2T-I1)

2866174

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

261

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Diode modules

Diode circuits perform various tasks in
electrical control systems, particularly in
electronic ones:
– Electrical decoupling of messages in fault
signaling systems
– Spark-suppression diodes for limiting
surge voltages of inductive loads, (solenoid valves, DC relays or similar)
– Can be supplied as “diode gates” combined with anode or cathode or as freely
assignable diodes

D W
H

D W
H

with diode type 1 N 4007

with diode type 1 N 5408

Notes:



Further circuit diagrams can be found in the data sheet at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products


1

3

5

7

1

3

5

7

2

4

6

8

2

4

6

8

Technical data
Diodes
Max. operating voltage Umax
Peak reverse voltage per diode
Reverse current per diode
Conducting state voltage per diode
Conducting state current per diode
with single load
with simultaneous loads
General data
Ambient temperature range
Rated insulation voltage
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

Technical data

4E / 8E / 17E / 7P / 7M
250 V AC
1300 V
5 µA
Approx. 0.8 V

14P / 14M / 32P / 32M
250 V AC
1300 V
5 µA
Approx. 0.8 V

4E-... / 4P-... / 4M-... / 8E-...
250 V AC
1000 V
10 µA
Approx. 0.8 V

8P-... / 8M-...
250 V AC
1000 V
10 µA
Approx. 0.8 V

0.7 A
0.5 A

0.7 A
0.2 A

1.5 A
1A

1.5 A
0.3 A

-20°C ... 50°C
300 V (According to EN 50178)
III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178)
2 (according to EN 50178)
Any
In rows with zero spacing
75 / 55 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

-20°C ... 50°C
III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178)
2 (according to EN 50178)
Any
In rows with zero spacing
75 / 55 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Housing width

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMG 22-DIO 4E
EMG 45-DIO 8E
EMG 90-DIO 17E

2950048
2950103
2954895

10
5
5

EMG 22-DIO 7P

2950064

10

EMG 45-DIO14P
EMG 90-DIO 32P

2950116
2954918

5
5

EMG 22-DIO 7M

2950077

10

EMG 45-DIO14M
EMG 90-DIO 32M

2950129
2954934

5
5

2947035

50

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMG 22-DIO 4E-1N5408
EMG 45-DIO 8E-1N5408

2952790
2949389

10
5

EMG 22-DIO 4P-1N5408

2952198

10

EMG 45-DIO 8P-1N5408

2954879

5

EMG 22-DIO 4M-1N5408

2952211

10

EMG 45-DIO 8M-1N5408

2954882

5

2947035

50

Diode module, can be individually wired
4 diodes
8 diodes
17 diodes
Diode module, with P-polarity (common cathode)

22.5 mm
45 mm
90 mm

4 diodes
7 diodes
8 diodes
14 diodes
32 diodes
Diode module, with M polarity (common anode)

22.5 mm
22.5 mm
45 mm
45 mm
90 mm

4 diodes
7 diodes
8 diodes
14 diodes
32 diodes

22.5 mm
22.5 mm
45 mm
45 mm
90 mm

Accessories
Equipment marker

262

PHOENIX CONTACT

EMG-GKS 12

Accessories
EMG-GKS 12

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Lamp testing modules,
display modules
Lamp testing modules
Lamp testing modules for checking lamps
that are installed and ready for operation:
– Individual checking of separate lamps
(EMG...-E/LP)
– Centrally controlled checking of lamps
(EMG...-M/LP)
Display modules
– Light indicator modules facilitate the
monitoring of processes on electronic
control systems during troubleshooting
Notes:

D W
H

D W
H

Lamp testing module,
groups of 2 diodes with common cathode



Further circuit diagrams can be found in the data sheet at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Light indicator module,
with common return line


1

2

4

3

5

6

7

10

1

2

3

4

8

9 11 12

5

6

7

0

Technical data
Diodes
Max. operating voltage Umax
Peak reverse voltage per diode
Reverse current per diode
Conducting state voltage per diode
Conducting state current per diode
with single load
with simultaneous loads
Input
Current required per light indicator
General data
Ambient temperature range
Rated insulation voltage
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

Technical data

8E/16E
250 V AC
1300 V
≤ 5 µA
Approx. 0.8 V

14M/32M
250 V AC
1300 V
≤ 5 µA
Approx. 0.8 V

0.7 A
0.4 A

0.7 A
0.2 A

LA 7S

LED 7S/LED 14S

Approx. 1 mA

Approx. 3 mA

-20°C ... 50°C
300 V (According to EN 50178)
III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178)
2 (according to EN 50178)
Any
In rows with zero spacing
75 / 55 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

-20°C ... 45°C

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178)
2 (according to EN 50178)
Any
In rows with zero spacing
75 / 47.5 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Ordering data
Description

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

22.5 mm

EMG 22-LA 7S/230

2949677

10

22.5 mm
45 mm

EMG 22-LED 7S/24
EMG 45-LED 14S/24

2952305
2952334

10
5

2947035

50

Housing width

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Lamp testing module, for individual wiring
4-pair
8-pair
Lamp testing module, with common control

45 mm
90 mm

EMG 45-DIO 8E/LP
EMG 90-DIO 16E/LP

2954798
2954808

5
5

7-pair
16-pair
Light indicator module, 110 ... 230 V AC input voltage

45 mm
90 mm

EMG 45-DIO14M/LP
EMG 90-DIO 32M/LP

2950132
2954785

5
5

7 glow lamps
Light indicator module, 24 V DC input voltage
7 LEDs
14 LEDs

Accessories
Equipment marker

EMG-GKS 12

Accessories
2947035

50

EMG-GKS 12

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

263

264

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
The importance of the reliability of industrial automation equipment is growing with
the increase in use of electronic modules.
Modern relay or solid-state relay interfaces perform a wide range of tasks. Whether
in production engineering, for the electrical
equipment of machines or in control engineering for energy distribution, building automation and materials processing – the
main aim is to guarantee the exchange of
signals between the process peripherals and
the superior, central control systems. This
exchange must provide reliable operation,
be floating and electrically unambiguous.
Safe electrical interface modules that meet
the requirements of modern system concepts must include the following features:
– Coupling of different signal levels
– Safe electrical isolation between input and
output
– High interference insensitivity.
In practice, a relay interface comes into
use with a flexible interface configuration
with a large switching capacity range and the
possibility of combining different types of
contact. Further important features of relay
interfaces are:
– Electrical isolation between open contacts
– Switching of independent switching current types
– High short-term overload resistance in
the event of a short circuit or voltage
peaks
– Practically impervious to electromagnetic
fields
– Easy handling.
Solid-state relay modules are used when
an interface between the process peripherals and electronics is subject to the following requirements:
– Low control power
– High switching frequencies
– Wear-free switching with no contact
bounce
– Resistance to vibration and impacts
– Long service life.

Product range overview
Product overview

266

Basics of relay technology

268

Basics of
solid-state relay technology

272

RIFLINE complete

274

PLC series

320

PR series

370

DEK series

396

Special relay and
solid-state relay modules

402

PHOENIX CONTACT

265

Relay modules
Product overview
RIFLINE complete

RIF-0 for miniature and solid-state relays
Page 276

RIF-1 for miniature and solid-state relays
Page 282

RIF-2 for industrial relays

RIF-3 for octal relays

With switch

Page 326

For high inrush/continuous currents
Page 332
Resistant to interference currents/voltages
Page 334

Page 397

Actuator series with miniature relays
Page 399

Sensor series with miniature relays
Page 399

Safety devices

Monitoring relays

Timer relays

Safety devices
See Catalog 8

Monitoring relays

Page 290

Page 294

PLC series

With relay/solid-state relay
Page 322
As sensor/actuator version

For NAMUR initiators
Page 350

For railway applications

Page 364
Types of electronics

Page 359

Page 365

DEK series

With miniature relay

266

PHOENIX CONTACT

Timer relays
Page 250

Page 258

With solid-state relay
Page 400

Relay modules
Product overview

RIF-4 for high-power relays

Accessories
Page 298

Page 304

PR series

PR1 for miniature or solid-state relays
Page 372

PR2 for industrial relays

PR3 for octal relays
Page 378

Accessories
Page 382

Page 373

Special relay and solid-state relay modules

Relay terminal blocks with switch
Page 403

Interference-free relays and
solid-state relays

Relays for switching lamp loads
Page 404

Page 407

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Solid-state power relays with
400 V AC/400 V AC/3 A output

Page 408

PHOENIX CONTACT

267

Relay modules
Basics of relay technology
To allow DC or AC voltage operation, a
bridge rectifier is connected in the input circuit. The diodes are simultaneously responsible for performing rectification, freewheeling, and polarity reversal protection
functions. The interrupting voltage of the
coil is limited to approximately 1.4 V.
To protect the input circuit against overvoltages, a varistor is also connected (depending on the type) upstream of the bridge
rectifier.

working range becomes restricted as a result.
The diagram below illustrates how the
operating voltage behaves as a function of
the ambient temperature.

Operating voltage

General
Electromechanical relays are used as interface modules between the process I/O
devices, on the one hand, and the openloop/closed-loop control and signaling
equipment, on the other, for level and power adjustment purposes.
Essentially, electromechanical relays can
be divided into two main groups: monostable and bistable relays.
With monostable DC or AC relays, the
contacts automatically return to the release
state as soon as they are de-energized.
In the case of bistable relays, the contacts remain in their present switch position
when the excitation current is switched off.

Coil side
Basic construction of a relay with AC/DC input

Input circuits and voltage types
There are various kinds of input circuit
depending on the type of relay used and the
nature of the control voltage.
If pure AC relays are used (AC input),
the input circuit is generally nothing more
than a visual switching status indicator.
Unless otherwise specified, the frequency of the control voltage is 50/60 Hz.

Bistable remanence relays with a double
winding are only ever operated with DC
voltage.
With these types of relay, there are
three coil connections on the coil side. In
addition to the common connection, there
are separate connections for “setting” and
“resetting”; these are controlled by short
pulses only. As a result, the relays hardly
heat up at all. Simultaneous control of both
control inputs is not permitted.
A distinction is made between negative
switching (M) and positive switching (P)
types, depending on the polarity of the freewheeling and reverse polarity protection diodes.

Basic construction of a relay with AC input

Ambient temperature in °C
Basic curve of a relay operating voltage

I: Maximum permissible voltage with 100%
operating time (OT) and assuming compliance with the coil temperature limit
II: Minimum operate voltage
Interference voltages and interference currents on the coil side
When inductive or capacitive interference voltages are coupled into the long supply lines of a relay, this can prevent the relay
from operating safely.
If the coupled-in voltage exceeds the release voltage required by the IEC 61810-1
“relay standard”, in extreme cases the relay
may fail to release. In the case of DC relays,
this release voltage is  0.05 x U and for
purely AC relays, it is  0.15 x U .
The same disturbances can occur when
a relay with a low input power is controlled
by an electronics module with an AC voltage output featuring an RC circuit. The typical leakage current from RC elements of
this kind (generally in the region of several
mA) provides sufficient control power to
prevent the downstream relay from releasing or even enough power to excite it.
The disturbance level of any interference voltages that are present can be reduced by connecting an RC element parallel
to the relay coil. This measure also subjects
the interference voltage to a capacitive load,
causing it to collapse.
N

In the case of a pure DC input, the most
important addition to the circuit is a freewheeling diode. This limits the voltages induced on the coil on circuit interruption to
a value of approximately 0.7 V, which does
not pose a danger to any connected control
electronics.
As the freewheeling diode can only perform its required function if the polarity of
the voltage connection is correct, a reverse
polarity protection diode is also integrated
into the input circuit.

N

Block diagram of a bistable relay, negative switching type

Block diagram of bistable relay, positive switching type

Basic construction of a relay with DC input

268

PHOENIX CONTACT

Operating voltage range
The ambient temperature prevailing at
the location of use has a major impact on
certain relay operating parameters.
As the ambient temperature increases,
the coil winding heats up, causing the operate and release voltages to rise. At the same
time, the maximum permissible coil voltage
decreases, which means that the usable

Relay modules

UINTERF

Basics of relay technology

External RC interference suppression filter to prevent interference voltage coupling

The following values are recommended
for the purpose of dimensioning the RC element:
– R = 100 ... 220 
– C = 220 ... 470 nF
The SO46 series have been developed
to provide even higher levels of immunity to
interference. These products already contain an integrated RCZ filter. See, for example, PLC...SO46.
Contact side, contact materials
Given the wide variety of potential applications in the different industrial sectors,
the relays used must be matched to the various tasks that need to be performed by selecting the right kind of contact material.
The voltage, current, and power values
play an important role when determining
the suitability of contact materials. Other
criteria include:
– Contact resistance
– Erosion resistance
– Material migration
– Welding tendency
– Chemical influences
In this way, the various contact materials
(generally noble metal alloys) can be
matched to the relevant areas of application.
The adjacent table provides details of
some of the key materials.

Contact material

Typ. properties

Typ. applications

Guide values
for the area of
application*

Gold Au

Largely insensitive to industrial atmospheres; low
and constant contact resistances in the range of
small switching capacities with nickel (AuNi) or silver
(AuAg) alloys

Dry measuring and switching circuits, control inputs

A ... 0.2 A
V ... 30 V

Silver Ag

High electrical conductivity; sensitive to sulfur, therefore often gold-flashed (approximately 0.2 m) as
protection; nickel (AgNi) or copper (AgCu) alloys increase the mechanical resistance and erosion resistance and reduce the welding tendency.

Universal; suitable for medium
loads; nickel alloys (AgNi 0.15)
for DC circuits with medium to
large loads.

 12 V
 10 mA

Silver, hard goldplated Ag+Au

Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads >
30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is destroyed and the values and properties of the Ag contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the
service life is then to be expected.

Suitable for control inputs and
other small loads.

 100 mV
 1 mA

Tungsten W

Highest melting point; very high erosion resistance;
greater contact resistances; very low welding tendency; susceptible to corrosion; often used as lead
contact.

Loads with very high inrush currents, e.g., glow lamps, fluorescent lamps.

 60 V
1A

Silver nickel
AgNi

High erosion resistance; low welding tendency; higher contact resistances than with pure silver.

Universal; suitable for medium to
high loads; DC circuits and inductive loads.

 12 V
 10 mA

Silver nickel
AgNi+Au

Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads >
30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is destroyed and the values and properties of the AgNi
contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the
service life is then to be expected.

Suitable for control inputs and
other small loads.

 100 mV
 1 mA

Silver tin oxide
AgSnO

Low welding tendency; very high erosion resistance
for high switching capacities; low material migration

Application depends heavily on
the relay type; switching circuits
with high make and break loads,
e.g., glow lamps and fluorescent
lamps, AC and DC circuits. Due to
different alloys and production
procedures, partly also suitable
for smaller loads.

 12 V
 100 mA
( 10 mA)

Silver tin oxide,
hard gold-plated
AgSnO+Au

Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads >
30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is destroyed and the values and properties of the AgSnO
contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the
service life is then to be expected.

Suitable for control inputs and
other small loads.

 100 mV
 1 mA

* Values depend on the relay used and on further operating conditions.

Contact protection circuit
Every electrical load constitutes a mixed
load with ohmic, capacitive, and inductive
components.
When these loads are switched, the
switching contact is in turn subjected to a
load, to either a lesser or greater extent.
This load can be reduced by including a suitable contact protection circuit.
In view of the fact that loads with a large
inductive component are predominantly
used in practice (e.g., contactors, solenoid
valves, motors, etc.), these application scenarios are worth considering in more detail.
On interruption, voltage peaks with values of up to several thousand volts occur
due to the energy stored in the coil.

These high voltages cause an arc on the
switching contact which can destroy the
contact due to material vaporization and
material migration. The electrical service
life is reduced considerably as a result. In extreme cases, the relay may fail in the very
first cycle with DC voltage and a static arc.
A protective circuit must be used to
suppress the formation of an arc. With optimum dimensioning, almost the same number of cycles can be achieved as with an
ohmic load.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

269

Relay modules
Basics of relay technology
In principle, there are a number of possible ways of achieving an effective circuit:
1. Contact wiring
2. Load wiring
3. Combination of both wiring methods

Load wiring

Diode

Additional
Defined
Effective bidropout de- induction voltage limi- polar attenlay
tation
uation
Large

Yes (UD)

No

Advantages:
• Good effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts
• Easy implementation
• Inexpensive
• Reliable
• Dimensioning not critical
• Low induction voltage
Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only via load resistor
• Long dropout delay

Medium to
small

Yes (UZD)

No

Advantages:
• Dimensioning not critical

Load

Diode/Zener diode
series connection

Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only above UZD
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts

Load
Contact wiring

Advantages/disadvantages

Inductive load wiring

In principle, protective measures should
intervene directly at the source of the interference.
Wiring a load should therefore be given
priority over wiring the contact.
The following points are advantageous
for the load circuit (image on right):
1. The circuit is only loaded with the induction voltage during interruption. By contrast, the sum of the operating voltage
and the induction voltage is applied to
the contact circuit.
2. When the contact is open, the load is
electrically isolated from the operating
voltage.
3. It is not possible for the load to be activated or to “stick” due to undesired operating currents, e.g., from RC elements.
4. Cut-off peaks of the load cannot be coupled into parallel control lines.
Nowadays, solenoid valves are usually
connected using valve plugs that are also
supplied with LEDs and components that
limit the induction voltage. Valve plugs with
an RC element, varistor or Zener diode often do not quench the arc and only serve to
comply with legislation governing EMC.
Only valve plugs with an integrated 1N4007
freewheeling diode quench the arc quickly
and safely, thereby increasing the service life
of the relay by a factor of 5 to 10. Valve
plugs with LED, integrated 1N4007, and
free cable end can be supplied on request as
part of the SAC range.

Suppressor diode

Medium to
small

Yes (UZD)

Yes

Load

Varistor

Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only above UZD
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts
Medium to
small

Yes (UVDR)

Yes

Advantages:
• High energy absorption
• Dimensioning not critical
• Suitable for AC voltages
Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only above UVDR
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts

Load

R/C combination

Advantages:
• Inexpensive
• Dimensioning not critical
• Limitation of positive peaks
• Suitable for AC voltages

Medium to
small

No

Yes

Load

Switching small loads
Small loads must be processed mainly in
applications where signals must be forwarded to control inputs (e.g., of a PLC).
With these loads, no switching sparks
(arcs) occur on the contacts in the small
load range.
In addition to the constant cleaning effect due to contact friction, this switching
spark assumes the function of penetrating
non-conductive contamination layers that
are formed on the contact surfaces of power contacts.

Advantages:
• HF attenuation due to energy storage
• Suitable for AC voltages
• Level-independent damping
Disadvantages:
• Precise dimensioning required
• High inrush current surge
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts

Evaluation
electronics

Application example: measurement point changeover

Limit switch

PLC
input
board

Application example: PLC input signal

270

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
Basics of relay technology
These contamination layers are usually
oxidation or sulfidation products of the
contact materials silver (Ag) or silver alloys
such as silver nickel (AgNi) or silver tin oxide (AgSnO). As a result, the contact resistance may rise so considerably within a
short time that reliable switching is no longer possible in the case of small loads.
Due to these properties, the high-performance contact materials mentioned are
not suitable for small load applications.
Gold (Au) has become accepted as the
contact material of choice for these areas of
application mainly on account of its low and
constant contact resistances even with
small loads and its insensitivity to sulfurous
atmospheres.
For the smallest of loads and even greater contact reliability, double contact relays
with gold contacts are used.
The slotted contact spring in this design
provides two parallel contact points with
even lower contact resistances and considerably higher contact reliability.

Switching large loads
A few important points also need to be
considered with regard to switching operations in the large load range that involve
power contacts made of either silver (Ag)
or silver tin oxide (AgSnO).
A basic distinction must be made between switching DC and AC loads.
Switching large AC loads
When switching large AC loads, the relay can be operated up to the corresponding
maximum values for switching voltage, current, and power. The arc that occurs during
interruption depends on the current, voltage, and phase angle. This cut-off arc usually
disappears automatically the next time the
load current passes through zero.
In applications with an inductive load, an
effective protective circuit must be provided, otherwise the service life of the system
will be reduced considerably.

Switching large DC loads
Conventional switching relays can only
switch off relatively small direct currents
(which contrasts with their ability to switch
off the maximum permissible AC current),
since there is no zero crossing to extinguish
the arc automatically. This maximum DC
value is also dependent to a large extent on
the switching voltage and is determined,
among other things, by constructional features such as contact spacing and contact
opening speed.
The corresponding current and voltage
values are documented by relay manufacturers in arc or load limit curves.
A non-attenuated inductive DC load fur-

Example of a load limit curve (dependent on the type)

ther reduces the values given for switchable
currents. The energy stored in the inductance can cause an arc to occur, which forwards the current through the open contacts.
With an effective contact protection circuit, preferably type 1N4007 freewheeling
diodes, the service life can be increased by a
factor of 5 to 10 compared with unprotected or poorly protected inductive loads (see
also “Contact protection circuits” section).
If higher DC loads than those documented are to be switched or if the electrical service life is to be increased, several
contacts of a relay can be connected in series. See, for example, REL-IR... industrial
relays.
Alternatively, solid-state relays with DC
voltage output can also be used.

Switching lamps and capacitive loads
Regardless of the type of voltage, all
kinds of lamps and loads with a capacitive
component impose extreme requirements
on the switching contacts. The moment it is
switched on, in other words precisely in the
dynamic chattering phase of the relay, extremely powerful current peaks occur.
These are often in the region of several tens
of amps, and not infrequently are known to
exceed 100 A, which results in welding of
the contact. This can be remedied by using
specially optimized “lamp load relays” that
can cope with these inrush peaks. See, for
example, PLC...IC type.

Switching capacity in accordance with
utilization categories AC15 and DC13
(IEC 60947)
In practice, both the maximum interrupting rating for AC loads and the DC interruption values taken from the load limit
curves provide only a rough guide for the
choice of relay. In reality, this is insufficient,
since real loads in the vast majority of industrial applications have inductive or capacitive components and the wiring of the loads
can be totally different. As already described, this sometimes leads to considerable variations in terms of service life.
The IEC 60947 contactor standard
seeks to avoid these disadvantages by dividing the loads into various utilization categories (DC13, AC15, etc.). This standard is
also partly applied to relays. However, users
must be aware of the fact that these values
are only applicable in practice to a limited
extent as well, since all DC13 and AC15
test loads are highly inductive and are also
operated without any protective circuit at
all (see “Contact protection circuit” section). Moreover, the switching capacity test
in accordance with IEC 60947 only requires
6060 cycles to be performed by way of a
minimum requirement.
A much more reliable way to determine
the switching capacity and the anticipated
service life is to refer to the specific application data. Using a comprehensive data bank,
the service life can be accurately estimated
for most applications and, if necessary, suggestions for improvement can be made. In
the case of critical applications, the user is
advised to gather service life information
based on empirical data.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

271

Relay modules
Basics of solid-state relay technology
Control side
Solid-state relays for various voltage and
power levels are available from Phoenix
Contact for use as interface modules designed to match process I/O devices to control, signaling, and regulating devices. The
solid-state relay element which is actually
located in the module is limited to one defined voltage range by virtue of its design.
The current consumption on the input side
fluctuates depending on the circuit architecture and voltage level.
To accommodate all industrial voltages
between 5 V and 230 V, an input circuit is
provided. The inputs for DC voltage and AC
voltage must always be differentiated.

DC input
Adjustments are made in accordance
with the various voltage levels by adding
electronics which have been specially adapted to the desired voltage range. In the case
of most modules, a polarity protection diode provides reliable protection against destruction in the event of a control voltage
being connected incorrectly. Specially coordinated filters reliably suppress possible
high-frequency noise emissions.

Figure 1: block diagram for DC input

AC input
The solid-state relay element requires a
stable control voltage to ensure reliable operation. In the case of the AC input, this is
achieved by connecting a rectifier and filter
capacitor upstream. Rectifying is followed,
in principle, by the same circuit architecture
as the DC input.

272

PHOENIX CONTACT

The switching frequency always lies beshows the maximum load current as a
low half the mains frequency. Due to the filfunction of the ambient temperature.
ter capacitor, a higher switching frequency 3. Output circuit
cannot be achieved. This would result in
The 2-conductor output is similar to a
continuous through-switching.
mechanical contact. Only the polarity of
the connections is specified and must be
observed.

Figure 2: block diagram for AC input

Load side
Depending on the application and the
type of load, the solid-state relay output
must meet various requirements. The following are crucial:
– Power amplification
– Matching the switching voltage and the
switching current (AC/DC)
– Short-circuit protection
For these different applications, the solid-state relay element must also be processed using additional electronics on the
output side.

DC output
In order to achieve the necessary output
power, the solid-state relay element is supplemented by one or more semiconductor
components.
The on-site user should nevertheless
simply regard the connection terminal
blocks of the output as conventional switch
connections. Observing the specified polarity is the only essential requirement.
For practical reasons, the following criteria should be taken into account when selecting a suitable solid-state relay:
1. Operating voltage range
(e.g., 12 ... 60 V DC)
This determines the minimum or maximum voltage to be switched. The lower
value must be observed in order to ensure reliable operation. In order to protect the output transistor, the upper
value must not be exceeded.
2. Maximum continuous current (e.g., 1 A)
This value indicates the maximum continuous current. If this value is exceeded
continuously, the output semiconductor
will be destroyed. The dependence of
the output current on the ambient temperature of the solid-state relay should
also be taken into consideration. A derating curve is therefore generally specified for solid-state power relays. This

Figure 3: 2-conductor output

The 3-conductor output is non-isolated
and requires both potentials from the voltage source on the output side to be connected if it is to operate reliably.
When switched off, a permanent reference to ground (negative potential) is established. In addition, this output circuit offers
the advantage of an almost constant internal
resistance.

Figure 4: 3-conductor output

AC output
In order to control the switching and
control devices for AC voltage, a semiconductor for AC voltage (TRIAC or thyristor)
is connected downstream of the solid-state
relay element.
As with the DC output, it is particularly
important to consider the maximum operating voltage range and the maximum continuous load current as a function of the ambient temperature.

Relay modules
Basics of solid-state relay technology
Application notes
Input solid-state relays acting in the direction from the I/O devices to the controller (signaling, controlling, monitoring)

Example: load contactor monitoring (DC contactor)

Plug-in version:
– PLC-O...
Modular version:
– DEK-OE...
– EMG 10-OE...
– SIM-EI...
– OPT...

e.g., PLC
IN

Example: load contactor monitoring (AC contactor)

Zero voltage
switch

In addition, the maximum peak reverse
voltage of the TRIAC (e.g., 600 V) is crucial
with AC outputs. This must not be exceeded even in the case of voltage fluctuations
or interference voltage peaks in order to
prevent destruction. That is why the AC
outputs of all solid-state relays from Phoenix Contact have an internal RC protective
circuit to protect against interference voltage peaks.

e.g., PLC
IN

Figure 5: basic circuit diagram of AC output

Example: position indication with limit stop contact or initiator

Protective circuits
The moment inductive loads (contactors, solenoid valves, motors) are switched
off, surge voltages occur and these can
reach very high amplitudes. Electronic components and switching elements are particularly susceptible to these. A protective circuit should therefore always be provided to
prevent destruction.
A parallel connection to the load effectively reduces the switching surge voltage to
a harmless level. Depending on the solidstate relay output and type of load:
– A freewheeling diode/suppressor diode
(DC only)
– A varistor (AC and DC)
– Or an RC element (AC only)
can provide the necessary protection.

Load

Protection

e.g., PLC
IN

Output (power) solid-state relays acting
in the direction from the controller to the
I/O devices (switching, amplifying, controlling)

Example: switching the contactor, solenoid valve or motor
(DC load)

e.g., PLC
OUT

Plug-in version:
– PLC-O...
Modular version:
– DEK-OV...
– EMG 10-OV
– EMG 12-OV
– EMG 17-OV
– OV...
– OPT...

Example: switching the contactor, solenoid valve or motor
(AC load)

e.g., PLC
OUT
Figure 6: protective circuit with DC voltage output

Load

Protection

Remarks:
1)

Ground (negative) potential from the input and output of the solidstate relay must not be connected.
DC loads must be provided with an effective protective circuit
(e.g., diode).
3) AC loads must be protected with a varistor or an RC element.
2)

Figure 7: protective circuit with AC voltage output

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

273

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

RIFLINE complete is an inexpensive relay
system with various accessories. It consists
of DIN rail bases, electromechanical or solid-state relays, plug-in input/interference
suppression modules, marking material, and
bridging material. The range of accessories
is rounded off with a timer module. This can
be used to transform a basic relay into a timer relay with three different functions.
The RIFLINE complete relay range consists of seven different base versions from
RIF-0 to RIF-4 – these range from one N/O
contact up to four PDT contacts. The field
of application of this product group ranges
from coupling relay applications with
switching currents of one milliamp to replacement for miniature contactors with
currents up to 16 A.
The relay bases feature push-in connection technology, which enables quick and
tool-free conductor contacting. The RIF-1
to RIF-4 bases offer double the contact options on both the input and output side.
On the input side of all bases, the negative
potential (A2) can be bridged – regardless of
the base size. On the output side, the
grouped contact (11) can be bridged within
the RIF-0 base version. This connection can
also be bridged within the RIF-1 base size.
To offer diverse marking options, the engagement lever can be fitted with a zack
marker strip. In addition, marker carriers
274

PHOENIX CONTACT

can be mounted on the bases so that additional marking surfaces are available.
RIFLINE complete can be extended using
many elements from the CLIPLINE complete accessories range. This includes marking material, bridges, and test adapters.
To make ordering and management easy,
RIFLINE complete modules are provided in
the most popular voltages as complete
modules with relay and input/interference
suppression module. For individual assembly, tailored to the requirements of the application, additional voltage levels are offered in the modular system.

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

RIF-0
The narrow 6.2 mm RIF-0 base series is
designed for miniature relays with one contact. Switching currents up to 6 A are implemented here. Two base versions are available: 1 N/O contact and 1 PDT contact.
RIF-0 is therefore a good choice for all coupling applications.

RIF-1
The narrow 16 mm RIF-1 base series is
designed for miniature relays with 2 contacts. Currents up to 13 A can be switched
when using the FBS 2-8 plug-in bridge. This
is the ideal relay for applications that require
coupling, power switching, and signal duplication.

RIF-2
The 31 mm wide RIF-2 base series is designed for industrial relays with up to 4 contacts. Currents up to 12 A are no problem
for these bases. This relay is ideal for applications that require power and signal multiplication.

RIF-3
The 40 mm wide RIF-3 base series is designed for octal relays with up to 3 contacts.
Switching currents up to 10 A can be implemented here. Two base versions are available: 2 PDT contacts and 3 PDT contacts.
RIF-3 bases are ideal for all applications that
require power and signal multiplication.

RIF-4
The 43 mm wide RIF-4 base series is designed for power relays with up to 3 contacts. Currents up to 16 A can be switched.
RIF-4 bases are a good choice for applications that require power and signal multiplication, e.g., in miniature contactor applications.

Accessories
A wide range of accessories are available
for the RIFLINE complete relay system that
round off the range. These include bridges,
professional marking material, special function modules, test plugs, and end brackets.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

275

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Modular RIF-0 relay base

Notes:
Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.

Relay base that can be fitted with miniature power relays or solid-state relays with
a nominal voltage of 12 to 24 V DC.
The advantages:
– Integrated freewheeling diode for input
circuit and interference suppression circuit
– LED for status display
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Professional marking material
– Holders for test plugs
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules
saves wiring time (A2 and 11/13)
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input and
output side

For further marking systems and mounting material,
see Catalog 5.

D W
H

1 PDT relay base for
miniature power relay

Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN

230 V AC (Contact side)
max. 8 A (Depends on application/assembly)

General data
Ambient temperature (operation)

-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth
Height

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
6.2 mm
78 mm
93 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-0-BPT/21

2900958

10

FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY
FBS 5-6
FBS 10-6
FBS 20-6
FBS 50-6

3030336
3036932
3032237
3030349
3030271
3030365
3032224

50
50
50
50
10
10
10

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

RIF-0 relay base, PDT version, safe isolation I/O
With push-in connection
RIF-0 relay base, N/O contact version, safe isolation I/O
With push-in connection

Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red
2-pos. blue
2-pos. gray
5-pos. red
10-pos. red
20-pos. red
50-pos. red
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled with
ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and

276

PHOENIX CONTACT

MPS-MT

0201744

10

Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part

red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black
Zack marker strip, 10-section, unprinted: pack contains enough
to label 100 terminal blocks

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

10-section

ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT

1051003

10

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
D W
H

1 N/O contact relay base for
miniature power relay

Technical data
230 V AC
max. 8 A (Depends on application/assembly)

-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
6.2 mm
66 mm
93 mm

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2901873

10

FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY
FBS 5-6
FBS 10-6
FBS 20-6
FBS 50-6

3030336
3036932
3032237
3030349
3030271
3030365
3032224

50
50
50
50
10
10
10

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

MPS-MT

0201744

10

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT

1051003

10

Type

RIF-0-BPT/1

Accessories

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

277

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in miniature power relays suitable for
RIF-0 and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Power contacts up to 6 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection RT III (comparable with IP67)
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Can be soldered in on PCB

1 PDT

Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.



For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see
page 344

A2

12

A1

11

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Output data
Contact type

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions

W/H/D

①
②
refer to the diagram
14
7
5
5
2.5
2.5
Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 1-PDT

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
(on request)
10 mA (at 12 V)

AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any / In rows with zero spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
Plug-in miniature power relays
with power contact
with power contact
Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact
with gold contact

278

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

①
②

12 V DC
24 V DC

REL-MR- 12DC/21
REL-MR- 24DC/21

2961150
2961105

10
10

①
②

12 V DC
24 V DC

REL-MR- 12DC/21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21AU

2961163
2961121

10
10

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

REL-MR-.../21... (1 PDT)
Interrupting rating

20

3
Switching current [A]

U
UN

2,5
A

2

1,5

1

10
6
4

1

0,5
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90 100
TU [°C]

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

B

1

2

10

20

30

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

279

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in solid-state relays

Notes:
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see
page 345

Plug-in solid-state relays suitable for RIF-0
and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/3 A
– RT III wash tight (comparable to IP67)
– Vibration- and shock-resistant
– Wear-free and long-lasting
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Can be soldered in on PCB
Max. DC voltage output of 3 A



A2

13+

A1

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level

1 signal (“H”) [V DC] ≥
0 signal (“L”) [V DC] ≤
[mA]
[µs]
[µs]
[Hz]

Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. switch-off time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Output data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. load current
Max. inrush current
Leakage current in off state
Phase angle (cos φ)
Output circuit
Max. load value
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Rated surge voltage
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions

①
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
300
300
33 V DC
3 V DC
3 A (see derating curve)
15 A (10 ms)
2-conductor, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤ 150 mV

W/H/D

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

280

PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state power relays

①

24 V DC

Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state input relays

①

24 V DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2

2966595

10

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/2 and PLC-OS.../24DC/2
solid-state relays

Load current [A]

3

Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA

Max. AC voltage output of 750 mA



2
1
0

0
10
20
30
40
50
Ambient temperature range [°C]

60

Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/1 and PLC-OS.../230AC/1
solid-state relays


Load current [mA]

750

A2

13+

A1

A2

14

13+

A1

Technical data
①
0.8 1.2
10
5
3
6000
500
10

48 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
2-conductor, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤1V

253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A (see derating curve)
10 mA
30 A (10 ms)
< 1 mA
0.5
2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch
4.5 A2s
RCV circuit
<1V

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Ordering data

OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100

0

0
10
20
30
40
50
Ambient temperature range [°C]

60

14

Technical data

①
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
300
300

Type

300

Ordering data
Order No.

2966618

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1

2967950

10

10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

281

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Modular RIF-1 relay base

Notes:

D W
H

Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.

Relay base that can be fitted with
1 or 2 PDT relays or solid-state relays.
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input and interference suppression
module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector function and holder for marking material
– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side
(A2)
– FBS 2-8 plug-in bridges for the output side
(11/21)

For further marking systems and mounting material,
see Catalog 5.

2 PDT relay base for
miniature power relay

Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN

230 V AC
max. 13 A (Depends on application/assembly)

General data
Ambient temperature (operation)

-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
16 mm
75 mm
93 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-1-BPT/2X21

2900931

10

3030336
3036932
3032237
3030284
3032567
3032541

50
50
50
10
10
10

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

MPS-MT

0201744

10

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
STP 5-2

1050004
0811972
0800967

10
10
100

RIF-1 relay base, plug-in option for input/interference suppression
module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection

Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and holder for
marking material, suitable for RIF-1 relay base

Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red
2-pos. blue
2-pos. gray
2-pos. red
2-pos. blue
2-pos. gray
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled with
ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part

Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section
5-section
Double marker carrier for ZB 5

282

PHOENIX CONTACT

red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black

FBS
FBS
FBS
FBS
FBS
FBS

2-6
2-6 BU
2-6 GY
2-8
2-8 BU
2-8 GY

7042

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

Relay retaining bracket

Technical data
-

-

Ordering data
Type

RIF-RH-1

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2900953

10

Accessories

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

283

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in miniature power relays with 1 or 2
PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1, PR1, and
PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Power contacts up to 16 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection up to RT III
(comparable with IP67) depending on
type
1 PDT relay

2 PDT relay

Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.





A1

A1

12

11

14

A2

A2

22

21

24

12

11

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
33
17
8.7
7
7
7

3

3

3

Technical data

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

8.2
7

4.1
7

32

7

3

3 - 12

3 - 12

3 - 12

2-9

2-9

2-9

3

3

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
33
17
8.7
7
7
7

3

Plug-in miniature power relays
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact

284

PHOENIX CONTACT

⑥

⑦

⑧

8.2
7

4.1
7

32

7

3

3 - 12

3 - 12

3 - 12

2-9

2-9

2-9

3

3

Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
16 A
25 A (20 ms)
50 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA)
8A
12 A (20 ms)
25 A (20 ms)
10 mA (At 5 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
-40°C ... 85°C
1 x 107 cycles
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

3

⑤

Single contact, 1-PDT

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
-40°C ... 85°C
1 x 107 cycles
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Description

3

④

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧

12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC
REL-MR- 48DC/21HC
REL-MR- 60DC/21HC
REL-MR-110DC/21HC
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC
REL-MR-120AC/21HC
REL-MR-230AC/21HC

2961309
2961312
2834821
2961325
2961338
2961406
2961419
2961422

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21
REL-MR-110DC/21-21
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21
REL-MR-120AC/21-21
REL-MR-230AC/21-21

2961257
2961192
2834834
2961273
2961202
2961435
2961448
2961451

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧

12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU

2961532
2961545

10
10

REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU
REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU
REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU

2961561
2961503
2961516
2961529

10
10
10
10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU
REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU
REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU

2961299
2961215
2834847
2961286
2961228
2961464
2961477
2961480

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

REL-MR...21HC... (1 PDT)
Interrupting rating

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

107

1
2

1
0,8

2
1
0

10

20

30

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]

2

3

1

10

20

30

10

6

10

5

10

4

2

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

1 DC coils
2 AC coils

1

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

100

1

10
6
4

Cycles

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

0,6

Electrical service life

20
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-MR...21-21... (2 PDTs)
Interrupting rating

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

107

2

1
0,8

2
1
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90 100

Ambient temperature [°C]

10
6
4

1

2

4

1

0,1

10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms

10

6

10

5

10

4

2

1

0,5
0,3
0,2

1
2
3
4

1 DC coils
2 AC coils

3

Cycles

1

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

0,6

Electrical service life

20
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

300

2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

285

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in miniature power relays with 1 or 2
PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1 and PR1 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– With lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling
diode
– Can be soldered in on PCB

1 PDT relay

2 PDT relay



Notes:



If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.

A1

A1

12

11

14

A2

A2

22

21

24

12

11

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
18
32
7
9
3 - 12 3 - 12

Technical data

④

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
18
32
7
9
3 - 12 3 - 12

3.5

6
2-8

2-8

2-8

3 - 12

2-8

2-8

Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
16 A
32 A (20 ms)
32 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
12 V (At 1 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 12 V)

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
8A
16 A (20 ms)
16 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
12 V (At 1 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 12 V)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C
-40°C ... 70°C
5 x 106 cycles
5 x 106 cycles
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

3.5

6
2-8

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C
-40°C ... 70°C°C
5 x 106 cycles
5 x 106 cycles
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

24 V DC

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS

2987888

- Status LED
②
24 V AC
- Status LED
③
120 V AC
- Status LED
④
230 V AC
Plug-in miniature power relays with manual test function, with
hard gold-plated multi-layer contacts, mechanical switch position
indicator
- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2①
24 V DC

REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS

2987891
2987901
2987914

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS

Description

④

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS

2987943

10

10
10
10

REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS

2987956
2987969
2987972

10
10
10

2987927

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS

2987985

10

2987930

10

REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS

2987998

10

Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts
- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2-

- Status LED

286

PHOENIX CONTACT

①

④

230 V AC

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

REL-MR...21HC...MS (1 PDT)
Electrical service life

107
20

1

10

Cycles

2,6
2,4
2,2
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6

Interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

5

10

20

30

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]
DC coils, 0 A contact current
DC coils, 16 A contact current
AC coils, 0 A contact current
AC coils, 16 A contact current

10

5

10

4

1

2

0,1
10

100

6

1
0,5
0,2

0

10

2

20

30

50

70

100

200

300 400 500

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load

Switching voltage [V]

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-MR...21-21...MS (2 PDTs)
Electrical service life

107
20

1

10

1
2
3
4

Cycles

2,6
2,4
2,2
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6

Interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

5

2
3

2

10

6

10

5

10

4

1

1
0,5
0,2

0

10

20

30

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]
1 DC coils, 0 A contact current
2 DC coils, 16 A contact current
3 AC coils, 0 A contact current
4 AC coils, 16 A contact current

100

0,1
10

20

30

50

70

100

200

300 400 500

Switching voltage [V]

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
3 DC, ohmic load

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

287

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in solid-state relays

Notes:
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly,
see page 345

Plug-in solid-state relays suitable for RIF-1,
PR1, and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/5 A
– RT III wash tight (comparable to IP67)
– Vibration- and shock-resistant
– Wear-free and long-lasting
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Can be soldered in on PCB
Max. DC voltage output of 5 A



A1

13+

14

A2

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level

1 signal (“H”) [V DC] ≥
0 signal (“L”) [V DC] ≤
[mA]
[µs]
[µs]
[Hz]

Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. switch-off time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Output data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. load current
Max. inrush current
Leakage current in off state
Phase angle (cos φ)
Output circuit
Max. load value
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Rated surge voltage
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions

①
0.8 1.2
2.5
0.8
9
10
400
300

②
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
400
300

③
0.9 1.1
35
20
3
25
400
300

33 V DC
3 V DC
5 A (see derating curve)
15 A (10 ms)
2-conductor, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤ 200 mV

W/H/D

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5
OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5

2982113
2982100
2982126

10
10
10

Plug-in solid-state relays
①
②
③

288

PHOENIX CONTACT

5 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/5 solid-state relays

Load current [A]

5

Max. AC voltage output of 2 mA

Load current [A]

13

3
2
1
0

0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature range [°C]

Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/2 solid-state relays



A1

4

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6
0

14

1
2

0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature range [°C]

1 Aligned with > 10 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing

A2

Technical data
①
0.8 1.2
3
1
15
10000
10000
10

②
0.8 1.2
18
8.4
7
10000
10000
10

③
0.9 1.1
40
20
2.6
10000
10000
10

253 V AC
24 V AC
2 A (see derating curve)
25 mA
30 A (10 ms)
< 1 mA
2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch
4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C)
Surge protection
≤1V
Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / See derating curve
12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2
OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 2

2982168
2982171
2982184

10
10
10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

289

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Modular RIF-2 relay base

Notes:

D W
H

Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.

Relay base that can be fitted with
2 or 4 PDT relays.
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input and interference suppression
module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector function and holder for marking material
– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side
(A2)

For further marking systems and mounting material,
see Catalog 5.

4 PDT relay base for
industrial relay

Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN

250 V AC
max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly)

General data
Ambient temperature (operation)

-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
31 mm
75 mm
93 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-2-BPT/4X21

2900934

10

FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY

3030336
3036932
3032237

50
50
50

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

MPS-MT

0201744

10

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
STP 5-2

1050004
0811972
0800967

10
10
100

RIF-2 relay base, plug-in option for input/interference suppression
module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection

Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and holder for
marking material, suitable for RIF-2 relay base

Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red
2-pos. blue
2-pos. gray
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled
with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part

Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section
5-section
Double marker carrier for ZB 5

290

PHOENIX CONTACT

red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

Relay retaining bracket

Technical data
-

-

Ordering data
Type

RIF-RH-2

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2900954

10

Accessories

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

291

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in industrial relays

Plug-in industrial relays with 2 or 4 PDT
contacts, suitable for RIF-2 and PR2 relay
bases.
The advantages:
– Detectable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling
diode

2 PDT relay

4 PDT relay

Notes:
For other voltages, see www.phoenixcontact.net/products





11

14

12

A1

A2
44

42

Technical data

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
78
41
22
13
13
13

14

14

14

Input voltage
UN

12

21

24

22

31

34

32

41

44

42

Technical data

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

18
13

8
13

70

13

6.5

5 - 15

5 - 15

5 - 15

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

14

14

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
78
41
22
13
13
13

14

14

14

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

18
13

8
13

70

13

6.5

5 - 15

5 - 15

5 - 15

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

14

14

Single contact, 2-PDT

Single contact, 4-PDT

Single contact, 4-PDT

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (At 24 mA)
12 A
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
5 mA (at 24 V)

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (At 24 mA)
6A
16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
5 mA (at 24 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
5 V (At 24 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
-

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664

Ordering data
Description

14

A2
41

Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type

11
A1

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-IR2/LDP- 12DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP- 48DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP- 60DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP-110DC/2X21
REL-IR2/L- 24AC/2X21
REL-IR2/L-120AC/2X21
REL-IR2/L-230AC/2X21

2903659
2903660
2903661
2903662
2903663
2903666
2903667
2903668

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP- 48DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP- 60DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21
REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21
REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21
REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21

2903676
2903677
2903678
2903679
2903680
2903686
2903687
2903688

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/LDP- 48DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/LDP- 60DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21AU

2903669
2903670
2903671
2903672
2903673
2903683
2903684
2903685

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Plug-in industrial relays, with power contacts
①
12 V DC
②
24 V DC
③
48 V DC
④
60 V DC
⑤
110 V DC
⑥
24 V AC
⑦
120 V AC
⑧
230 V AC
Plug-in industrial relays, with multi-layer gold contacts

With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode

With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode

292

PHOENIX CONTACT

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧

12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

REL-IR2... (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

2,4

1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8

10
6
4
2

10

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

6

1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

0

7

Cycles

2

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

2,2

0,6

Electrical service life

10

80

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

10

300

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

DC coils
AC coils

5

0

1

2
Switching capacity [kVA]

3

 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-IR4... (4 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

2,4

1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8

10
6
4
2

10

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

80

0,5
0,3
0,2
10

20

30

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

DC coils
AC coils

6

1

0,1

0

7

Cycles

2

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

2,2

0,6

Electrical service life

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

10

5

0

1

2
Switching capacity [kVA]

3

 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

293

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Modular RIF-3 relay base

Notes:
Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.

Relay base that can be fitted with
2 or 3 PDT relays.
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input and interference suppression
module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector function and holder for marking material
– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side
(A2)

For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

D W
H

2 PDT relay base for
octal relay

Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN

250 V AC
max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly)

General data
Ambient temperature (operation)

-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
40 mm
90 mm
100 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-3-BPT/2X21

2900937

10

FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY

3030336
3036932
3032237

50
50
50

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

MPS-MT

0201744

10

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
STP 5-2

1050004
0811972
0800967

10
10
100

RIF-3 relay base, 2 PDT version, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection

RIF-3 relay base, 3 PDT version, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection

Relay retaining bracket, with holder for marking material, suitable
for RIF-3 relay base

Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red
2-pos. blue
2-pos. gray
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled
with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part

Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section
5-section
Double marker carrier for ZB 5

294

PHOENIX CONTACT

red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
D W
H

3 PDT relay base for
octal relay

Relay retaining bracket

Technical data

Technical data

250 V AC
max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly)

-

-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)

-

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

-

40 mm
90 mm
100 mm

-

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-3-BPT/3X21

2900938

10

Type

RIF-RH-3

Accessories

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2900955

10

Accessories

FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY

3030336
3036932
3032237

50
50
50

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

MPS-MT

0201744

10

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
STP 5-2

1050004
0811972
0800967

10
10
100

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

295

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in octal relays

Plug-in octal relays with 2 or 3 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-3 and PR3 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Detectable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– DC types with integrated freewheeling
diode
2 PDT relay

3 PDT relay




(A1)

(14)

(14)
2

(A1)

3

(11) 1

4

8

5

(21)

3
2

(12)

(11)

(31)

(22)

6

(A2)

1

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
60
108
23
18
5 - 15 5 - 15

[ms]
[ms]

5 - 20

W/H/D

5 - 20

7

Input voltage
UN

9

(24)

8

(32)

Technical data

④

5 - 15

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
60
108
23
18
5 - 15 5 - 15

5 - 20

5 - 20

13

5 - 20

④
13
5 - 15

5 - 20

Single contact, 2-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
10 V (At 24 mA)
10 A
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)

Single contact, three PDTs
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
10 V (At 24 mA)
10 A
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664
Any
35 mm / 54.4 mm / 35 mm

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664
Any
35 mm / 54.4 mm / 35 mm

Ordering data
Description

6

11

(34)

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions

(22)
(21)

(A2)

(24)

(12)
5

10
7

4

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-OR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21
REL-OR2/L- 24AC/2X21
REL-OR2/L-120AC/2X21
REL-OR2/L-230AC/2X21

2903689
2903690
2903691
2903692

10
10
10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-OR3/LDP-24DC/3X21
REL-OR3/L- 24AC/3X21
REL-OR3/L-120AC/3X21
REL-OR3/L-230AC/3X21

2903693
2903694
2903695
2903696

10
10
10
10

Plug-in octal relays, with power contacts
With freewheeling diode

296

PHOENIX CONTACT

①
②
③
④

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

REL-OR2... (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

1,8

1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8

10
6
4

Cycles

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

1,6

0,6

Electrical service life

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

6

2
1
10

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

0

10

7

10

80

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

5

10

300

4

0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6
Switching capacity [kVA]

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

DC coils
AC coils

 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-OR3... (3 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

1,8

1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8

10
6
4

Cycles

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

1,6

0,6

Electrical service life

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

80

1
10

0,5
0,3
0,2
10

20

30

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

DC coils
AC coils

6

2

0,1

0

10

7

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

5

10

4

0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6
Switching capacity [kVA]
 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

297

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Modular RIF-4 relay base

Notes:

D W
H

Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.

Relay base that can be fitted with
2 or 3 PDT relays or 3 N/O relays.
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input and interference suppression
module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector function and holder for marking material
– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side
(A2)

For further marking systems and mounting material,
see Catalog 5.

3 PDT relay base for
high-power relay

Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN

400 V AC
max. 16 A (Depends on application/assembly)

General data
Ambient temperature (operation)

-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Input side
Output side
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
43 mm
90 mm
107 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-4-BPT/3X21

2900961

10

FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY

3030336
3036932
3032237

50
50
50

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

MPS-MT

0201744

10

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
STP 5-2

1050004
0811972
0800967

10
10
100

RIF-4 relay base, plug-in option for input/interference suppression
module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection

Relay retaining bracket, with holder for marking material, suitable
for RIF-4 relay base

Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red
2-pos. blue
2-pos. gray
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled
with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part

Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section
5-section
Double marker carrier for ZB 5

298

PHOENIX CONTACT

red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

Relay retaining bracket

Technical data
-

-

-

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-RH-4

2900956

10

Accessories

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

299

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in high-power relays

Plug-in high-power relays with 2 or 3 PDT
contacts for the RIF-4 relay base.
The advantages:
– Use in miniature contactor applications
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– Up to 440 V AC switching voltage

2 PDT relay

3 PDT relay





11

14

12

A1

A2
34

32

Technical data

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

250 V AC
440 V AC
Motor load according to UL 508

General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions

W/H/D

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
56
116
23
20
5 - 25 5 - 25

Input voltage
UN

12

21

24

22

31

34

32

Technical data

④

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
56
116
23
20
5 - 25 5 - 25

12
5 - 25

15

④
12
5 - 25

15
5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

Single contact, 2-PDT
AgNi
440 V AC / 250 V DC
10 V (At 24 mA)
16 A
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)

Single contact, three PDTs
AgNi
440 V AC / 250 V DC
10 V (At 24 mA)
16 A
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)

4000 VA
4000 VA
1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

4000 VA
4000 VA
1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664
Any
38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664
Any
38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm

Ordering data
Description

14

A2
31

Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

11
A1

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

REL-PR2- 24DC/2X21
REL-PR2- 24AC/2X21
REL-PR2-120AC/2X21
REL-PR2-230AC/2X21

2903698
2903699
2903700
2903701

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

REL-PR3- 24DC/3X21
REL-PR3- 24AC/3X21
REL-PR3-120AC/3X21
REL-PR3-230AC/3X21

2903702
2903703
2903704
2903705

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Plug-in high-power relays, 2 PDTs with power contacts
①
24 V DC
②
24 V AC
③
120 V AC
④
230 V AC
Plug-in high-power relays, 3 PDTs with power contacts
①
②
③
④

300

PHOENIX CONTACT

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

REL-PR2... (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

1,8

7

1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8

Cycles

10
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

1,6

0,6

Electrical service life

5

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

6

2
1
10

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

0

10

10

80

Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 16 A

20

30

50

70 100
200 300
Switching voltage [V]

5

10

500

4

0

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

Minimum operate voltage
For pre-excitation with UN and limiting continuous current = 16 A

1

2
3
Switching capacity [kVA]

4

 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-PR3... (3 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

1,8

7

1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8

Cycles

10
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

1,6

0,6

Electrical service life

5

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

80

1
10

0,5
0,3
0,2
10

20

30

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

DC coils
AC coils

6

2

0,1

0

10

50

70 100
200 300
Switching voltage [V]

500

5

10

4

0

1

2
3
Switching capacity [kVA]

4

 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

301

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in high-power relays

Plug-in high-power relays with 3 N/O
contacts suitable for the RIF-4 relay base.
The advantages:0
– Use in miniature contactor applications
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– Up to 440 V AC switching voltage
– Full shutdown by means of ≥ 3 mm contact opening
3 N/O relay



11

14

21

24

31

34

A1

A2

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
70
116
23
20
5 - 25 5 - 25

④
12
5 - 25

15
5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

Single contact, 3 N/O contacts
AgNi
440 V AC / 250 V DC
10 V (At 24 mA)
16 A
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)
250 V AC
440 V AC

Motor load according to UL 508

General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions

W/H/D

4000 VA
4000 VA
1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664
Any
38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Type

Order No.

REL-PR3- 24DC/3X1
REL-PR3- 24AC/3X1
REL-PR3-120AC/3X1
REL-PR3-230AC/3X1

2903706
2903707
2903708
2903709

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Plug-in high-power relays, 3 N/O contacts with power contacts
①
②
③
④

302

PHOENIX CONTACT

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

1
1
1
1

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

REL-PR2... (3 N/O contacts)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

1,8

7

1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8

Cycles

10
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

1,6

0,6

Electrical service life

5

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

80

1
10

0,5
0,3
0,2
10

20

30

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

DC coils
AC coils

6

2

0,1

0

10

50

70 100
200 300
Switching voltage [V]

500

5

10

4

0

1

2
3
Switching capacity [kVA]

4

 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

303

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Input modules/interference
suppression modules for
RIF-1, RIF-2, RIF-3, and RIF-4
Plug-in input modules/interference
suppression modules for optional fitting of
RIF-1 to RIF-4 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Attenuation of reverse voltage induced in
coil
– Mechanical coding to protect against incorrect connection
Input/interference suppression module

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

- 12-24 V DC ±20%
- 48-60 V DC ±20%
- 110 V DC ±20%
Plug-in module, with LED status indicator and varistor to limit the
coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
input voltage:

RIF-LDP-12-24 DC
RIF-LDP-48-60 DC
RIF-LDP-110 DC

2900939
2900940
2900941

10
10
10

- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor)
- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275-V-varistor)

RIF-LV-12-24 UC
RIF-LV-48-60 UC
RIF-LV-120-230 AC/110 DC

2900942
2900943
2900944

10
10
10

RIF-V-12-24 UC
RIF-V-48-60 UC
RIF-V-120-230 UC

2900945
2900947
2900948

10
10
10

RIF-RC-12-24 UC
RIF-RC-48-60 UC
RIF-RC-120-230 UC

2900949
2900950
2900951

10
10
10

Description
Plug-in module, with LED status indicator and freewheeling diode
to effectively limit the coil induction voltage, polarity: A1+, A2-,
input voltage:

Plug-in module, with varistor to limit the coil induction voltage
and/or external interference peaks,
input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor)
- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275-V-varistor)
Plug-in module, with RC element to limit the coil induction voltage
and/or external interference peaks,
input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/100 Ω)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/220 Ω)
- 120 - 230 V AC/110 DC ±20% (100 nF/470 Ω)

304

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in timer module for
RIF-1, RIF-2, RIF-3, and RIF-4
The multifunctional plug-in timer module
transforms the relay module into a timer relay. The RIF-1 to RIF-4 bases can be fitted
with this module. Using DIP switches, you
can choose from three time ranges and select four time functions. Fine adjustments to
the time are made using a potentiometer.
Relays can be operated with an input voltage of 24 V AC/DC.
Time module

Functions:
– Switch-on delay
– Single shot leading edge
– Flasher/pulse generator
–
–
–
–

12

Time ranges:
0.5 s - 10 s
5 s - 100 s
0.5 min - 10 min
5 min - 100 min

14 22

34 42

24 32

44

A2A1+

t

11

21

31

41

Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN
Nominal input voltage range with reference to UN
Input circuit
Output data
Limiting continuous current
General data
Mounting position
Repeat accuracy
Ambient temperature (operation)

With switch-on delay

U
LED

t10m)

L
E.g. 230 VAC
N

Leakage current

A1
U
A2

L1
L2
L3
Parallel signal cables or load cables

Occurrence of interference signals
Scenario 2: long signal cables

334

PHOENIX CONTACT

Load

Plug-in miniature relays
with gold contact
with power contact

REL-MR- 60DC/21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21

Relay modules
PLC series
D W
H

D W
H

Sensor design

D W
H

2 PDT universal design



1 PDT for high continuous currents





21
24

13

A2

14

BB

22

A2

A2

11
A1

14
A1

14

A1

12

12

Technical data

Technical data

120 V AC
0.8 ... 1.4
50 V AC
7 mA / 8 mA
7 ms
20 ms
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter
REL-MR-60DC/21
Single contact, 1 N/O contact

230 V AC
0.78 ... 1.14
80 V AC
8.8 mA / 10 mA
7 ms
20 ms

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
(on request)
10 mA (at 12 V)

Technical data

230 V AC
0.78 ... 1.14
70 V AC
8.5 mA / 10 mA
7 ms
10 ms

REL-MR-60DC/21AU
Single contact, 1 N/O contact

120 V AC
0.78 ... 1.4
16 V AC
6 mA / 7 mA
7 ms
10 ms
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter
REL-MR-110DC/21-21
Single contact, 2-PDT

REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
Single contact, 2-PDT

120 V AC
0.85 ... 1.4
16 V AC
6 mA / 7 mA
7 ms
20 ms
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter
REL-MR-110DC/21HC
Single contact, 1-PDT

AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V AC/DC
6A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA

AgNi, + 5 µm Au
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
10 A
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 55°C
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 55°C
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)
PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)
PLC-BSP-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)
PLC-BSP-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)
PLC-BPT-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)
PLC-BPT-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)

2980322
2980348
2980364
2980380
2900456
2900457

10
10
10
10
10
10

Accessories

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BSC-120UC/21-21/SO461)
PLC-BSC-230UC/21-21/SO461)

2980416
2980429

10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BSC-120UC/21HC/SO461)
PLC-BSC-230UC/21HC/SO461)

2980432
2980445

10
10

2961338

10

Accessories
2961134
2961118

10
10

REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-110DC/21-21

230 V AC
0.78 ... 1.14
70 V AC
8.5 mA / 10 mA
7 ms
20 ms

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 55°C
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data

Type

REL-MR- 60DC/21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21

11

Accessories
2961228
2961202

10
10

REL-MR-110DC/21HC

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

335

Relay modules
PLC series
Basic terminal blocks with interference
current filter that can be fitted with
solid-state relays
PLC basic terminal blocks with integrated
filter to protect against interference voltages or currents due, for example, to long
control lines
The advantages:
– Resistant to interference currents
– High relay release voltage
Typical applications:
– Applications with long control lines
– Use of AC output boards, resulting in residual AC currents
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
For derating curves see page 345
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Universal design



A2

11

A2

11

A1

14

A1

14

12

12

DC

AC

Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level (with optocoupler) 0 signal (“L”)
Typ. input current with UN (50 /60 Hz)
Typ. response time/switch-on time at UN
Typ. switch-off time at UN
Input circuit
Output data with:
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Output protection

Voltage drop at limiting continuous current
Leakage current in off state
Max. phase shift (inductive consumer)
Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms)
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

120 V AC
0.85 ... 1.1
≤ 0.4

230 V AC
0.8 ... 1.1
≤ 0.4

7 mA / 8 mA
6 ms
10 ms
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter
OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/...
48 V DC
30 V DC
3 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
3A
15 A (10 ms)
Protection
Protection
against polarity against polarity
reversal, Surge reversal, Surge
protection
protection
< 1 V DC
< 200 mV
-

8.8 mA / 10 mA
6 ms
10 ms

-

4.5 A2s

-

OPT...230AC/...
253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A
30 A (10 ms)
RCV circuit

< 1 V AC
< 1 mA
0.5

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 55°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data
Description
PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for
plug-in miniature relays or solid-state relays
With screw connection
With screw connection
With spring-cage connection
With spring-cage connection
With push-in connection
With push-in connection

Voltage UN

120 V AC
230 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO461)
PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO461)
PLC-BSP-120UC/21/SO461)
PLC-BSP-230UC/21/SO461)
PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO461)
PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO461)

2980319
2980335
2980351
2980377
2900453
2900455

10
10
10
10
10
10

2966621
2966605
2967963

10
10
10

Accessories
Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state input relays
Solid-state power relays
Solid-state power relays

336

PHOENIX CONTACT

OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1

Relay modules
PLC series
D W
H

Sensor design



13

A2

13

A2

14

BB

14

BB

A1

A1

DC

AC

Technical data
120 V AC
0.85 ... 1.1
≤ 0.4

230 V AC
0.8 ... 1.1
≤ 0.4

7 mA / 8 mA
6 ms
10 ms
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter
OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/...
48 V DC
30 V DC
3 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
3A
15 A (10 ms)
Protection
Protection
against polarity against polarity
reversal, Surge reversal, Surge
protection
protection
<1V
< 200 mV
-

8.8 mA / 10 mA
6 ms
10 ms

-

-

OPT...230AC/...
253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A
30 A (10 ms)
RCV circuit

<1V
< 1 mA
0.5
4.5 A2s

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 55°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)
PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)
PLC-BSP-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)
PLC-BSP-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)
PLC-BPT-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)
PLC-BPT-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)

2980322
2980348
2980364
2980380
2900456
2900457

10
10
10
10
10
10

2966621
2966605
2967963

10
10
10

Accessories
OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

337

Relay modules
PLC series
Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in miniature power relays suitable for
PLC-INTERFACE and RIF-0, RIF-1, and PR1
relay bases.
The advantages:
– Power contacts up to 16 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection up to RT III
(comparable with IP67) depending on
type
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact

Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly,
see page 344
For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 343

1 PDT



A2

12

A1

11

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Output data
Contact type

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
38
14
9
5
5
5
2.5
2.5
2.5

④

⑤

7
5
2.5

3
5
2.5

Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 1-PDT

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
(on request)
10 mA (at 12 V)

AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
(on request)
1 mA (at 24 V)

140 W
20 W
18 W
23 W
40 W
1500 VA

1.2 W
-

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any / In rows with zero spacing

Dimensions

W/H/D

5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
Plug-in miniature power relays
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact

338

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥

4.5 V DC
12 V DC
18 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC

REL-MR- 4,5DC/21
REL-MR- 12DC/21
REL-MR- 18DC/21
REL-MR- 24DC/21
REL-MR- 60DC/21

2961367
2961150
2961383
2961105
2961118

10
10
10
10
10

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥

4.5 V DC
12 V DC
18 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC

REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU
REL-MR- 12DC/21AU
REL-MR- 18DC/21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21AU

2961370
2961163
2961493
2961121
2961134

10
10
10
10
10

Relay modules
PLC series

2 PDT

1 N/O contact, for high inrush currents



1 PDT for high continuous currents





A1

12

11

14

A1

A1

A2

22

21

24

A2

A2

13

Technical data
②
refer to the diagram
33
7
3

④

⑤

14

12

Technical data

⑥

8.2
7
3

4.1
7
3

②
refer to the diagram
33
7
3

17
8
3

④

⑤

⑥

17
7
3

8.2
7
3

4.1
7
3

Single contact, 2-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

Single contact, 1 N/O contact

Single contact, 1-PDT

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA)
8A
25 A (20 ms)
10 mA (At 5 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 100 mA)
16 A
80 A (20 ms)
100 mA (at 12 V DC)

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
16 A
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA

190 W
85 W
60 W
44 W
60 W
2000 VA

1.2 W
-

384 W
58 W
48 W
50 W
80 W
4000 VA

384 W
58 W
48 W
50 W
80 W
4000 VA

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C ≥ 2.5 mm)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C ≥ 2.5 mm)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C ≥ 2.5 mm)

12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21

2961257

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21
REL-MR-110DC/21-21

2961192
2961273
2961202

10
10
10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU

2961299

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU

2961215
2961286
2961228

10
10
10

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

REL-MR- 24DC/1IC

14

Technical data

④
refer to the diagram

17
7
3

11

2961341

Pcs. /
Pkt.

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC

2961309

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC
REL-MR- 60DC/21HC
REL-MR-110DC/21HC

2961312
2961325
2961338

10
10
10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

339

Relay modules
PLC series
Plug-in solid-state relays

Plug-in solid-state relays suitable for
PLC-INTERFACE and RIF-0, RIF-1, and PR1
relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/5 A
– RT III wash tight (comparable to IP67)
– Vibration- and shock-resistant
– Wear-free and long-lasting
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Can be soldered in on PCB

Max. DC voltage output of 3 A

Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA

Notes:
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly,
see page 345





A2

A1

②
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
300
300

③
0.8 1.2
35
20
3
40
500
300

13+

14

A2

A1

②
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
300
300

③
0.9 1.1
52
40
3
50
800
100

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level

1 signal (“H”) [V DC] ≥
0 signal (“L”) [V DC] ≤
[mA]
[µs]
[µs]
[Hz]

Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. switch-off time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Output data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. load current
Max. inrush current
Leakage current in off state
Phase angle (cos φ)
Output circuit
Max. load value
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Rated surge voltage
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions

W/H/D

①
0.8 1.2
2.5
0.8
9
20
300
300

13+

Technical data
①
0.8 1.2
2.5
0.8
4
20
300
300

33 V DC
3 V DC
3 A (see derating curve)
15 A (10 ms)
2-conductor, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
≤ 150 mV

48 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
2-conductor, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
≤1V

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state power relays
Solid-state power relays
Solid-state power relays
Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state input relays
Solid-state input relays
Solid-state input relays

340

PHOENIX CONTACT

①
②
③

5 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC

①
②
③

5 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC

14

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2

2967989
2966595
2966605

10
10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100
OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100
OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100

2967992
2966618
2966621

10
10
10

Relay modules
PLC series

Max. DC voltage output of 5 A

Max. AC voltage output of 750 mA



Max. AC voltage output of 2 mA



A1

13+



A2

A1

②
0.8 1.2
10
5
3
6000
500
10

③
0.9 1.1
50
15
3
9000
700
10

Technical data
②
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
400
300

14

A2

A2

①
0.8 1.2
2.5
0.8
9
10
400
300

13

A1

14

13+

14

Technical data

③
0.9 1.1
35
20
3
25
400
300

Technical data
①
0.8 1.2
3
1
15
10000
10000
10

②
0.8 1.2
18
8.4
7
10000
10000
10

③
0.9 1.1
40
20
2.6
10000
10000
10

33 V DC
3 V DC
5 A (see derating curve)
15 A (10 ms)
2-conductor, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
≤ 200 mV

253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A (see derating curve)
10 mA
30 A (10 ms)
< 1 mA
0.5
2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch
4.5 A2s
RCV circuit
<1V

253 V AC
24 V AC
2 A (see derating curve)
25 mA
30 A (10 ms)
< 1 mA
2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch
4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C)
Surge protection
≤1V

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664
2 / III
Any / See derating curve
12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5
OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5

2982113
2982100
2982126

10
10
10

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1

2967950
2967963

10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2
OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 2

2982168
2982171
2982184

10
10
10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

341

Relay and
solid-state relay
options

342

OPT-5DC/48DC/100

2967992

OPT-24DC/48DC/100

2966618

OPT-60DC/48DC/100

2966621

OPT-24DC/24DC/5

2982100

OPT-60DC/24DC/5

2982126

OPT-24DC/230AC/2

2982171

OPT-60DC/230AC/2

2982184

PHOENIX CONTACT

REL-MR-18DC/21AU
2961493

REL-MR-12DC/21-21
2961257
X

REL-MR-12DC/21-21AU
2961299
X

REL-MR-24DC/21-21
2961192
X
X
X

REL-MR-24DC/21-21AU
2961215
X
X
X

REL-MR-60DC/21-21
2961273
X

REL-MR-60DC/21-21AU
2961286
X

REL-MR-110DC/21-21
2961202
X
X

REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
2961228
X
X

REL-MR-12DC/21HC
2961309

REL-MR-24DC/21HC

2961312

REL-MR-60DC/21HC

2961325

REL-MR-110DC/21HC

2961338

OPT-24DC/230AC/1

2967950

OPT-60DC/230AC/1

2967963

OPT-5DC/24DC/2

2967989

OPT-24DC/24DC/2

2966595

OPT-60DC/24DC/2

2966605

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

2900283
2900284
2900285
2900286
2900287
2900288

2900253
2900254
2900255
2900256
2900257
2900258
2900259

PLC-BPT-24DC/21-21
PLC-BPT-24UC/21-21
PLC-BPT-48DC/21-21
PLC-BPT-60DC/21-21
PLC-BPT-120DC/21-21
PLC-BPT-230DC/21-21

PLC-BPT-12DC/21HC
PLC-BPT-24DC/21HC
PLC-BPT-24UC/21HC
PLC-BPT-48DC/21HC
PLC-BPT-60DC/21HC
PLC-BPT-120DC/21HC
PLC-BPT-230DC/21HC

REL-MR-4,5DC/21
2961367
X
X
X

REL-MR-4,5DC/21AU
2961370
X
X
X

REL-MR-12DC/21
2961150
X

REL-MR-12DC/21AU
2961163
X

REL-MR-24DC/21
2961105
X
X
X
X

REL-MR-24DC/21AU
2961121
X
X
X
X

REL-MR-60DC/21
2961118
X
X
X
X
X
X

REL-MR-60DC/21AU
2961134
X
X
X
X
X
X

REL-MR-24DC/1IC
2961341

REL-MR-18DC/21
2961383

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

2900261

2900260

PLC-BPT-24DC/1IC/ACT

2900450

2900449

PLC-BPT-24DC/21RW

PLC-BPT-24UC/1/ACT

PLC-BPT-24DC/1/ACT

2900448

2900282

PLC-BPT-12DC/21-21

PLC-BPT-5DC/1/ACT

PLC-BSP-230DC/21

2900281

PLC-BPT-230DC/21

2900452

PLC-BSP-120DC/21

2900280

PLC-BPT-120DC/21

PLC-BPT-230UC/1/SEN

PLC-BSP-60DC/21

2900279

PLC-BPT-60DC/21

2900451

PLC-BSP-48DC/21

2900447

PLC-BPT-48DC/21

PLC-BPT-120UC/1/SEN

PLC-BSP-24UC/21

2900446

PLC-BPT-24UC/21

2900262

PLC-BSP-24DC/21

2900445

PLC-BPT-24DC/21

PLC-BPT-24DC/1/SEN

PLC-BSP-12DC/21

2900444

PLC-BPT-12DC/21

2967183

2967167

2967332

2967329

2967222

2967219

2967426

2980238

2912439
2912442
2912455
2912468
2912471
2912484

PLC-BSP-24DC/21-21
PLC-BSP-24UC/21-21
PLC-BSP-48DC/21-21
PLC-BSP-60DC/21-21
PLC-BSP-120DC/21-21
PLC-BSP-230DC/21-21

2912345
2912358
2912361
2912374
2912387
2912390

PLC-BSP-24DC/21HC
PLC-BSP-24UC/21HC
PLC-BSP-48DC/21HC
PLC-BSP-60DC/21HC
PLC-BSP-120DC/21HC
PLC-BSP-230DC/21HC

2967154
2967170

PLC-BSP-120UC/1/SEN
PLC-BSP-230UC/1/SEN

2961396

2982809

2967196

2980254

PLC-BSP-24DC/1IC/ACT

2912400

IC basic terminal block

PLC-BSP-24DC/21RW

PLC-BSP-24UC/1/ACT

PLC-BSP-24DC/1/ACT

PLC-BSP-5DC/1/ACT

Actuator basic terminal block

2967206

PLC-BSP-24DC/1/SEN

Sensor basic terminal block

2912332

PLC-BSP-12DC/21HC

HC basic terminal block

2912426

PLC-BSP-12DC/21-21

2 PDT basic terminal block

PLC-BSP-5DC/21

2900443

1 PDT basic terminal block

Spring-cage connection

PLC-BPT-5DC/21

Push-in connection

PLC-BSC-24DC/1IC/ACT

PLC-BSC-24UC/1/ACT

PLC-BSC-24DC/1/ACT

PLC-BSC-5DC/1/ACT

PLC-BSC-230UC/1/SEN

PLC-BSC-120UC/1/SEN

PLC-BSC-24DC/1/SEN

PLC-BSC-5DC/1/SEN

PLC-BSC-230DC/21HC

PLC-BSC-120DC/21HC

PLC-BSC-60DC/21HC

PLC-BSC-48DC/21HC

PLC-BSC-24UC/21HC

PLC-BSC-24DC/21HC

PLC-BSC-12DC/21HC

PLC-BSC-230DC/21-21

PLC-BSC-120DC/21-21

PLC-BSC-60DC/21-21

PLC-BSC-48DC/21-21

PLC-BSC-24UC/21-21

PLC-BSC-24DC/21-21

PLC-BSC-12DC/21-21

2967837

2982799

2966058

2980241

2966087

2966074

2966061

2980267

2967824

2967811

2967808

2967798

2967785

2967772

2967769

2967044

2967031

2967316

2967264

2967028

2967015

2967251

2966045

2980018
PLC-BSC-230DC/21

2966032
PLC-BSC-125DC/21

2966100

2966090

2966029

2966016

2966896

2980225

PLC-BSC-120DC/21

PLC-BSC-60DC/21

PLC-BSC-48DC/21

PLC-BSC-24UC/21

PLC-BSC-24DC/21

PLC-BSC-12DC/21

PLC-BSC-5DC/21

Screw connection

Relay modules

Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings

Relay options for PLC basic terminal blocks

X

X
X

X
X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
Operating voltage ranges for
PLC-INTERFACE, 6.2 mm versions,
equipped with relay

PLC-R...-12DC...

U
U N 1,4
1,3

1,3

1,2

1,2

1,1

A

1,1
UN= 12 V DC

1

UN= 24 V DC

1

0,9

0,9

0,8
0,7

PLC-R...-24DC...

U
U N 1,4

A

0,8

B
20

25

30

40

35

45

50

55

60

0,7

65

B
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

TU [ ° C]

PLC-R...-24UC...

U
U N 1,4
1,3

1,3

1,2

1,2

1,1

1,1
UN= 24 V DC / 24 V AC

1

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60 65
TU [ ° C]

PLC-R...-120UC...

U
U N 1,4

0,7

1,3

1,1
UN= 48 V DC

0,8

B
20

25

30

40

35

45

50

55

60

0,7

65

PLC-R...-125DC...

1,3

1,2

1,2

1,1

1,1

0,7

1

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

45

50

55

0,7

A

0,8

B
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

0,7

65

B
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

PLC-R...-12DC...

U
U N 1,4
1,3

1,3

1,2

1,2

A

1,1
UN= 12 V DC

1

UN= 24 V DC

1

0,9

0,9
B

0,8
20

25

B

0,8
30

35

40

45

50

55

60

0,7

65

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

TU [ ° C]

PLC-R...-24UC...

1,3

1,3

1,2

1,2

1,1

1,1
UN= 24 V DC / 24 V AC

1

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

1,3

1,1
UN= 48 V DC

PLC-R...-120UC...
UN= 110 V DC

A

1,3

0,9
B

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

1,1

1

1

0,7

UN= 110 V DC

UN= 120 V AC
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

TU [ ° C]

20

UN= 220 V DC

UN= 230 V AC

0,7

UN= 230 V AC

B
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

TU [ ° C]

1)

UN= 220 V DC

0,8

25

General conditions:
Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating time, horizontal
or vertical mounting.
Curve A
Maximum permissible continuous voltage Umax with limiting continuous
current on the contact side (see relevant technical data).
Curve B
Minimum permissible operate voltage Uop after pre-excitation1)
(see relevant technical data).

A

0,9
B

0,8

65

PLC-R...-230UC...

U
U N 1,4

1,1

0,9

60

0,7

TU [ ° C]

1,2

UN= 120 V DC

B

0,8

1,3

1,2

UN= 60 V DC

1

TU [ ° C]

U
U N 1,4

A

1,2

0,8
0,7

65

PLC-R...-60DC...

U
U N 1,4

0,9
B

0,8

60

TU [ ° C]

A

1

0,9

0,7

PLC-R...-48DC...

U
U N 1,4

A

65

PLC-R...-24DC...

U
U N 1,4

A

60

TU [ ° C]

1,1

U
U N 1,4

65

UN= 220 V DC / 230 V AC

TU [ ° C]

0,7

60

PLC-R...-230UC...

1

TU [ ° C]

Operating voltage ranges for
PLC-INTERFACE, 14 mm versions,
equipped with relay

40

0,9

0,8

B

35

1,1
UN= 125 V DC

0,9

0,8

30

U
U N 1,4

A

1,3

1

25

TU [ ° C]

1,2

0,9

B
20

TU [ ° C]

1,3

UN= 110 V DC / 120 V AC

UN= 60 V DC

1
0,9

U
U N 1,4

A

A

1,2

0,8

B

PLC-R...-60DC...

U
U N 1,4

0,9

0,8

65

TU [ ° C]

A

1

0,9

0,7

PLC-R...-48DC...

U
U N 1,4

A

60

65

TU [ ° C]

Pre-excitation: relay has been operated in a thermally steady
state at the ambient temperature TA with nominal voltage UN and
limiting continuous current on the contact side (see relevant technical data) (warm coil). After being switched off for a short time,
the relay must reliably pick up again at Uop. The Uop values for cold
coils (Tcoil = TA = 20°C) indicated by other manufacturers yield
better values, but are not practical.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

343

Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
Plug-in miniature power relays
REL-MR...21

REL-MR...21-21

5 mm design width

12.7 mm design width

Perforations for assembly: view of the connections

Perforations for assembly: view of the connections

1

1,3

1,9

5

5

1,28

1,2

1,3

Pitch division: 1.25 mm and 1.27 mm

Pitch division: 2.5 mm

12,7

29

5

15

15,7

3,5

3,6

28

Permissible input voltage range
for REL-MR...21

Permissible input voltage range
for REL-MR...21-21, REL-MR-24DC/1IC, REL-MR...21HC

U
UN

U
UN

3

3
2,5

2,5

A

A

2

2

1,5

1,5

1
0,5

1

B

0

10

20

30

40

B

50

60

70

80

90 100
TU [°C]

General conditions:
Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating time, horizontal
or vertical mounting.
Curve A
Maximum permissible continuous voltage Umax with limiting continuous
current on the contact side (see relevant technical data).
Curve B
Minimum permissible operate voltage Uop after pre-excitation1) (see relevant technical data).
1) Pre-excitation: relay has been operated in a thermally steady
state at the ambient temperature TA with nominal voltage UN and
limiting continuous current on the contact side (see relevant technical data) (warm coil). After being switched off for a short time,
the relay must reliably pick up again at Uop. The Uop values for cold
coils (Tcoil = TA = 20°C) indicated by other manufacturers yield
better values, but are not practical.

344

PHOENIX CONTACT

0,5

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90 100
TU [°C]

Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
Plug-in solid-state relays
OPT...DC/24DC/2
OPT...DC/230AC/1

OPT...DC/24DC/5
OPT...DC/230AC/2

5 mm design width

12.7 mm design width

Perforations for assembly: view of the connections

Perforations for assembly: view of the connections

1,3

1,3

1,9

5

1,28

1,2

1

Pitch division: 1.25 mm and 1.27 mm

Pitch division: 2.5 mm

29

5

3,6

15
3,5

Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/2 and PLC-OS.../24DC/2
solid-state relays

Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/5 and PLCOS.../24DC/5/ACT solid-state relays

5

2

Load current [A]

Load current [A]

3

1
0

0
10
20
30
40
50
Ambient temperature range [°C]

60

Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/1 and PLC-OS.../230AC/1
solid-state relays

Load current [A]

300

0

0
10
20
30
40
50
Ambient temperature range [°C]

60

4
3
2
1
0

0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature range [°C]

Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/2 and PLCOS.../230AC/2/ACT solid-state relays

750
Load current [mA]

12,7

15,7

28

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6
0

1
2

0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature range [°C]

1 Aligned with > 10 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

345

Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
Electrical interrupting rating for
PLC-INTERFACE

PLC-INTERFACE for railway
applications

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21
with 1 PDT relays

Electrical service life for PLC-RSP...UC/21RW

20

1

10

6

10

5

1

2
1

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

Cycles

Switching current [A]

10
6
4

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

50

70

100

200

300

10

4

0

2

4

6

8

Switching current [A]

1 250 V AC, ohmic load

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21-21
with 2 PDT relays

Electrical service life for PLC-RSP...UC/21-21/RW

107

20

2
1

1
4

10

6

1

2

3

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
50 70 100
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
3 DC, ohmic load
4 DC, L/R = 40 ms

200

300

Cycles

Switching current [A]

10
6
4

10

5

10

4

2

1
2
3
0
Switching current [A]

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

9

10

1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Electrical service life for PLC-RSP...UC/21HC/RW

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...1IC/ACT
for high inrush currents

107
20

6

10

5

10

4

1
2

1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]

50

70

100

200

300

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms

20
10
6
4
2
1

1
3

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

346

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
2
3
0
Switching current [A]

4

5

6

1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21HC
for high continuous currents

Switching current [A]

10

2

Cycles

Switching current [A]

10
6
4

50

70

100

200

300

7

8

Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
EMG-OV solid-state power relays

ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC...PRO
power circuit breaker solid-state relays
with signal logic

UEGM-OE/AV logic pulse expansion
module

Derating curve for EMG 17-OV...48DC/2

Derating curve for ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC...PRO

Time diagrams for UEGM-OE/AV-24DC/24DC/100

Scenario 1: input pulse tI < output pulse tO set

1
0

2
1

30
40
50
20
Ambient temperature [°C]
1 Aligned without spacing
2 Stand-alone device

60

Operating voltage present

4
3
2

UE

1 A type

24 V

1
0

40

30

20

50

60
t0

Ambient temperature [°C]

UA

tE

t

Output pulse tO

24 V

Time-current characteristic, 1 A version

1000
t0

tA Set

t

Scenario 2: input pulse tI  output pulse tO set: tI = tO

100

Operating voltage present

10

UE
24 V

Switching time [ms]

2

Load current [A]

3

1

Current limitation

t0
UA

tE

t

tA

t

Output pulse tO

24 V

0,1
IN

10

20

I [A]

30

t0

tA Set

Time-current characteristic, 4 A version

1000
Table of adjustable output pulse lengths

100

DIP switches1)
S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

S6

S7

S8

10

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

20

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

50

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

100

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

200

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

500

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1500

10

Switching time [ms]

Load current [A]

4 A type

1

Current limitation

Length of
output pulses [ms]
(when in
“on” switch
position)

0,1
IN

20

40

60

80

I [A]

1) If

no switch is actuated, the output voltage is not defined.

If the input pulse is longer than the set time, the output is switched
off almost simultaneously with the input.
Intermediate values can be obtained by combining several DIP
switches according to the following formula:

State diagram

Operating
state

Switching
level
Input

Light indicator,
yellow LED

Light indicator,
red LED

Not activated

L

L

L

Normal operation

H

H

L

Overload/short
circuit

H

H

H

Open circuit

L

L

H

Alarm contact/
CONTROL
1
Ttot = ––––––––––––
1 + 1 + ... + 1
t1 t2
tn

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

347

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE with two integrated
relays
Relay module with two permanently
soldered-in power relays
The advantages:
– 100% more channel density than the
conventional 6.2 mm relay
– Two switching channels in a 6.2 mm housing
– Integrated input circuit/protective circuit
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contacts and between
contacts
– Screw, spring-cage, and push-in technology

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Two integrated relays

A1.1+

13
K1
14

A2–

23
K2

A1.2+

24

Technical data
Input data
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input circuit DC
Output data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Test voltage output/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

[mA]
[ms]

①
7
4/6
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
3.5 A
5 mA

W/H/D

3 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
3 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

Ordering data
Description
PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
①
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①

348

PHOENIX CONTACT

Input voltage
UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

24 V DC

PLC-2RSC-24DC/ 11)

2987309

10

24 V DC

PLC-2RSP-24DC/

11)

2987312

10

24 V DC

PLC-2RPT-24DC/11)

2901639

10

Relay modules
PLC series

Application example for PLC-2RS...24DC/1

VCC

+-

A1.2 A1.2
A2– A2–
A1.1 A1.1

y1

14

14

13

13

23

23

24

24

y2

y3

y4

Operating voltage range

U
U N 1,4

A

1,3
1,2
1,1
UN= 24 V DC

Input voltage

1
0,9
B

0,8
0,7
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

TU [ ° C]

Ambient temperature

Interrupting rating

20

Switching current [A]

10
6
4
2
1

1

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]

50

70

100

200

300

1 DC, ohmic load

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

349

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE with
manual switch and relay

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.

Relay module with manual switch and integrated power relay for manual, zero, and
automatic functions
The advantages are:
– Max. switching current of 6 A
– Only 6.2 mm wide
– Floating confirmation contact
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
Module height: PLC-...-S/H = 90 mm; PLC-...-S/L: = 86 mm
PLC...H - manual operation
PLC...L - operation using screwdriver

Relay module with manual switch
and integrated relay

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571



A2
13

M
A1

0

14
2(CTL)

1(CTL)

Technical data
Input data
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input circuit AC/DC
Output data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Feedback
Operating mode “Automatic” floating

Application example PLC-RS...24UC/1/S...

VCC

+-

A1
A2
CTL2

General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

A
O
M

CTL1

M
13
14

[mA]
[ms]

①
②
11
11
6 / 15 6 / 15
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
(on request)
10 mA (at 12 V)
max. 30 V AC/DC / 50 mA
min. 2 V AC/DC / 1 mA

W/H/D

250 V AC
6 kV
-20°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 90 mm

Ordering data
Permissible input voltage range for PLC-RS...24UC/1/S...

Description

U
U N 1,4

PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
①
②
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①
②
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①
②

A

1,3
1,2
1,1
UN= 24 V DC / 24 V AC

1
0,9
0,8
0,7

B
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60 65
TU [ ° C]

Curve A
maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 6 A
Curve B
minimum operating voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting
continuous current = 6 A

350

PHOENIX CONTACT

Input voltage
UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC

PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/H
PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/L1)

2982236
2834876

10
10

24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC

PLC-RSP- 24UC/ 1/S/H
PLC-RSP- 24UC/ 1/S/L1)

2982249
2834889

10
10

24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC

PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/H1)
PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/L1)

2900328
2900327

10
10

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE with
manual switch without relay
Switching module without relay for manual,
zero, and automatic functions
The advantages:
– Only 6.2 mm wide
– Floating confirmation contact
– Screw and spring-cage connection technology

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
Module height: PLC-...-S/H = 90 mm; PLC-...-S/L: = 86 mm
PLC...H - manual operation
PLC...L - operation using screwdriver

Module with manual switch without relay



I

AUTO
0

A1

OUT

MANUELL

2(CTL)
1(CTL)

Technical data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Cycles, max.
Feedback
Operating mode “Automatic” floating
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Dimensions

72 V DC
2 V DC
50 mA
1 mA
100 (At 72 V DC / 50 mA) / 10000 (at 12 V DC / 100 mA)

≤ 72 V DC / 50 mA

W/H/D

85 V AC
0.5 kV / basic insulation
-20°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 90 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-SC-S/H
PLC-SC-S/L

2980733
2980775

10
10

PLC-SP-S/H
PLC-SP-S/L

2980746
2980788

10
10

PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection

PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
Application example PLC-S...S...

VCC

+-

OUT A1
A1

A2

I

A
O
M

1
11
14
2

12

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

351

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE with
an integrated solid-state relay
The slim 6.2 mm PLC housing with integrated electronics in various versions offers
the following advantages:
– Option of bridging adjacent modules
– Status display
– Protection circuits in input and output
– Wear-resistant and bounce-free switching
– Integrated protection circuit
– DC outputs of up to 300 V DC/1 A or up
to 24 V DC/10 A
– Electronic PDT output of up to
48 V DC/500 mA
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
The housings of the following modules are open on one side:
- PLC-OS...-...-300DC/1
- PLC-OS...-24DC/24DC/10/R

Power solid-state relay with
DC voltage output, max. 1 A

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571



14
A1

14

A2

13+

A2

13+

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Alarm output
Operating range
Output data
Max. / min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)
[mA]
[Hz]

①
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
15
50

②
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
6
50

③
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
8
50

④
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
5
50

⑤
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
5
50

⑥
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
3
50

⑦
0.8 1.1
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
5.6
10

⑧
0.8 1.1
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
8.4
10

-/300 V DC / 12 V DC
1 A (see derating curve)
< 500 mV

W/H/D

300 V
4 kV / basic insulation
-25°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

Ordering data
Description
PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
①
②
③
48 V DC ... 60 V DC
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①
②
③
48 V DC ... 60 V DC
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①
②
③
48 V DC ... 60 V DC
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧

352

PHOENIX CONTACT

Input voltage
UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PLC-OSC- 5DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSC- 12DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSC- 24DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSC- 60DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSC-110DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSC-220DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSC-120AC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSC-230AC/300DC/ 11)

2980652
2980665
2980678
2980681
2980694
2980704
2980717
2980720

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PLC-OSP- 5DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSP- 12DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSP- 24DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSP- 60DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSP-110DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSP-220DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSP-120AC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSP-230AC/300DC/ 11)

2980814
2980827
2980830
2980843
2980856
2980869
2980872
2980885

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PLC-OPT- 5DC/300DC/11)
PLC-OPT- 12DC/300DC/11)
PLC-OPT- 24DC/300DC/11)
PLC-OPT- 60DC/300DC/11)
PLC-OPT-110DC/300DC/11)
PLC-OPT-220DC/300DC/11)
PLC-OPT-120AC/300DC/11)
PLC-OPT-230AC/300DC/11)

2900381
2900382
2900383
2900384
2900385
2900387
2900388
2900389

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Relay modules
PLC series
Derating curve for PLC...300DC/1

D W
H

1
Load current [A]

D W
H

0,7

0

1

40
50
30
Ambient temperature [°C]

60

1 For input voltages 220 V DC and 230 V AC

Power solid-state relay with
short-circuit-proof DC voltage output,
max. 10 A, with feedback

Input solid-state relay with
DC voltage output,
max. 500 mA, with electronic PDT



Derating curve for PLC-...24DC/24DC/10/R


12
A1

A

A2

14

Load current [A]

10
0

A1

7

0
30

+
+24V

40

50

60

Ambient temperature [°C]

A2

11

A2

11

Err

Derating curve for PLC...24DC/48DC/500/W

Technical data

Technical data
③
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
3
1000

Load current [mA]

③
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
3
100
3 V DC ... 33 V DC (High active) / 100 mA

-/-

33 V DC / 5 V DC
10 A (see derating curve)
≤ 50 mV

48 V DC / 3 V DC
500 mA (see derating curve)
< 1.2 V

300 V
4 kV / basic insulation
-25°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

300 V
4 kV / basic insulation
-25°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

Ordering data

0,5
0,35

0

30

40

50

60

Ambient temperature [°C]

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R1)

2982702

10

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W1)

2980636

10

PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R1)

2982715

10

PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W1)

2980649

10

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/10/R1)

2900398

10

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W1)

2900378

10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

353

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE
Solid-state relays up to 100 kHz
A solid-state relay for the safe acquisition
of short pulses.
– Status display
– Bridging options
– Limit frequency of up to 100 kHz
– Push-pull stage on output side
– Features a capacitor on the input side for
interference suppression

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

with DC voltage output
Transmission frequency 100 kHz

A
A1
+
0

A2
–

+

A2
–

+

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level with reference to UN

1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)
[mA]
[µs]
[µs]
[kHz]

Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. switch-off time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input protection:
Output data
Operating voltage range
Limiting continuous current
Quiescent current
Residual voltage drop at “H”
Output circuit
Output protection
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

①
②
0.8 0.8 1.2
1.2
> 0.8
> 0.8
< 0.4
< 0.4
7
6
1.5
1.5
2
2
100
100
LED yellow, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

4 V DC ... 30 V DC
50 mA
4.3 mA
< 0.5 V
3-conductor, ground-referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

W/H/D

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C
DIN EN 50178
2 / II
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Input solid-state relay with push-in connection

354

PHOENIX CONTACT

①
②
Input solid-state relay with screw connection

5 V DC
24 V DC

PLC-OSC- 5DC/24DC/100KHZ1)
PLC-OSC- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ1)

2902963
2902964

1
1

①
②

5 V DC
24 V DC

PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ1)
PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ1)

2902969
2902970

1
1

Relay modules
PLC series

with DC voltage output push-pull
Transmission frequency 100 kHz

with DC voltage output push-pull
Transmission frequency 100 kHz

A
A1
+

A
A1
+

0

0

A2
–

+

A2
–

+

A2
–

+

A2
–

+

Technical data

Technical data

①
②
0.5 0.8 1.2
1.2
> 0.5 > 0.8
< 0.3 < 0.4
8
8
1
1
2
2
100
100
LED yellow, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

①
②
0.5 0.8 1.2
1.2
> 0.5
> 0.8
< 0.3
< 0.4
8
8
1
1
2
2
100
100
LED yellow, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

4 V DC ... 18 V DC
50 mA
8.5 mA
< 1.2 V
3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

14 V DC ... 30 V DC
50 mA
15 mA
< 2.2 V
3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C
DIN EN 50178
2 / II
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C
DIN EN 50178
2 / II
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1)
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1)

2902965
2902966

PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1)
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1)

2902971
2902972

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1

PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G1)
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G1)

2902967
2902968

1
1

1
1

PLC-OPT- 5DC/24DC/100KHZ-G1)
PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ-G1)

2902973
2902974

1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

355

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for
the TTL signal at the input

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.

The PLC-BSTTL/1 basic terminal block
is controlled using a TTL (5 V) input signal
and can be equipped with a mechanical relay
or a solid-state relay as an option. The basic
terminal block equipped with a robust miniature relay offers the following advantages:
– 6.2 mm slim design width
– Bridging options
– Status display
– Screw and spring-cage connection
– RTIII degree of protection
– Safe isolation in accordance with
EN 50178 (VDE 0160)
– 4 kVrms electrical isolation between coil
and contact.
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Basic terminal block, for fitting
with relay for TTL (5 V)



GND

13+

UVN

14

IN

Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage UVN
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to UVN

5 V DC
0.9 ... 1.2

Rated control supply current IVN
Rated actuating voltage Uc (IN)
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

41 mA
5 V DC (TTL)
0.9 ... 1.2

Rated actuating current IC
Typ. response time at Uc
Typ. release time for Uc
Input circuit

2.5 mA
4.5 ms
3.5 ms
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

Output data with:
Contact type

REL-MR-4,5DC/21 AU
Single contact, 1 N/O contact

REL-MR-4,5DC/21
Single contact, 1 N/O contact

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Air and creepage distances between the power circuits

AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
(on request)
10 mA (at 12 V)

250 V
6 kV
-20°C ... 60°C
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Mounting position / Assembly
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

W/H/D

Ordering data

Switching current [A]

20
10
6
4

1

2
1

10

20

30

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

Max. interrupting rating

356

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE
With screw connection
With spring-cage connection
With push-in connection

PLC-BSC-TTL/11)
PLC-BSP-TTL/11)
PLC-BPT-TTL/11)

2982689
2982692
2900458

10
10
10

2961370
2961367

10
10

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

Description

PHOENIX CONTACT

Accessories

300

Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact
with power contact

REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU
REL-MR- 4,5DC/21

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for
the TTL signal at the input
The PLC-BSTTL/1 basic terminal block
is controlled using a TTL (5 V) input signal
and can be equipped with a mechanical relay
or a solid-state relay as an option. The basic
terminal block equipped with a solid-state
relay offers the following advantages:
– 6.2 mm slim design width
– Bridging options
– Status display
– Screw and spring-cage connection
– IP67-protected solid-state relay electronic unit
– Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/3 A
– Alternative input or power solid-state relay
– Wear-free and output-free
– Integrated protection circuit
– Insensitive to vibrations and shocks
– 2.5 kVrms electrical isolation between input and output
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For derating curves see page 345
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Basic terminal block for fitting
with solid-state relay for TTL (5 V)



GND

13+

UVN

14

IN

Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage UVN
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to UVN

5 V DC
0.9 ... 1.2

Rated control supply current IVN
Rated actuating voltage Uc (IN)
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) (TTL signal)
Switching level 0 signal (“L”) (TTL signal)
Rated actuating current IC
Typ. response time/switch-on time at Uc
Typ. switch-off time at UC
Input circuit
Output data with:
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Output protection

11.5 mA
5 V DC (TTL)
> 2 V DC
< 0.8 V DC
2.5 mA
35 µs
320 µs
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
OPT-5DC/48DC/100
OPT-5DC/24DC/2
48 V DC
33 V DC
3 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
3A
Protection against polarity reversal, Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
<1V
< 200 mV

Voltage drop at limiting continuous current
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Air and creepage distances between the power circuits

250 V
6 kV/basic isolation
-20°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

W/H/D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE
With screw connection
With spring-cage connection
With push-in connection

PLC-BSC-TTL/11)
PLC-BSP-TTL/11)
PLC-BPT-TTL/11)

2982689
2982692
2900458

10
10
10

2967992
2967989

10
10

Accessories
Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state input relays
Solid-state power relays

OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100
OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

357

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for
the TTL signal at the output
The PLC-OS24DC/TTL with a built-in
solid-state relay can be used for fast and
wear-free switching of TTL (5 V) signals.
The module offers the following advantages:
– Switching capacity TTL (5 V), fan out = 1
– 6.2 mm slim design width
– Bridging options
– Status display
– Screw and spring-cage connection
– Integrated protection circuit
– Insensitive to vibrations and shocks
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input solid state relay
with TTL (5 V) output


A1
+

+

A1
+

+
+

A2
–

A

A2
–

0

A2
–

0

Technical data

Derating curve for PLC-OSP...24DC/3RW

2

Load current [A]

3
2,5

1

2

Input data
Rated actuating voltage UC
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2

Switching level 1 signal (“H”)
Switching level 0 signal (“L”)
Rated actuating current IC
Typ. switch-on time for Uc
Typ. switch-off time at UC
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit DC

> 0.8
< 0.4
3.4 mA
35 µs
35 µs
1 kHz
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

Output data with:
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

5 V DC
0.9 ... 1.2

Limiting continuous current

(A TTL load (Fan out = 1)/50 mA for switching mode)

Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Air and creepage distances between the power circuits

Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
< 80 mV

Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

250 V DC
4 kV / basic insulation
-25°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

W/H/D

1,5
1

Ordering data
20
30
40
50
60
Ambient temperature [°C]

70

1 Aligned without spacing
2 Aligned with  20 mm spacing

Load current [A]

Derating curve for PLC-OSP...110DC/3RW

3,5
3
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,5
0

358

20
35
40
50
60
Ambient temperature [°C]
PHOENIX CONTACT

70

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE
With screw connection
With spring-cage connection
With push-in connection

PLC-OSC- 24DC/TTL1)
PLC-OSP- 24DC/TTL1)
PLC-OPT- 24DC/TTL1)

2982728
2982731
2900363

10
10
10

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE with solid-state relays for railway applications
The PLC-OSP...RW interface modules are
intended for use as per DIN EN 50155
(VDE 0115 part 200) “Railway applications,
Part 200: Electronic devices in rail vehicles”.
The advantages:
– Temperature range -25°C to +70°C
– Input voltage range 0.7 - 1.25 x UN
– Shock resistance according to DIN 50155
(requirements according to EN 61373).
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology

D W
H

D W
H

Power solid-state relay
with DC voltage output, max. 3 A

Power solid-state relay
with DC voltage output, max. 3 A



Notes:



Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.

14

A1

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

14

A1

14

14

For derating curves see page 358
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

A2

13+

A2

13+

A2

13+

A2

13+

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. switch-off time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit DC
Output data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[Hz]

W/H/D

Technical data

①
⑥
0.7 0.7 1.25
1.25
≥ 0.6
≥ 0.6
≤ 0.3
≤ 0.3
8.5
3
0.04
0.08
0.2
0.6
300
100
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
> 0.6
> 0.6
> 0.6
> 0.6
> 0.6
> 0.6
< 0.4
< 0.4
< 0.3
< 0.3
< 0.3
< 0.3
12
12
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
0.4
0.4
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.4
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
50
50
300
300
300
300
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

33 V DC
3 V DC
3 A (see derating curve)
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
< 200 mV

140 V DC
12 V DC
3 A (see derating curve)
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
< 150 mV

250 V
4 kV / basic insulation
-25°C ... 70°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

160 V DC
4 kV / basic insulation
-25°C ... 70°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

Ordering data
Description
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥

Input voltage
UN

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

24 V DC
36 V DC
48 V DC
72 V DC
96 V DC
110 V DC

PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3RW

2980513

10

PLC-OSP-110DC/ 24DC/ 3RW

2980526

10

24 V DC
36 V DC
48 V DC
72 V DC
96 V DC
110 V DC

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/3RW1)

2900379

10

PLC-OPT-110DC/ 24DC/3RW1)

2900380

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-OSP- 24DC/110DC/ 3RW1)
PLC-OSP- 36DC/110DC/ 3RW1)
PLC-OSP- 48DC/110DC/ 3RW1)
PLC-OSP- 72DC/110DC/ 3RW1)
PLC-OSP- 96DC/110DC/ 3RW1)
PLC-OSP-110DC/110DC/ 3RW1)

2982511
2982524
2982537
2982540
2982553
2982566

10
10
10
10
10
10

PLC-OPT- 24DC/110DC/3RW1)
PLC-OPT- 36DC/110DC/3RW1)
PLC-OPT- 48DC/110DC/3RW1)
PLC-OPT- 72DC/110DC/3RW1)
PLC-OPT- 96DC/110DC/3RW1)
PLC-OPT-110DC/110DC/3RW1)

2900391
2900392
2900393
2900394
2900395
2900396

10
10
10
10
10
10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

359

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for
railway applications

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

Relay modules with extended input voltage and temperature range, specifically for
use in railway applications
The advantages:
– Temperature range -25°C to +70°C
– Input voltage range 0.7 to 1.25 x UN
– Vibration and shock resistance to
EN 50155
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Spring cage and push-in connection method

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Basic terminal block that can be fitted
with 1 PDT relay



A2

11

A1

14
12

Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Output data with:
Contact type

Permissible input voltage range for
PLC-BSP-24DC/21RW
(with REL-MR-18DC/21... relay)

1,5
1,4

A

1,3
1,2

Input voltage U/UN

1,1
1,0

UN= 24 V DC

0,9
0,8

B

0,7
0,6
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

Ambient temperature [°C]

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

24 V DC
See diagram
12 mA
5 ms
8 ms
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
REL-MR-18DC/21
REL-MR-18DC/21AU
Single contact, 1-PDT
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
3A
(on request)
10 mA (at 12 V)

W/H/D

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 70°C
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Curve A
Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 3 A
Curve B
Minimum operate voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting continuous current = 3 A

Ordering data
Description
PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for
plug-in miniature relay
With spring-cage connection
With push-in connection

Voltage UN

24 V DC
24 V DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BSP- 24DC/21RW1)
PLC-BPT- 24DC/21RW1)

2961396
2900261

10
10

2961383
2961493

10
10

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21
with 1 PDT relay

Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays
with power contact
with gold contact

20

Switching current [A]

10
6
4

1

2
1

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

360

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
PHOENIX CONTACT

50

70

AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

100

200

300

REL-MR- 18DC/21
REL-MR- 18DC/21AU

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for
railway applications

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

Relay module for input voltages with a
nominal frequency of 16.7 Hz
The advantages:
– Input nominal frequency 16.7 Hz
– Vibration and shock resistance to
EN 50155
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Spring cage and push-in connection method

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The values in parentheses then apply for further operation. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

For 16.7 Hz input frequency
with 2 PDTs


21
24
A2

11

A1

14

22

12
Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN
Input nominal frequency
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

Permissible input voltage range
for PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF

230 V AC
16.67 Hz
(refer to the diagram)
4.8 mA (with AC)
20 ms
60 ms
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
Single contact, 2-PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA

W/H/D

( 250 V AC/DC )
( 5 V AC/DC )
(6A)
(8A)
( 10 mA )

6 kV
-25°C ... 60°C
Approx. 3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data
Description

1,4

PLC-INTERFACE
With spring-cage connection
With push-in connection

1,3
1,2

Voltage UN

230 V AC
230 V AC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF1)
PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU/RWF1)

2968001
2900345

10
10

A

Input voltage U/UN

1,1
1

UN= 230 V AC

0,9
B

0,8
0,7
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

Ambient temperature [°C]
Curve A
maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 6 A
Curve B
minimum operating voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting
continuous current = 6 A

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

361

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for
railway applications
Relay modules with extended input voltage and temperature range, specifically designed for railway applications
The advantages:
– Certified to EN 50155
– Optimum relay operation thanks to widerange electronics
– Temperature range from -40°C to +70°C
(short-term 85°C)
– Input voltage range 0.7 to 1.25 x UN
(short-term 1.4 x UN)
– Vibration and shock resistance to
EN 50155
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Spring cage and push-in connection method

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
Electrical service life diagrams, see page 346
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

1 PDT



A2

11

A1

14
12

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input protection:

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

①
②
③
0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25
1.25
1.25
9
3
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode

Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 1-PDT

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
(on request)
10 mA (at 12 V)

AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA

4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C (Temperature class TX)
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 61373,
EN 50121
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
PLC-INTERFACE, with power contact
With spring-cage connection

Pcs. /
Pkt.

24 V DC
72 V DC
110 V DC
24 V DC
72 V DC
110 V DC

PLC-RSP- 24UC/21/RW1)
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21/RW1)
PLC-RSP-110UC/21/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21/RW1)
PLC-RPT-110UC/21/RW1)

2987011
2987037
2987053
2900318
2900319
2900320

10
10
10
10
10
10

①
②
③
①
②
③

24 V DC
72 V DC
110 V DC
24 V DC
72 V DC
110 V DC

PLC-RSP- 24UC/21AU/RW1)
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21AU/RW1)
PLC-RSP-110UC/21AU/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21AU/RW1)
PLC-RPT-110UC/21AU/RW1)

2987024
2987040
2987066
2900321
2900322
2900323

10
10
10
10
10
10

With push-in connection

PHOENIX CONTACT

Order No.

①
②
③
With push-in connection
①
②
③
PLC-INTERFACE, with hard gold-plated contact
With spring-cage connection

362

Type

Relay modules
PLC series
Derating curve for

D W
H

D W
H

PLC-RSP...21/RW
PLC-RSP...21AU/RW
PLC-RSP...21-21/RW
PLC-RSP...21-21AU/RW

7
Switching current [A]

6

2 PDT

5
4

3
2
1
0

0
30
35
40
45
Ambient temperature [°C]

55

50

60

65

70

200

300

1 PDT up to 10 A
Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21RW



20



10
6
4

24
A2

11

A1

14

11

22

A2
14
A1
12

12
Technical data

1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

1
10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]

50

70

100

Technical data

Single contact, 2-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

Single contact, 1-PDT

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
2x 6 A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
10 A (With inserted bridge 2967691)
30 A (300 ms)
10 mA

20
10
6
4

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-RSPPLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21/RW1)
PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21/RW1)
PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21/RW1)

2987105
2987121
2987147
2900346
2900347
2900348

10
10
10
10
10
10

PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21AU/RW1)
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21AU/RW1)
PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21AU/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21AU/RW1)
PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21AU/RW1)

2987118
2987134
2987150
2900349
2900350
2900351

10
10
10
10
10
10

1

Type

Order No.

24UC/21HC/RW1)

PLC-RSPPLC-RSP- 72UC/21HC/RW1)
PLC-RSP-110UC/21HC/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21HC/RW1)
PLC-RPT-110UC/21HC/RW1)

1
4

2

3

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]

50

70

100

200

300

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
3 DC, ohmic load
4 DC, L/R = 40 ms

Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21HC/RW

Ordering data
Order No.

2

5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C (Temperature class TX)
Approx. 3 x 107 cycles
EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 61373,
EN 50121
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

2987079
2987082
2987095
2900324
2900325
2900326

20

Pcs. /
Pkt.

10
10
10
10
10
10

10
6
4
Switching current [A]

5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C (Temperature class TX)
Approx. 3 x 107 cycles
EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 61373,
EN 50121
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21-21/RW

Switching current [A]

①
②
③
0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25
1.25
1.25
20
6
4.5
5
5
5
11
11
11
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode

24UC/21-21/RW1)

2

1 Ohmic load

①
②
③
0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25
1.25
1.25
20
6
4.5
5
5
5
11
11
11
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode

Type

Switching current [A]

21

2
1

1
3

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]

50

70

100

200

300

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

363

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC electronic sensor terminal block
for NAMUR proximity sensors
The PLC-...EIK 1-SVN electronic sensor
terminal block from Phoenix Contact converts the changeable resistance of a
NAMUR sensor unit into a digital signal that
can be read by all PLCs.
In addition, the electronics unit monitors
the sensor side for short-circuits or wire
breaks and reports this error via an integrated LED.
Due to a corresponding resistance circuit,
the PLC-...-EIK 1-SVN can be used to monitor all mechanical switches (N/C contact or
N/O contact) for short-circuits and/or wire
break.
In addition to a high packing density, this
switching amplifier features the following:
– Regulated power supply for the NAMUR
proximity switch
– 24 V/50 mA digital output for directly
connecting programmable logic controls
– Connection option for PLC-V8 adapter
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

For inductive proximity sensors according
to NAMUR, with light indicators
for sensor signal and faults


-

Out

Out

ERR
GND
UVN
UVN
24V
ERR

+

(M) (P)

Technical data
Supply
Input supply nominal voltage UVN
Typ. input current at UVN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit

24 V DC ±20%
Approx. 14 mA
Approx. 350 Hz
Green LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

Control circuit
No-load voltage
Switching points in accordance with EN 60947-5-6:

Application 1

+

ERR
OUT
U VN
GND

NAMUR initiator

Application 2

Protective circuit
Alarm output
Operating voltage range (positive switching)
Limiting continuous current
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
Output protection
Signal output
Limiting continuous current
Voltage drop UR at max. limiting continuous current
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

8.2 V DC ±10%
≥ 2.1 mA (In conductive state)
≤ 1.2 mA (In blocking state)
6.3 mA ... 10 mA (in the event of a short-circuit)
0 mA ... 0.35 mA (In the event of a wire break)
Surge protection
(UVN - URes)
50 mA
≤ 1.5 V (UR)
Red LED, Surge protection
50 mA
≤ 1.5 V (UR)
Surge protection

W/H/D

50 V DC
0.4 kV / Basic isolation
-25°C ... 50°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2/I
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

Ordering data

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR
+

ERR

1k
10k

OUT

Description

U VN

Switching amplifier electronic terminal block, positive switching

GND

Limit switch

With screw connection
With spring-cage connection
With push-in connection

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P1)
PLC-SP-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P1)
PLC-PT-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P1)

2982663
2982676
2900397

10
10
10

2941662

50

Accessories
Double-level terminal block, with preassembled resistors
Initiator state

Switching level

LED

OUT

ERR

Green

Red

conductive

L

L

OFF

OFF

blocking

H

L

ON

OFF

short circuit

L

H

OFF

ON

open circuit

L

H

OFF

ON

364

PHOENIX CONTACT

With screw connection

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC series
Electronic reversing load relay for
DC motors
The PLC-S...-ELR W 1/2-24DC electronic
reversing load relays are used to switch mechanically commutated DC motors up to
24 V/2 A.
– Wear-free reversing
– Braking by controlling both inputs
– Short-circuit and surge- and overloadproof output
– Integrated locking circuit and load wiring
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
PWM = Pulse Width Modulation
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

With overload and short-circuit-proof output


UV

T

M+

R
L

M-

GND

Technical data

Application example for PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC

Input data
Control voltage UST right/left
Control input current IST right/left
Input protection:

24 V DC ±20%
Approx. 3 mA
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

PWM option
Max. clock frequency of the PWM at the control inputs

1000 Hz

Pulse width repetition rate of the PWM
Output data
Supply voltage range UV
Quiescent current
Output protection

R

0% ... 100%
10 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 mA
Green LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

T
L

Motor switching output
Continuous current IA max.
Current limitation at short-circuits
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Mounting position
Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

L
R

U

GND

VCC

24 V
M+

+-

M-

M

Status table
Input

2 A (see derating curve)
15 A (during braking)

W/H/D

50 V DC
0.5 kV / basic insulation
-25°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / II
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
In rows with zero spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

Output

Ordering data
Right

Left

M+

M–

0

0

1

0

+24 V

GND

0

1

GND

+24 V

1

1

GND

GND

High resistance High resistance

Description

Type

Order No.

PLC-SC-ELR W1/ 2-24DC1)
PLC-SP-ELR W1/ 2-24DC1)

2980539
2980555

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Electronic reversing load relays, for driving DC motors,
with light indicator and protection circuit
With screw connection
With spring-cage connection

1
1

Load current [A]

Derating curve for PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC

2
1,5
1

2
1
30
40
50
20
Ambient temperature [°C]

60

1 Aligned without spacing
2 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

365

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE
Pulse expansion module
A solid-state relay for acquiring and extending short pulses.
– Pulse detection can be set from > 0.1 ms
or > 2 ms
– Status display
– Delay times of 10 to 2550, can be set via
DIP switches
– Bridging options
– Can be retriggered
– Screw and push-in connection technology

With DC voltage output
Max. 100 mA

US

GND

A1+

+
A

A2-

0

Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2

Rated control supply current IS
Input low, output low
Input high, output high
Rated actuating voltage UC
Rated actuating current IC
Switching threshold “0” signal in reference to UC
Switching threshold “1” signal in reference to UC
Status indication
Operating voltage display
Input circuit
Output data
Output voltage range UE
Limiting continuous current
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
Output circuit
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

13 mA
19 mA
24 V DC
3 mA
< 0.4
> 0.8
Yellow LED
Green LED
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
3 V DC ... 48 V DC
100 mA
< 1 V DC
3-conductor, ground-referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection, Free running

W/H/D

50 V DC
0.5 kV
-25°C ... 60°C
DIN EN 50178
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PLC-OSC-LPE-24DC/48DC/100

2903171

1

PLC-OPT-LPE-24DC/48DC/100

2903173

1

PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection

366

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
UCC
U
24 V
V
24

U
UEE

t00

tININ

t

24
24 V
V

t00

tDIP/OUT

t

Input pulse t1 < set output pulse t3
(no restart when triggered again)

U
UCC
24 V
V
24

U
UEE

t00

tININ

t

tOUT

t

24 V
V
24

t00

tDIP

Input pulse t1 ≥ set output pulse t3, then input pulse t1 = output pulse t2
(no restart when triggered again)

U
UCC
24
24 V
V

U
UEE

t00 tININ t00

tININ

t

24 V
V
24

t00

tOUT

tDIP

t

Input pulse t1 < set output pulse t3
(restart when triggered again)

DIP

S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

S6

S7

S8

10

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

20

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

40

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

80

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

160

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

320

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

640

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1280

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

367

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC accessories

The PLC-ESK power terminal helps with
supplying the bridge potentials; the PLCATP partition plate helps with optical and
safe disconnection of the adjacent PLC
modules. The PLC-BP (A1-14) passive
feed-through bridge is used instead of a relay and connects the A1 and 14 terminal
points.

D W
H

Ordering data
Description

Color

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

gray
Separating plate, thickness 2 mm, required at the start and end of a
PLC terminal strip. It is also used for visual separation of groups, safe
isolation of different voltages of neighboring PLC interfaces as per
DIN EN 50178/VDE0160, separation of neighboring bridges of different potentials, and separation of PLC interfaces at voltages > 250 V

PLC-ESK GY

2966508

5

black

PLC-ATP BK

2966841

25

SZF 1-0,6X3,5

1204517

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BP A1-14

2980283

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

ZB 6,LGS:FORTL.ZAHLEN

1051016

10

Power terminal block, for supply of up to four potentials, with the
same shape as PLC standard series, max. 32 A/250 V AC

Screwdriver
Blade: 0.6 x 3.5 x 100 mm, length: 181 mm
Passive feed-through bridge, can be plugged in instead of relay
or solid-state relay, bridges terminal points A1 and 14
black

PLC accessories

The colored isolated FBST plug-in bridges
are not required for the PLC interface up to
70%. The 500 mm long FBST 500-PLC
“endless bridges” are especially effective.
The 2-pos. FBST 6 single plug-in bridges
are especially suited for bridging a smaller
number of PLC modules.

Ordering data
Description

Color

Cont. plug-in bridge, 500 mm long, isolated, can be cut to length,
for potential distribution
Nominal current: 32 A
red
blue
gray
Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 6 mm long,
for potential distribution
Nominal current: 6 A
red
blue
gray
Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 8 mm long,
for potential distribution with a partition plate
Nominal current: 6 A
gray
Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 14 mm long, insulated,
for potential distribution
Nominal current: 10 A
black
Zack marker strip, printed horizontally, 10-section,
with consecutive numbers, e.g., 1-10, 11-20, etc. up to 91-100

368

PHOENIX CONTACT

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

FBST 500-PLC RD
FBST 500-PLC BU
FBST 500-PLC GY

2966786
2966692
2966838

20
20
20

FBST 6-PLC RD
FBST 6-PLC BU
FBST 6-PLC GY

2966236
2966812
2966825

50
50
50

FBST 8-PLC GY

2967688

50

FBST 14-PLC BK

2967691

50

Relay modules
PLC series
Adapter for PLC-INTERFACE

PLC-V8/... are VARIOFACE adapters
which connect the 6.2 mm wide PLC RELAY
modules to the VARIOFACE system cabling
Notes:
For cross-reference list with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules,
see page 488

VARIOFACE adapter
for 6.2 mm PLC-INTERFACE

VARIOFACE adapter
for 14 mm PLC-INTERFACE


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Test voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Power supply
Signal level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

24 V DC ±25%
1 A (per signal path)
3A
500 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
100 mm / 94 mm

24 V DC ±25%
1 A (per signal path)
3A
500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
100 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT

2299660

1

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M

2304306

1

V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with F
LK connection, for PLC system cabling, positive switching
OUTPUT
14
49.6 mm
INPUT
14
49.6 mm
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm),
with FLK connection, for PLC system cabling, negative switching

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT
PLC-V8/FLK14/IN

2295554
2296553

1
1

OUTPUT
14
INPUT
14
V8 output adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm),
with 15-pos. D-SUB connection

49.6 mm
49.6 mm

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M
PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M

2304102
2304115

1
1

Pin strip
15
Socket strip
15
V8 input adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm),
with 15-pos. D-SUB connection

49.6 mm
49.6 mm

PLC-V8/D15S/OUT
PLC-V8/D15B/OUT

2296058
2296061

1
1

PLC-V8/D15S/IN
PLC-V8/D15B/IN

2296074
2296087

1
1

Pin strip
15
49.6 mm
Socket strip
15
49.6 mm
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with FLK connection,
for PLC system cabling, positive switching
14
112.3 mm
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with FLK connection,
for PLC system cabling, negative switching
14

112.3 mm

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

369

Relay modules
PR series

The PR series is a low-priced relay modular system, consisting of DIN rail bases, relays, plug-in input/interference suppression
modules, engagement levers, and the
matching marking labels and universal bridging materials for all bases. The modules are
largely compatible with the usual standards
on the market, have the major international
approvals and are therefore accepted worldwide.
Besides the familiar relay bases with the
screw connection method, relay bases with
the spring-cage connection method for miniature power relays with one or two PDT
contacts and for industrial relays with two
or four PDT contacts are available in the PR
series. The connections in these bases are
configured with double spring cages for free,
simple bridging of all potentials.
The PR series also boasts its own particular features:
– Relay retaining bracket: The EL... plastic
relay retaining bracket, with which the relays can be held and, if necessary, ejected,
have an exposed, smooth, large equipment marking area for standard self-adhesive labels that can be printed easily and
inexpensively using standard printers.
When fitted, the engagement lever is securely connected to the base, which
means that the labeling cannot be lost.
– Industrial relays: All REL-IR... industrial relays have as standard an LED status display
370

PHOENIX CONTACT

and all DC types also have an integrated
freewheeling diode. In most cases, this
eliminates the plug-in input modules that
are otherwise also used.
– Plug-in input modules with RC element:
most standard input/interference suppression modules with an RC element
used for compensation of interference
coupling on long lines or in the event of
leakage currents from electronic AC outputs have only low capacitance values.
This greatly limits the filter effect. In contrast, the RC-120-230UC and RC3-120230UC plug-in module series for mains
voltage applications have a filter function
that is improved up to a factor of 10. Unlike with the discharge resistors that are
normally used for such applications, using
RC plug-in modules gives rise to no additional heating!

Relay modules
PR series

PR1 series
The narrow 16 mm PR1 base series for
relays with one or two contacts is available
with a screw or spring-cage connection
method. Both the traditional 2/2-level bases
and two modern “logical” 1/3-level versions
with fully opposite coil and contact connections are available.

PR2 series
The PR2 base series accommodates plugin industrial relays with two or four PDT
contacts. Like the PR1 series, the bases are
available with screw and spring-cage connection methods, as well as in the traditional 2/2-level and modern “logical” 1/3-level
versions.

PR3 series
The robust octal relays with two or three
PDT contacts that are widely used in some
areas fit on the PR3 base with touch-protected screw connections. All the base connections have a wide connection cross section and are arranged on one level with
good accessibility.

The active components of the PR1 modular system include various miniature power
relays (optionally available with manual test
function) and electronic solid-state relays.
Matching relay retaining brackets with integrated marking area prevent them from being shaken loose. Depending on requirements, input/interference suppression
modules with various functions can also be
plugged in. Marking labels and loop bridges
in various colors that are suitable for universal use with all PR bases complete the
range of accessories.

The PR2 modular system is specifically
designed for plug-in industrial relays. Industrial relays from Phoenix Contact feature
the following as standard: a manual test button, switch position indicator, status LED,
and freewheeling diode (DC coils only). Interference suppression modules with a varistor or RC element can also be plugged in
as an option. Relay retaining brackets with
integrated marking areas prevent the relays
from being shaken loose. Marking labels and
loop bridges in various colors that are suitable for universal use with all PR bases complete the range of accessories.

The PR3 modular system is specifically
designed for the robust octal relays. The relays have a switch position indicator and a
manual test button and there is a wire
bracket to prevent them from being shaken
loose. Input/interference suppression modules with various functions can also be
plugged in as an option. The base can be
marked with an 8 x 20 mm standard adhesive label. Loop bridges in various colors for
universal use round off the range of accessories.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

371

Relay modules
PR series
Modular PR1 relay base

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.

Range of relay bases that can be fitted
with 1 PDT or 2 PDT relay or solid-state
relay
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input modules/interference suppression modules
– Relay retaining bracket with labeling field
and ejection function
– Marking labels
– Loop bridges

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

D W
H

2/2-level design with
screw connection


Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height

300 V AC/DC
12 A
-25°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
16 mm
63 mm (EL1-P16)
71 mm (EL1-P25)
75 mm

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR1-BSC2/2X21

2833518

10

for 16 mm tall miniature power relay and solid-state relay

EL1-P16

2833547

10

for 25 mm tall miniature switching relay and solid-state relay

EL1-P25

2833550

10

MP 1

2833631

10

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

2821180
2820916
2820929

1
1
1

Description
Relay base PR1, 2/2-level design, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including ten MP1 marking
labels per pack
With screw connection
Relay base PR1, 1/3-level design, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including ten MP1 marking
labels per pack
With screw connection
Relay base PR1, 1/3-level design, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including ten MP1 marking
labels per pack
With spring-cage connection
Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and integrated equipment marking area (7.5 x 15 mm), suitable for relay socket PR1

Accessories
Equipment marking label, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm

Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface
6 x 15 mm
2500 labels per roll
Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm,
0.5 mm2
blue
black
gray

372

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PR series
D W
H

D W
H

1/3-level design with
screw connection

1/3-level design with
spring-cage connection



Relay retaining bracket


Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

300 V AC/DC
12 A

300 V AC/DC
10 A

-

-25°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

-25°C ... 85°C
0.5 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

-

16 mm
71 mm (EL1-P16)
79 mm (EL1-P25)
78.5 mm

16 mm
72 mm (EL1-P16)
80 mm (EL1-P25)
97 mm

-

Ordering data

-

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR1-BSC3/2X21

2833521

10

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR1-BSP3/2X21

2833534

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EL1-P16

2833547

10

EL1-P16

2833547

10

EL1-P16

2833547

10

EL1-P25

2833550

10

EL1-P25

2833550

10

EL1-P25

2833550

10

Accessories

Accessories

MP 1

2833631

10

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

2821180
2820916
2820929

Accessories

MP 1

2833631

10

1

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

1
1
1

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

2821180
2820916
2820929

1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

373

Relay modules
PR series
Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in miniature power relays with
1 or 2 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1, PR1,
and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Power contacts up to 16 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection up to RT III
(comparable with IP67) depending on
type
1 PDT relay

2 PDT relay

Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.





A1

A1

12

11

14

A2

A2

22

21

24

12

11

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
250 V AC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
33
17
8.7
7
7
7

3

3

3

Technical data

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

8.2
7

4.1
7

32

7

3

3 - 12

3 - 12

3 - 12

2-9

2-9

2-9

3

3

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
33
17
8.7
7
7
7

3

Plug-in miniature power relays
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact

374

PHOENIX CONTACT

⑥

⑦

⑧

8.2
7

4.1
7

32

7

3

3 - 12

3 - 12

3 - 12

2-9

2-9

2-9

3

3

Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
16 A
25 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA)
8A
12 A (20 ms)
10 mA (At 5 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

4000 VA

-

2000 VA

-

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
1 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

3

⑤

Single contact, 1-PDT

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
1 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Description

3

④

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧

12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC
REL-MR- 48DC/21HC
REL-MR- 60DC/21HC
REL-MR-110DC/21HC
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC
REL-MR-120AC/21HC
REL-MR-230AC/21HC

2961309
2961312
2834821
2961325
2961338
2961406
2961419
2961422

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21
REL-MR-110DC/21-21
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21
REL-MR-120AC/21-21
REL-MR-230AC/21-21

2961257
2961192
2834834
2961273
2961202
2961435
2961448
2961451

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧

12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU

2961532
2961545

10
10

REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU
REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU
REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU

2961561
2961503
2961516
2961529

10
10
10
10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU
REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU
REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU

2961299
2961215
2834847
2961286
2961228
2961464
2961477
2961480

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Relay modules
PR series

REL-MR...21HC... (1 PDT)
Interrupting rating

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

107

1
2

1
0,8

2
1
0

10

20

30

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]

2

3

1

10

20

30

10

6

10

5

10

4

2

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

1 DC coils
2 AC coils

1

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

100

1

10
6
4

Cycles

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

0,6

Electrical service life

20
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-MR...21-21... (2 PDTs)
Interrupting rating

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

107

2

1
0,8

2
1
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90 100

Ambient temperature [°C]

10
6
4

1

2

4

1

0,1

10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms

10

6

10

5

10

4

2

1

0,5
0,3
0,2

1
2
3
4

1 DC coils
2 AC coils

3

Cycles

1

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

0,6

Electrical service life

20
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

300

2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

375

Relay modules
PR series
Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in miniature power relays with
1 or 2 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1 and
PR1 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– With lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling diode
– Can be soldered in on PCB

1 PDT relay

2 PDT relay



Notes:



If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.

A1

A1

12

11

14

A2

A2

22

21

24

12

11

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
250 V AC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
18
32
7
9
3 - 12 3 - 12

Technical data

④

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
18
32
7
9
3 - 12 3 - 12

3.5

6
2-8

2-8

2-8

3 - 12

2-8

2-8

Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
16 A
32 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
12 V (At 1 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 12 V)

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
8A
16 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
12 V (At 1 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 12 V)

4000 VA

-

2000 VA

-

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C
5 x 106 cycles
See diagram
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

3.5

6
2-8

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C
5 x 106 cycles
See diagram
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

24 V DC

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS

2987888

- Status LED
②
24 V AC
- Status LED
③
120 V AC
- Status LED
④
230 V AC
Plug-in miniature power relays with manual test function, with
hard gold-plated multi-layer contacts, mechanical switch position
indicator
- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2①
24 V DC

REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS

2987891
2987901
2987914

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS

Description

④

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS

2987943

10

10
10
10

REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS

2987956
2987969
2987972

10
10
10

2987927

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS

2987985

10

2987930

10

REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS

2987998

10

Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts
- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2-

- Status LED

376

PHOENIX CONTACT

①

④

230 V AC

Relay modules
PR series

REL-MR...21HC...MS (1 PDT)
Electrical service life

107

20

1

10

Cycles

2,6
2,4
2,2
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6

Interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

5
2

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]
DC coils, 0 A contact current
DC coils, 16 A contact current
AC coils, 0 A contact current
AC coils, 16 A contact current
10

20

30

10

5

10

4

1

2

0,1
10

100

6

1
0,5
0,2

0

10

20

30

50

70

100

200

300 400 500

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load

Switching voltage [V]

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-MR...21-21...MS (2 PDTs)
Electrical service life

107

20

1

10

1
2
3
4

Cycles

2,6
2,4
2,2
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6

Interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

5

2

2

3

10

6

10

5

10

4

1

1
0,5
0,2

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]
1 DC coils, 0 A contact current
2 DC coils, 16 A contact current
3 AC coils, 0 A contact current
4 AC coils, 16 A contact current

0

10

20

30

100

0,1
10

20

30

50

70

100

200

300 400 500

Switching voltage [V]

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
3 DC, ohmic load

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

377

Relay modules
PR series
Modular PR2 relay base

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.

Range of relay bases that can be fitted
with 2 PDT or 4 PDT relays
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input modules/interference suppression modules
– Relay retaining bracket with labeling field
and ejection function
– Marking labels
– Loop bridges

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

D W
H

2/2-level design with
screw connection


Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height

300 V AC/DC
12 A
-25°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
27 mm
84 mm (EL2-P35)
75 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR2-BSC2/4X21

2833563

10

2833592

10

MP 2

2833644

10

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

2821180
2820916
2820929

1
1
1

Relay base PR2-B, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four
PDTs, 2/2-level design, connection option for input/interference
suppression module, including ten MP2 marking labels per packaging
With screw connection
Relay base PR2-B, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four
PDTs, 1/3-level design, connection option for input/interference
suppression module, including ten MP2 marking labels per packaging
With screw connection
Relay base PR2-B, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four
PDTs, 1/3-level design, connection option for input/interference
suppression module, including ten MP1 marking labels per packaging
With spring-cage connection
Relay retaining bracket, with eject function and integrated device
marking area (8 x 25 mm), to suit relay base PR2, for 35 mm high
industrial relay
EL2-P35

Accessories
Equipment marking label, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm

Equipment marking label, labeling surface 9 x 25 mm

Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface
6 x 15 mm
2500 labels per roll
Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm,
0.5 mm2
blue
black
gray

378

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PR series
D W
H

D W
H

1/3-level design with
screw connection

1/3-level design with
spring-cage connection



Relay retaining bracket


Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

300 V AC/DC
12 A

300 V AC/DC
10 A

-

-25°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

-25°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

-

27 mm
86 mm (EL2-P35)
78.5 mm

31 mm
84 mm (EL2-P35)
95 mm

-

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR2-BSC3/4X21

2833576

10

EL2-P35

2833592

10

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR2-BSP3/4X21

2833589

10

2833592

10

EL2-P35

Accessories

Type

EL2-P35

Accessories

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2833592

10

Accessories

MP 1

2833631

10

MP 2

2833644

10

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

2821180
2820916
2820929

1
1
1

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

2821180
2820916
2820929

1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

379

Relay modules
PR series
Plug-in industrial relays suitable for
PR2 relay base
Plug-in industrial relays with 2 or 4 PDT
contacts, suitable for PR2 and RIF-2 relay
bases.
The advantages:
– Lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling diode

2 PDT relay with
power contacts

4 PDT relay with
multi-layer gold contact

Notes:
For 48 V DC and 60 V DC types, see
www.phoenixcontact.net/products





21

24

22

A1

A2
14

12

Technical data

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

250 V AC

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
75
38
10
13
13
13

5

5

5

44

42

31

34

32

21

24

22

11

14

12

A2
11

Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( AC, depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( AC, depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

41
A1

Technical data

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

7.2
13

3.6
13

54

11

5

4 - 10

4 - 10

4 - 10

3 - 12

3 - 12

3 - 12

5

5

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
75
38
10
13
13
13

5

5

5

Single contact, 2-PDT
Ag
250 V AC/DC
5V
10 A
1 mA

Single contact, 4-PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC/DC
1V
5A
1 mA

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

7.2
13

3.6
13

54

11

5

4 - 10

4 - 10

4 - 10

3 - 12

3 - 12

3 - 12

5

5

2500 VA

1250 VA

General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-55°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
5 x 107 cycles
See diagram
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-55°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
5 x 107 cycles
See diagram
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Mounting position/mounting

Any / On relay base PR2

Any / On relay base PR2

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Plug-in industrial relay with a test button, status LED, mechanical
switch position indicator
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 ①
12 V DC
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 ②
24 V DC
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 ③
110 V DC
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 ④
125 V DC
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 ⑤
220 V DC
⑥
24 V AC
⑦
120 V AC
⑧
230 V AC
Plug-in industrial relay with a test button, status LED, mechanical
switch position indicator (Japanese standard)
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 +
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 +
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 +
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 +

380

PHOENIX CONTACT

①
②
③
④

12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
110 V DC

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP-110DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP-125DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP-220DC/2X21
REL-IR/L- 24AC/2X21
REL-IR/L-120AC/2X21
REL-IR/L-230AC/2X21

2834012
2834025
2834041
2834960
2834957
2834054
2834067
2834070

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP-110DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP-125DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP-220DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/L- 24AC/4X21AU
REL-IR/L-120AC/4X21AU
REL-IR/L-230AC/4X21AU

2834083
2834096
2834119
2834313
2834973
2834122
2834135
2834148

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM-110DC/2X21

2834151
2834164
2834177
2834180

10
10
10
10

REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDM-110DC/4X21AU

2834193
2834203
2834216
2834229

10
10
10
10

Relay modules
PR series

REL-IR...2x21 (2 PDTs)
AC interrupting rating

20

1,6

10
6
4

1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

Cycles

1
0,5
0,3
0,2

10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

3

1

1

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10

2

2

300

10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

1 Ohmic load
2 ohmic load, contacts in series
3 L/R < 7 ms

Service life reduction factor

1

2

0,8
Reduction factor

10

10
6
4

1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4

1

6

2

80

Electrical service life

10

20

1

2

0,1

0,6

DC interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

1,8
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

5

0,6

0,4

4

0

2

4

6

8

10

0,3

Switching current [A]

1

0,8

0,6

0,4

COS j

0,2

1 250 V AC, ohmic load
2 30 V DC, ohmic load

REL-IR...4x21AU (4 PDTs)
AC interrupting rating

20

1,6

10
6
4

1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

10

10
6
4

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

1

1

4

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10

3

2

10

1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4

1
2
3
4

20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
L/R < 7 ms
ohmic load
ohmic load, 2 contacts in series
ohmic load, 4 contacts in series

300

Service life reduction factor

1
0,8
Reduction factor

Cycles

0,5
0,3
0,2

2
10

2

1

1

6

1

80

Electrical service life

10

20

2

0,1

0

DC interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

1,8
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

5

0,6

0,4

4

0

1

2

3

4

Switching current [A]

5

0,3

1

0,8

0,6

0,4

COS j

0,2

1 250 V AC, ohmic load
2 30 V DC, ohmic load

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

381

Relay modules
PR series
Modular PR3 relay base

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.

Range of relay bases that can be fitted
with 2 PDT or 3 PDT relays
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input modules/interference suppression modules
– Relay retaining bracket
– Loop bridges

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

D W
H

Relay base for
2 PDT octal relay


Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height

400 V AC/DC
10 A
-40°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
38 mm
84 mm (EL3-M52)
75 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR3-BSC1/2X21

2833602

10

2833628

10

2821180
2820916
2820929

1
1
1

Relay base PR3, for octal relay REL-OR with two PDTs,
plug-in option for input/interference suppression modules
With screw connection
Relay base PR3, for octal relay REL-OR with three PDTs,
plug-in option for input/interference suppression modules
With screw connection
Relay retaining bracket, wiring to suit relay base PR3,
for 52 mm high octal relay
EL3-M52

Accessories
Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm,
0.5 mm2
blue
black
gray

382

PHOENIX CONTACT

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

Relay modules
PR series
D W
H

Relay base for
3 PDT octal relay

Relay retaining bracket


Technical data

Technical data

400 V AC/DC
10 A

-

-40°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

-

38 mm
84 mm (EL3-M52)
75 mm

-

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR3-BSC1/3X21

2833615

10

2833628

10

EL3-M52

Accessories

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

Type

EL3-M52

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2833628

10

Accessories

2821180
2820916
2820929

1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

383

Relay modules
PR series
Plug-in octal relays suitable for
PR3 relay base
Plug-in octal relays with 2 or 3 PDT contacts, suitable for PR3 and RIF-3 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Extremely robust design

2 PDT relay with
power contacts

3 PDT relay with
power contacts




(A1)

(14)

(14)
2

(A1)

3

(11) 1

4

8

5

(21)

3
2

(12)

(11)

(31)

(22)

6

(A2)

1

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

250 V AC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting

①
56
12

②
110

③
22

④
10

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

7

Input voltage
UN

9

(24)

8

(32)

Technical data
①
56
12

6

②
110

③
22

④
10

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

6

Single contact, 2-PDT
AgSnIn
250 V AC/DC
1V
10 A (N/O contact)
10 mA

Single contact, three PDTs
AgSnIn
250 V AC/DC
1V
10 A (N/O contact)
10 mA

2500 VA

2500 VA

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
10 x 106 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664
Any / On relay base PR3

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
10 x 106 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664
Any / On relay base PR3

Ordering data
Description

6

11

(34)

Technical data
Input data
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( AC, depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( AC, depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

(22)
(21)

(A2)

(24)

(12)
5

10
7

4

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-OR- 24DC/2X21
REL-OR- 24AC/2X21
REL-OR-120AC/2X21
REL-OR-230AC/2X21

2834232
2834245
2834258
2834261

10
10
10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-OR- 24DC/3X21
REL-OR- 24AC/3X21
REL-OR-120AC/3X21
REL-OR-230AC/3X21

2834274
2834287
2834290
2834300

10
10
10
10

Plug-in octal relay with power contacts, with a test button and
mechanical switch position indicator
①
②
③
④

384

PHOENIX CONTACT

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

Relay modules
PR series

REL-OR...2x21 (2 PDTs)
Interrupting rating

Electrical service life

3

7
5

10

1

2

0,9

1
10

3

6

Reduction factor

1

10

Cycles

Switching current [A]

20

1

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

5

2

10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

10

300

4

0

2

4

6
8
10
Switching current [A]

12

0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

1 250V AC, ohmic load
2 120VDC, ohmic load
3 28V DC, ohmic load

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-OR...3x21 (3 PDTs)
Interrupting rating

Electrical service life

3

7
5

10

1

2

0,9

1
10

3

6

Reduction factor

1

10

Cycles

Switching current [A]

20

1

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

5

2

10

20

30

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

10

4

0

2

4

6
8
10
Switching current [A]

12

0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

1 250V AC, ohmic load
2 120VDC, ohmic load
3 28V DC, ohmic load

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

PHOENIX CONTACT

385

Relay modules
PR series
Plug-in octal relays for
high DC loads
Plug-in octal relays with two N/O contacts connected in series suitable for PR3
and RIF-3 relay bases.
The relays are specially designed for
switching high DC loads.
Further advantages:
– Full shutdown by means of 2 x 1.7 mm
contact opening
– With lockable manual operation
– Integrated status LED
– Integrated freewheeling diode with
DC types

1 N/O contact, with blow magnet

1 N/O contact




(-)
A1

14

12

A1

22

11

14

12
22

11

21

21

31

31
A2

24
34

A2

32

24
34

32

(+)

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
250 V AC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
55
13
7
20
20
20

30

30

Technical data

④

⑤

⑥

100

22

11

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
55
13
7
20
20
20

30

30

Input voltage
UN

⑤

⑥

100

22

11

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

30

Single contact, 1 N/O contact (series connection, 2 N/O contacts)
with blowout magnet
AgNi
250 V AC / 220 V DC
10 V (at 10 mA)
10 A
10 mA (at 10 V)

Single contact, 1 N/O contact (series connection, 2 N/O contacts)
AgNi
250 V AC / 220 V DC
10 V (at 10 mA)
10 A
10 mA (at 10 V)

2500 VA

2500 VA

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 61810, EN 60947
Any / On relay base PR3

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 61810, EN 60947
Any / On relay base PR3

Ordering data
Description

30

④

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-OR/LDP- 24DC/1/MB
REL-OR/LDP-110DC/1/MB
REL-OR/LDP-220DC/1/MB
REL-OR/L- 24AC/1/MB
REL-OR/L-120AC/1/MB
REL-OR/L-230AC/1/MB

2901901
2901902
2901904
2901905
2901906
2901907

10
10
10
10
10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-OR/LDP- 24DC/1
REL-OR/LDP-110DC/1
REL-OR/LDP-220DC/1
REL-OR/L- 24AC/1
REL-OR/L-120AC/1
REL-OR/L-230AC/1

2901908
2901909
2901910
2901911
2901912
2901913

10
10
10
10
10
10

Plug-in octal relay for high DC loads
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥

386

PHOENIX CONTACT

24 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

Relay modules
PR series

REL-OR.../1/MB (1 N/O contact with blow magnet)
Operating voltage range of the relay

DC interrupting rating

2,0

20
Switching current [A]

U/UN


1,5


1,0



0,5

10

2

2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
1 Maximum operating voltage without load current (0 A)
2 Maximum operating voltage at limiting continuous current (10 A)
3 Minimum pick-up voltage without pre-excitation
0

1

10
6
4

20

10

20

30

1 DC, ohmic load
2 L/R = 40 ms

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

REL-OR.../1 (1 N/O contact)
Operating voltage range of the relay

DC interrupting rating

2,0

20
Switching current [A]

U/UN


1,5


1,0



0,5

30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
1 Maximum operating voltage without load current (0 A)
2 Maximum operating voltage at limiting continuous current (10 A)
3 Minimum pick-up voltage without pre-excitation
0

10

20



10
6
4
2
1



0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10

20

30

 DC, ohmic load
 L/R = 40 ms

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

387

Relay modules
PR series
Input modules/interference suppression
modules for PR1, PR2, and PR3
Plug-in input modules/interference suppression modules for optional fitting of PR...
relay base
The advantages:
– Attenuation of reverse voltage induced in
coil
– Mechanical coding to protect against
incorrect connection
Input/interference suppression module to
match PR1 and PR2



Input/interference suppression module to
match PR3


Ordering data

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator
and freewheeling diode to limit the coil induction voltage effectively,
polarity: A1 +, A2 –,
Input voltage:
- 12-24 V DC ±20%
- 48-60 V DC ±20%
- 110 V DC ±20%
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator
and freewheeling diode to limit the coil induction voltage effectively,
polarity: A1 –, A2 + (Japanese standard),
Input voltage:

LDP- 12- 24DC
LDP- 48- 60DC
LDP-110DC

2833657
2833660
2833673

10
10
10

LDP3- 12- 24DC
LDP3- 48- 60DC
LDP3-110DC

2833770
2833783
2833796

10
10
10

LDM- 12- 24DC
LDM- 48- 60DC
LDM-110DC

2833686
2833699
2833709

10
10
10

LDM3- 12- 24DC
LDM3- 48- 60DC
LDM3-110DC

2833806
2833819
2833822

10
10
10

LV- 12- 24UC
LV- 48- 60UC
LV-120-230AC/110DC

2833712
2833725
2833738

10
10
10

LV3- 12- 24UC
LV3- 48- 60UC
LV3-120-230AC/110DC

2833835
2833848
2833851

10
10
10

- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor)
- 120-230 V AC/DC ±20% (275-V-varistor)
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with RD-element to attenuate the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
Input voltage:

V- 12- 24UC
V- 48- 60UC
V-120-230UC

2833864
2833877
2833880

10
10
10

V3- 12- 24UC
V3- 48- 60UC
V3-120-230UC

2833929
2833932
2833945

10
10
10

- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/100 Ω)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/220 Ω)
- 120-230 V AC/DC ±20% (100 nF/470 Ω)

RC- 12- 24UC
RC- 12- 24UC
RC-120-230UC

2833741
2833754
2833767

10
10
10

RC3- 12- 24UC
RC3- 48- 60UC
RC3-120-230UC

2833893
2833903
2833916

10
10
10

- 12-24 V DC ±20%
- 48-60 V DC ±20%
- 110 V DC ±20%
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator
and varistor to limit the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
Input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor)
- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275-V-varistor)
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with varistor to limit the coil
induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
Input voltage:

388

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PR series
Terminal assignment PR1 base / Solid-state relay
Terminal blocks, PR1 base
A1

A2

SIM-EI...48DC/100

A2 (-)

SIM-EI...TTL/100

A2 (-)

SIM-EI...48DC/100RC

11

12

14

21

A1 (+)

A

+

A1 (+)

A

+

A2 (-)

A1 (+)

A

+

SIM-EI-OV-24DC/24DC/3

A2 (-)

A1 (+)

A

+

OPT-...24DC/5

A1 (+)

A2 (-)

13

14

OPT-...230AC/2

A1 (+)

A2 (-)

13

14

22

24

Solid-state relays

0

The relay bases of the PR1 series can also be equipped with wear-free solid-state relays (OPT… or
SIM-EI...) as an alternative to the electromechanical relay.
LDP... and LV... plug-in modules cannot be used in conjunction with SIM-EI... solid-state relays

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

389

Relay modules
PR series
Fully mounted PR1 relay modules
with screw connection
Fully mounted PR1 relay modules, consisting of:
– Relay base
– 1/2 PDT relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
– Marking labels
The advantages:
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Operational reliability thanks to sealed
relay
– Safe isolation between coil and contact
side

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.

D W
H

If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
Other input voltages on request.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

PR1 relay module with
1 PDT relay

12

12

14

14

11

11

A1+

A2-

A1

DC coils

A2

AC coils

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz)
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input protection:

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
24 V DC
24, 120, 230 V AC

Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Minimum switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Maximum inrush current
Min. switching current
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max.
General data
Test voltage

24 V DC
24 V AC
See diagram
19
34 / 26
8
3 ... 12
10
1.5 ... 14
Damping diode, Yellow LED
Varistor, Yellow LED
PR...
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
12 A
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA
3000 VA (for 250 V AC)
For more data, see diagram

Winding to contact
Contact/contact

Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Service life, electrical
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Mounting position / Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

120 V AC

230 V AC

9/7
3 ... 12
1.5 ... 16

6 / 5.5
3 ... 12
2 ... 22

PR...AU
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)
-

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
16 mm / 78.5 mm / 71 mm

Ordering data
Description

Input voltage UN

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/211)
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/211)
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/211)
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/211)

2834326
2834339
2834342
2834355

5
5
5
5

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/21AU1)
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/21AU1)
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/21AU1)
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/21AU1)

2834368
2834371
2834384
2834397

5
5
5
5

0819288

1

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
miniature power contact relay

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
multi-layer contact relay

Accessories
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer,
labeling surface 6 x 15 mm

390

PHOENIX CONTACT

EML (15X6) R YE

Relay modules
PR series

PR1-RSC3.../21 (1 PDT)

D W
H

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

20

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

1
2

1
0,8

PR1 relay module with
2 PDT contact relay

Interrupting rating

0,6

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range of the relay

2
1
0

10

20

30

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]

10
6
4
2

10

12 22

14 24

14 24

11 21

11 21

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

1 DC coils
2 AC coils
12 22

2

3

1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

100

1

Service life reduction factor

Electrical service life

107

Cycles

1

A1

A2-

DC coils

A2
AC coils

Technical data

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA)
8A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA (At 5 V)
2000 VA (for 250 V AC)
For more data, see diagram

120 V AC

230 V AC

9/7
3 ... 12
1.5 ... 16

10

6

10

5

10

4

1

0,7
0,6

2

0,5
0,4
0,3

6 / 5.5
3 ... 12
2 ... 22

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

PR...AU
Single contact, 2-PDT

PR1-RSC3.../2x21 (2 PDT)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)
-

Operating voltage range of the relay

Coil voltage U/UN

24 V DC
24 V AC
See diagram
19
34 / 26
8
3 ... 12
10
1.5 ... 14
Damping diode, Yellow LED
Varistor, Yellow LED
PR...
Single contact, 2-PDT

0,8

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
16 mm / 78.5 mm / 71 mm

Interrupting rating

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

20

1

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

2

1
0,8
0,6

Switching current [A]

A1+

Reduction factor

0,9

2
1
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

10
6
4
2

4

1

2

3

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

90 100

1

10

Ambient temperature [°C]

1
2
3
4

1 DC coils
2 AC coils

20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms

300

Ordering data
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X211)
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X211)
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X211)
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X211)

2834481
2834494
2834504
2834517

PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU1)
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU1)
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21AU1)
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21AU1)

2834520
2834533
2834546
2834559

5
5
5
5

5
5
5
5

Accessories
EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

Electrical service life

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

107

1

Cycles

Order No.

0,9
Reduction factor

Type

0,8

10

6

10

5

10

4

1

0,7
0,6

2

0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

391

Relay modules
PR series
Fully mounted PR1 relay modules
with spring-cage connection
Fully mounted PR1 relay modules, consisting of:
– Relay base
– 1/2 PDT relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
– Marking labels
The advantages:
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Operational reliability thanks to sealed
relay
– Safe isolation between coil and contact
side

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.

D W
H

If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
There is a double spring-cage for each terminal point.
Other input voltages on request.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

PR1 relay module with
1 PDT relay

12

12

14

14

11

11

A1+

A2-

A1

DC coils

A2

AC coils

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz)
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input protection:

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
24 V DC
24, 120, 230 V AC

Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Minimum switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Maximum inrush current
Min. switching current
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max.
General data
Test voltage

24 V DC
24 V AC
See diagram
19
34 / 26
8
3 ... 12
10
1.5 ... 14
Damping diode, Yellow LED
Varistor, Yellow LED
PR...
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
10 A
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA
2500 VA
For more data, see diagram

Winding to contact
Contact/contact

Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Service life, electrical
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Mounting position / Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

120 V AC

230 V AC

9/7
3 ... 12
1.5 ... 16

6 / 5.5
3 ... 12
2 ... 22

PR...AU
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)
-

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
16 mm / 97 mm / 72 mm

Ordering data
Description

Input voltage UN

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/211)
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/211)
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/211)
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/211)

2834407
2834410
2834423
2834436

5
5
5
5

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/21AU1)
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/21AU1)
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/21AU1)
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/21AU1)

2834449
2834452
2834465
2834478

5
5
5
5

0819288

1

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
miniature power contact relay

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
multi-layer contact relay

Accessories
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer,
labeling surface 6 x 15 mm

392

PHOENIX CONTACT

EML (15X6) R YE

Relay modules
PR series

PR1-RSP3.../21 (1 PDT)

D W
H

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

107

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

1

0,6

10

6

10

5

10

4

1
0

10

20

30

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]

100

Switching current [A]

11 21

A1+

A1

A2-

DC coils

Interrupting rating

20

A2
AC coils

Technical data

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA)
8A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA (At 5 V)
2000 VA
For more data, see diagram

120 V AC
9/7
3 ... 12
1.5 ... 16

10
6
4

1

1

0,9

2

2

3

1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

230 V AC

10

6 / 5.5
3 ... 12
2 ... 22

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

PR...AU
Single contact, 2-PDT

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

PR1-RSP3.../2x21 (2 PDT)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)
-

Operating voltage range of the relay

Coil voltage U/UN

24 V DC
24 V AC
See diagram
19
34 / 26
8
3 ... 12
10
1.5 ... 14
Damping diode, Yellow LED
Varistor, Yellow LED
PR...
Single contact, 2-PDT

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

Reduction factor

11 21

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
16 mm / 97 mm / 72 mm

Interrupting rating

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

20

1

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

2

1
0,8
0,6

Switching current [A]

14 24

Switching current [A]

12 22

14 24

2

2

1 DC coils
2 AC coils
12 22

1

2

1
0,8

PR1 relay module with
2 PDT contact relay

Electrical service life

Cycles

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range of the relay

2
1
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

10
6
4
2

4

1

2

3

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

90 100

1

10

Ambient temperature [°C]

1
2
3
4

1 DC coils
2 AC coils

20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms

300

Ordering data
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X211)
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X211)
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X211)
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X211)

2834562
2834575
2834588
2834591

PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU1)
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU1)
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X21AU1)
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X21AU1)

2834601
2834614
2834627
2834630

5
5
5
5

5
5
5
5

Accessories
EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

Electrical service life

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

107

1

Cycles

Order No.

0,9
Reduction factor

Type

0,8

10

6

10

5

10

4

1

0,7
0,6

2

0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

393

Relay modules
PR series
Fully mounted PR2 relay modules

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.

Fully mounted PR2 relay modules, consisting of:
– Relay base
– 2/4 PDT relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
(AC types only)
– Marking labels
The advantages:
– Relay with lockable manual operation and
status LED
– With DC types, freewheeling diode is integrated into relay
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Screw or spring-cage connection
– 4 PDT types with multi-layer gold contacts

For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.

D W
H

If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
Other input voltages on request.
The DC types do not have a plug-in module because the status
LED and the freewheeling diode are integrated directly into the relay.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

PR2 relay module with
screw connection

22

12

42

32

22

12

24

14

44

34

24

14

21

11

41

31

21

11

A1+

A2-

A1

DC coils

A2

AC coils

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz)
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input protection:

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
24 V DC
24, 120, 230 V AC

Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Minimum switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Maximum inrush current
Min. switching current
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max.
General data
Test voltage

24 V DC
24 V AC
See diagram
38
54 / 46
13
4 ... 10
5
3 ... 12
Damping diode, Green LED
Varistor, LED red
PR...
Single contact, 2-PDT
Ag
250 V AC / 125 V DC
5V
10 A
20 A (15 ms)
1 mA
2500 VA
For more data, see diagram

Winding to contact
Contact/contact

Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Service life, electrical
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Mounting position / Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

120 V AC

230 V AC

11 / 9
4 ... 10
3 ... 12

5/4
4 ... 10
3 ... 12

PR...AU
Single contact, 4-PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
1V
5A
12 A (15 ms)
1 mA
1250 VA

2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
5 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / II
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
27 mm / 78.5 mm / 86 mm

Ordering data
Description

Input voltage UN

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X211)
PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X211)
PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X211)
PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X211)

2834643
2834656
2834669
2834672

5
5
5
5

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU1)
PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU1)
PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/4X21AU1)
PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/4X21AU1)

2834724
2834737
2834740
2834753

5
5
5
5

0819288

1

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
2-PDT contact relay

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
4-PDT contact relay and additional hard gold-plating

Accessories
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer,
labeling surface 6 x 15 mm

394

PHOENIX CONTACT

EML (15X6) R YE

Relay modules
PR series

PR2-RS.../2x21 (2 PDT)

D W
H

PR2 relay module with
spring-cage connection

1,8

20

1,6

10
6
4

1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6

22

12

42

32

22

12

24

14

44

34

24

14

21

11

41

31

21

11

A1

A2

Technical data
230 V AC

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

11 / 9
4 ... 10
3 ... 12

5/4
4 ... 10
3 ... 12

1
0,5
0,3
0,2
10

20

Cycles

2

3

10

300

1

6

2

1
10

5

0,5
0,3
0,2
10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

10

300

4

0

2

4

6

8

10

Switching current [A]

1 Ohmic load
2 ohmic load, contacts in series
3 L/R < 7 ms

PR...AU
Single contact, 4-PDT

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4

2

1

30

80

Electrical service life

10
6
4

0,1

1 250 V AC, ohmic load
2 30 V DC, ohmic load

PR2-RS.../4x21 (4 PDT)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
1V
5A
12 A (15 ms)
1 mA
1250 VA

Operating voltage range of relay Tu=Tcoil

Coil voltage U/UN

Ag
250 V AC / 125 V DC
5V
10 A
20 A (15 ms)
1 mA
2500 VA
For more data, see diagram

120 V AC

2

2

20

AC coils

24 V DC
24 V AC
See diagram
38
54 / 46
13
4 ... 10
5
3 ... 12
Damping diode, Green LED
Varistor, LED red
PR...
Single contact, 2-PDT

10

2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
5 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / II
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
31 mm / 95 mm / 84 mm

AC interrupting rating

1,8

20

1,6

10
6
4

Switching current [A]

A2-

DC coils

1

0,1

0

DC interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

A1+

AC interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range of relay Tu=Tcoil

1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

2

2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

0

1

10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

80

300

1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4

Ordering data
DC interrupting rating

PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X211)
PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X211)
PR2-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X211)
PR2-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X211)

PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU1)
PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU1)
PR2-RSP3-LV-120AC/4X21AU1)
PR2-RSP3-LV-230AC/4X21AU1)

2834685
2834698
2834708
2834711

2834766
2834779
2834782
2834795

Pcs. /
Pkt.

5
5
5
5

5
5
5
5

Accessories
EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

Electrical service life

20
10
6
4

3

2

1

1

Cycles

Order No.

Switching current [A]

Type

4

10

1

6

2

2
10

5

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
1
2
3
4

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

10

4

L/R < 7 ms
ohmic load
ohmic load, 2 contacts in series
ohmic load, 4 contacts in series

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

0

1

2

3

4

5

Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load
2 30 V DC, ohmic load
PHOENIX CONTACT

395

Relay modules
DEK series

The Phoenix Contact DEK interface terminal blocks provide complete interface
functions in modular terminal block housing
that is just 6.2 mm wide. In conjunction with
standard terminal block accessories, these
high-capacity interfaces have not only the
design but also the high level of user convenience of modular terminal blocks.
The main common feature of all Phoenix
Contact interface terminal blocks is their
width of just 6.2 mm. This saves 60% space
in the control cabinet in comparison to conventional 15 mm wide coupling relays from
modular systems.
The DEK range offers the best solution
for all industrial voltages both for signal input and output.
High switching capacities are a matter
of course for the DEK-REL... relay terminal
block and the DEK-OV... solid-state relay
terminal block.

396

PHOENIX CONTACT

The wear-free DEK-OV... power solidstate relay terminal block is used for applications that require a greater switching frequency in which electromechanical relays
reach the end of their service life in a short
time.
Integrated LEDs clearly indicate the
switching status of the electronic terminal
blocks and provide an excellent overview of
the coupling level and the system.
Colored EB-DIK insertion bridges for the
supply and ground signals make it possible
to design the circuit simply and effectively.
Integrated protective circuits such as freewheeling diodes, polarity reversal protection diodes, and surge protection elements
protect the coupling modules and ensure
optimum availability of the system.

Relay modules
DEK series
DEK-REL-... relay terminal block

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

The Phoenix Contact relay terminal block
with PDT contact offers the following advantages:
– Width of only 6.2 mm
– High switching capacity of 250 V AC/6 A
– Less storage, since PDT, N/O or
N/C contacts can be wired
– Little wiring expense due to the use of
EB-DIK insertion bridges
– IP67 protected relay housing
– Cadmium-free relay contacts
– 4 kV electrical isolation of input and output
– Safe isolation according to
DIN EN 50178 (VDE 0160)
– Light indicator for signaling the
switching status.

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
For further EB...DIK... insertion bridges, refer to page 403
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

For medium to large power
1 PDT (21)


12

14

A1
+

A2
-

11

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input protection:
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

[mA]
[ms]

①
0.8 1.1
9
8/5
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
6A
6A
10 mA

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

140 W
20 W
18 W
23 W
40 W
1500 VA
4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
In